Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2014

Registration No. 333-193997

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Versartis, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware

  2834   26-4106690

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

275 Shoreline Drive, Suite 450

Redwood City, California 94065

(650) 963-8580

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D.

Chief Executive Officer and Co-founder

Versartis, Inc.

275 Shoreline Drive, Suite 450

Redwood City, California 94065

(650) 963-8580

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies to:

Kenneth L. Guernsey

Barbara A. Kosacz

Michael E. Tenta

Cooley LLP

101 California Street, 5 th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

(415) 693-2000

 

Bruce K. Dallas

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 752-2000

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨           Accelerated filer   ¨

Non-accelerated filer   x

    

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

     Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated March 6, 2014

 

LOGO

             Shares

Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Versartis, Inc.

We are offering              shares of our common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $         and $        . We intend to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “VSAR.”

We are an emerging growth company under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for future filings.

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk factors ” beginning on page 11.

 

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

   $                        $                    

Proceeds, before expenses, to Versartis

   $                            $                        

 

(1) See “Underwriting” for additional disclosure regarding underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than              shares of common stock, the underwriters have an option to purchase up to an additional              shares from us at the initial public offering price, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2014.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley     Citigroup
  Cowen and Company  
  Canaccord Genuity  

                             , 2014


Table of Contents

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

Table of contents

 

Prospectus summary

     1   

Risk factors

     11   

Cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements

     55   

Market, industry and other data

     57   

Use of proceeds

     58   

Dividend policy

     59   

Capitalization

     60   

Dilution

     63   

Selected financial data

     66   

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     68   

Business

     81   

Management

     116   

Executive compensation

     126   

Certain relationships and related party transactions

     139   

Principal stockholders

     144   

Description of capital stock

     147   

Shares eligible for future sale

     153   

Material United States federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders

     155   

Underwriting

     159   

Legal matters

     164   

Experts

     164   

Where you can find more information

     164   

Index to financial statements

     F-1   

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of its date regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of common stock.

Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus and any free writing prospectus related to this offering in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before deciding to invest in our common stock, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections of this prospectus entitled “Risk factors” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to the “company,” “Versartis,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Versartis, Inc.

Versartis, Inc.

We are an endocrine-focused biopharmaceutical company initially developing our novel long-acting recombinant human growth hormone, VRS-317, for growth hormone deficiency, or GHD, an orphan disease. A key limitation to current recombinant human growth hormone, or rhGH, products is that they impose the burden of daily injections over multiple years, often resulting in poor compliance, which in turn can lead to suboptimal treatment outcomes in GHD patients. Despite this limitation, global annual sales from currently marketed rhGH products have grown approximately 6% per year over the last five years, reaching over $3 billion in 2012. VRS-317 is intended to reduce the burden of daily treatment by requiring significantly fewer injections, potentially improving compliance and, therefore, treatment outcomes. Our first targeted indication for VRS-317 is pediatric GHD, which represents an approximately $1.5 billion existing market opportunity. We are currently conducting the Phase 2a stage of our pediatric GHD clinical trial in which we are evaluating weekly, semi-monthly and monthly dosing regimens. We may develop VRS-317 for adult GHD, idiopathic short stature, or ISS, which is short stature of unknown cause, and Turner Syndrome, which is an X-chromosomal deficit or deletion in females. Adult GHD, ISS and Turner Syndrome together account for approximately 30% of the global rhGH market. We have global rights to VRS-317 and, if VRS-317 is approved, given the highly concentrated prescriber base, we intend to commercialize it with our own specialty sales force in the United States and Canada, and potentially other geographies.

Growth hormone deficiency

GHD is a chronic disease with multiple causes that affects two distinct patient groups, pediatric patients and adult patients, although rhGH treatment options for the two groups are the same. Children with GHD typically have pathologic degrees of short stature, a tendency toward obesity, delayed and deficient mineralization of the skeleton, impaired growth of skeletal muscle and development of a high risk lipid profile. GHD during adulthood manifests as alterations in body composition, such as decreased lean and increased fat mass with skeletal demineralization, and causes adverse changes in cardiovascular outcome markers. Patients with untreated GHD also face increased mortality.

The current standard of care for GHD is daily subcutaneous, or under the skin, injections of rhGH, and there are currently seven rhGH products marketed in the United States for the treatment of GHD. In therapy-compliant GHD children, rhGH therapy initially promotes “catch-up growth,” enabling patients to approach or achieve heights on a standard growth curve, and thereafter permits them to maintain normal growth throughout the course of treatment. In therapy-compliant GHD adults, daily subcutaneous injections of rhGH have resulted in improvements in body composition parameters, bone density, cardiovascular outcomes and quality of life.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Despite the demonstrated benefits of rhGH therapy, published studies have shown that a majority of patients on a daily rhGH regimen, which requires up to 365 injections per year, are not fully compliant and fail to achieve expected treatment outcomes. For example, significant reductions in the degree of growth in pediatric GHD patients have been observed as a result of missing as few as two injections per week. As a result, pediatric endocrinologists have consistently sought a long-acting rhGH therapy to reduce the treatment burden on patients and their caregivers without compromising safety or efficacy. Importantly, other rhGH manufacturers have attempted to develop a long-acting rhGH product using microsphere, PEGylation, fusion and alternative delivery technologies. Each of these approaches has not been successful due to regulatory, safety, efficacy or manufacturing issues, or a combination thereof.

Our product candidate: VRS-317

We believe our product candidate, VRS-317, will fulfill this significant need for a long-acting rhGH product. VRS-317, which is a new chemical entity, combines the same rhGH amino acid sequence utilized in currently approved rhGH products with a proprietary in-licensed half-life extension technology, XTEN, to enable less frequent administration. VRS-317 was engineered using XTEN technology to extend the residence time in the bloodstream by reducing the clearance of rhGH from the body by the two primary mechanisms, kidney filtration and receptor mediated clearance.

In our Phase 1a clinical trial, VRS-317 has demonstrated a half-life at least thirty times longer than daily rhGH and to date has shown a safety and tolerability profile comparable to that of marketed daily rhGH products. Additionally, the XTEN amino acid sequences fused to rhGH to form VRS-317 confer improved pharmaceutical properties compared to rhGH alone, including greater solubility, a lower isoelectric point and a higher net negative charge. These improved properties enable a straightforward purification process without the need for complex steps that can reduce manufacturing yields, such as protein folding, which may ultimately offer a cost-of-goods advantage for VRS-317 versus current rhGH products.

There are currently seven rhGH products marketed in the United States for the treatment of GHD. We are pursuing the same regulatory pathway for VRS-317 followed by most of these products for pediatric GHD patients: a dose-finding study and a Phase 3 registration trial with a primary endpoint of twelve month mean height velocity. Mean height velocity refers to the mean height change of the individuals in a treatment group over a specified time period. We are currently conducting and have completed enrollment in the Phase 2a stage of our Phase 1b/2a pediatric GHD clinical trial, which we designed to evaluate weekly, semi-monthly and monthly dosing of VRS-317. In the completed Phase 1b portion of this clinical trial, we selected insulin-like growth factor-I, or IGF-I, which is a commonly used marker, as the primary pharmacodynamic marker to measure the effect of VRS-317 treatment. All subjects had relative IGF-I deficiency at baseline, and the increase from baseline in the 30 day average IGF-I standard deviation score was proportional to dose. The primary efficacy endpoint in the ongoing Phase 2a stage of this trial is six month mean height velocity. At VRS-317 doses equivalent to daily rhGH of approximately 30 µg rhGH/kg/day, repeat dosing of VRS-317 in the Phase 2a stage of the study to date has been found to be safe and well tolerated in pre-pubertal GHD children and to maintain mean IGF-I increases over baseline and within the therapeutic range without IGF-I overexposure when given at weekly, semi-monthly and monthly intervals. Although not necessarily indicative of the final results in the trial, results to date in the Phase 2a stage of the Phase 1b/2a clinical trial of VRS-317 in GHD children suggest that VRS-317 has a comparable safety and efficacy profile

 

 

2


Table of Contents

to historical studies of daily rhGH administered at comparable doses. We also are conducting an extension trial to allow patients in the Phase 2a stage to continue to receive VRS-317, enabling determination of twelve month mean height velocity data prior to the initiation of our planned Phase 3 clinical trial and providing long-term data to support the filing of our New Drug Application. Growth

data from published studies of approved rhGH therapy products suggest that three, six and twelve month mean height velocities within the same cohort are well correlated within the same clinical trial. We believe this correlation is attributable to the fact that an individual’s growth during a three month period represents a portion of that individual’s growth during any longer subsequent period such as an additional three or nine months. In Phase 3 clinical trials of approved rhGH products, the mean height velocity in a cohort at twelve months was generally the primary endpoint used for approval of the dose used in the cohort.

Market opportunity

Global annual sales from currently marketed rhGH products, which are used for the treatment of GHD as well as other related indications, have grown approximately 6% per year over the last five years, reaching over $3 billion in 2012. Based on market research, we believe that the market for daily rhGH products is likely to grow to over $4 billion by 2018. We believe that VRS-317, if approved, would not only take significant market share versus current daily rhGH products, but would further expand the overall rhGH market due to its greater convenience of administration.

Our first targeted indication for VRS-317 is pediatric GHD, which represents an approximately $1.5 billion existing market opportunity. The available data from the United States and European Union consistently estimate the prevalence of GHD in children as just below 3 per 10,000. We believe the United States and European daily rhGH markets for pediatric GHD are currently approximately $450 million and $550 million, respectively, with the Japanese market comprising approximately $450 million in annual revenues. In Japan specifically, VRS-317 has the potential to be further differentiated on efficacy compared to the efficacy achieved by the lower dose of daily rhGH approved in Japan for the treatment of pediatric GHD.

We may develop VRS-317 for one or more of the additional indications for which daily rhGH products are currently approved, including adult GHD, ISS and Turner Syndrome. We believe the adult GHD market is currently underpenetrated, yet it reached approximately $450 million in revenues globally in 2012. We have completed a Phase 1a clinical trial in adult GHD patients that supports the potential for monthly dosing of VRS-317. Adult GHD, ISS and Turner Syndrome represent approximately 30% of the global rhGH market.

Our strategy

Our goal is to become a leading biopharmaceutical company focused on developing and commercializing therapeutics for the treatment of endocrine disorders. The key elements of our strategy are to:

 

   

complete the clinical development of and seek regulatory approval for VRS-317 for the treatment of GHD in children;

 

   

commercialize VRS-317 independently in the United States with a specialty sales force, and identify a commercialization strategy in Europe to maximize our returns;

 

 

3


Table of Contents
   

evaluate, either independently or in collaboration with third parties, the potential for VRS-317 to demonstrate superior efficacy versus daily rhGH in Japanese children; and

 

   

explore the use of VRS-317 in adult GHD, ISS and Turner Syndrome.

Our management team

We are led by a team of experienced biotechnology industry executives and recognized experts in the treatment of GHD who bring significant capabilities in the development and commercialization of a novel long-acting rhGH therapy. Our management team is led by our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer, Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D. Dr. Cleland led the development of the only FDA-approved long-acting rhGH product, Nutropin Depot ® , while at Genentech, Inc., or Genentech. Our financial team is led by our Chief Financial Officer, Joshua T. Brumm, who has previously led finance teams for both emerging growth biotechnology and medical device companies, including Pharmacyclics, Inc. and ZELTIQ Aesthetics, Inc. Mr. Brumm has extensive commercial and operating experience in addition to having completed a number of financial and strategic transactions. Our clinical team is led by George Bright, M.D., Vice President of Medical Affairs, and Eric Humphriss, M.B.A., Vice President of Clinical Operations. Dr. Bright, a pediatric endocrinologist, has been treating children with GHD for more than 35 years and was a leader in the development of a daily rhGH product, Norditropin ® , and a product for the treatment of IGF-I deficiency, Increlex ® . Mr. Humphriss managed Genentech’s pediatric GHD registry. Our manufacturing team is led by Patrick Murphy, who headed the team that manufactured the first rhGH product, Protropin ® , while at Genentech.

Risks associated with our business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties related to our financial condition and need for additional capital, the development and commercialization of our only product candidate, VRS-317, our reliance on third parties, the operation of our business, our intellectual property, government regulation and this offering and ownership of our common stock. These risks include those highlighted in the section entitled “Risk factors” immediately following this prospectus summary, including the following:

 

   

Our success depends heavily on the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization of our only product candidate, VRS-317.

 

   

VRS-317 is a new chemical entity, and although it contains the same rhGH composition used in currently approved rhGH products, it has been genetically modified to extend its half-life, creating uncertainty about its long-term safety profile.

 

   

Because the results of preclinical testing and earlier clinical trials and the results to date in the ongoing Phase 2a stage of our Phase 1b/2a clinical trial are not necessarily predictive of future results, VRS-317 may not have favorable results in later clinical trials or receive regulatory approval.

 

   

Long-acting rhGH products and product candidates no longer in development or marketed have failed to generate commercial success or obtain regulatory approval, and we cannot predict whether VRS-317 will achieve success where others have failed.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
   

Delays in the enrollment of patients in any of our clinical studies could increase our development costs and delay completion of the study.

 

   

If clinical studies of VRS-317 and any future product candidates fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States or do not otherwise produce positive results, we may incur additional costs, experience delays in completing or ultimately fail in completing the development and commercialization of VRS-317 or our future product candidates.

 

   

VRS-317 or our future product candidates may cause serious adverse side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label or result in significant negative consequences following any marketing approval.

 

   

Even if our clinical trials demonstrate acceptable safety and efficacy of VRS-317 for growth in pediatric GHD patients based on a weekly, semi-monthly or monthly dosing regimen, the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States may not approve VRS-317 for marketing or may approve it with restrictions on the label, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

 

   

Even if VRS-317 or any future product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, caregivers, healthcare payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

 

   

VRS-317 has never been manufactured on a commercial scale, and there are risks associated with scaling up manufacturing to commercial scale. We have recently transferred our production of VRS-317 to a new manufacturer, which may not be successful, and this could delay regulatory approval and commercialization of VRS-317.

 

   

We license substantially all of the intellectual property relating to VRS-317 from Amunix Operating, Inc., or Amunix, and the loss of our license agreement with Amunix would prevent or otherwise materially adversely affect our ability to proceed with any development or potential commercialization of VRS-317.

 

   

We will need additional funds to support our operations, and such funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all, which would force us to delay, reduce or suspend our research and development programs and other operations or commercialization efforts. Raising additional capital may subject us to unfavorable terms, cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our product candidates and technologies.

Corporate information

We were incorporated in Delaware in December 2008. Our principal executive offices are located at 275 Shoreline Drive, Suite 450, Redwood City, California 94065, and our telephone number is (650) 963-8580. Our website address is www.versartis.com . The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. As such, we are eligible for exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) December 31, 2019, (2) the last day of the fiscal year (a) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion or (b) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (3) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

“Versartis,” our logo and other trade names, trademarks and service marks of Versartis appearing in this prospectus are the property of Versartis. Other trade names, trademarks and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by Versartis

             shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

             shares

 

Underwriters’ option

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock from us as described in “Underwriting.”

 

Use of proceeds

The net proceeds from the issuance of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  We intend to use approximately $         million of the net proceeds from this offering, along with our other capital resources, to fund our planned Phase 3 clinical trial of VRS-317 and related costs, and the balance to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes, which may include the acquisition or licensing of other products, businesses or technologies. See “Use of proceeds” for additional information.

 

Risk factors

See “Risk factors” beginning on page 11 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

We have applied for the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “VSAR.”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 11,748,451 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013, assuming the conversion of all shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013, and an additional 5,384,964 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of our convertible preferred stock issued in February 2014, and excludes the following:

 

   

1,403,655 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.90 per share;

 

 

7


Table of Contents
   

537,194 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted after December 31, 2013 with a weighted average exercise price of $8.09 per share;

 

   

4,100,255 shares of common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2014 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, consisting of:

 

   

1,695,692 shares of common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2014 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering;

 

   

470,521 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Stock Plan, which shares will be added to the shares of common stock to be reserved under our 2014 Plan upon its effectiveness; and

 

   

an additional number of shares subject to awards outstanding under the 2009 Stock Plan that expire, terminate or are forfeited.

 

   

150,000 shares of our common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan; and

 

   

173,912 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $5.17 per share.

On March 3, 2014, our board of directors approved a 1-for-11.5 reverse split of our common stock. The reverse stock split became effective on March 6, 2014. Upon the effectiveness of the reverse stock split, (i) every 11.5 shares of outstanding common stock was decreased to one share of common stock, (ii) the number of shares of common stock for which each outstanding option to purchase common stock is exercisable was proportionally decreased on a 1-for-11.5 basis, (iii) the exercise price of each outstanding option to purchase common stock was proportionately increased on a 1-for-11.5 basis, and (iv) the conversion ratio for each share of outstanding preferred stock into common stock was proportionately reduced on a 1-for-11.5 basis. All of the share numbers, share prices, and exercise prices have been adjusted within the registration statement to which this prospectus relates, on a retroactive basis, to reflect this 1-for-11.5 reverse stock split, as applicable.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

   

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 15,876,104 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

the automatic net exercise of all outstanding warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of              shares of our convertible preferred stock, based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the automatic conversion of those shares into              shares of our common stock, each immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

   

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase an additional              shares of our common stock.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Summary financial data

The following tables summarize our financial data and should be read together with the sections in this prospectus entitled “Selected financial data” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have derived the statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in the future.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Period from
December 10,
2008 (Date of
Inception) to
December 31,
2013
 
     2012     2013    
    

(in thousands, except share

and per share data)

 

Statement of Operations Data:

      

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

   $ 10,963      $ 14,855      $ 45,873   

General and administrative

     1,936        4,428        10,141   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     12,899        19,283        56,014   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (12,899     (19,283     (56,014

Interest income

            1        3   

Interest expense

     (393     (128     (863

Other income (expense), net

     75        913        2,030   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

     (13,217     (18,497     (54,844

Accretion of Series A convertible preferred stock to redemption value, net of extinguishment

                   1,098   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (13,217   $ (18,497   $         (53,746
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (114.71   $ (41.10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

         115,219        450,000     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1) (unaudited)

     $ (1.98  
    

 

 

   

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1) (unaudited)

           9,743,367     
    

 

 

   

 

(1) See Note 2 and Note 15 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the historical and pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted, and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

 

9


Table of Contents
    As of
December 31,
    As of
December 31, 2013
 
            2012                     2013             Pro  Forma (1)     Pro Forma
As  Adjusted (2)(3)
 
          (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
    (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 329      $ 13,213      $ 78,213     

Working capital (deficit)

    (4,745     10,283        75,283     

Total assets

    2,189        14,683        79,683     

Convertible notes payable

    4,460                        

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    433        474                 

Convertible preferred stock call option liability

           21                 

Convertible preferred stock

    29,647        57,497                 

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

    (35,249     (53,746     (53,746  

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (34,742     (47,292     75,700     

 

(1) The pro forma column reflects (1) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the automatic conversion of outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2013 into an aggregate of 10,491,140 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering; (2) the issuance of shares of Series D-2 convertible preferred stock in February 2014 and automatic conversion of those shares into 1,145,070 shares of common stock as if they had occurred as of December 31, 2013 and the receipt of approximately $10.0 million of gross proceeds from such sale; (3) the issuance of shares of Series E convertible preferred stock in February 2014 and automatic conversion of those shares into 4,239,294 shares of common stock as if they had occurred as of December 31, 2013, the receipt of approximately $55.0 million of gross proceeds from such sale and the related beneficial conversion feature on the Series E convertible preferred stock; and (4) the net exercise of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock into shares of convertible preferred stock, the automatic conversion of such shares into common stock and the related reclassification of the convertible preferred warrant liability and convertible preferred call option liability to additional paid-in capital.
(2) The pro forma as adjusted column reflects the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (1) above and the sale by us of          shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(3) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital and total assets by $         million and decrease (increase) total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by $         million, assuming the number of shares we are offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital and total assets by approximately $         million and decrease (increase) total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price, number of shares offered and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following risks, together with all the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and notes thereto, before you invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually materializes, our operating results, financial condition and liquidity could be materially adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks related to the development and commercialization of our product candidate

Our success depends heavily on the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization of our only product candidate, VRS-317.

We do not have any products that have gained regulatory approval. Our only clinical-stage product candidate is VRS-317, a novel, long-acting recombinant human growth hormone, or rhGH, combined with a proprietary half-life extension technology referred to as XTEN. VRS-317 is currently undergoing the Phase 2a stage of a Phase 1b/2a clinical trial. As a result, our near-term prospects, including our ability to finance our operations and generate revenue, are substantially dependent on our ability to obtain regulatory approval for and, if approved, to successfully commercialize VRS-317 in a timely manner.

We cannot commercialize VRS-317 or any future product candidates in the United States without first obtaining regulatory approval for the product from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, nor can we commercialize VRS-317 or any future product candidates outside of the United States without obtaining regulatory approval from comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA review process typically takes years to complete and approval is never guaranteed. Before obtaining regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of VRS-317 for a target pediatric GHD indication or our future product candidates, we generally must demonstrate with substantial evidence gathered in preclinical and well-controlled clinical studies that the product candidate is safe and effective for use for that target indication and that the manufacturing facilities, processes and controls are adequate. We are pursuing the same regulatory pathway for VRS-317 followed by most of the approved rhGH products for pediatric GHD patients: a dose-finding study and a Phase 3 registration trial with a primary endpoint of twelve month mean height velocity. It is possible, however, that because VRS-317 is a modified form of rhGH, with two amino acid tails added to extend its half-life, that we will not be able to use this typical regulatory approval process. If we have to conduct additional or different trials than prior rhGH products were required to complete, this could increase the amount of time and expense required for regulatory approval of VRS-317, if any. In addition, while the available growth data from published studies of approved rhGH therapy products suggest that three, six and twelve month mean height velocities are well correlated within the same clinical trial, it is possible that VRS-317, due to its unique properties, will produce different results. If the three and six month mean height velocities that we observe for VRS-317 in the on-going Phase 1b/2a clinical trial do not correlate to twelve month mean height velocities that we ultimately observe in any Phase 3 clinical trial that we may conduct, VRS-317 may not achieve the required primary endpoint in the Phase 3 clinical trial, and VRS-317 may not receive regulatory approval.

Moreover, obtaining regulatory approval for marketing of VRS-317 in one country does not ensure we will be able to obtain regulatory approval in other countries, while a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory process in other countries.

 

11


Table of Contents

Even if VRS-317 or any of our future product candidates were to successfully obtain approval from the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, any approval might contain significant limitations related to use restrictions for specified age groups, warnings, precautions or contraindications, or may be subject to burdensome post-approval study or risk management requirements. If we are unable to obtain regulatory approval for VRS-317 in one or more jurisdictions, or any approval contains significant limitations, we may not be able to obtain sufficient funding or generate sufficient revenue to continue to fund our operations. Also, any regulatory approval of VRS-317 or our future product candidates, once obtained, may be withdrawn. Furthermore, even if we obtain regulatory approval for VRS-317, the commercial success of VRS-317 will depend on a number of factors, including the following:

 

   

development of our own commercial organization or establishment of a commercial collaboration with a commercial infrastructure;

 

   

establishment of commercially viable pricing and obtaining approval for adequate reimbursement from third-party and government payors;

 

   

the ability of our third-party manufacturers to manufacture quantities of VRS-317 using commercially viable processes at a scale sufficient to meet anticipated demand and reduce our cost of manufacturing, and that are compliant with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, regulations;

 

   

our success in educating physicians and patients about the benefits, administration and use of VRS-317;

 

   

the availability, perceived advantages, relative cost, relative safety and relative efficacy of alternative and competing treatments;

 

   

the effectiveness of our own or our potential strategic collaborators’ marketing, sales and distribution strategy and operations;

 

   

acceptance of VRS-317 as safe and effective by patients, caregivers and the medical community;

 

   

a continued acceptable safety profile of VRS-317 following approval; and

 

   

continued compliance with our obligations in our intellectual property licenses with third parties upon favorable terms

Many of these factors are beyond our control. If we or our commercialization collaborators are unable to successfully commercialize VRS-317, we may not be able to earn sufficient revenues to continue our business.

VRS-317 is a new chemical entity, and although it contains the same rhGH composition used in currently approved rhGH products, it has been genetically modified to extend its half-life, creating uncertainty about its long-term safety profile.

VRS-317 utilizes the same rhGH amino acid sequence as in currently approved rhGH products, but combined with sequences of hydrophilic amino acids genetically fused to the rhGH protein to extend its half-life. This proprietary in-licensed half-life extension technology, XTEN, has been used in VRS-317 to potentially enable less frequent administration of rhGH. We have limited clinical data on product candidates utilizing XTEN technology indicating whether they are safe or effective for long-

 

12


Table of Contents

term treatment in humans. The long term safety and efficacy of the XTEN technology and the extended half-life and exposure profile of VRS-317 compared to currently approved rhGH products is unknown, and it is possible it may increase the risk of unforeseen reactions to VRS-317 following extended treatment relative to other currently approved rhGH products. Elevated levels of rhGH and IGF-I together can lead to acromegaly, a rare disease that occurs when the body produces excess growth hormone, leading to an increase in the size of bones and organs and which can result in disfigurement and other complications, with an associated increased cancer risk. It is unknown whether long-term repeated administration of VRS-317 could result in an increased immune response to rhGH, leading to a loss of efficacy or potential safety issues. If extended treatment with VRS-317 in our ongoing or future clinical trials results in any concerns about its safety or efficacy, we may be unable to successfully develop or commercialize VRS-317.

Because the results of preclinical testing and earlier clinical trials and the results to date in the ongoing Phase 2a stage of our Phase 1b/2a clinical trial are not necessarily predictive of future results, VRS-317 may not have favorable results in later clinical trials or receive regulatory approval.

Success in preclinical testing and early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will generate adequate data to demonstrate the efficacy and safety of an investigational drug. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, including those with greater resources and experience, have suffered significant setbacks in clinical trials, even after seeing promising results in earlier clinical trials. Despite the results to date in the ongoing Phase 2a stage of our Phase 1b/2a clinical trial of VRS-317 in GHD children and the results reported in earlier trials, we do not know whether the clinical trials we are conducting, or may conduct, will demonstrate adequate efficacy and safety to result in regulatory approval to market VRS-317. Even if we believe that we have adequate data to support an application for regulatory approval to market our product candidates, the FDA, the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, or other applicable foreign regulatory authorities may not agree and may require that we conduct additional clinical trials. If our ongoing Phase 1b/2a clinical trial or later-stage clinical trials do not produce favorable results, our ability to achieve regulatory approval for VRS-317 may be adversely impacted.

There can be no assurance that VRS-317 will not exhibit new or increased safety risks in the Phase 2a stage of our clinical trial as compared to the Phase 1b stage of the trial, or, if we complete the Phase 1b/2a clinical trial, in the planned Phase 3 clinical trial. In addition, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many other companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain regulatory approval for the marketing of their products.

In addition, we have not yet established the optimal dose for VRS-317. There can be no guarantee that the doses currently being studied in the Phase 2a stage of the Phase 1b/2a clinical trial will be efficacious or, if they are, whether any one will be the optimal dose. We believe we will need to conduct additional clinical trials to evaluate additional dose levels of VRS-317. In addition, we do not yet know how frequently VRS-317, if approved, will have to be administered. Our on-going Phase 1b/2a clinical trial is evaluating weekly, semi-monthly and monthly dosing regimen. There cannot be any guarantee that any of these studies will be successful in determining a dose or dose regimen of VRS-317 suitable for marketing approval.

 

13


Table of Contents

As an organization, we have never conducted a Phase 3 clinical trial or submitted an NDA before, and may be unsuccessful in doing so for VRS-317.

We are currently conducting the Phase 2a stage of a Phase 1b/2a clinical trial and we may need to conduct additional clinical trials before initiating our planned Phase 3 clinical trial. If the Phase 2a stage of the trial is successful, we intend to independently conduct a Phase 3 clinical trial of VRS-317. The conduct of Phase 3 clinical trials and the submission of a successful NDA is a complicated process. As an organization, we have never conducted a Phase 3 clinical trial, have limited experience in preparing, submitting and prosecuting regulatory filings, and have not submitted a New Drug Application, or an NDA, before. We also have had limited interactions with the FDA and have not discussed any proposed Phase 3 clinical trial design or implementation with the FDA. Consequently, even if the Phase 2a stage of our Phase 1b/2a clinical trial is successful, we may be unable to successfully and efficiently execute and complete necessary clinical trials in a way that leads to NDA submission and approval of VRS-317. Failure to commence or complete, or delays in, our planned clinical trials would prevent us from or delay us in commercializing VRS-317.

Long-acting rhGH products and product candidates no longer in development or marketed have failed to generate commercial success or obtain regulatory approval, and we cannot predict whether VRS-317 will achieve success where others have failed.

Many attempts have been made to develop sustained release formulations of rhGH. For example, Nutropin Depot, a long-acting form of rhGH developed by Genentech that uses Alkermes’ ProLease ® injectable extended-release drug delivery system, was approved by the FDA in 1999 and withdrawn from the market in 2004 by Genentech and Alkermes due to the significant resources required to continue manufacturing and commercializing the product. Additional attempts at sustained release formulations have not yet led to globally marketed products, due to manufacturing, regulatory, efficacy and/or safety reasons. Even if we obtain all requisite regulatory approvals, no assurance can be given that VRS-317 will achieve commercial success or market adoption.

Delays in the enrollment of patients in any of our clinical studies could increase our development costs and delay completion of the study.

We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical studies for VRS-317 or any future product candidates if we are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these studies as required by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Even if we are able to enroll a sufficient number of patients in our clinical studies, if the pace of enrollment is slower than we expect, the development costs for our product candidates may increase and the completion of our studies may be delayed or our studies could become too expensive to complete.

For example, we enrolled 48 patients in the United States over approximately eight months in the Phase 1b stage of our Phase 1b/2a clinical trial of VRS-317. The last patient was enrolled in the Phase 2a stage of the study in November 2013, and we expect the study to be completed by mid-2014. Depending on the outcome of the Phase 2a stage of the trial, we intend to begin enrollment for a Phase 3 clinical trial in the United States, Canada and the European Union. As we expect to study only treatment naïve subjects in any Phase 3 clinical trial, we will need to seek participation of additional patients in that trial. We will need to activate new clinical study sites and enroll patients at forecasted rates at both new and existing clinical study sites. Our forecasts regarding the rates of clinical site activation and patient enrollment at those sites are based on a number of assumptions including assumptions based on past experience with the Phase 1b stage of the Phase 1b/2a clinical trial. However, there can be no assurance

 

14


Table of Contents

that those forecasts will be accurate or that we will not face delays in commencing our planned Phase 3 clinical trial. There may be concurrent competing pediatric GHD clinical trials that will inhibit or slow our enrollment in the Phase 3 clinical trial. If we experience delays in enrollment, our ability to complete our planned Phase 3 clinical trial could be impaired and the costs of conducting the study could increase, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

If clinical studies of VRS-317 and any future product candidates fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States or do not otherwise produce positive results, we may incur additional costs, experience delays in completing or ultimately fail in completing the development and commercialization of VRS-317 or our future product candidates.

Before obtaining regulatory approval for the sale of any product candidate, we must conduct extensive clinical studies to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates in humans. Clinical studies are expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and are uncertain as to outcome. A failure of one or more of our clinical studies could occur at any stage of testing.

The probability of the Phase 2a stage of our Phase 1b/2a clinical trial succeeding is highly dependent on the adequacy of its design. We have reviewed publicly available data from studies completed by other companies and incorporated the results of our analysis into the design of the Phase 2a stage of our trial, but we could have misinterpreted the data or performed a flawed analysis. Furthermore, relevant information from the studies may not be publicly available or, if available, may not have been obtained by us. As a result, there could be flaws in the design of the Phase 2a stage of our trial that could cause it to fail. For example, we may be administering VRS-317 at dose levels that are not as efficacious and/or safe as other rhGH therapies.

We may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, clinical studies that could delay or prevent our ability to receive regulatory approval or commercialize VRS-317 or any future product candidates, including the following:

 

   

clinical studies may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical studies or abandon product development programs;

 

   

the number of patients required for clinical studies may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in these clinical studies may be insufficient or slower than we anticipate or patients may drop out of these clinical studies at a higher rate than we anticipate;

 

   

the cost of clinical studies or the manufacturing of our product candidates may be greater than we anticipate;

 

   

our third-party contractors may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all;

 

   

we might have to suspend or terminate clinical studies of our product candidates for various reasons, including a finding that our product candidates have unanticipated serious side effects or other unexpected characteristics or that the patients are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;

 

   

regulators may not approve our proposed clinical development plans;

 

15


Table of Contents
   

regulators or institutional review boards may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical study or conduct a clinical study at a prospective study site;

 

   

regulators or institutional review boards may require that we or our investigators suspend or terminate clinical research for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements; and

 

   

the supply or quality of our product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct clinical studies of our product candidates may be insufficient or inadequate.

If we are required to conduct additional clinical studies or other testing of VRS-317 or any future product candidates beyond those that we contemplate, if we are unable to successfully complete clinical studies or other testing, if the results of these studies or tests are not positive or are only modestly positive or if there are safety concerns, we may:

 

   

be delayed in obtaining marketing approval for our product candidates;

 

   

not obtain marketing approval at all;

 

   

obtain approval for indications that are not as broad as intended;

 

   

have the product removed from the market after obtaining marketing approval;

 

   

be subject to additional post-marketing testing requirements; or

 

   

be subject to restrictions on how the product is distributed or used.

Our product development costs will also increase if we experience delays in testing or approvals. We do not know whether any clinical studies will begin as planned, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all.

Significant clinical study delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, which would impair our ability to commercialize our product candidates and harm our business and results of operations.

VRS-317 or our future product candidates may cause serious adverse side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label or result in significant negative consequences following any marketing approval.

Our product candidate, VRS-317, has not completed clinical development. The risk of failure of clinical development is high. It is impossible to predict when or if this or any future product candidates will prove safe enough to receive regulatory approval. Undesirable side effects caused by VRS-317 or any future product candidates could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authority.

Pediatric subjects taking VRS-317 have reported certain adverse effects, such as mild and transient injection site discomfort, headaches and sore extremities, consistent with known adverse effects of rhGH therapy. No serious side effects have been reported to date. However, we cannot assure you that side effects from VRS-317 in current or future clinical trials will continue to be mild or that

 

16


Table of Contents

side effects in general will not prompt the discontinued development of VRS-317 or any future product candidates. As a result of these side effects or further safety or toxicity issues that we may experience in our clinical trials in the future, we may not receive approval to market VRS-317 or any future product candidates, which could prevent us from ever generating revenue or achieving profitability. Results of our trials could reveal an unacceptably high severity or prevalence of side effects. In such an event, our trials could be suspended or terminated and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease further development of or deny approval of our product candidates for any or all targeted indications. Any drug-related side effects could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled subjects to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. Any of these occurrences may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and future prospects.

Additionally, if VRS-317 or any of our future product candidates receives marketing approval, and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by such product, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

 

   

we may be forced to suspend the marketing of such product;

 

   

regulatory authorities may withdraw their approvals of such product;

 

   

regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the label that could diminish the usage or otherwise limit the commercial success of such products;

 

   

the FDA or other regulatory bodies may issue safety alerts, Dear Healthcare Provider letters, press releases or other communications containing warnings about such product;

 

   

the FDA may require the establishment or modification of Risk Evaluation Mitigation Strategies, or REMS, or a comparable foreign regulatory authority may require the establishment or modification of a similar strategy that may, for instance, restrict distribution of our products and impose burdensome implementation requirements on us;

 

   

we may be required to change the way the product is administered or conduct additional clinical trials;

 

   

we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to subjects or patients;

 

   

we may be subject to litigation or product liability claims; and

 

   

our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the particular product candidate, if approved.

Even if our clinical trials demonstrate acceptable safety and efficacy of VRS-317 for growth in pediatric GHD patients based on a weekly, semi-monthly or monthly dosing regimen, the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States may not approve VRS-317 for marketing or may approve it with restrictions on the label, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Assuming the success of our clinical trials, we anticipate seeking regulatory approval for VRS-317 in the United States, Europe and Canada for treatment of pediatric GHD patients based on weekly, semi-monthly or monthly dosing regimens. It is possible that the FDA, the EMA or Health Canada may not consider the results of our clinical trials to be sufficient for approval of VRS-317 for

 

17


Table of Contents

this indication. In general, the FDA suggests that sponsors complete two adequate and well-controlled clinical studies to demonstrate effectiveness because a conclusion based on two persuasive studies will be more compelling than a conclusion based on a single study. Even if we achieve favorable results in the Phase 2a stage of our Phase 1b/2a clinical trial and our planned Phase 3 clinical trial, and considering that VRS-317 is a new chemical entity, the FDA may nonetheless require that we conduct additional clinical studies, possibly using a different clinical study design.

Moreover, even if the FDA or other regulatory authorities approve VRS-317 for treatment of pediatric GHD patients based on weekly, semi-monthly or monthly dosing regimens, the approval may include additional restrictions on the label that could make VRS-317 less attractive to physicians and patients compared to other products that may be approved for broader indications, which could limit potential sales of VRS-317.

If we fail to obtain FDA or other regulatory approval of VRS-317 or if the approval is narrower than what we seek, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Even if VRS-317 or any future product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, caregivers, healthcare payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

If VRS-317 or any future product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, hospital administrators, patients, healthcare payors and others in the medical community. The degree of market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including the following:

 

   

the prevalence and severity of any side effects;

 

   

their efficacy and potential advantages compared to alternative treatments;

 

   

the price we charge for our product candidates;

 

   

the willingness of physicians to change their current treatment practices;

 

   

convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments;

 

   

the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;

 

   

the strength of marketing and distribution support; and

 

   

the availability of third-party coverage or reimbursement.

For example, a number of companies offer therapies for treatment of pediatric GHD patients based on a daily regimen, and physicians, patients or their families may not be willing to change their current treatment practices in favor of VRS-317 even if it is able to offer less frequent dosing. If VRS-317 or any future product candidates, if approved, do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenue and we may not become profitable on a sustained basis or at all.

 

18


Table of Contents

VRS-317 has never been manufactured on a commercial scale, and there are risks associated with scaling up manufacturing to commercial scale. We have recently transferred our production of VRS-317 to a new manufacturer, which may not be successful, and this could delay regulatory approval and commercialization of VRS-317.

VRS-317 has never been manufactured on a commercial scale, and there are risks associated with scaling up manufacturing to commercial scale including, among others, cost overruns, potential problems with process scale-up, process reproducibility, stability issues, lot consistency and timely availability of raw materials. Even if we could otherwise obtain regulatory approval for VRS-317, there is no assurance that our manufacturer will be able to manufacture the approved product to specifications acceptable to the FDA or other regulatory authorities, to produce it in sufficient quantities to meet the requirements for the potential launch of the product or to meet potential future demand. For example, on February 20, 2014 the FDA notified us that it would require additional information before allowing us to use a newly manufactured lot of VRS-317 produced by our new manufacturer that we intend to use in our ongoing extension trial after our current supply of VRS-317 runs out. The FDA subsequently issued correspondence known as a partial clinical hold related exclusively to the use of material produced by this new manufacturer in which it requested additional information regarding the long-term stability of VRS-317 at 25°C and other information prior to allowing us to use the newly manufactured lot. We believe we have provided appropriate responses to the FDA’s requests, including noting that VRS-317 is stored and shipped at 5°C and that the stability profile of the new manufacturing lot was comparable to or better than the original lot used in our Phase 1 clinical studies. However, if the FDA is not satisfied with our responses, we will not be able to use VRS-317 from the new manufacturer in our clinical trials, and we expect a new manufacturing lot could take two months or longer to produce and characterize. In this case, we would be able to complete the Phase 2a stage of our pediatric GHD clinical trial, but we would have only enough VRS-317 on hand to complete approximately two months of our ongoing extension trial. Depending on the length of any regulatory delay, we could have a gap in treatment during the extension trial and could lose participants in the trial, which would reduce the quantity and quality of our long-term safety data on VRS-317. In addition, prior to commencing any future clinical trials, including our planned Phase 3 clinical trial, we must validate a source of VRS-317 specific to that trial.

If our manufacturer is unable to produce sufficient quantities of the approved product for commercialization, our commercialization efforts would be impaired, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

VRS-317 is a biological molecule, or biologic, rather than a small molecule chemical compound, and as a result we face special uncertainties and risks associated with scaling up manufacturing. The manufacture of biologics involves complex processes, including developing cells or cell systems to produce the biologic, growing large quantities of such cells and harvesting and purifying the biologic produced by them. As a result, the cost to manufacture biologics is generally far higher than traditional small molecule chemical compounds, and the manufacturing process is less reliable and is difficult to reproduce. VRS-317 was previously produced for us by a third-party contract manufacturer using a small-scale process that was too expensive and inefficient to support the dosages necessary for our ongoing and planned clinical trials. We have entered into an agreement with a new third-party manufacturer to develop a more efficient, larger-scale manufacturing process. However, scaling up and improving a biologic manufacturing process is a difficult and uncertain task, and we can give no assurance that we will be successful in developing and implementing this new process. Additionally, if we receive regulatory approval for VRS-317, in order to successfully commercialize VRS-317 we will

 

19


Table of Contents

need to manufacture quantities of VRS-317 using commercially viable processes at a scale sufficient to meet anticipated demand. Even if we are able to do so, if the therapeutically effective dosage of VRS-317 is higher than we anticipate or the obtainable sales price is lower than we anticipate, we may not be able to successfully commercialize VRS-317.

Our failure to successfully identify, acquire, develop and commercialize additional products or product candidates could impair our ability to grow.

Although a substantial amount of our efforts will focus on the continued clinical testing and potential approval of our most advanced product candidate, VRS-317, a key element of our long-term growth strategy is to acquire, develop and/or market additional products and product candidates. We currently have one other potential product candidate that is in the preclinical study stage, but its development is at a preliminary stage and there can be no certainty that we will choose to advance it. Research programs to identify product candidates require substantial technical, financial and human resources, whether or not any product candidates are ultimately identified. Because our internal research capabilities are limited, we may be dependent upon pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic scientists and other researchers to sell or license products or technology to us. The success of this strategy depends partly upon our ability to identify, select and acquire promising pharmaceutical product candidates and products. The process of proposing, negotiating and implementing a license or acquisition of a product candidate or approved product is lengthy and complex. Other companies, including some with substantially greater financial, marketing and sales resources, may compete with us for the license or acquisition of product candidates and approved products. We have limited resources to identify and execute the acquisition or in-licensing of third-party products, businesses and technologies and integrate them into our current infrastructure. Moreover, we may devote resources to potential acquisitions or in-licensing opportunities that are never completed, or we may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of such efforts. Any product candidate that we acquire may require additional development efforts prior to commercial sale, including extensive clinical testing and approval by the FDA and applicable foreign regulatory authorities. All product candidates are prone to risks of failure typical of pharmaceutical product development, including the possibility that a product candidate will not be shown to be sufficiently safe and effective for approval by regulatory authorities. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that any products that we develop or approved products that we acquire will be manufactured profitably or achieve market acceptance.

We currently have no sales or distribution personnel and only limited marketing capabilities. If we are unable to develop a sales and marketing and distribution capability on our own or through collaborations or other marketing partners, we will not be successful in commercializing VRS-317 or other future products.

We do not have a significant sales or marketing infrastructure and have no experience in the sale, marketing or distribution of therapeutic products. To achieve commercial success for any approved product, we must either develop a sales and marketing organization or outsource these functions to third parties. If VRS-317 is approved, we intend to commercialize it with our own specialty sales force in the United States, Canada and potentially other geographies.

There are risks involved with both establishing our own sales and marketing capabilities and entering into arrangements with third parties to perform these services. For example, recruiting and training a sales force is expensive and time-consuming and could delay any product launch. If the

 

20


Table of Contents

commercial launch of a product candidate for which we recruit a sales force and establish marketing capabilities is delayed or does not occur for any reason, we would have prematurely or unnecessarily incurred these commercialization expenses. This may be costly, and our investment would be lost if we cannot retain or reposition our sales and marketing personnel.

We also may not be successful entering into arrangements with third parties to sell and market our product candidates or may be unable to do so on terms that are favorable to us. We likely will have little control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our products effectively and could damage our reputation. If we do not establish sales and marketing capabilities successfully, either on our own or in collaboration with third parties, we will not be successful in commercializing our product candidates.

We face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing products before or more successfully than we do.

The development and commercialization of new therapeutic products is highly competitive. We face competition with respect to VRS-317, and will face competition with respect to any product candidates that we may seek to develop or commercialize in the future, from major pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies worldwide. There are several large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that currently market and sell rhGH therapies to our target patient group. These companies typically have a greater ability to reduce prices for their competing drugs in an effort to gain or retain market share and undermine the value proposition that we might otherwise be able to offer to payors. Potential competitors also include academic institutions, government agencies and other public and private research organizations that conduct research, seek patent protection and establish collaborative arrangements for research, development, manufacturing and commercialization. Many of these competitors are attempting to develop therapeutics for our target indications.

We are developing our lead product candidate, VRS-317, for treatment of pediatric GHD patients based on a weekly, semi-monthly or monthly dosing regimen. The current standard of care for growth therapies for patients in the United States is a daily subcutaneous injection of rhGH. There are a variety of currently marketed daily rhGH therapies administered by daily subcutaneous injection and used for the treatment of GHD, principally Norditropin ® (Novo Nordisk), Humatrope ® (Eli Lilly), Nutropin-AQ ® (Roche/Genentech), Genotropin ® (Pfizer), Saizen ® (Merck Serono), Tev-tropin ® (Teva Pharmaceuticals), Omnitrope ® (Sandoz GmbH) and Valtropin ® (LG Life Science). These rhGH drugs, with the exception of Valtropin, are well-established therapies and are widely accepted by physicians, patients, caregivers, third-party payors and pharmacy benefit managers, or PBMs, as the standard of care for the treatment of GHD. Physicians, patients, third-party payors and PBMs may not accept the addition of VRS-317 to their current treatment regimens for a variety of potential reasons, including concerns about incurring potential additional costs related to VRS-317, the perception that the use of VRS-317 will be of limited additional benefit to patients, or limited long-term safety data compared to currently available rhGH treatments.

In addition to the currently approved and marketed daily rhGH therapies, there are a variety of experimental therapies that are in various stages of clinical development by companies both already participating in the rhGH market as well as potential new entrants, principally Aileron Therapeutics, Althea, Ambrx, Ascendis, Bioton S.A., Critical Pharmaceuticals, Dong-A, GeneScience, Hanmi, LG Life Science, OPKO Health, Inc. (via Prolor acquisition) and all of the existing global and regional rhGH franchises.

 

21


Table of Contents

Many of our competitors, including a number of large pharmaceutical companies that compete directly with us, have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and diagnostic industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These third parties compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical study sites and patient registration for clinical studies, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

We may form strategic alliances in the future, and we may not realize the benefits of such alliances.

We may form strategic alliances, create joint ventures or collaborations or enter into licensing arrangements with third parties that we believe will complement or augment our existing business. These relationships or those like them may require us to incur non-recurring and other charges, increase our near- and long-term expenditures, issue securities that dilute our existing stockholders or disrupt our management and business. In addition, we face significant competition in seeking appropriate strategic partners and the negotiation process is time-consuming and complex. Moreover, we may not be successful in our efforts to establish a strategic partnership or other alternative arrangements for VRS-317 or any future product candidates and programs because our research and development pipeline may be insufficient, our product candidates and programs may be deemed to be at too early of a stage of development for collaborative effort and third parties may not view our product candidates and programs as having the requisite potential to demonstrate safety and efficacy. If we license products or businesses, we may not be able to realize the benefit of such transactions if we are unable to successfully integrate them with our existing operations and company culture. We cannot be certain that, following a strategic transaction or license, we will achieve the revenues or specific net income that justifies such transaction. Any delays in entering into new strategic partnership agreements related to our product candidates could also delay the development and commercialization of our product candidates and reduce their competitiveness even if they reach the market.

If we are able to commercialize VRS-317 or any future product candidates, the products may become subject to unfavorable pricing regulations, third-party reimbursement practices or healthcare reform initiatives, thereby harming our business.

The regulations that govern marketing approvals, pricing and reimbursement for new therapeutic products vary widely from country to country. Some countries require approval of the sale price of a product before it can be marketed. In many countries, the pricing review period begins after marketing or product licensing approval is granted. In some foreign markets, prescription pharmaceutical pricing remains subject to continuing governmental control even after initial approval is granted. As a result, we might obtain regulatory approval for a product in a particular country, but then be subject to price regulations that delay our commercial launch of the product and negatively impact the revenue we are able to generate from the sale of the product in that country. Adverse pricing limitations may hinder our ability to recoup our investment in one or more product candidates, even if our product candidates obtain regulatory approval.

Our ability to commercialize VRS-317 or any future products successfully also will depend in part on the extent to which reimbursement for these products and related treatments becomes available from

 

22


Table of Contents

government health administration authorities, private health insurers and other organizations. Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which medications they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels. A primary trend in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and these third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medications. Increasingly, third-party payors are requiring that companies provide them with predetermined discounts from list prices and are challenging the prices charged for medical products. We cannot be sure that reimbursement will be available for any product that we commercialize and, if reimbursement is available, what the level of reimbursement will be. Reimbursement may impact the demand for, or the price of, any product for which we obtain marketing approval. Obtaining reimbursement for our products may be particularly difficult because of the higher prices often associated with products administered under the supervision of a physician. If reimbursement is not available or is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize any product candidate that we successfully develop.

There may be significant delays in obtaining reimbursement for approved products, and coverage may be more limited than the purposes for which the product is approved by the FDA or regulatory authorities in other countries. Moreover, eligibility for reimbursement does not imply that any product will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers our costs, including research, development, manufacture, sale and distribution. Interim payments for new products, if applicable, may also not be sufficient to cover our costs and may not be made permanent. Payment rates may vary according to the use of the product and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on payments allowed for lower cost products that are already reimbursed and may be incorporated into existing payments for other services. Net prices for products may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or private payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of products from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States. Third-party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement policies. Our inability to promptly obtain coverage and profitable payment rates from both government funded and private payors for new products that we develop could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, our ability to raise capital needed to commercialize products and our overall financial condition. In some foreign countries, including major markets in the European Union and Japan, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take nine to twelve months or longer after the receipt of regulatory marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product to other available therapies. Our business could be materially harmed if reimbursement of our approved products, if any, is unavailable or limited in scope or amount or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels.

Product liability lawsuits against us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and to limit commercialization of any products that we may develop.

We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of VRS-317 and any future product candidates in human clinical studies and will face an even greater risk if we commercially sell any products that we may develop. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that our product candidates or products caused injuries, we will incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

   

decreased demand for any product candidates or products that we may develop;

 

23


Table of Contents
   

injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

 

   

withdrawal of patients from clinical studies or cancellation of studies;

 

   

significant costs to defend the related litigation;

 

   

substantial monetary awards to patients;

 

   

loss of revenue; and

 

   

the inability to commercialize any products that we may develop.

We currently hold $5 million in product liability insurance coverage, which may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise.

Risks related to our financial condition and need for additional capital

We have a limited operating history and have incurred significant losses since our inception, and we anticipate that we will continue to incur substantial and increasing losses for the foreseeable future. We have only one product candidate and no commercial sales, which, together with our limited operating history, makes it difficult to evaluate our business and assess our future viability.

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history. We do not have any products approved for sale, and to date we have focused principally on developing our only product candidate, VRS-317. Evaluating our performance, viability or future success will be more difficult than if we had a longer operating history or approved products on the market. We continue to incur significant research and development and general and administrative expenses related to our operations. Investment in biopharmaceutical product development is highly speculative because it entails substantial upfront capital expenditures and significant risk that any potential product candidate will fail to demonstrate adequate effect or an acceptable safety profile, gain regulatory approval or become commercially viable. We have incurred significant operating losses in each year since our inception and expect to incur substantial and increasing losses for the foreseeable future. As of December 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $53.7 million.

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our convertible preferred stock. We have devoted substantially all of our efforts to research and development, including clinical studies, but have not completed development of any product candidate. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially as we:

 

   

continue the research and development of our only product candidate, VRS-317, and any future product candidates;

 

   

continue clinical studies of VRS-317, including the Phase 3 clinical trial of VRS-317 that we expect to initiate, which will be our most expensive clinical trial to date;

 

   

seek to discover or in-license additional product candidates;

 

   

seek regulatory approvals for VRS-317 and any future product candidates that successfully complete clinical studies;

 

24


Table of Contents
   

establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure and scale-up manufacturing capabilities to commercialize VRS-317 or other future product candidates if they obtain regulatory approval, including process improvements in order to manufacture VRS-317 at commercial scale; and

 

   

enhance operational, financial and information management systems and hire more personnel, including personnel to support development of VRS-317 and any future product candidates and, if a product candidate is approved, our commercialization efforts.

To be profitable in the future, we must succeed in developing and eventually commercializing VRS-317 as well as other products with significant market potential. This will require us to be successful in a range of activities, including advancing VRS-317 and any future product candidates, completing clinical studies of these product candidates, obtaining regulatory approval for these product candidates and manufacturing, marketing and selling those products for which we may obtain regulatory approval. We are only in the preliminary stages of some of these activities. We may not succeed in these activities and may never generate revenue that is sufficient to be profitable in the future. Even if we are profitable, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to achieve sustained profitability would depress the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, diversify our product candidates, market our product candidates, if approved, or continue our operations.

We currently have no source of product revenue and may never become profitable.

To date, we have not generated any revenues from commercial product sales, or otherwise. Even if we are able to successfully achieve regulatory approval for VRS-317 or any future product candidates, we do not know when any of these products will generate revenue from product sales for us. Our ability to generate revenue from product sales and achieve profitability will depend upon our ability, alone or with any future collaborators, to successfully commercialize products, including VRS-317 or any product candidates that we may develop, in-license or acquire in the future. Our ability to generate revenue from product sales from VRS-317 or any future product candidates also depends on a number of additional factors, including our or any future collaborators’ ability to:

 

   

complete development activities, including our ongoing Phase 2a and planned Phase 3 clinical trials of VRS-317, successfully and on a timely basis;

 

   

demonstrate the safety and efficacy of VRS-317 to the satisfaction of FDA and obtain regulatory approval for VRS-317 and future product candidates, if any, for which there is a commercial market;

 

   

complete and submit applications to, and obtain regulatory approval from, foreign regulatory authorities;

 

   

set a commercially viable price for our products;

 

   

establish and maintain supply and manufacturing relationships with reliable third parties, and ensure adequate and legally compliant manufacturing of bulk drug substances and drug products to maintain that supply;

 

   

develop a commercial organization capable of sales, marketing and distribution of any products for which we obtain marketing approval in markets where we intend to commercialize independently;

 

25


Table of Contents
   

find suitable distribution partners to help us market, sell and distribute our approved products in other markets;

 

   

obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, including government and private payors;

 

   

achieve market acceptance of our products, if any;

 

   

establish, maintain and protect our intellectual property rights and avoid third-party patent interference or patent infringement claims; and

 

   

attract, hire and retain qualified personnel.

In addition, because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with pharmaceutical product development, including that VRS-317 or any future product candidates may not advance through development or achieve the endpoints of applicable clinical trials, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses, or when or if we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. In addition, our expenses could increase beyond expectations if we decide to or are required by the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities to perform studies or trials in addition to those that we currently anticipate. Even if we are able to complete the development and regulatory process for VRS-317 or any future product candidates, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with commercializing these products.

Even if we are able to generate revenues from the sale of VRS-317 or any future product candidates that may be approved, we may not become profitable and may need to obtain additional funding to continue operations. If we fail to become profitable or are unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce or shut down our operations.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or our guidance.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly in the future, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. From time to time, we may enter into collaboration agreements with other companies that include development funding and significant upfront and milestone payments and/or royalties, which may become an important source of our revenue. Accordingly, our revenue may depend on development funding and the achievement of development and clinical milestones under any potential future collaboration and license agreements and sales of our products, if approved. These upfront and milestone payments may vary significantly from period to period and any such variance could cause a significant fluctuation in our operating results from one period to the next. In addition, we measure compensation cost for stock-based awards made to employees at the grant date of the award, based on the fair value of the award as determined by our board of directors, and recognize the cost as an expense over the employee’s requisite service period. As the variables that we use as a basis for valuing these awards change over time, including, after the closing of this offering, our underlying stock price and stock price volatility, the magnitude of the expense that we must recognize may vary significantly. Furthermore, our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of other factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including the following:

 

   

the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research and development activities relating to VRS-317 and any future product candidates, which will change from time to time;

 

26


Table of Contents
   

our ability to enroll patients in clinical trials and the timing of enrollment;

 

   

the cost of manufacturing VRS-317 and any future product candidates, which may vary depending on FDA guidelines and requirements, the quantity of production and the terms of our agreements with manufacturers;

 

   

expenditures that we will or may incur to acquire or develop additional product candidates and technologies;

 

   

the timing and outcomes of clinical studies for VRS-317 and any future product candidates or competing product candidates;

 

   

changes in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or partners;

 

   

any delays in regulatory review or approval of VRS-317 or any of our future product candidates;

 

   

the level of demand for VRS-317 and any future product candidates, should they receive approval, which may fluctuate significantly and be difficult to predict;

 

   

the risk/benefit profile, cost and reimbursement policies with respect to our products candidates, if approved, and existing and potential future drugs that compete with our product candidates;

 

   

competition from existing and potential future drugs that compete with VRS-317 or any of our future product candidates;

 

   

our ability to commercialize VRS-317 or any future product candidate inside and outside of the United States, either independently or working with third parties;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain collaborations, licensing or other arrangements;

 

   

our ability to adequately support future growth;

 

   

potential unforeseen business disruptions that increase our costs or expenses;

 

   

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies; and

 

   

the changing and volatile global economic environment.

The cumulative effects of these factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance. This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, or if the forecasts we provide to the market are below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even when we have met any previously publicly stated revenue and/or earnings guidance we may provide.

 

27


Table of Contents

We will need additional funds to support our operations, and such funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all, which would force us to delay, reduce or suspend our research and development programs and other operations or commercialization efforts. Raising additional capital may subject us to unfavorable terms, cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our product candidates and technologies.

The completion of the development and the potential commercialization of VRS-317 and any future product candidates, should they receive approval, will require substantial funds. As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $13.2 million in cash and cash equivalents. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, including the net proceeds we received from our convertible preferred stock financings in February 2014, will be sufficient to sustain operations for at least the next 12 months based on our existing business plan. Our future financing requirements will depend on many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including the following:

 

   

the rate of progress and cost of our clinical studies;

 

   

the timing of, and costs involved in, seeking and obtaining approvals from the FDA and other regulatory authorities;

 

   

the cost of preparing to manufacture VRS-317 on a larger scale;

 

   

the costs of commercialization activities if VRS-317 or any future product candidate is approved, including product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution;

 

   

the degree and rate of market acceptance of any products launched by us or future partners;

 

   

the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

 

   

our ability to enter into additional collaboration, licensing, commercialization or other arrangements and the terms and timing of such arrangements;

 

   

the emergence of competing technologies or other adverse market developments; and

 

   

the costs of attracting, hiring and retaining qualified personnel.

We do not have any material committed external source of funds or other support for our development efforts. Until we can generate a sufficient amount of product revenue to finance our cash requirements, which we may never do, we expect to finance future cash needs through a combination of public or private equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances, licensing arrangements and other marketing and distribution arrangements. Additional financing may not be available to us when we need it or it may not be available on favorable terms. If we raise additional capital through marketing and distribution arrangements or other collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish certain valuable rights to VRS-317 or potential future product candidates, technologies, future revenue streams or research programs, or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we raise additional capital through public or private equity offerings, the ownership interest of our existing stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect our stockholders’ rights. If we raise additional capital through debt financing, we may be subject to covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing when needed, we may have to delay, reduce the scope of, or suspend one or more of our clinical studies or research and development programs or our commercialization efforts.

 

28


Table of Contents

Risks related to our reliance on third parties

We rely on third parties to conduct our clinical studies, and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily, including failing to meet deadlines for the completion of such studies.

We do not independently conduct clinical studies of our lead product candidate. We rely on third parties, such as contract research organizations, or CROs, clinical data management organizations, medical institutions and clinical investigators, to perform this function. For example, we currently rely on ResearchPoint Global to oversee and manage the Phase 2a stage of the Phase 1b/2a clinical trial of VRS-317. Our reliance on these third parties for clinical development activities reduces our control over these activities but does not relieve us of our responsibilities. We remain responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical studies is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and protocols for the study. Moreover, the FDA requires us to comply with standards, commonly referred to as good clinical practices, for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical studies to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of patients in clinical studies are protected. Furthermore, these third parties may also have relationships with other entities, some of which may be our competitors. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or conduct our clinical studies in accordance with regulatory requirements or our stated protocols, we will not be able to obtain, or may be delayed in obtaining, regulatory approvals for our product candidates and will not be able to, or may be delayed in our efforts to, successfully commercialize our product candidates.

We also rely on other third parties to store and distribute supplies for our clinical studies. Any performance failure on the part of our existing or future distributors could delay clinical development or regulatory approval of our product candidates or commercialization of our products, producing additional losses and depriving us of potential product revenue.

We rely on a single third-party contract manufacturing organization to manufacture and supply VRS-317. If our manufacturer and supplier fails to perform adequately or fulfill our needs, we may be required to incur significant costs and devote significant efforts to find a new supplier or manufacturer. We may also face delays in the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

We currently have limited experience in, and we do not own facilities for, clinical-scale manufacturing of our product candidates and we currently rely upon a single third-party contract manufacturing organization to manufacture and supply drug product for our clinical studies of VRS-317. The manufacture of pharmaceutical products in compliance with the FDA’s cGMPs requires significant expertise and capital investment, including the development of advanced manufacturing techniques and process controls. Manufacturers of pharmaceutical products often encounter difficulties in production, including difficulties with production costs and yields, quality control, including stability of the product candidate and quality assurance testing, shortages of qualified personnel, as well as compliance with strictly enforced cGMP requirements, other federal and state regulatory requirements and foreign regulations. If our manufacturer were to encounter any of these difficulties or otherwise fail to comply with its obligations to us or under applicable regulations, our ability to provide study drugs in our clinical studies would be jeopardized. Any delay or interruption in the supply of clinical study materials could delay the completion of our clinical studies, increase the costs associated with maintaining our clinical study programs and, depending upon the period of delay, require us to commence new studies at significant additional expense or terminate the studies

 

29


Table of Contents

completely. For example, on February 20, 2014 the FDA notified us that it would require additional information before allowing us to use a newly manufactured lot of VRS-317 produced by our new manufacturer that we intend to use in our ongoing extension trial after our current supply of VRS-317 runs out. We believe we have provided appropriate responses to the FDA’s requests. However, if the FDA is not satisfied with our responses, we will not be able to use VRS-317 from the new manufacturer in our clinical trials. In this case, we would be able to complete the Phase 2a stage of our pediatric GHD clinical trial, but we would have only enough VRS-317 on hand to complete approximately two months of our ongoing extension trial. In addition, prior to commencing any future clinical trials, including our planned Phase 3 clinical trial, we must validate a source of VRS-317 specific to that trial.

All manufacturers of our product candidates must comply with cGMP requirements enforced by the FDA through its facilities inspection program. These requirements include, among other things, quality control, quality assurance and the maintenance of records and documentation. Manufacturers of our product candidates may be unable to comply with these cGMP requirements and with other FDA, state and foreign regulatory requirements. The FDA or similar foreign regulatory agencies may also implement new standards at any time, or change their interpretation and enforcement of existing standards for manufacture, packaging or testing of products. We have little control over our manufacturers’ compliance with these regulations and standards. A failure to comply with these requirements may result in fines and civil penalties, suspension of production, suspension or delay in product approval, product seizure or recall or withdrawal of product approval. If the safety of any product supplied is compromised due to our manufacturers’ failure to adhere to applicable laws or for other reasons, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our products and we may be held liable for any injuries sustained as a result. Any of these factors could cause a delay of clinical studies, regulatory submissions, approvals or commercialization of our product candidates, entail higher costs or impair our reputation.

Our product candidate, VRS-317, is a biologic and therefore requires a complex production process. In October, 2012, we transferred production of VRS-317 to a new manufacturer, Boehringer Ingelheim. In connection with the transfer of production, we are making certain changes to the manufacturing process in order to increase its scale and efficiency. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully implement this transition or implement the proposed improvements to the manufacturing process. If we are not able to implement the proposed transition in a timely manner or obtain the anticipated improvements in efficiency, our business, results of operations and growth prospects would be materially adversely affected. In addition, current agreements with our manufacturer do not provide for the entire supply of the drug product necessary for full scale commercialization. If we and our manufacturer cannot agree to the terms and conditions necessary for our commercial supply needs, or if our manufacturer terminates the agreement in response to a material breach by us or otherwise becomes unable to fulfill its supply obligations, we would not be able to manufacture VRS-317 until a qualified alternative manufacturer is identified, which could also delay the development of, and impair our ability to commercialize, VRS-317.

The number of third-party manufacturers with the necessary manufacturing and regulatory expertise and facilities is limited, and it could be expensive and take a significant amount of time to arrange for alternative suppliers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. New manufacturers of any product candidate would be required to qualify under applicable regulatory requirements and would need to have sufficient rights under applicable intellectual property laws to the method of manufacturing the product candidate. Obtaining the necessary FDA approvals or other

 

30


Table of Contents

qualifications under applicable regulatory requirements and ensuring non-infringement of third-party intellectual property rights could result in a significant interruption of supply and could require the new manufacturer to bear significant additional costs that may be passed on to us.

Any future collaboration agreements we may enter into for VRS-317 or any other product candidate may place the development of VRS-317 or other product candidates outside our control, may require us to relinquish important rights or may otherwise be on terms unfavorable to us.

We may enter into additional collaboration agreements with third parties with respect to VRS-317 for the commercialization of this candidate outside the United States, or with respect to future product candidates for commercialization in or outside the United States. Our likely collaborators for any distribution, marketing, licensing or other collaboration arrangements include large and mid-size pharmaceutical companies, regional and national pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies. We will have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our collaborators dedicate to the development or commercialization of our product candidates. Our ability to generate revenue from these arrangements will depend in part on our collaborators’ abilities to successfully perform the functions assigned to them in these arrangements.

Collaborations involving our product candidates are subject to numerous risks, which may include the following:

 

   

collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to any such collaborations;

 

   

collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of our product candidates or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on clinical study results, changes in their strategic focus due to the acquisition of competitive products, availability of funding or other external factors, such as a business combination that diverts resources or creates competing priorities;

 

   

collaborators may delay clinical studies, provide insufficient funding for a clinical study program, stop a clinical study, abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical studies or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;

 

   

collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our products or product candidates;

 

   

a collaborator with marketing and distribution rights to one or more products may not commit sufficient resources to their marketing and distribution;

 

   

collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our intellectual property or proprietary information in a way that gives rise to actual or threatened litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential liability;

 

   

disputes may arise between us and a collaborator that causes the delay or termination of the research, development or commercialization of our product candidates or that results in costly litigation or arbitration that diverts management attention and resources;

 

   

collaborations may be terminated and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates; and

 

31


Table of Contents
   

collaborators may own or co-own intellectual property covering our products that results from our collaborating with them, and in such cases, we would not have the exclusive right to commercialize such intellectual property.

Any termination or disruption of collaborations could result in delays in the development of product candidates, increases in our costs to develop the product candidates or the termination of development of a product candidate.

Risks related to the operation of our business

Our future success depends on our ability to retain our chief executive officer and other key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

We are highly dependent on our chief executive officer and the other principal members of our executive team. Under the terms of their employment, our executives may terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of the services of any of these people could impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives.

Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, clinical, manufacturing and sales and marketing personnel will also be critical to our success. We may not be able to attract and retain these personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us.

We expect to expand our development, regulatory and sales and marketing capabilities, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

As of February 28, 2014, we had 14 employees. Over the next several years, we expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of drug development, regulatory affairs and sales and marketing. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The physical expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including:

 

   

managing our clinical trials effectively, which we anticipate being conducted at numerous clinical sites;

 

   

identifying, recruiting, maintaining, motivating and integrating additional employees with the expertise and experience we will require;

 

32


Table of Contents
   

managing our internal development efforts effectively while complying with our contractual obligations to licensors, licensees, contractors and other third parties;

 

   

managing additional relationships with various strategic partners, suppliers and other third parties;

 

   

improving our managerial, development, operational and finance reporting systems and procedures; and

 

   

expanding our facilities.

Our failure to accomplish any of these tasks could prevent us from successfully growing our company. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, which was enacted in April 2012. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means, among other things, that the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may suffer or be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our operations could be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics and other natural or

 

33


Table of Contents

manmade disasters or business interruptions. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. Our corporate headquarters are located in California and certain clinical sites for our product candidate, operations of our existing and future partners are or will be located in California near major earthquake faults and fire zones. The ultimate impact on us, our significant partners, suppliers and our general infrastructure of being located near major earthquake faults and fire zones and being consolidated in certain geographical areas is unknown, but our operations and financial condition could suffer in the event of a major earthquake, fire or other natural or manmade disaster.

If we obtain approval to commercialize VRS-317 outside the United States, we will be subject to additional risks.

If we obtain approval to commercialize any approved products outside of the United States, a variety of risks associated with international operations could materially adversely affect our business, including:

 

   

different regulatory requirements for drug approvals in foreign countries;

 

   

reduced protection for intellectual property rights;

 

   

unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers and regulatory requirements;

 

   

economic weakness, including inflation or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets;

 

   

compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad;

 

   

foreign taxes, including withholding of payroll taxes;

 

   

foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenue, and other obligations incident to doing business in another country;

 

   

workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in the United States;

 

   

production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and

 

   

business interruptions resulting from geopolitical actions, including war and terrorism, or natural disasters including earthquakes, typhoons, floods and fires.

Our internal computer systems, or those of our CROs or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches, which could result in a material disruption of our drug development programs.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our CROs and other contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. While we have not experienced any such system failure, accident or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our drug development programs. For example, the loss of clinical study data from completed or ongoing clinical studies for a product candidate could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts

 

34


Table of Contents

and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of or damage to our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development of any product candidates could be delayed.

Risks related to intellectual property

If we fail to comply with our obligations in our intellectual property licenses with third parties, we could lose license rights that are important to our business.

We are a party to intellectual property license agreements with third parties, including with respect to VRS-317, and expect to enter into additional license agreements in the future. Our existing license agreements impose, and we expect that our future license agreements will impose, various diligence, milestone payment, royalty, insurance and other obligations on us. If we fail to comply with these obligations, our licensors may have the right to terminate these agreements, in which event we may not be able to develop and market any product that is covered by these agreements. For example, we license substantially all of the intellectual property relating to VRS-317 from Amunix, and the loss of our license agreement with Amunix would therefore materially adversely affect our ability to proceed with any development or potential commercialization of our product candidates as currently planned. Amunix has the right to terminate the license upon 30 days’ written notice with respect to a particular target and the related products if (i) during any consecutive 18 month period our cumulative funding of research, development and commercialization activities in respect of such target is not at least $250,000, in which case we would have the right to extend the applicable 18 month period by paying Amunix $150,000; or (ii) if we do not use commercially reasonable measures to develop and commercialize licensed products based on such target. Termination of this license, or reduction or elimination of our licensed rights under it or any other license, may result in our having to negotiate new or reinstated licenses on less favorable terms or our not having sufficient intellectual property rights to operate our business. The occurrence of such events could materially harm our business and financial condition.

The risks described elsewhere pertaining to our intellectual property rights also apply to the intellectual property rights that we license, and any failure by us or our licensors to obtain, maintain, defend and enforce these rights could have a material adverse effect on our business. In some cases we do not have control over the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of the patents that we license, and may not have sufficient ability to provide input into the patent prosecution, maintenance and defense process with respect to such patents, and our licensors may fail to take the steps that we believe are necessary or desirable in order to obtain, maintain, defend and enforce the licensed patents. We are also required to reimburse Amunix for certain costs incurred in prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing the licensed patents.

Our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and products may be materially adversely affected if we are unable to obtain and maintain effective intellectual property rights for our technologies and product candidates, or if the scope of the intellectual property protection is not sufficiently broad.

Our success depends in large part on our and our licensors’ ability to obtain and maintain patent and other intellectual property protection in the United States and in other countries with respect to our proprietary technology and products.

 

35


Table of Contents

We license substantially all of the intellectual property relating to VRS-317 from Amunix. We do not presently own any issued patents or pending patent applications, and our license agreement with Amunix provides that inventions relating to VRS-317 are owned by Amunix. We are therefore dependent on Amunix to apply for, prosecute, maintain, defend and, in some cases, enforce the patent rights necessary to conduct our business. However, we cannot be certain this will be done in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. The process of applying for patents is expensive and time-consuming, and Amunix may not, or may not be able to, file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we or Amunix will fail to identify patentable aspects of our respective research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. While Amunix has obtained a number of patents relating to the XTEN technology, and applied for a number of other patents relating to the XTEN technology in general, and VRS-317 in particular, we cannot assure you that the pending applications will result in issued patents, and the existing Amunix patents that we license, and any future patents they obtain may not be sufficiently broad to prevent others from using our technologies or from developing competing products and technologies. Under our license agreement with Amunix, we are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize certain products that we license from Amunix and to maintain minimum rates of spending on research, development and commercialization. In exchange, we retain a limited, exclusive license to relevant patents and know-how related to XTEN technology. If we fail to fulfill our obligations under the agreement, Amunix could terminate the agreement.

The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain and involves complex legal and factual questions for which legal principles remain unresolved. In recent years patent rights have been the subject of significant litigation. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of the patent rights we rely on are highly uncertain. Pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued which protect our technology or products or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and products. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of the patents we rely on or narrow the scope of our patent protection. The laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that our licensors were the first to make the inventions claimed in our licensed patents or pending patent applications, or that we or our licensors were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. Assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, prior to March 16, 2013, in the United States, the first to make the claimed invention is entitled to the patent, while outside the United States, the first to file a patent application is entitled to the patent.

Even if the patent applications we rely on issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Our competitors may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner. The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its scope, validity or enforceability, and the patents we rely on may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. Such challenges may result in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, which could limit our ability to stop or prevent us from stopping others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and products. Given the

 

36


Table of Contents

amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours or otherwise provide us with a competitive advantage.

Finally, certain of Amunix’s activities have been funded, and may in the future be funded, by the U.S. government. When new technologies are developed with U.S. government funding, the government obtains certain rights in any resulting patents, including the right to a nonexclusive license authorizing the government to use the invention. These rights may permit the government to disclose our confidential information to third parties and to exercise “march-in” rights to use or allow third parties to use Amunix’s patented technology. The government can exercise its march-in rights if it determines that action is necessary because we fail to achieve practical application of the U.S. government-funded technology, because action is necessary to alleviate health or safety needs, to meet requirements of federal regulations, or to give preference to U.S. industry. In addition, U.S. government-funded inventions must be reported to the government, U.S. government funding must be disclosed in any resulting patent applications, and Amunix’s rights in such inventions may be subject to certain requirements to manufacture products in the United States.

We may become involved in legal proceedings to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe or otherwise violate the patents we rely on, or our other intellectual property rights. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. Any claims that we assert against perceived infringers could also provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property rights. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent we are asserting is invalid or unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that the patents we are asserting do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could put one or more patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation.

Interference or derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, or any foreign patent authority may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions or other matters of inventorship with respect to patents and patent applications. We or our licensers may become involved in proceedings, including oppositions, interferences, derivation proceedings inter partes reviews, patent nullification proceedings, or re-examinations, challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others, and the outcome of any such proceedings are highly uncertain. For example, Novo Nordisk A/S and XL-protein GmbH recently filed oppositions to an issued European patent relating to the XTEN technology. An adverse determination in any such proceeding could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, important patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights. Our business also could be harmed if a prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms, if any license is offered at all. Litigation or other proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our

 

37


Table of Contents

management and other employees. We may also become involved in disputes with others regarding the ownership of intellectual property rights. For example, we hold material service agreements with certain parties, including Amunix, and disagreements may therefore arise as to the ownership of any intellectual property developed pursuant to these relationships. If we are unable to resolve these disputes, we could lose valuable intellectual property rights.

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and/or management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of intellectual property litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

Our commercial success depends upon our ability and the ability of our collaborators to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the proprietary rights or intellectual property of third parties. We may become party to, or be threatened with, future adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our products and technology. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing or future intellectual property rights. If we are found to infringe a third-party’s intellectual property rights, we could be required to obtain a license from such third-party to continue developing and marketing our products and technology. We may also elect to enter into such a license in order to settle pending or threatened litigation. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us, and could require us to pay significant royalties and other fees. We could be forced, including by court order, to cease commercializing the infringing technology or product. In addition, we could be found liable for monetary damages. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could materially harm our business. Many of our employees were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee’s former employer. These and other claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties can have a similar negative impact on our business to the infringement claims discussed above.

Even if we are successful in defending against intellectual property claims, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to such claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments

 

38


Table of Contents

and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce our resources available for development activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their substantially greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of litigation or other intellectual property related proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our technology could be materially adversely affected, harming our business and competitive position.

In addition to our patented technology and products, we rely upon confidential proprietary information, including trade secrets, unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to develop and maintain our competitive position. Any disclosure to or misappropriation by third parties of our confidential proprietary information could enable competitors to quickly duplicate or surpass our technological achievements, thus eroding our competitive position in the market. We seek to protect our confidential proprietary information, in part, by confidentiality agreements with our employees and our collaborators and consultants. We also have agreements with our employees and selected consultants that obligate them to assign their inventions to us. These agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information, however, we cannot be certain that our trade secrets and other confidential information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets, or that technology relevant to our business will not be independently developed by a person that is not a party to such an agreement. Furthermore, if the employees, consultants or collaborators that are parties to these agreements breach or violate the terms of these agreements, we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach or violation, and we could lose our trade secrets through such breaches or violations. Further, our trade secrets could be disclosed, misappropriated or otherwise become known or be independently discovered by our competitors. In addition, intellectual property laws in foreign countries may not protect trade secrets and confidential information to the same extent as the laws of the United States. If we are unable to prevent disclosure of the intellectual property related to our technologies to third parties, we may not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which would harm our ability to protect our rights and have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may not be able to protect and/or enforce our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on all of our product candidates throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive to us and to our licensors. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we or our licensors have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection but where enforcement is not as strong as in the United States. These products may compete with our products in jurisdictions where we or our licensors do not have any issued patents and our patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from so competing. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for

 

39


Table of Contents

us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. The following examples are illustrative:

 

   

Others may be able to make products that are similar to our product candidates but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we license;

 

   

Our licensors or collaborators might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by an issued patent or pending patent application;

 

   

Our licensors or collaborators might not have been the first to file patent applications covering an invention;

 

   

Others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our or our licensors’ technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;

 

   

Pending patent applications may not lead to issued patents;

 

   

Issued patents may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be held invalid or unenforceable, as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

 

   

Our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

 

   

We may not develop or in-license additional proprietary technologies that are patentable; and

 

   

The patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business.

Should any of these events occur, they could significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our or our licensors’ patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to be paid by us and/or our licensors to the USPTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States in several stages over the lifetime of the licensed patents and/or applications. The USPTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. In many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent

 

40


Table of Contents

application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, our competitors might be able to use our technologies and those technologies licensed to us and this circumstance would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

In March 2013, under the recently enacted America Invents Act, or AIA, the United States moved to a first-to-file system and made certain other changes to its patent laws. The effects of these changes are currently unclear as the USPTO must still implement various regulations, the courts have yet to address these provisions and the applicability of the act and new regulations on specific patents discussed herein have not been determined and would need to be reviewed. Accordingly, it is not yet clear what, if any, impact the AIA will have on the operation of our business. However, the AIA and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

If our third party licensor does not obtain a patent term extension in the United States under the Hatch-Waxman Act and in foreign countries under similar legislation, thereby potentially extending the term of our marketing exclusivity for our product candidates, our business may be materially harmed.

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA marketing approval of our product candidates, if any, one or more of the U.S. patents covering our approved product(s) or the use thereof may be eligible for up to five years of patent term restoration under the Hatch-Waxman Act. The Hatch-Waxman Act allows a maximum of one patent to be extended per FDA approved product. Patent term extension also may be available in certain foreign countries upon regulatory approval of our product candidates. Nevertheless, we or our licensor may not be granted patent term extension either in the United States or in any foreign country because of, for example, we or our licensors failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the term of extension, as well as the scope of patent protection during any such extension, afforded by the governmental authority could be less than we request.

If we or our licensors are unable to obtain patent term extension or restoration, or the term of any such extension is less than requested, the period during which we will have the right to exclusively market our product will be shortened and our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration, and our revenue could be reduced, possibly materially.

Risks related to government regulation

The regulatory approval process is expensive, time consuming and uncertain and may prevent us or our collaboration partners from obtaining approvals for the commercialization of our product candidates.

The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval, selling, import, export, marketing and distribution of drug products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and other countries, which regulations differ from country to country. Neither we nor our collaboration partners are permitted to market our product candidates in the United

 

41


Table of Contents

States until we receive approval of an NDA from the FDA. Neither we nor our collaboration partners have submitted an application or received marketing approval for VRS-317 or any future product candidates. Obtaining approval of an NDA can be a lengthy, expensive and uncertain process. In addition, failure to comply with FDA and other applicable U.S. and foreign regulatory requirements may subject us to administrative or judicially imposed sanctions, including the following:

 

   

warning letters;

 

   

civil or criminal penalties and fines;

 

   

injunctions;

 

   

suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approval;

 

   

suspension of any ongoing clinical studies;

 

   

voluntary or mandatory product recalls and publicity requirements;

 

   

refusal to accept or approve applications for marketing approval of new drugs or biologics or supplements to approved applications filed by us;

 

   

restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements; or

 

   

seizure or detention of our products or import bans.

For example, on February 20, 2014 the FDA notified us that it would require additional information before allowing us to use a newly manufactured lot of VRS-317 produced by our new manufacturer that we intend to use in our ongoing extension trial after our current supply of VRS-317 runs out. We believe we have provided appropriate responses to the FDA’s requests. However, if the FDA is not satisfied with our responses, we will not be able to use VRS-317 from the new manufacturer in our clinical trials. In this case, we would be able to complete the Phase 2a stage of our pediatric GHD clinical trial, but we would have only enough VRS-317 on hand to complete approximately two months of our ongoing extension trial. In addition, prior to commencing any future clinical trials, including our planned Phase 3 clinical trial, we must validate a source of VRS-317 specific to that trial. Prior to receiving approval to commercialize any of our product candidates in the United States or abroad, we and our collaboration partners must demonstrate with substantial evidence from well-controlled clinical studies, and to the satisfaction of the FDA and other regulatory authorities abroad, that such product candidates are safe and effective for their intended uses. Results from preclinical studies and clinical studies can be interpreted in different ways. Even if we and our collaboration partners believe the preclinical or clinical data for our product candidates are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. Administering any of our product candidates to humans may produce undesirable side effects, which could interrupt, delay or cause suspension of clinical studies of our product candidates and result in the FDA or other regulatory authorities denying approval of our product candidates for any or all targeted indications.

Regulatory approval of an NDA is not guaranteed, and the approval process is expensive and may take several years. The FDA also has substantial discretion in the approval process. Despite the time and expense exerted, failure can occur at any stage, and we could encounter problems that cause us to abandon or repeat clinical studies, or perform additional preclinical studies and clinical studies. The number of preclinical studies and clinical studies that will be required for FDA approval varies depending on the product candidate, the disease or condition that the product candidate is designed to

 

42


Table of Contents

address and the regulations applicable to any particular product candidate. The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a product candidate for many reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

a product candidate may not be deemed safe or effective;

 

   

FDA officials may not find the data from preclinical studies and clinical studies sufficient;

 

   

the FDA might not approve our or our third-party manufacturer’s processes or facilities; or

 

   

the FDA may change its approval policies or adopt new regulations.

If VRS-317 or any future product candidates fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy in clinical studies or do not gain regulatory approval, our business and results of operations will be materially and adversely harmed.

Even if we receive regulatory approval for a product candidate, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense and subject us to penalties if we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements.

Once regulatory approval has been granted, the approved product and its manufacturer are subject to continual review by the FDA and/or non-U.S. regulatory authorities. Any regulatory approval that we or any future collaboration partners receive for VRS-317 or any future product candidates may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing follow-up studies to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product. In addition, if the FDA and/or non-U.S. regulatory authorities approve VRS-317 or any future product candidates, we will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements by the FDA and other regulatory authorities with regard to the labeling, packaging, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion and recordkeeping for our products. In addition, manufacturers of our drug products are required to comply with cGMP regulations, which include requirements related to quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation. Further, regulatory authorities must approve these manufacturing facilities before they can be used to manufacture our drug products, and these facilities are subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with cGMP regulations. If we or a third party discover previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, a regulatory authority may impose restrictions on that product, the manufacturer or us, including requiring withdrawal of the product from the market or suspension of manufacturing. If we, our product candidates or the manufacturing facilities for our product candidates fail to comply with regulatory requirements of the FDA and/or other non-U.S. regulatory authorities, we could be subject to administrative or judicially imposed sanctions, including the following:

 

   

warning letters;

 

   

civil or criminal penalties and fines;

 

   

injunctions;

 

   

suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approval;

 

   

suspension of any ongoing clinical studies;

 

   

voluntary or mandatory product recalls and publicity requirements;

 

43


Table of Contents
   

refusal to accept or approve applications for marketing approval of new drugs or biologics or supplements to approved applications filed by us;

 

   

restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements; or

 

   

seizure or detention of our products or import bans.

The regulatory requirements and policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted with which we may also be required to comply. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or in other countries. If we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may not be permitted to market our future products and our business may suffer.

Failure to obtain regulatory approvals in foreign jurisdictions will prevent us from marketing our products internationally.

We intend to seek a distribution and marketing partner for VRS-317 outside the United States and may market future products in international markets. In order to market our future products in regions such as the European Economic Area, or EEA, Asia Pacific, or APAC, and many other foreign jurisdictions, we must obtain separate regulatory approvals.

For example, in the EEA, medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA. Before granting the MA, the European Medicines Agency or the competent authorities of the member states of the EEA make an assessment of the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy. In Japan, the Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency, or PMDA, of the Ministry of Health Labour and Welfare, or MHLW, must approve an application under the Pharmaceutical Affairs Act before a new drug product may be marketed in Japan.

We have had limited interactions with foreign regulatory authorities. The approval procedures vary among countries and can involve additional clinical testing, and the time required to obtain approval may differ from that required to obtain FDA approval. Moreover, clinical studies conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries, and approval by one or more foreign regulatory authorities does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. However, a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory process in others. The foreign regulatory approval process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. We may not be able to file for regulatory approvals and even if we file we may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market.

Healthcare reform measures could hinder or prevent our product candidates’ commercial success.

In the United States, there have been and we expect there will continue to be a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system in ways that could affect our future revenue and profitability and the future revenue and profitability of our potential customers. Federal and state lawmakers regularly propose and, at times, enact legislation that would result in significant changes to the healthcare system, some of which are intended to contain or reduce the costs of medical products and services. For example, one of the most significant healthcare reform measures in decades, the

 

44


Table of Contents

Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, collectively, the PPACA, was enacted in 2010. The PPACA contains a number of provisions, including those governing enrollment in federal healthcare programs, reimbursement changes and fraud and abuse measures, all of which will impact existing government healthcare programs and will result in the development of new programs. The PPACA, among other things:

 

   

imposes a non-deductible annual fee on pharmaceutical manufacturers or importers who sell “branded prescription drugs,” effective 2011;

 

   

increases the minimum level of Medicaid rebates payable by manufacturers of brand-name drugs from 15.1% to 23.1%, effective 2011;

 

   

could result in the imposition of injunctions;

 

   

requires collection of rebates for drugs paid by Medicaid managed care organizations;

 

   

requires manufacturers to participate in a coverage gap discount program, under which they must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable branded drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D; and

 

   

creates a process for approval of biologic therapies that are similar or identical to approved biologics.

While the U.S. Supreme Court upheld the constitutionality of most elements of the PPACA in June 2012, other legal challenges are still pending final adjudication in several jurisdictions. In addition, Congress has also proposed a number of legislative initiatives, including possible repeal of the PPACA. At this time, it remains unclear whether there will be any changes made to the PPACA, whether to certain provisions or its entirety. We cannot assure you that the PPACA, as currently enacted or as amended in the future, will not adversely affect our business and financial results and we cannot predict how future federal or state legislative or administrative changes relating to healthcare reform will affect our business.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted. For example, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction to recommend proposals for spending reductions to Congress. The Joint Select Committee did not achieve a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, which triggered the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs, including aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, starting in 2013. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, or the ATRA, which delayed for another two months the budget cuts mandated by the sequestration provisions of the Budget Control Act of 2011. The ATRA, among other things, also reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. In March 2013, the President signed an executive order implementing sequestration, and in April 2013, the 2% Medicare reductions went into effect. We cannot predict whether any additional legislative changes will affect our business.

There likely will continue to be legislative and regulatory proposals at the federal and state levels directed at containing or lowering the cost of health care. We cannot predict the initiatives that may be

 

45


Table of Contents

adopted in the future or their full impact. The continuing efforts of the government, insurance companies, managed care organizations and other payors of healthcare services to contain or reduce costs of health care may adversely affect:

 

   

our ability to set a price that we believe is fair for our products;

 

   

our ability to generate revenue and achieve or maintain profitability; and

 

   

the availability of capital.

Further, changes in regulatory requirements and guidance may occur and we may need to amend clinical study protocols to reflect these changes. Amendments may require us to resubmit our clinical study protocols to Institutional Review Boards for reexamination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of a clinical study. In light of widely publicized events concerning the safety risk of certain drug products, regulatory authorities, members of Congress, the Governmental Accounting Office, medical professionals and the general public have raised concerns about potential drug safety issues. These events have resulted in the recall and withdrawal of drug products, revisions to drug labeling that further limit use of the drug products and establishment of risk management programs that may, for instance, restrict distribution of drug products or require safety surveillance and/or patient education. The increased attention to drug safety issues may result in a more cautious approach by the FDA to clinical studies and the drug approval process. Data from clinical studies may receive greater scrutiny with respect to safety, which may make the FDA or other regulatory authorities more likely to terminate or suspend clinical studies before completion, or require longer or additional clinical studies that may result in substantial additional expense and a delay or failure in obtaining approval or approval for a more limited indication than originally sought.

Given the serious public health risks of high profile adverse safety events with certain drug products, the FDA may require, as a condition of approval, costly risk evaluation and mitigation strategies, which may include safety surveillance, restricted distribution and use, patient education, enhanced labeling, special packaging or labeling, expedited reporting of certain adverse events, preapproval of promotional materials and restrictions on direct-to-consumer advertising.

If we fail to comply with healthcare regulations, we could face substantial penalties and our business, operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Even though we do not and will not control referrals of healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors, certain federal and state healthcare laws and regulations pertaining to fraud and abuse and patients’ rights are and will be applicable to our business. We could be subject to healthcare fraud and abuse and patient privacy regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. The regulations that may affect our ability to operate include, without limitation:

 

   

the federal healthcare program Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, any person from knowingly and willfully offering, soliciting, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

 

   

indirectly, to induce either the referral of an individual, for an item or service or the purchasing or ordering of a good or service, for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

 

46


Table of Contents
   

the federal False Claims Act, which prohibits, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false claims, or knowingly using false statements, to obtain payment from the federal government, and which may apply to entities like us which provide coding and billing advice to customers;

 

   

federal criminal laws that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

   

the federal transparency requirements under the Health Care Reform Law requires manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report to the Department of Health and Human Services information related to physician payments and other transfers of value and physician ownership and investment interests;

 

   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, which governs the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protects the security and privacy of protected health information; and

 

   

state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers.

The PPACA, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute and criminal healthcare fraud statutes. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the PPACA provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Any penalties, damages, fines, curtailment or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. Moreover, achieving and sustaining compliance with applicable federal and state privacy, security and fraud laws may prove costly.

Risks related to this offering and ownership of our common stock

Our stock price may be volatile, and purchasers of our common stock could incur substantial losses.

Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for biotechnology companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including the following:

 

   

the success of competitive products or technologies;

 

   

results of clinical studies of VRS-317 or future product candidates or those of our competitors;

 

47


Table of Contents
   

regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries, especially changes in laws or regulations applicable to our products;

 

   

introductions and announcements of new products by us, our commercialization partners, or our competitors, and the timing of these introductions or announcements;

 

   

actions taken by regulatory agencies with respect to our products, clinical studies, manufacturing process or sales and marketing terms;

 

   

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

   

the success of our efforts to acquire or in-license additional products or product candidates;

 

   

developments concerning our collaborations, including but not limited to those with our sources of manufacturing supply and our commercialization partners;

 

   

developments concerning our ability to bring our manufacturing processes to scale in a cost-effective manner;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning patents or other proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our products;

 

   

our ability or inability to raise additional capital and the terms on which we raise it;

 

   

the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

   

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

 

   

market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;

 

   

actual or anticipated changes in earnings estimates or changes in stock market analyst recommendations regarding our common stock, other comparable companies or our industry generally;

 

   

trading volume of our common stock;

 

   

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

   

general economic, industry and market conditions; and

 

   

the other risks described in this “Risk factors” section.

These broad market and industry factors may seriously harm the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market, securities class-action litigation has often been instituted against companies. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares

 

48


Table of Contents

intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. Immediately after this offering, we will have              outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and additional shares we issued in February 2014. This includes the shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately, without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates. Of the remaining shares,                          shares are currently restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements but will be able to be sold after the offering as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Shares eligible for future sale.” Moreover, immediately after this offering, holders of an aggregate of up to 15,876,104 shares of our common stock and shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Underwriting.”

After this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will continue to maintain the ability to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

Upon the closing of this offering, our executive officers, directors and stockholders who owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock before this offering will, in the aggregate, beneficially own shares representing approximately     % of our common stock, based on 17,133,415 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013, including the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of convertible preferred stock we issued in February 2014, and after giving effect to the net exercise of all of our outstanding warrants and the sale of shares in this offering. As a result, if these stockholders were to choose to act together, they would be able to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these stockholders, if they choose to act together, will control or significantly influence the election of directors and approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. This concentration of voting power could delay or prevent an acquisition of our company on terms that other stockholders may desire.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the other rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the rules and regulations of The NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ. The expenses that will be required in order to adequately prepare for being a public company will be material, and compliance with the various reporting and other requirements applicable to public companies will require considerable time and attention of management. For example, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules of the SEC and national securities exchanges have imposed various requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. These rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming

 

49


Table of Contents

and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits on coverage or incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified personnel to serve on our board of directors, our board committees, or as executive officers.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, beginning as early as our annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. In addition, we will be required to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our annual report on Form 10-K following the date on which we are no longer an emerging growth company. Our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge. If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by NASDAQ, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

Our ability to successfully implement our business plan and comply with Section 404 requires us to be able to prepare timely and accurate financial statements. We expect that we will need to continue to improve existing, and implement new operational and financial systems, procedures and controls to manage our business effectively. Any delay in the implementation of, or disruption in the transition to, new or enhanced systems, procedures or controls, may cause our operations to suffer and we may be unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective and to obtain an unqualified report on internal controls from our auditors as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This, in turn, could have an adverse impact on trading prices for our common stock, and could adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future that may cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements of our financial statements. If we fail to remediate one or more of our material weaknesses or if we fail to establish and maintain effective control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial results could be adversely affected.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

50


Table of Contents

Prior to the completion of this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources to address our internal control over financial reporting. During the course of preparing for this offering, we determined that material adjustments to various accounts were necessary, which required us to restate the financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the period from inception (December 10, 2008) through December 31, 2012 that had been previously audited by another independent audit firm. These adjustments leading to a restatement of those financial statements led us to conclude that we had a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. The material weakness that we identified was that we did not maintain a sufficient complement of resources with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training commensurate with our structure and financial reporting requirements.

This material weakness contributed to adjustments to previously issued financial statements principally, but not limited to, the following areas: equity accounting in connection with our issuance of Series A and B convertible preferred stock and period-end cutoff for clinical trial related expenses.

For a discussion of our remediation plan and the actions that we have executed during 2013, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Controls and procedures.” The actions we have taken are subject to continued review, supported by confirmation and testing by management as well as audit committee oversight. While we have implemented a plan to remediate this weakness we cannot assure you that we will be able to remediate this weakness, which could impair our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. If we are unable to successfully remediate this material weakness, and if we are unable to produce accurate and timely financial statements, our stock price may be adversely affected and we may be unable to maintain compliance with applicable NASDAQ listing requirements.

Our failure to remediate the material weakness identified above or the identification of additional material weaknesses in the future, could adversely affect our ability to report financial information, including our filing of quarterly or annual reports with the SEC on a timely and accurate basis. Moreover, our failure to remediate the material weakness identified above or the identification of additional material weaknesses, could prohibit us from producing timely and accurate consolidated financial statements, which may adversely affect our stock price and we may be unable to maintain compliance with NASDAQ listing requirements.

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $         per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Further, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will contribute approximately     % of the total amount invested by stockholders since our inception, but will own, as a result of such investment, only approximately     % of the shares of common stock outstanding immediately following this offering.

The exercise of any of our outstanding options would result in additional dilution. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than

 

51


Table of Contents

the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation. Further, because we may need to raise additional capital to fund our clinical development programs, we may in the future sell substantial amounts of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock. These future issuances of equity or equity-linked securities, together with the exercise of outstanding options and any additional shares issued in connection with acquisitions, if any, may result in further dilution to investors.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters. Although we have applied to list our common stock on NASDAQ, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop, it may be difficult for our stockholders to sell shares purchased in this offering without depressing the market price for the shares or at all.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our common stock would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. In addition, if our operating results fail to meet the forecast of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Although we currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering in the manner described in the section entitled “Use of proceeds,” our management will have broad discretion in the application of the balance of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause the price of our common stock to decline and delay the development of VRS-317. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our corporate charter and our bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of us

 

52


Table of Contents

that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt by our stockholders to replace current members of our management team. Among others, these provisions include the following:

 

   

our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms which may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control;

 

   

our board of directors will have the right to elect directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which will prevent stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

   

our stockholders will not be able to act by written consent or call special stockholders’ meetings; as a result, a holder, or holders, controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to take certain actions other than at annual stockholders’ meetings or special stockholders’ meetings called by the board of directors, the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or the president;

 

   

our certificate of incorporation will prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

   

our stockholders will be required to provide advance notice and additional disclosures in order to nominate individuals for election to the board of directors or to propose matters that can be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company; and

 

   

our board of directors will be able to issue, without stockholder approval, shares of undesignated preferred stock, which makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us.

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

Our employment agreements with our executive officers may require us to pay severance benefits to any of those persons who are terminated in connection with a change in control of us, which could harm our financial condition or results.

Certain of our executive officers are parties to employment agreements that contain change in control and severance provisions providing for aggregate cash payments of up to approximately $         million for severance and other benefits and acceleration of vesting of stock options with a value of approximately $         million (as of December 31, 2013, based on an assumed initial public offering

 

53


Table of Contents

price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) in the event of a termination of employment in connection with a change in control of us. The accelerated vesting of options could result in dilution to our existing stockholders and harm the market price of our common stock. The payment of these severance benefits could harm our financial condition and results. In addition, these potential severance payments may discourage or prevent third parties from seeking a business combination with us.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be our stockholders’ sole source of gain.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, the terms of existing or any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be our stockholders’ sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

 

54


Table of Contents

Cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements

This prospectus, including the sections titled “Prospectus summary,” “Risk factors,” “Use of proceeds,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” “Market, industry and other data,” “Business” and “Shares eligible for future sale,” contains forward-looking statements. In some cases you can identify these statements by forward-looking words, such as “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan,” “potential,” “seek,” “expect,” “goal,” or the negative or plural of these words or similar expressions. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

 

   

our expected uses of the net proceeds to us from this offering;

 

   

our ability to enroll patients in our clinical studies at the pace that we project;

 

   

the timing and the success of the design of the Phase 2a stage of our Phase 1b/2a clinical trial and planned Phase 3 clinical trial of VRS-317;

 

   

whether the results of our trials will be sufficient to support domestic or global regulatory approvals for VRS-317;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval of VRS-317 or our future product candidates;

 

   

our expectation that our existing capital resources and the net proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to enable us to complete our planned Phase 3 clinical trial of VRS-317;

 

   

the benefits of the use of VRS-317;

 

   

the projected dollar amounts of future sales of established and novel rhGH therapies;

 

   

our ability to successfully commercialize VRS-317 or any future product candidates;

 

   

the rate and degree of market acceptance of VRS-317 or any future product candidates;

 

   

our expectations regarding government and third-party payor coverage and reimbursement;

 

   

our ability to manufacture VRS-317 in conformity with the FDA’s requirements and to scale up manufacturing of VRS-317 to commercial scale;

 

   

our ability to successfully build a specialty sales force and commercial infrastructure;

 

   

our ability to compete with companies currently producing rhGH therapies;

 

   

our reliance on third parties to conduct our clinical studies;

 

   

our reliance on third-party contract manufacturers to manufacture and supply our product candidates for us;

 

   

our reliance on our collaboration partners’ performance over which we do not have control;

 

   

our ability to retain and recruit key personnel, including development of a sales and marketing function;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for VRS-317 or any future product candidates;

 

   

the actual receipt and timing of any milestone payments or royalties from our collaborators;

 

   

our estimates of our expenses, ongoing losses, future revenue, capital requirements and our needs for or ability to obtain additional financing;

 

55


Table of Contents
   

our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act;

 

   

our ability to identify, develop, acquire and in-license new products and product candidates;

 

   

our ability to successfully establish and successfully maintain appropriate collaborations and derive significant revenue from those collaborations;

 

   

our financial performance; and

 

   

developments and projections relating to our competitors or our industry.

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in “Risk factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, except as required by law, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

 

56


Table of Contents

Market, industry and other data

We obtained the industry, market and similar data set forth in this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research, and from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties, including primary market research commissioned by us. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such information and estimates.

Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

 

57


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $        , which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares we are offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

As of December 31, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $13.2 million and we received an additional $65.0 million in gross proceeds from our preferred stock financings in February 2014. We currently estimate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

 

   

approximately $         million to fund our ongoing and planned clinical development of VRS-317 for the treatment of pediatric GHD; and

 

   

the balance to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes, which may include the acquisition or licensing of other products, businesses or technologies.

This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our development and commercialization efforts and the status of and results from clinical studies, as well as any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering. We have no current understandings, agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions or licenses of any products, businesses or technologies.

Based on our planned use of the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents described above, we expect that such funds will be sufficient to enable us to complete our planned Phase 3 clinical trial of VRS-317. However, it is possible that we will not achieve the progress that we expect because the actual costs and timing of drug development, particularly clinical studies, are difficult to predict, subject to substantial risks and delays and often vary depending on the particular indication and development strategy. We do not expect that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to enable us to fund substantial development of our other product candidates.

 

58


Table of Contents

Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment grade, interest bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid, and do not anticipate declaring, or paying in the foreseeable future, any cash dividends on our capital stock. Future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including our operating results, financial conditions, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

59


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2013:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to reflect (1) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the automatic conversion of outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2013 into an aggregate of 10,491,140 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering; (2) the issuance of shares of Series D-2 convertible preferred stock in February 2014 and automatic conversion of those shares into 1,145,070 shares of common stock as if they had occurred as of December 31, 2013 and the receipt of approximately $10.0 million of gross proceeds from such sale; (3) the issuance of shares of Series E convertible preferred stock in February 2014 and automatic conversion of those shares into 4,239,894 shares of common stock as if they had occurred as of December 31, 2013, the receipt of approximately $55.0 million of gross proceeds from such sale and the related beneficial conversion feature on the Series E convertible preferred stock; and (4) the net exercise of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock into shares of convertible preferred stock, the automatic conversion of such shares into common stock and the related reclassification of the convertible preferred warrant liability and convertible preferred call option liability to additional paid-in capital; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to further reflect the sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

60


Table of Contents

You should read this table together with the sections in this prospectus entitled “Selected financial data,” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
as Adjusted (1)
 
           (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,213      $ 78,213      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     474                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock call option liability

     21                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share: 135,816,462 shares authorized, 120,648,174 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     57,497                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share: no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                     

Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share: 15,652,174 shares authorized, 1,257,311 shares issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding pro forma;              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

            2     

Additional paid-in capital

     6,454        129,444     

Accumulated deficit

     (53,746     (53,746  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (47,292     75,700     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 10,205      $ 75,700      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital and total assets by $         and decrease (increase) total stockholders’ deficit by $        , assuming the number of shares we are offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital and total assets by approximately $         and decrease (increase) total stockholders’ deficit by approximately $        , assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price, number of shares offered and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

61


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 11,748,451 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and an additional 5,384,964 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of our convertible preferred stock issued in February 2014, and excludes the following:

 

   

1,403,655 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.90 per share;

 

   

537,194 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted after December 31, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $8.09 per share;

 

   

4,100,255 shares of common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2014 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, consisting of:

 

   

1,695,692 shares of common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2014 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering;

 

   

470,521 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Stock Plan, which shares will be added to the shares of common stock to be reserved under our 2014 Plan upon its effectiveness; and

 

   

an additional number of shares subject to awards outstanding under the 2009 Stock Plan that expire, terminate or are forfeited.

 

   

150,000 shares of our common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan; and

 

   

173,912 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $5.17 per share.

 

62


Table of Contents

Dilution

Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of the shares of common stock sold in the offering exceeds the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. The historical net tangible book value of our common stock as of December 31, 2013 was $10.2 million, or $8.12 per share. The pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of December 31, 2013 was $75.7 million, or $4.42 per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments referenced under “Capitalization.”

After giving effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments referenced under “Capitalization” and (ii) our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of              shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2013 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $     

Historical net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2013

   $ 8.12      

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2013

   $ 4.42      

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to investors participating in this offering

      $                
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $         per share and the dilution to new investors by $         per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering in full, the pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, would be $         per share and the dilution to new investors would be $         per share.

We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $         million, or $         per share, and decrease (increase) the pro forma dilution per share to investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price, number of shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

63


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes as of December 31, 2013, on a pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration, and the average price per share (i) paid to us by our existing stockholders and (ii) to be paid by new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares purchased     Total consideration     Average price
per share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders before this offering

               $                                     $                

New investors

             $     
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0   $           100.0  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by $         million and increase (decrease) the percent of total consideration paid by new investors by     %, assuming the number of shares we are offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering in full, the percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will be reduced to     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors will increase to shares, or     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 11,748,451 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and an additional 5,384,964 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of our convertible preferred stock issued in February 2014, and excludes the following:

 

   

1,403,655 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.90 per share;

 

   

537,194 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted after December 31, 2013 with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.09 per share;

 

   

4,100,255 shares of common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2014 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, consisting of:

 

   

1,695,692 shares of common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2014 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering;

 

   

470,521 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Stock Plan, which shares will be added to the shares of common stock to be reserved under our 2014 Plan upon its effectiveness; and

 

   

an additional number of shares subject to awards outstanding under the 2009 Stock Plan that expire, terminate or are forfeited.

 

64


Table of Contents
   

150,000 shares of our common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan; and

 

   

173,912 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $5.17 per share.

To the extent that any outstanding options or warrants are exercised, new options are issued under our stock-based compensation plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. If all of these options and warrants were exercised, then our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options and warrants, would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering. In such event, the total consideration paid by our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options and warrants, would be approximately $         million, or     %, the total consideration paid by our new investors would be $         million, or     %, the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders would be $        , and the average price per share paid by our new investors would be $        .

 

65


Table of Contents

Selected financial data

You should read the following selected financial data together with the section of this prospectus entitled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Period from
December 10,
2008 (Date of
Inception) to
December 31,
2013
 
     2012     2013    
    

(in thousands, except share and per
share data)

 

Statement of Operations Data:

      

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

   $ 10,963      $ 14,855      $ 45,873   

General and administrative

     1,936        4,428        10,141   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     12,899        19,283        56,014   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (12,899     (19,283     (56,014

Interest income

            1        3   

Interest expense

     (393     (128     (863

Other income (expense), net

     75        913        2,030   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

     (13,217     (18,497     (54,844

Accretion of Series A convertible preferred stock to redemption value, net of extinguishment

                   1,098   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (13,217   $ (18,497   $       (53,746
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (114.71   $ (41.10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

         115,219        450,000     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1) (unaudited)

     $ (1.98  
    

 

 

   

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1) (unaudited)

       9,743,367     
    

 

 

   

 

(1) See Note 2 and Note 15 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the historical and pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted, and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

66


Table of Contents
     As of
December 31,
 
     2012     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Balance sheet data:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 329      $ 13,213   

Working capital (deficit)

     (4,745     10,283   

Total assets

     2,189        14,683   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (34,742     (47,292

 

67


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section of this prospectus entitled “Selected financial data” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk factors.”

Overview

We are an endocrine-focused biopharmaceutical company initially developing our novel long-acting recombinant human growth hormone, VRS-317, for growth hormone deficiency, or GHD, an orphan disease. A key limitation to current recombinant human growth hormone, or rhGH, products is that they impose the burden of daily injections over multiple years, often resulting in poor compliance, which in turn can lead to suboptimal treatment outcomes in GHD patients. VRS-317 is intended to reduce the burden of daily treatment by requiring significantly fewer injections, potentially improving compliance and, therefore, treatment outcomes. We are currently conducting the Phase 2a stage of our pediatric GHD clinical trial in which we are evaluating weekly, semi-monthly and monthly dosing regimens. We have global rights to VRS-317 and, if VRS-317 is approved, given the highly concentrated prescriber base, we intend to commercialize it with our own specialty sales force in the United States and Canada, and potentially other geographies.

VRS-317 is a fusion protein consisting of rhGH and a proprietary half-life extension technology known as XTEN, which we in-license from Amunix Operating, Inc., or Amunix. Amunix has granted us an exclusive license under its patents and know-how related to the XTEN technology to develop and commercialize up to four licensed products, including VRS-317. Once we start commercializing a licensed product, we will owe to Amunix a royalty on net sales of the licensed products until the later of the expiration of all licensed patents or ten years from the first commercial sale in the relevant country. The royalty payable is one percent of net sales for the first two marketed products, but higher single-digit royalties are payable if we market additional products, or if we substitute one marketed product for another. If we elect to substitute one marketed product for another, in addition to royalties, we would also be required to make milestone and other payments totaling up to $40 million per marketed product. See “Business—Acquisitions and license agreements—Amunix” for further information about our Amunix license agreement.

Financial overview

Summary

We have not generated net income from operations, and, at December 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $53.7 million, primarily as a result of research and development and general and administrative expenses. While we may in the future generate revenue from a variety of sources, including license fees, milestone payments and research and development payments in connection with potential future strategic partnerships, we have not yet generated any revenue. VRS-317 is at an early stage of development and may never be successfully developed or commercialized. Accordingly, we

 

68


Table of Contents

expect to incur significant and increasing losses from operations for the foreseeable future as we seek to advance VRS-317 into a Phase 3 clinical trial, and there can be no assurance that we will ever generate significant revenue or profits.

Research and development expenses

We recognize both internal and external research and development expenses as incurred. Our external research and development expenses consist primarily of:

 

   

the cost of acquiring and manufacturing clinical trial and other materials, including expenses incurred under agreements with contract manufacturing organizations;

 

   

expenses incurred under agreements with contract research organizations, investigative sites, and consultants that conduct our clinical trials and a substantial portion of our preclinical activities; and

 

   

other costs associated with development activities, including additional studies.

Internal research and development costs consist primarily of salaries and related fringe benefit costs for our employees (such as workers’ compensation and health insurance premiums), stock-based compensation charges, travel costs, and allocated overhead expenses.

We expect to continue to incur substantial expenses related to our development activities for the foreseeable future as we continue our Phase 2a clinical trial and prepare for a potential Phase 3 clinical trial. As product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later-stage clinical trials, we expect that our research and development expenses will increase substantially in the future.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses consist principally of personnel-related costs, professional fees for legal, consulting, audit and tax services, rent and other general operating expenses not otherwise included in research and development. We anticipate general and administrative expenses will increase in future periods, reflecting an expanding infrastructure, other administrative expenses and increased professional fees associated with being a public reporting company.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net is comprised of changes in the fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant and call option liabilities.

Critical accounting policies, significant judgments and use of estimates

This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on

 

69


Table of Contents

various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

Research and development expense

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expense includes payroll and personnel expenses; consulting costs; external contract research and development expenses; and allocated overhead, including rent, equipment depreciation and utilities, and relate to both company-sponsored programs as well as costs incurred pursuant to reimbursement arrangements. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities are deferred and capitalized and recognized as an expense as the goods are delivered or the related services are performed.

As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued research and development expenses. This process involves reviewing contracts and purchase orders, reviewing the terms of our license agreements, communicating with our applicable personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf, and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of actual cost. The majority of our service providers invoice us monthly in arrears for services performed. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in our financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. We periodically confirm the accuracy of our estimates with the service providers and make adjustments if necessary. Examples of estimated accrued research and development expenses include fees to:

 

   

contract manufacturers in connection with the production of clinical trial materials;

 

   

contract research organizations and other service providers in connection with clinical studies;

 

   

investigative sites in connection with clinical studies;

 

   

vendors in connection with preclinical development activities; and

 

   

professional service fees for consulting and related services.

We base our expenses related to clinical studies on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to contracts with multiple research institutions and contract research organizations that conduct and manage clinical studies on our behalf. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract, and may result in uneven payment flows and expense recognition. Payments under some of these contracts depend on factors such as the successful enrollment of patients and the completion of clinical trial milestones. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual accordingly. Our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and may result in our reporting changes in estimates in any particular period. To date, there have been no material differences from our estimates to the amount actually incurred. However, due to the nature of

 

70


Table of Contents

these estimates, we cannot assure you that we will not make changes to our estimates in the future as we become aware of additional information about the status or conduct of our clinical studies or other research activity.

Stock-based compensation expense

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, stock-based compensation expense was $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $1.5 million of total unrecognized compensation expense, which we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.6 years. The intrinsic value of all outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2013 was approximately $             million based on $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, of which approximately $             million related to vested options and approximately $             related to unvested options. We expect to continue to grant equity incentive awards in the future as we continue to expand our number of employees and seek to retain our existing employees, and to the extent that we do, our actual stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.

Stock-based compensation costs related to stock options granted to employees are measured at the date of grant based on the estimated fair value of the award, net of estimated forfeitures. We estimate the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The grant date fair value of stock-based awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award. Stock options we grant to employees generally vest over four years.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions to estimate the fair value of stock-based awards. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per share of common stock could have been significantly different. These assumptions include:

 

   

Fair value of our common stock: Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate its fair value, as discussed in “Common stock valuations” below.

 

   

Expected volatility: As we do not have a trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the average historical price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the biopharmaceutical industry that are similar in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

 

   

Expected term: We do not believe we are able to rely on our historical exercise and post-vesting termination activity to provide accurate data for estimating the expected term for use in estimating the fair value-based measurement of our options. Therefore, we have opted to use the “simplified method” for estimating the expected term of options.

 

71


Table of Contents
   

Risk-free rate: The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected time to liquidity.

 

   

Expected dividend yield: We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

See Note 10 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information concerning certain of the specific assumptions used in applying the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of employee stock options granted in 2012 and 2013. In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for our awards. We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected terms, and forfeiture rates utilized for our stock-based compensation expense calculations on a prospective basis.

Common stock valuations

The estimated fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was determined at each grant date by our board of directors and was supported by periodic independent third-party valuations. Our board of directors intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per-share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or the Practice Aid. The methodology used by the third-party valuation specialists to determine the fair value of our common stock included estimating the fair value of the enterprise, subtracting the fair value of debt from this enterprise value, and then allocating this value to all of the equity interests using the option pricing method or the probability weighted expected return method. The assumptions used in the valuation model to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock as of the grant date of each option are based on numerous objective and subjective factors, combined with management judgment, including the following:

 

   

independent third-party valuations as of February 15, 2012, January 7, 2013, December 5, 2013, December 31, 2013, January 30, 2014 and February 19, 2014;

 

   

progress of research and development activities;

 

   

our operating and financial performance, including our levels of available capital resources;

 

   

the valuation of publicly-traded companies in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;

 

   

rights and preferences of our common stock compared to the rights and preferences of our other outstanding equity securities;

 

   

equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies, as reflected in comparable companies’ market multiples, initial public offering valuations and other metrics;

 

   

the achievement of enterprise milestones, including our progress in clinical trials;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock, such as an initial public offering or an acquisition of our company given prevailing market and biotechnology sector conditions;

 

72


Table of Contents
   

sales of our convertible preferred stock in arms-length transactions;

 

   

the illiquidity of our securities by virtue of being a private company;

 

   

business risks; and

 

   

management and board experience.

Common stock valuation methodologies

The valuations were performed in accordance with applicable elements of the Practice Aid. The Practice Aid prescribes several valuation approaches for estimating the value of an enterprise, such as the cost, market and income approaches, and various methodologies for allocating the value of an enterprise to its common stock.

The Practice Guide identifies various available methods for allocating enterprise value across classes and series of capital stock to determine the estimated fair value of common stock at each valuation date. In accordance with the Practice Guide, we considered the following methods:

 

   

Option Pricing Method . Under the option pricing method, or OPM, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The estimated fair values of the preferred and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options.

 

   

Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method . The probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, is a scenario-based analysis that estimates value per share based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class.

Based on our early stage of development and other relevant factors, we determined that OPM was the most appropriate method for allocating our enterprise value to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock for valuations performed during May 2012 and January 2013. Beginning in December 2013, we have used the PWERM methodology to determine the fair value of our common stock. Following the closing of this offering, the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on its closing price on NASDAQ.

Estimated fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant and call option liabilities

We account for our convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities as freestanding warrants for shares that are puttable or redeemable. These warrants are classified as liabilities on our balance sheets and are recorded at their estimated fair value. At the end of each reporting period, changes in estimated fair value during the period are recorded as a component of other income (expense), net. We will continue to adjust these liabilities for changes in fair value until the earlier of the expiration of the warrants, exercise of the warrants, or conversion of the preferred stock underlying the warrants into common stock upon the completion of a liquidity event, including an initial public offering, at which time the liabilities will be reclassified to additional paid in capital.

We estimate the fair values of our convertible preferred stock warrants using an option pricing model based on inputs as of the valuation measurement dates, including the fair value of our convertible preferred stock, the estimated volatility of the price of our convertible preferred stock, the expected term of the warrants and the risk-free interest rates.

 

73


Table of Contents

We have determined that our obligation to issue, and our investors’ obligation to purchase, additional shares of convertible preferred stock represent a freestanding financial instrument, which we account for as a call option. The freestanding convertible preferred stock call option liability is initially recorded at fair value, with fair value changes recognized as increases or reductions to other income (expense), net. At the time of the exercise of the call option, any remaining value of the option is recorded as a capital transaction.

Income taxes

We file U.S. federal income tax returns and California state tax returns. To date, we have not been audited by the Internal Revenue Service or any state income tax authority; however, all tax years remain open for examination by federal and state tax authorities. We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We assess the likelihood that the resulting deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance is provided when it is deemed more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

As of December 31, 2013, our total deferred tax assets were $24.0 million. Due to our lack of earnings history and uncertainties surrounding our ability to generate future taxable income, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The deferred tax assets were primarily comprised of federal and state tax net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Utilization of net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards may be limited by the “ownership change” rules, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (any such limitation, a “Section 382 limitation”). Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We have performed an analysis to determine whether an “ownership change” occurred from inception to December 31, 2013. Based on this analysis, management determined that we did experience historical ownership changes of greater than 50% during this period. Therefore, our ability to utilize a portion of our net operating losses and credit carryforwards is currently limited. However, these Section 382 limitations are not expected to result in a permanent loss of the net operating losses and credit carryforwards. As such, a reduction to our gross deferred tax asset for our net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards is not necessary prior to considering the valuation allowance. Since December 31, 2013, we may have experienced an ownership change under Section 382, or may experience an ownership change as a result of this offering, future offerings or other changes in the ownership of our stock. In such event, the amount of net operating losses and research and development credit carryovers useable in any taxable year could be limited and may expire unutilized.

 

74


Table of Contents

Results of operations

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

The following table summarizes our net loss during the periods indicated (in thousands, except percentages):

 

       Year Ended
December 31,
    Increase/
(Decrease)
 
     2012     2013    

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 10,963      $ 14,855      $ 3,892        36

General and administrative

     1,936        4,428        2,492        129   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
Loss from operations      (12,899     (19,283     6,384        49   

Interest income

     —          1        1        —     

Interest expense

     (393     (128     (265     (67

Other income (expense), net

     75        913        838        NM (1)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (13,217   $ (18,497   $ 5,280        40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1) Not meaningful.

Research and development expense

Research and development expense increased $3.9 million, or 36%, from $11.0 million for 2012 to $14.9 million for 2013. The increase in research and development expense was primarily due to a $4.6 million increase in manufacturing costs related to the preparation for our Phase 2a clinical trial. The increase was partially offset by a $0.6 million decrease in clinical trial costs. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, substantially all of our research and development expense related to our VRS-317 drug development activity.

General and administrative expense

General and administrative expense increased $2.5 million, or 129%, from $1.9 million for 2012 to $4.4 million for 2013. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily due to additional payroll, consulting, and professional services expenses incurred during the 2013 period as we prepare for a potential initial public offering.

Interest expense

Interest expense decreased $0.3 million, from $0.4 million for 2012 to $0.1 million for 2013. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to interest expense associated with the October 2012 Convertible Loan Agreement, which converted into Series B convertible preferred stock in January 2013.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net increased $0.8 million, from $0.1 million in income for 2012 to $0.9 million in income for 2013. This increase was primarily due to a change in the fair value of the preferred stock call option liability associated with the Series C convertible preferred stock financing

 

75


Table of Contents

of approximately $1.0 million. Other income in 2012 was primarily attributable to the change in the fair value of $0.1 million of the liability associated with the Series B convertible preferred stock financings in January and May 2012.

Income taxes

As of December 31, 2013, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $53.7 million that may offset future federal and state income taxes through 2033. Current federal and state tax laws include substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses and tax credits in the event of an ownership change. Even if the carryforwards are available, they may be subject to annual limitations, lack of future taxable income, or future ownership changes that could result in the expiration of the carryforwards before they are utilized. At December 31, 2013, we recorded a 100% valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets of approximately $24.0 million, as at that time our management believed it was uncertain that they would be fully realized. We have performed an analysis to determine whether an “ownership change” occurred from inception to December 31, 2013. Based on this analysis, management determined that we did experience historical ownership changes of greater than 50% during this period. Therefore, our ability to utilize a portion of our net operating losses and credit carryforwards is currently limited. However, these Section 382 limitations are not expected to result in a permanent loss of the net operating losses and credit carryforwards.

Liquidity, capital resources and plan of operations

Since our inception and through December 31, 2013, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our equity securities and debt financing. During 2013, we received gross proceeds of $30.5 million from the sale of convertible preferred stock. At December 31, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of $13.2 million, a majority of which is invested in a money market fund at a highly rated financial institution. We expect to incur substantial expenditures in the foreseeable future for the development and potential commercialization of VRS- 317 and any additional product candidates. Specifically, we have incurred and we expect to continue to incur substantial expenses in connection with our Phase 2a clinical trial and any Phase 3 clinical trial that we may conduct.

We will continue to require additional financing to develop our product candidates and fund operations for the foreseeable future. In February 2014, we received gross proceeds of $65.0 million from the sale of convertible preferred stock, and we will continue to seek funds through equity or debt financings, collaborative or other arrangements with corporate sources, or through other sources of financing. Adequate additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Our failure to raise capital as and when needed could have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategies. We anticipate that we will need to raise substantial additional capital, the requirements of which will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the rate of progress and cost of our clinical studies;

 

   

the timing of, and costs involved in, seeking and obtaining approvals from the FDA and other regulatory authorities;

 

   

the cost of preparing to manufacture VRS-317 on a larger scale;

 

   

the costs of commercialization activities if VRS-317 or any future product candidate is approved, including product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution;

 

76


Table of Contents
   

the degree and rate of market acceptance of any products launched by us or future partners;

 

   

the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

 

   

our ability to enter into additional collaboration, licensing, commercialization or other arrangements and the terms and timing of such arrangements; and

 

   

the emergence of competing technologies or other adverse market developments.

If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, we may be required to delay, reduce, or terminate some or all of our development programs and clinical trials. We may also be required to sell or license to others technologies or clinical product candidates or programs that we would prefer to develop and commercialize ourselves.

Cash flows

The following table sets forth the primary sources and uses of cash and cash equivalents for each of the periods presented below:

 

     Year Ended
December  31,
 
          2012              2013      
    

(In thousands)

 

Net cash (used in) provided by:

    

Operating activities

   $ (11,716   $ (17,090

Investing activities

            (9

Financing activities

     11,170        29,983   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (546   $ 12,884   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used in operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $11.7 million and $17.1 million in 2012 and 2013, respectively, which was primarily due to the use of funds in our operations related to the development of our product candidates. Cash used in operating activities in 2013 increased compared to 2012 primarily due to higher net loss from operations as we continued to increase our research and development expenditures to develop VRS-317 and due to additional general and administrative expenditures as we prepare for a potential initial public offering.

Cash used in investing activities

Cash used in investing activities consisted primarily of investment in equipment and an increase in restricted cash due to requirements under lease obligations.

Cash provided by financing activities

Cash provided by financing activities was $30.0 million in 2013, compared to $11.2 million in 2012. Cash provided by financing activities in both years consisted primarily of net proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock plus proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes payable in 2012.

 

77


Table of Contents

As of February 28, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $72.3 million. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, including the net proceeds we received from our convertible preferred stock financings in February 2014, will be sufficient to sustain operations for at least the next 12 months based on our existing business plan. If our Phase 2a and potential Phase 3 clinical trials are successful, we will need to raise additional capital in order to further advance our product candidates towards regulatory approval.

Contractual obligations and commitments

We have lease obligations consisting of an operating lease for our operating facility that commenced in October 2011 for approximately 5,740 square feet.

In the table below, we set forth our enforceable and legally binding obligations and future commitments at December 31, 2013, as well as obligations related to contracts that we are likely to continue, regardless of the fact that they were cancellable at December 31, 2013. Some of the figures that we include in this table are based on management’s estimates and assumptions about these obligations, including their duration, the possibility of renewal, anticipated actions by third parties and other factors. Because these estimates and assumptions are necessarily subjective, the obligations we will actually pay in future periods may vary from those reflected in the table.

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013:

 

     Payments due by period  
     Less
than
1 year
     1 to 3
years
     4 to 5
years
     After 5
years
     Total  
     (in thousands)  

Lease obligations

   $ 77       $       $       $       $ 77   

Manufacturing related commitments (1)

     4,144                                 4,144   

Clinical trial and other related commitments (1)

     3,586         2,008         541                 6,135   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,807       $ 2,008       $ 541       $       $ 10,356   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes cancellable amounts in the aggregate of approximately $4.8 million.

We are obligated to make future payments to third parties under in-license agreements, including sublicense fees, royalties, and payments that become due and payable on the achievement of certain development and commercialization milestones. As the amount and timing of sublicense fees and the achievement and timing of these milestones are not probable and estimable, such commitments have not been included on our balance sheet or in the contractual obligations tables above.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

Since our inception, we have not engaged in any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

JOBS Act accounting election

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, permits an “emerging growth company” such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of this provision

 

78


Table of Contents

and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve our capital to fund our operations. We also seek to maximize income from our cash and cash equivalents without assuming significant risk. To achieve our objectives, we invest our cash and cash equivalents in money market funds. As of December 31, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of $13.2 million consisting of cash and investments in a highly liquid U.S. money market fund. A portion of our investments may be subject to interest rate risk and could fall in value if market interest rates increase. However, because our investments are primarily short-term in duration, we believe that our exposure to interest rate risk is not significant and a 1% movement in market interest rates would not have a significant impact on the total value of our portfolio. We actively monitor changes in interest rates.

Controls and procedures

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, a company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by a company’s board of directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. In connection with our preparation for this offering, we concluded that there was a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting that caused the restatement of our previously issued financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the period from inception (December 10, 2008) through December 31, 2012. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness that we identified was that we did not maintain a sufficient complement of resources with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training commensurate with our company’s structure and financial reporting requirements.

During the fourth quarter of 2013 and in preparation for this offering, we initiated various remediation efforts, including hiring additional resources with the appropriate public company and technical accounting expertise and taking other actions that are more fully described below. As such remediation efforts are still ongoing, we have concluded that the material weakness has not been remediated. Our remediation efforts to date have included the following:

Addition of employee resources . We are continuing to add appropriate resources to our finance team and are leveraging external consultants to facilitate accurate and timely accounting closes and to accurately prepare and review financial statements and related footnote disclosures. Our finance team has been expanded to include a Chief Financial Officer and a corporate controller, both with significant public company and biotechnology industry experience, and external consultants with significant financial and accounting technical experience.

 

79


Table of Contents

Other actions to strengthen the internal control environment . As a result of the additional resources added to the finance function, we are allowing for separate preparation and review of the reconciliations and other account analyses. In addition, these additional finance resources are allowing us to develop a more structured close process, including enhancing our existing policies and procedures, to improve the completeness, timeliness and accuracy of our financial reporting and disclosures including, but not limited to, those regarding proper financial statement classification, recognition of accruals to ensure proper period-end cutoff of expenses and assessing more judgmental areas of accounting.

The actions that have been taken are subject to continued review, supported by confirmation and testing by management as well as audit committee oversight. While we have implemented a plan to remediate this weakness, we cannot assure you that we will be able to remediate this weakness, which could impair our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. For additional information about this material weakness, see “Risk factors—Risks related to this offering and the ownership of our common stock—We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future that may cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements of our financial statements. If we fail to remediate one or more material weaknesses or if we fail to establish and maintain effective control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately report our financial results could be adversely affected.”

 

80


Table of Contents

Business

Overview

We are an endocrine-focused biopharmaceutical company initially developing our novel long-acting recombinant human growth hormone, VRS-317, for growth hormone deficiency, or GHD, an orphan disease. A key limitation to current recombinant human growth hormone, or rhGH, products is that they impose the burden of daily injections over multiple years, often resulting in poor compliance, which in turn can lead to suboptimal treatment outcomes in GHD patients. Despite this limitation, global annual sales from currently marketed rhGH products have grown approximately 6% per year over the last five years, reaching over $3 billion in 2012. Based on market research, we believe that the market for daily rhGH products is likely to grow to over $4 billion by 2018. VRS-317 is intended to reduce the burden of daily treatment by requiring significantly fewer injections, potentially improving compliance and, therefore, treatment outcomes. Accordingly, we believe VRS-317 may take significant market share. Our first targeted indication for VRS-317 is pediatric GHD, which represents an approximately $1.5 billion existing market opportunity. We are currently conducting the Phase 2a stage of our pediatric GHD clinical trial in which we are evaluating weekly, semi-monthly and monthly dosing regimens. We may develop VRS-317 for adult GHD, idiopathic short stature, or ISS, and Turner Syndrome, which together account for approximately 30% of the global rhGH market. We have global rights to VRS-317 and, if VRS-317 is approved, given the highly concentrated prescriber base, we intend to commercialize it with our own specialty sales force in the United States and Canada, and potentially other geographies.

GHD is a chronic disease with multiple causes that affects two distinct patient groups, pediatric patients and adult patients, although rhGH treatment options for the two groups are the same. Children with GHD typically have pathologic degrees of short stature, a tendency toward obesity, delayed and deficient mineralization of the skeleton, impaired growth of skeletal muscle and development of a high risk lipid profile. GHD during adulthood manifests as alterations in body composition, such as decreased lean and increased fat mass with skeletal demineralization, and causes adverse changes in cardiovascular outcome markers. Patients with untreated GHD also face increased mortality.

The current standard of care for GHD is daily subcutaneous injections of rhGH. Patients treated with rhGH to offset their lack of adequate endogenous growth hormone receive thousands of injections over the course of many years. In therapy-compliant GHD children, rhGH therapy initially promotes “catch-up growth,” enabling patients to approach or achieve heights on a standard growth curve, and thereafter permits them to maintain normal growth throughout the course of treatment. GHD children who are fully compliant with their daily treatments may attain an adult height comparable to that of their family members and national norms. In therapy-compliant GHD adults, daily subcutaneous injections of rhGH have resulted in improvements in body composition parameters, bone density, cardiovascular outcomes and quality of life.

Despite the demonstrated benefits of rhGH therapy, published studies have shown that a majority of patients on a daily rhGH regime, which requires up to 365 injections per year, are not fully compliant and fail to achieve expected treatment outcomes. For example, significant reductions in the degree of growth in pediatric GHD patients have been observed as a result of missing as few as two injections per week. As a result, pediatric endocrinologists have consistently sought a long-acting rhGH therapy to reduce the treatment burden on patients and their caregivers without compromising safety or efficacy. Importantly, other rhGH manufacturers have attempted to develop a long-acting

 

81


Table of Contents

product using microsphere, PEGylation, fusion and alternative delivery technologies. Each of these approaches has not been successful due to regulatory, safety, efficacy or manufacturing issues, or a combination thereof.

We believe VRS-317 will fulfill this significant need for a long-acting rhGH product. In our Phase 1a clinical trial, VRS-317 has demonstrated a half-life at least thirty times longer than daily rhGH and to date has shown a safety and tolerability profile comparable to that of marketed daily rhGH products. VRS-317, which is a new chemical entity, combines the same rhGH amino acid sequence utilized in currently approved rhGH products with a proprietary in-licensed half-life extension technology, XTEN, to enable less frequent administration. The XTEN technology is comprised of novel sequences of hydrophilic amino acids added at the genetic level as part of the manufacturing process. The resulting properties of VRS-317 enable us to produce it using common recombinant protein manufacturing techniques at a per-dose equivalent cost that we believe may be less than that of marketed rhGH products.

There are currently seven rhGH products marketed in the United States for the treatment of GHD, all of which require daily injections and include the same active agent, rhGH. We are pursuing the same regulatory pathway for VRS-317 followed by most of these products for pediatric GHD patients: a dose-finding study and a Phase 3 registration trial with a primary endpoint of twelve month mean height velocity. Mean height velocity refers to the mean height change of the individuals in a group over a specified time period. We are currently conducting and have completed enrollment in the Phase 2a stage of our Phase 1b/2a pediatric GHD clinical trial, which we designed to evaluate weekly, semi-monthly and monthly dosing of VRS-317. The primary efficacy endpoint in this Phase 2a stage is six month mean height velocity. At VRS-317 doses equivalent to daily rhGH of approximately 30 µg rhGH/kg/day, repeat dosing of VRS-317 in the Phase 2a stage of the Phase 1b/2a study to date has been found to be safe and well tolerated in pre-pubertal GHD children and to maintain mean IGF-I increases over baseline and within the therapeutic range without IGF-I overexposure when given at weekly, semi-monthly and monthly intervals. Although not necessarily indicative of the final results in the trial, results to date in the Phase 2a stage of the Phase 1b/2a clinical trial ofVRS-317 in GHD children suggest that VRS-317 has a comparable safety and efficacy profile to historical studies of daily rhGH administered at comparable doses. We also are conducting an extension trial to allow patients in the Phase 2a stage to continue to receive VRS-317, enabling determination of twelve month mean height velocity data prior to the initiation of our planned Phase 3 clinical trial and providing long-term data to support the filing of our New Drug Application, or NDA. Growth data from published studies of approved rhGH therapy products suggest that three, six and twelve month mean height velocities within the same cohort are well correlated within the same clinical trial. We believe this correlation is attributable to the fact that an individual’s growth during a three month period represents a portion of that individual’s growth during any longer subsequent period such as an additional three or nine months. In Phase 3 clinical trials of approved rhGH products, the mean height velocity in a cohort at twelve months was generally the primary endpoint used for approval of the dose used in the cohort.

In addition to pediatric GHD, we may study VRS-317 in adult GHD, ISS and Turner Syndrome, for which daily rhGH products are currently approved. We believe the adult GHD market is currently underpenetrated, yet it reached approximately $450 million in revenues globally in 2012. We have completed a Phase 1a clinical trial in adult GHD patients that supports the potential for monthly dosing of VRS-317. ISS and Turner Syndrome also comprise significant segments of the remaining portion of the rhGH market and are likely potential indications for future VRS-317 clinical development.

 

82


Table of Contents

We have worldwide development and commercialization rights to VRS-317. If VRS-317 is approved, we believe it has the potential to capture a significant share of the existing rhGH market. We intend to market VRS-317 in the United States and Canada through a specialty sales force of approximately 50 people, targeting high prescribing pediatric endocrinologists. In Europe we may pursue a similar commercialization strategy or seek collaboration, distribution and/or marketing arrangements with third parties. In Japan, we may develop and commercialize VRS-317 ourselves, or may collaborate with third parties.

We are led by a team of experienced biotechnology industry executives and recognized experts in the treatment of GHD who bring significant capabilities in the development and commercialization of a novel long-acting rhGH therapy. Our management team is led by our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer, Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D. Dr. Cleland led the development of the only FDA-approved long-acting rhGH product, Nutropin Depot ® , while at Genentech, Inc., or Genentech. Our financial team is led by our Chief Financial Officer, Joshua T. Brumm, who has previously led finance teams for both emerging growth biotechnology and medical device companies, including Pharmacyclics, Inc. and ZELTIQ Aesthetics, Inc. Mr. Brumm has extensive commercial and operating experience in addition to having completed a number of financial and strategic transactions. Our clinical team is led by George Bright, M.D., Vice President of Medical Affairs, and Eric Humphriss, M.B.A., Vice President of Clinical Operations. Dr. Bright, a pediatric endocrinologist, has been treating children with GHD for more than 35 years and was a leader in the development of a daily rhGH product, Norditropin ® , and a product for the treatment of insulin-like growth factor-I, or IGF-I, deficiency, Increlex ® . Mr. Humphriss managed Genentech’s pediatric GHD registry. Our manufacturing team is led by Patrick Murphy, who headed the team that manufactured the first rhGH product, Protropin ® , while at Genentech.

Our strategy

Our goal is to become a leading biopharmaceutical company focused on developing and commercializing therapeutics for the treatment of endocrine disorders. The key elements of our strategy are to:

 

   

Complete the clinical development of and seek regulatory approval for VRS-317 for the treatment of GHD in children . We are primarily focused on independently completing the clinical development of VRS-317 in children with GHD. Based on clinical trials conducted for other approved rhGH therapies, we believe that a dose-finding study and a Phase 3 registration trial with a primary endpoint of twelve month mean height velocity will be sufficient for approval of VRS-317. Upon successful completion of our Phase 1b/2a clinical trial, we plan to initiate in early 2015 the Phase 3 trial, which will be designed to demonstrate non-inferiority of VRS-317 compared to the current standard of care, daily rhGH injections, with twelve month mean height velocity as the primary efficacy endpoint. We currently expect that our planned Phase 3 trial will consist of two doses and/or dose regimens of VRS-317 with the possibility of approval of one or both. After initiation of our planned Phase 3 trial, we expect to report interim six month mean height velocity results followed by top line twelve month mean height velocity results.

 

   

Commercialize VRS-317 independently in the United States with a specialty sales force, and identify a commercialization strategy in Europe to maximize our returns. We believe that a long-acting product candidate like VRS-317, if approved for pediatric GHD, could take significant market share from currently marketed products, all of which require daily

 

83


Table of Contents
 

injections. Of the over $3 billion and growing global rhGH market, we believe that sales of rhGH products for pediatric GHD currently represent approximately $1.5 billion. We believe the United States and European markets for rhGH for pediatric GHD are currently approximately $450 million and $550 million, respectively. If VRS-317 receives marketing approval, we plan to commercialize it in the United States and Canada ourselves with a specialty sales force of approximately 50 people targeting high prescribing pediatric endocrinologists. In Europe, we may pursue a similar commercialization strategy or seek collaboration, distribution and/or marketing arrangements with third parties.

 

   

Evaluate, either independently or in collaboration with third parties, the potential for VRS-317 to demonstrate superior efficacy versus daily rhGH in Japanese children. We believe the Japanese market for rhGH for pediatric GHD is approximately $450 million, representing approximately one third of the overall global market of rhGH products for treatment of pediatric GHD. In Japan, only a lower dose of daily rhGH (25 µg/kg/day) has been approved for the treatment of pediatric GHD, and treated children have a lower growth response than GHD children in the United States treated with a higher dose (43 µg/kg/day). VRS-317, if approved in Japan at the same dose as in the United States, may offer Japanese GHD children an opportunity to achieve similar height velocity to GHD children in the United States. In Japan, we may develop and commercialize VRS-317 ourselves, or we may collaborate with third parties. We anticipate that the data from our planned Phase 3 clinical trial could be used in combination with bridging and/or efficacy clinical trials in Japanese GHD children to obtain approval in Japan.

 

   

Explore the use of VRS-317 in adult GHD, ISS and Turner Syndrome. In addition to pursuing approval for VRS-317 in the approximately $1.5 billion pediatric GHD market, we may develop the product candidate for one or more additional indications in the overall $3 billion rhGH market. We believe the global sales of rhGH products for GHD adults are approximately $450 million globally in 2012. A majority of these adult patients are non-compliant in their treatment. We believe that a therapy with more convenient dosing will expand the adult GHD market by encouraging patients not currently receiving rhGH therapy to seek treatment as well as enhancing compliance among patients currently receiving daily therapy. In our Phase 1a clinical trial in adult GHD patients, we demonstrated the potential for monthly dosing. The next step in clinical development for VRS-317 in adult GHD would be a Phase 2/3 clinical trial that would be comparable to historical approval trials for adult GHD. This trial would consist of a placebo controlled study evaluating the changes in body composition, such as fat mass or lean body mass, over twelve months of treatment. We may also explore other indications for VRS-317, such as ISS and Turner Syndrome, for which the burden of daily rhGH therapy significantly impacts compliance. We may consider initiating one or more trials in these additional indications to potentially expand the market for VRS-317.

 

   

Opportunistically in-license or acquire products, product candidates or technologies useful in the treatment of endocrine disorders . We plan to expand our product pipeline through opportunistically in-licensing or acquiring the rights to complementary products, product candidates and technologies for the treatment of endocrine disorders. We may seek additional licenses to develop the XTEN half-life extension technology for use with drugs that affect other endocrine disease targets. We expect that we will not generally engage in early stage research and drug discovery and will avoid the related costs and risks of these activities.

 

84


Table of Contents

Growth hormone deficiency

GHD is a chronic disease with multiple causes that can affect two distinct patient groups, pediatric patients and adult patients. The disease leads to significant health problems in both pediatric and adult patients, and untreated patients face increased mortality. There are currently seven marketed rhGH products in the United States for the treatment of GHD. However, a key limitation of these products is the burden of daily injections, which can limit compliance and lead to suboptimal treatment outcomes. As such, we believe that there is a significant unmet need for an improved therapeutic option for both pediatric and adult GHD patients.

Pediatric GHD

GHD in children is characterized by reduced growth performance and a loss of height as compared to a patient’s age-matched peers. We estimate that approximately 80% of childhood cases are idiopathic, or of unknown cause. GHD may also result from congenital defects in the anatomy of the hypothalamus and pituitary, often associated with mutations in genes responsible for the differentiation and development of the cells in the pituitary that produce human growth hormone, or hGH, or the receptor for hGH releasing hormone. Other causes of GHD in children include traumatic brain injuries, neoplastic lesions of the central nervous system and/or the required surgical and/or radiation therapies, or side effects of some chemotherapy procedures.

In all cases, pediatric GHD is diagnosed based on several clinical parameters, including heights substantially below a normal growth curve range, a demonstration that hGH is deficient by two or more hGH stimulation tests or by frequent hGH sampling protocols, the ruling out of other potential causes of growth failure and, where required, genetic testing and/or magnetic resonance imaging, or MRI, of the brain, hypothalamus and pituitary.

Idiopathic GHD in children does not typically persist into adult life, while patients with organic causes of pediatric GHD often do experience adult GHD. Guidelines recommend that pediatric patients be treated until adult height is reached. In adulthood, pediatric GHD patients require additional screening to establish whether there is a need to undergo retreatment with rhGH. Research indicates that, depending upon the test group and screening methodology, up to 87.5% of adults with childhood onset GHD were no longer diagnosed as suffering from GHD upon retesting. As such, the prevalence for children and adults is separately estimated from literature studies and the total prevalence taken as the sum of childhood onset and adult onset cases.

The available data from the United States and European Union consistently estimate the prevalence of GHD in children as just below 3 per 10,000. One of the most comprehensive studies of the prevalence of GHD is the Utah Growth Study conducted in the early 1990s. This study estimated a prevalence of GHD in Utah school children of 1 in 3,480, which is equal to 2.87 per 10,000.

Adult GHD

Most cases of adult-onset GHD, a well-recognized clinical disorder, are related to the occurrence and treatment of pituitary adenomas or as a result of traumatic brain injuries. The diagnosis of adult GHD requires a demonstration of insufficient levels of hGH by hGH stimulation testing or frequent hGH sampling techniques, but GHD may be diagnosed in some adults by the finding of three other pituitary hormone deficiencies in combination with a low IGF-I level.

 

85


Table of Contents

The available data from the United States and European Union consistently estimate the prevalence of GHD in adults as approximately 1 per 10,000. The British Society of Endocrinology estimates the prevalence of adult-onset GHD as 1 in 10,000 in the United Kingdom, and we believe there is a similar prevalence in the United States.

Combining the GHD prevalence estimates in adults (1 in 10,000) and children (3 in 10,000) yields a combined GHD prevalence estimate of 4 in 10,000 in the United States and Europe.

Treatment goals and currently available therapies for GHD

In GHD children, early treatment goals are the establishment of “catch-up” growth to decrease differences in height between the patient and similarly aged peers and preventing the accrual of additional deficits from untreated GHD. Long-term treatment goals extend to the attainment of heights comparable to family members and national norms and require approximately seven years for these goals to be achieved. Growth prediction models, based on treatment outcomes in large registries of GHD children, may be used to individualize rhGH dosing. In adults, the desired treatment outcomes are improvements in body composition parameters, skeletal mineralization to prevent osteopenia, metabolic and inflammatory markers to reduce cardio- and cerebrovascular disease, and quality of life.

Daily subcutaneous administration of rhGH is used as a replacement therapy for daily production of hGH to obtain these treatment goals. Administration of rhGH stimulates the production of IGF-I, which is important for the regulation of normal physiology. Daily rhGH therapy does not mimic the typical endogenous pulsatile release of hGH in normal healthy individuals, but daily injections of rhGH have been demonstrated for over 30 years to be a safe and effective therapy for treatment of GHD. In addition, clinical studies of continuous infusion of rhGH with a pump demonstrate comparable mean height velocity, IGF-I levels and safety to those observed with daily rhGH injections for six months. No other treatment modalities are known to be effective, and there are no known preventative therapies for GHD.

All currently marketed rhGH products in the United States—Norditropin ® (Novo Nordisk), Humatrope ® (Eli Lilly), Nutropin-AQ ® (Roche/Genentech), Genotropin ® (Pfizer), Saizen ® (Merck Serono), Tev-tropin ® (Teva Pharmaceuticals) and Omnitrope (Sandoz GmbH)—are administered by daily subcutaneous injections, and no major pharmacological differences are known to exist between these products with respect to safety or efficacy. The daily rhGH dose for these marketed products for the treatment of pediatric GHD ranges from 24 to 43 µg rhGH/kg/day. Despite approvals as early as 2006, biosimilars represented less than 13% of the market in 2012, even with initial price discounts of 20% to 25% relative to branded products. One biosimilar manufacturer has since abandoned its initial discounting strategy in favor of pricing and marketing strategies similar to those used by manufacturers of branded products. Manufacturers of the branded products continue to emphasize novel delivery methods and devices along with complimentary services in order to differentiate themselves from each other as well as to minimize the impact of any future biosimilars. Existing rhGH products are available as a lyophilized powder with diluents, or rhGH for injection using vial and syringe, auto-injectors or pen devices.

Limitations of currently available therapies

In order to achieve the benefits associated with the currently marketed daily subcutaneous injections of rhGH, patients must maintain strict dosing compliance. Studies from diverse geographic areas demonstrate that full compliance with daily rhGH dosing presents challenges for patients and

 

86


Table of Contents

caregivers and, as a result, doses are frequently missed. Because there is no immediately noticeable effect of treatment, as with insulin, for example, patients and caregivers may not perceive a detriment to skipping doses. Patients may also become noncompliant from dissatisfaction with near term treatment outcomes. In a study of children with GHD, 46% of patients missed two injections per week and 26% missed three or more injections per week. As shown in the figure below, for patients missing two or more injections per week there was a statistically significant reduction in their change in height velocity standard deviation score, or HVSDS, compared to high-compliance patients. A greater HVSDS indicates more rapid growth.

 

LOGO

In additional studies, 33% to 77% of children had levels of noncompliance that can be estimated to have reduced efficacy as measured by first year height velocity. Although a similar study in GHD adults has not been reported, we believe there would be a comparable outcome of diminished therapeutic benefit. Continued treatment without substantial therapeutic benefit is not generally considered an acceptable approach, especially in the treatment of children with repeated subcutaneous injections. Accordingly, methods to increase treatment compliance, such as a significant reduction in frequency of injections, may have the therapeutic benefit of maintaining the efficacy observed for daily rhGH therapy in highly compliant GHD children and adults and improve treatment outcomes for those with poor compliance with daily injections. For example, enhanced clinical responsiveness has been demonstrated for long-acting forms of gonadotropin releasing hormone in fertility studies. Similarly, the relevant medical literature indicates that frequency of administration significantly affects patients’ adherence to chronic treatments for a number of disorders. We believe that adherence to treatment can be improved with decreased frequency of administration.

Our approach to increased compliance and better therapeutic outcomes is to reduce the frequency of subcutaneous injections. In children in particular, we and others who have studied long-acting rhGH anticipate that reducing injection frequency may lead to increased treatment compliance, and in turn, better outcomes.

 

87


Table of Contents

Attempts to develop long-acting rhGH products

We believe that for a long-acting rhGH product to be successful, there should be minimal trade-offs compared to the current daily rhGH products when assessing safety, efficacy and manufacturing.

Previous attempts by others to develop a long-acting rhGH have not succeeded due to regulatory, safety, efficacy or manufacturing issues, or a combination of those factors. The only FDA-approved long-acting rhGH, Nutropin Depot, was developed by Genentech and approved in 1999. Nutropin Depot was dosed semi-monthly or monthly with a large gauge needle and caused significant pain on injection with nodule formation and lipoatrophy at the injection sites. Lipoatrophy is a localized loss of fat tissue that is stimulated by a sustained exposure of subcutaneous tissue to rhGH and can cause undesirable skin deformations. The efficacy of Nutropin Depot was less than the approved daily rhGH products because the duration of the rhGH release from the formulation was less than the dose interval. Nutropin Depot was ultimately removed from the market due to the significant resources required to continue manufacturing and commercializing the product. Additional attempts at sustained release formulations have not yet led to marketed products in the United States, Europe or Japan, due to regulatory, safety, efficacy and/or manufacturing issues. Three published attempts have been made at PEGylation of rhGH, which is a process to chemically attach polyethylene glycol to rhGH in order to extend its residence time in the bloodstream after administration. This residence time is commonly measured by half-life, which is the amount of time it takes for a quantity to decline to one-half its starting value. Pfizer first attempted PEGylation of rhGH to achieve a weekly dosed product. However, the PEGylated rhGH was not readily absorbed at the injection site and caused severe lipoatrophy in GHD children, resulting in a discontinuation of development. Another attempt to PEGylate rhGH by Novo Nordisk also failed in GHD children because a weekly profile was not achieved. Merck Serono in collaboration with Ambrx evaluated an alternative method of PEGylation, but the rights to the product candidate were returned to Ambrx after completion of a clinical trial in adults. The past attempts at long-acting rhGH have all had significant trade-offs that diminished their commercial potential.

Attributes of VRS-317

VRS-317 was engineered using XTEN technology to extend the residence time in the bloodstream by reducing the clearance of rhGH from the body by the two primary mechanisms, kidney filtration and receptor mediated clearance. XTEN technology was developed by Amunix Operating, Inc., or Amunix, and involves the use of novel sequences of natural hydrophilic amino acids that can be genetically fused to a desired protein, such as rhGH in the case of VRS-317. These novel sequences have been shown to be non-immunogenic and to enable the tuning of therapeutic protein properties to obtain the desired pharmacological properties in vivo. In VRS-317, a long N-terminal XTEN sequence, XTEN 1 , is added to rhGH as a fusion protein, increasing the hydrodynamic size of the rhGH and thereby reducing glomerular filtration. A C-terminal XTEN sequence, XTEN 2 , is also added to potentially reduce receptor mediated clearance by decreasing receptor binding. VRS-317 (119 kDa) has a molecular weight 5.4 times greater than rhGH (22 kDa). The difference in molecular weight is the result of the additional XTEN polypeptide chains, and no changes have been made to the rhGH sequence.

 

LOGO

 

88


Table of Contents

VRS-317 is expressed as a soluble protein in the periplasm of the E. coli bacteria that are commonly used in the manufacture of biological molecules, or biologics. After isolation from the cells, VRS-317 is purified by a series of column chromatography steps, buffer exchanged and then concentrated to achieve the final bulk drug substance. VRS-317 is a clear aqueous solution manufactured for subcutaneous injection.

We believe VRS-317 has the following advantages that support its rapid development:

 

   

VRS-317 has a longer half-life than daily rhGH products and may offer a significantly more convenient dosing solution for GHD patients. VRS-317 has been shown in clinical development to have the advantage of a longer half-life and potentially less frequent dosing. In our clinical trial in adults with GHD, VRS-317 had a mean elimination half-life of 131 hours at the highest dose tested, representing at least a thirty-fold increase in half-life as compared to the two to four hour half-lives reported for subcutaneously administered rhGH. The prolonged half-life of VRS-317 provided sustained pharmacodynamic responses. In the Phase 2a stage of our Phase 1b/2a clinical trial, we are testing weekly, semi-monthly and monthly dosing. The long half-life of our product candidate, combined with the sustained IGF-I responses seen in clinical trials, supports our belief that VRS-317 should provide significantly more convenient dosing for GHD patients.

 

   

VRS-317 has demonstrated an attractive safety and tolerability profile in GHD children. In our clinical program to date, VRS-317 has been well-tolerated with no serious or unexpected adverse events. In particular, lipoatrophy, a localized loss of fat tissue that can be stimulated by a sustained exposure of adipocytes to rhGH in the subcutaneous injection site, has not been seen after repeated doses in our Phase 2a clinical trial. Additionally, there have been no reports in our clinical trials of VRS-317 of common problems that were observed in prior studies of long-acting formulations, such as nodule formation at the injection site. VRS-317’s attractive safety and tolerability profile in GHD children is especially important in the context of rhGH as a chronic therapy.

 

   

VRS-317 has the potential to achieve greater height velocities compared to daily rhGH approved for use in Japanese GHD children. In Japan, children with GHD treated with daily rhGH receive the lowest dose of any developed country (the only approved dose in Japan is 25 µg/kg/day). As a result, GHD children treated with rhGH in Japan have a lower rate of first-year growth than GHD children treated with rhGH at 43 µg/kg/day in the United States. Despite the lower approved dose in Japan, the Japanese government pays a higher price per unit of rhGH and a similar price per patient as compared to pricing in the United States. We intend to select a dose of VRS-317 for use in Japan that would provide first-year growth comparable to GHD children in the United States. As such, VRS-317 may offer the opportunity to provide Japanese GHD children with height velocities comparable to GHD children in the United States, which would be superior efficacy to the current Japanese daily rhGH dose.

 

   

VRS-317 has a manufacturing process that is less complex than the traditional rhGH manufacturing processes and may ultimately offer a cost-of-goods advantage versus current rhGH products. VRS-317 is expressed in E. coli as a soluble protein. The XTEN amino acid sequences fused to rhGH to form VRS-317 confer improved pharmaceutical properties compared to rhGH alone, including greater solubility, a lower isoelectric point and a higher net negative charge. These improved properties enable a straightforward purification process without the need for complex steps that can reduce manufacturing yields, such as protein folding. The steps used

 

89


Table of Contents
 

in the process for manufacturing VRS-317 drug substance all involve a common biotechnology manufacturing process. VRS-317’s improved properties simplify the purification process compared to traditional rhGH products, and we believe that when produced on a commercial scale, it may offer a cost-of-goods advantage over current rhGH products.

Clinical development for VRS-317

The clinical development of VRS-317 was initiated in December 2010 with an Investigational New Drug, or IND, application submitted by Versartis in the United States and a parallel submission of a Clinical Trial Application in the United Kingdom. Additional submissions were provided to the Swedish and Serbian regulatory authorities. The first in-human study, our Phase 1a clinical trial, was conducted in GHD adults in the United States, the United Kingdom, Sweden and Serbia. The Phase 1a clinical trial enrolled patients on a stable dose of daily rhGH therapy who were withdrawn from therapy until their IGF-I levels were below a pre-specified level and then randomized into either placebo or VRS-317 treatment. This double blind placebo controlled Phase 1a clinical trial enabled the objective assessment of the safety of VRS-317 treatment compared to placebo. The Phase 1a clinical trial was completed in early 2012.

Upon the successful completion of the Phase 1a clinical trial, we initiated a Phase 1b/2a clinical trial in GHD children in the United States by filing an amendment to our existing IND. The Phase 1b stage of the clinical trial included 48 naïve to treatment pre-pubertal GHD children receiving a single dose of VRS-317 in an ascending dose design. The starting dose used in the study was the highest dose tested in adults (0.80 mg/kg VRS-317) and escalation was stopped at a dose of 6.0 mg/kg VRS-317 after the desired IGF-I response was achieved. No stopping criteria were met at any of the dose levels tested. Patients completing the Phase 1b stage of the study were allowed to enroll in the Phase 2a stage. The Phase 2a stage was fully enrolled with 64 patients, and patients previously treated in the Phase 1b stage were balanced for characteristics (age and previous VRS-317 exposure) with the potential to affect the primary endpoint (mean height velocity) across each of the three dosing arms.

Completed Phase 1a clinical trial in GHD adults

In adult GHD patients, VRS-317 concentrations and IGF-I responses were proportional to dose in the completed Phase 1a single ascending dose study. In adults with GHD, VRS-317 has a mean elimination half-life of 131 hours at the highest dose tested. The extended half-life of VRS-317 represents at least a thirty-fold increase in half-life as compared to the two to four hour half-lives reported for subcutaneously administered rhGH. VRS-317 concentrations at the end of the month in this study were proportional to total dose, further supporting the potential for up to monthly dosing.

LOGO

 

90


Table of Contents

After a single subcutaneous dose of 0.80 mg/kg of VRS-317, GHD adults achieved a normalization of their IGF-I levels (IGF-I standard deviation score (SDS) between -1.5 and +1.5) for an average of three weeks. IGF-I SDS is a measure of the difference in IGF-I concentration between a single GHD patient and the mean for normal adults of the same sex and comparable age. The total rhGH dose equivalent to 0.80 mg/kg VRS-317 was 4.9 µg/kg/day over 30 days which is below the average daily dose of rhGH in these patients (6 µg/kg/day). These results suggested that a lower total rhGH dose in the form of VRS-317 may provide comparable safety and efficacy over the course of treatment.

 

LOGO

All subjects completed the study. The highest dose assessed in the Phase 1a study of GHD adults (0.80 mg/kg VRS-317) was reported to be well tolerated, with no significant safety issues observed. A minority of patients reported drug-related adverse events, or AEs. The reported AEs were generally mild, transient and of the type generally expected when rhGH is administered to an adult with GHD. There were no serious or unexpected AEs. There were no laboratory safety signals observed. In addition, VRS-317 at 0.80 mg/kg in GHD adults increased mean IGF-I into the customary therapeutic range (IGF-I SDS > - 1.5) for approximately three weeks. We believe that these data indicate GHD adults may potentially be treated with once monthly administration of VRS-317. GHD adults are typically titrated to IGF-I SDS in the normal range and future trials of VRS-317 may include individual patient dose titration to achieve the appropriate monthly dose for each patient. These future trials are planned to demonstrate a safe and effective once monthly dose of VRS-317 in GHD adults.

Completed Phase 1b stage of the Phase 1b/2a clinical trial in GHD children

GHD children require a much higher dose of daily administered rhGH (24 - 43 µg/kg/day) than GHD adults (2 - 12 µg/kg). The dosing recommendation for rhGH in GHD children is dependent upon the local regulatory agency granting the drug approval. It is therefore likely that a higher dose of VRS-317 will be required in GHD children compared to GHD adults. A Phase1b/2a study is being conducted in pre-pubertal GHD children in the United States to assess the safety, pharmacokinetics, and IGF-I responses to VRS-317 in the Phase 1b stage.

In the Phase 1b stage, 48 pre-pubertal, naïve to treatment children received a single subcutaneous dose of VRS-317. GHD was diagnosed by medical history, several clinical parameters and paired growth

 

91


Table of Contents

hormone stimulation tests. In ascending order, subjects received VRS-317 doses of 0.80, 1.20, 1.80, 2.70, 4.00 or 6.00 mg/kg. These doses were equivalent in rhGH content to 4.9 to 37 µg rhGH/kg/day taken for 30 days. Blood samples for pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic, or PK/PD, determinations were obtained at six time points over 30 days. Safety monitoring was carried out for 60 days post-dose. Stopping rules were specified by protocol. The membership and activities of the Safety Review Committee, or SRC, were specified in the SRC Charter, which was developed prior to study onset. SRC meetings were successfully concluded prior to each dose escalation; no stopping criteria were met at any time point.

In GHD children, single dose VRS-317 over the specified dose range was reported to be well tolerated, with no significant safety issues observed. All subjects completed the study. A minority of subjects reported drug-related AEs. Reported AEs were mild, transient and of the type generally observed when starting rhGH in children. No serious or unexpected AEs were reported. There were no laboratory safety signals observed. Subcutaneous nodule formation and lipoatrophy were not reported.

After subcutaneous administration to GHD children, VRS-317 is rapidly absorbed achieving a maximum concentration (C max ) in three to four days after dosing, similar to that noted in GHD adults. The total exposure and C max were dose proportional and not dependent upon gender in this patient population. Because sparse blood sampling is used in small children, the number of time points did not allow for an accurate determination of the terminal elimination half-life. However, as noted in GHD adults, significant concentrations of VRS-317 remained 30 days after injection.

 

LOGO

IGF-I was selected as the primary pharmacodynamic marker to measure the effect of VRS-317 treatment. The normal range for IGF-I in children varies greatly with age, with mean values more than doubling during childhood. IGF-I SDS is determined based on comparison to children of the same age. All subjects had relative IGF-I deficiency at baseline (IGF-I SDS < -1.0) and the increase from baseline in the 30 day average IGF-I SDS was proportional to dose. Only two subjects had an IGF-I level above the normal range (IGF-I SDS > 2.0) and no subjects had an IGF-I SDS ³ 3.0. The two subjects with IGF-I SDS > 2.0 had IGF-I SDS values in the normal range by the next sampling time point. No reported safety issues arose in connection with these transient elevations. Sustained IGF-I SDS changes did not come at the expense of initial elevated exposure to IGF-I.

 

92


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Ongoing Phase 2a stage of the Phase 1b/2a clinical trial

The Phase 2a stage of the Phase 1b/2a study is currently ongoing. The Phase 2a portion of the study has completed enrollment with 64 naïve to treatment pre-pubertal GHD children entered into three dosing arms: 5 mg/kg VRS-317 once per month, 2.5 mg/kg VRS-317 semi-monthly, and 1.15 mg/kg VRS-317 weekly. All of these arms have the same rhGH mass dose, which is equivalent to approximately 30 µg rhGH/kg/day over the dose interval. Per protocol, upon completion of three months of treatment in 75% of the subjects in the Phase 2a stage of the trial, the SRC met and reviewed the safety of repeat dosing of VRS-317 in GHD children in this study. The SRC agreed that it was safe to continue the study and no stopping criteria were met. The primary endpoint of the Phase 2a stage is mean six month height velocity.

 

93


Table of Contents

At VRS-317 doses equivalent to daily rhGH of approximately 30 µg rhGH/kg/day, repeat dosing of VRS-317 in the Phase 2a stage of the Phase 1b/2a study to date has been found to be safe and well tolerated in pre-pubertal GHD children and to maintain mean IGF-I increases over baseline and within the therapeutic range without IGF-I overexposure when given at weekly, semi-monthly and monthly intervals. There have been no related serious adverse events or unexpected adverse events. Other related adverse events have been primarily mild and transient and of the type expected when rhGH is initiated in children naïve to rhGH treatment. With more than 1,000 injections administered to date, discomfort at injection sites has been reported in the minority of patients and has been mild and transient. Nodule formation or lipoatrophy has not been observed at injection sites. Peak IGF-I SDS levels have been the greatest with monthly dosing but did not exceed 3.0 and in only three cases transiently exceeded 2.0. Mean trough IGF-I SDS levels remained above baseline at Day 30 in all dosing groups. After two months of dosing, peak IGF-I levels were generally higher than after the first dose, suggesting that repeat VRS-317 dosing may augment IGF-I responses. As shown in the graph below, the mean annualized three month height velocities from 63 GHD children completing three months of treatment in the Phase 2a stage of the Phase 1b/2a study are comparable to the historical age-matched controls administered a comparable dose of daily rhGH (33 µg rhGH/kg/day). Although not necessarily indicative of the final results in the trial, results to date in the Phase 2a stage of the Phase 1b/2a clinical trial of VRS-317 in GHD children suggest that VRS-317 has a comparable safety and efficacy profile to historical studies of daily rhGH administered at comparable doses.

 

LOGO

 

94


Table of Contents

Correlation of three, six and twelve month mean height velocity

For daily rhGH treatment, height velocity changes as a function of time spent on therapy. In a published study of Omnitrope and Genotropin, patients were dosed with rhGH over a seven year period. Patients on Genotropin were switched to Omnitrope after nine months of treatment (Geno/Omnitrope Group B). As shown in the chart below, initially, GHD children experience rapid catch-up growth in the first one to three years of treatment and then the rate of growth slows down approaching normal growth rates observed in children that do not have GHD.

LOGO

The correlations between cumulative intervals of mean height velocity measurements have been noted in a variety of studies of daily rhGH therapy and one long-acting rhGH therapy, Nutropin Depot. For example, the mean height velocity in a treatment group over three months is well correlated to the mean height velocity in the same group over six months. Daily rhGH therapy studies have been conducted in pediatric GHD patients, measuring the mean height velocity at three, six and twelve months. These studies indicate an average decrease in the mean height velocity of 0.3 cm/yr from three months to six months and an additional decrease of 0.6 cm/yr from six months to twelve months.

The mean height velocity obtained in a controlled clinical trial is highly dependent on the demographics of the pediatric GHD patients enrolled in the clinical trial. The most significant factor determining a mean height velocity in naïve to treatment pre-pubertal GHD patients is the patient’s age at start of treatment. Other factors that may influence the extent of response to daily rhGH therapy include the degree of height deficit for age and the hGH level achieved in the hGH stimulation test, both of which assess the severity of GHD. In historical published studies conducted in countries where rhGH therapy is unavailable or unaffordable, pre-pubertal GHD patients were more severely GHD than age matched peers in the United States, and therefore, greater mean height velocities were observed in these patients compared to their age-matched counterparts in the United States.

In published registries of daily rhGH therapy from patients in the United States and European countries where daily rhGH therapy is used, the mean height velocity is a reliable surrogate for expected outcomes in a controlled clinical trial using a comparable daily rhGH dose as used in these registries. As a result, an age-matched historical control analysis using published registry data on first year mean height velocities for daily rhGH therapy in pre-pubertal GHD children is a well-established procedure for assessment of new rhGH therapies. In fact, the FDA allowed the Nutropin Depot Phase 3 trial to be conducted using age-matched historical controls. We intend to conduct an analysis of age-matched historical controls to evaluate the mean height velocity results in our Phase 2a trial. However,

 

95


Table of Contents

the age-matched control may not predict exactly how VRS-317 will perform relative to existing rhGH products. In Phase 3, we plan to conduct a non-inferiority clinical trial in naïve to treatment pre-pubertal GHD patients using an approved dose of daily rhGH therapy as the control.

Ongoing extension clinical trial

The extension clinical trial is a multi-center, parallel dose, open-label study assessing long-term VRS-317 administration. It is enrolling patients completing the Phase 2a stage of our ongoing Phase 1b/2a study and will be open to patients completing our planned Phase 3 clinical trial in children with GHD. Patients are initially maintained on the same VRS-317 dosing regimen that they were receiving in their previous VRS-317 clinical trial (Phase 2a stage or Phase 3). Subjects may be assigned to a new dose or dosing regimen similar to the dose or dosing regimen that we expect to submit in any application for marketing authorization. Patients in a previous VRS-317 clinical trial that were not receiving VRS-317 treatment (e.g. receiving daily rhGH therapy) will be offered treatment with VRS-317 using the dosing regimen included in any application for marketing authorization. These patients could potentially provide data to support the safety of switching patients from daily rhGH to VRS-317 therapy. We expect the study to be conducted at approximately 70 pediatric endocrinology centers in the United States, Canada and Europe. The extension clinical trial may enroll up to 250 GHD children and we anticipate that it will continue until any potential product launch of VRS-317, with patients receiving up to three or four years of VRS-317 therapy. This study could potentially provide long term safety and efficacy data in support of any application for global market registration.

Planned Phase 3 clinical trial

We plan to conduct a Phase 3 clinical trial as a multicenter, open-label non-inferiority study comparing the safety and efficacy of VRS-317 to daily rhGH in children with growth failure due to GHD. We expect the study will be conducted at approximately 70 pediatric endocrinology centers in the United States, Europe and Canada. We expect the study will consist of approximately 160 naïve to treatment pre-pubertal GHD children using similar entry criteria to those employed in the Phase 1b/2a clinical trial.

We intend to meet with the FDA and the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, to discuss the Phase 3 clinical trial design. We plan to propose the non-inferiority design compared to daily rhGH with a primary endpoint of 12 month mean height velocity with a non-inferiority margin similar to those used to achieve recent approval of daily rhGH therapies such as Omnitrope. Although we are still developing our Phase 3 clinical protocol, we currently expect our Phase 3 trial to consist of two doses and/or dose frequencies of VRS-317 with the possibility of approval on one or both. Prior to initiating this study, we may have available twelve month mean height velocity data on GHD children completing the Phase 2a stage of the Phase 1b/2a trial and those enrolled in the extension clinical trial. We anticipate that the Phase 3 trial will initiate in early 2015. After initiation of our planned Phase 3 trial, we expect to report interim six month mean height velocity results by the end of 2016 followed by top line twelve month mean height velocity results in the first half of 2017. Assuming positive results from the planned Phase 3 trial, we intend to submit an NDA.

Future studies

Japan pediatric GHD bridging clinical trial

We plan to conduct bridging and/or efficacy clinical trials in naïve to treatment pre-pubertal GHD children in Japan to demonstrate a comparable pharmacokinetic, pharmacodynamics, safety and

 

96


Table of Contents

efficacy profile to GHD children in the United States. We also intend to continue treatment of these patients in a long term study to evaluate their twelve month mean height velocity. The results from this study will be combined with the results of the Phase 1b/2a, extension and planned Phase 3 clinical trials for submission in Japan. We have had an informal meeting with the Japanese regulatory authorities to discuss the above clinical plan. We intend to either partner with a company with a substantial Japanese presence or contract with an in-country clinical research organization to execute this clinical plan. We may initiate a bridging clinical trial in Japanese pediatric endocrinology centers in early 2015.

Adult GHD Phase 2/3 clinical trial

Adult GHD patients receive daily rhGH therapy at doses that are titrated to enable them to reach the normal range of IGF-I levels for their age and sex. The daily rhGH dose used in adult GHD patients ranges from 2 to 12 µg/kg/day. The approval of rhGH therapy for adult GHD patients requires a primary endpoint of change in body composition (e.g., reduction in fat mass or increase in lean body mass) over twelve months of treatment compared to placebo. Depending on the success of our planned Phase 3 clinical trial with pediatric GHD patients, we may conduct a Phase 2/3 clinical trial in GHD adults. We anticipate that such Phase 2/3 clinical trial would be a placebo controlled study evaluating the changes in body composition, such as fat mass or lean body mass, over twelve months of treatment.

rhGH market opportunity

The global rhGH market has largely been confined to the developed parts of the world, more particularly the United States, Europe and Japan. In 2012, the global rhGH market was estimated to be over $3 billion in annual sales, with the United States, Europe, Japan and Rest-of-World representing approximately 39%, 37%, 21% and 3% of the market, respectively. Global annual rhGH sales have historically grown by mid-single digit percentages each year, averaging approximately 6% over the last five years. Based on market research, we believe that the market for daily rhGH products is likely to grow to over $4 billion by 2018.

As shown on the chart below, due to the lack of product differentiation among existing rhGH treatments, the global rhGH market is quite fragmented, with no brand achieving greater than 28% market share in 2012.

 

LOGO

 

97


Table of Contents

Importantly, rhGH manufacturers have attempted to develop a long-acting product using microsphere, PEGylation, fusion and alternative delivery technologies. Each of these approaches has not been successful due to regulatory, safety, efficacy or manufacturing issues, or a combination thereof. Nonetheless, primary and secondary market research continues to indicate a strong desire by patients, caregivers, physicians and payers to use an rhGH product that is safe and effective and requires less frequent dosing than daily subcutaneous injections.

Pediatric GHD market

Historically pediatric GHD use has dominated the rhGH market, accounting for approximately 50% of total annual sales. Of the over $3 billion global rhGH market, we believe that sales of rhGH products for pediatric GHD represent approximately $1.5 billion. We believe the United States and European markets for rhGH for pediatric GHD are approximately $450 million and $550 million, respectively. We believe that the Japanese market for rhGH for pediatric GHD is approximately $450 million, representing approximately one third of the global market of rhGH products for treatment of pediatric GHD.

Based on market research, we believe that the market for daily rhGH products is likely to grow to over $4 billion by 2018. Based on this research and assuming that the pediatric GHD market continues to constitute 50% of the total market, we believe that the pediatric GHD market could represent approximately $2.0 billion by 2018.

Future market expansion opportunities for VRS-317

After pediatric GHD, the remainder of the $3 billion rhGH market consists of various indications, including adult GHD, ISS and Turner Syndrome. We may develop VRS-317 for one or more of these additional indications, for which existing rhGH therapies are approved.

Adult GHD market

Treatment of GHD in adults was a natural expansion to the products already indicated for treating the same condition in children. Several studies were conducted in this area during the 1990s and many companies publicized their findings with respect to the effect of hormonal deficiency in adults on their quality of life during this period. Many adult patients face significant problems such as minimized social, mental and physical energy, reduced muscle and excess adipose tissues, reduced libido, elevated levels of cholesterol, higher cardiovascular disease rates, reduced quality of life and lower bone density.

We believe the adult GHD market is currently underpenetrated, yet it reached approximately $450 million in revenues globally in 2012. Despite its current size, the adult GHD market remains largely untreated, making this population of patients with significant unmet needs an attractive additional indication for VRS-317. We believe that a therapy with more convenient dosing will expand the adult GHD market by encouraging patients not currently receiving rhGH therapy to seek treatment, as well as enhancing compliance among patients currently receiving daily therapy.

Other non-GHD pediatric indications

Daily rhGH therapy is also currently approved for numerous other indications beyond GHD. More specifically, other indications currently approved in the United States for daily rhGH therapy include

 

98


Table of Contents

ISS, Turner Syndrome, Prader-Willi Syndrome, SGA, Noonan Syndrome and chronic renal insufficiency in children. ISS and Turner Syndrome comprise significant segments of the rhGH market and are likely potential indications for future VRS-317 clinical development. ISS is non-GHD short stature, defined by height that is more than two standard deviations below normal and growth rates that would not allow for attainment of adult height in the normal range, which has recognized benefits from rhGH therapy. In the United States only, ISS is an indication that is approved for rhGH therapy at the same dose as pediatric GHD. Turner Syndrome is the second most common genetic disorder, affecting 1 in 2,000 females. Short stature associated with Turner Syndrome is an approved indication for rhGH products. The rhGH dose required to treat short stature in Turner Syndrome patients is greater than the dose required for pediatric GHD patients. We may explore VRS-317 in further clinical trials to assess the appropriate dose of VRS-317 to achieve similar treatment outcomes to current daily rhGH therapy for ISS and Turner Syndrome.

Commercialization strategy

Industry research published in 2008 indicated that less than 36% of patients on treatment with rhGH therapy are compliant, resulting in some level of noncompliance in the majority of patients. In separately published research released in 2011, a lack of compliance to daily rhGH therapy results in suboptimal therapeutic outcomes. Market research indicates that frequency of administration ranks highest amongst the factors that affect adherence to this daily rhGH treatment. Our own market research indicates that the potential for VRS-317 to reduce the treatment burden of daily injections and thereby address the lack of compliance with their rhGH therapy will be of significant interest to pediatric endocrinologists. Based on a third-party market research report commissioned by us, a survey of 68 U.S. pediatric endocrinologists indicated a high level of interest in the profile of VRS-317 and a willingness to prescribe it to a majority of their patients if it is approved.

In light of our stage of development, we have not yet established a commercial organization or distribution capabilities. We generally expect to retain commercial rights for our products in territories where we believe it is possible to access the market through a focused, specialty sales force. If VRS-317 receives marketing approval, we plan to commercialize in the United States with our own focused, specialty sales force. We believe that the pediatric endocrinologists in the United States, who provide treatment for hGH deficiency in children, are sufficiently concentrated that we will be able to effectively promote VRS-317 to these specialists with a sales force of approximately 50 people. According to data published by the Journal of Pediatrics and the Pediatric Endocrine Society, there are approximately 800 pediatric endocrinologists in the United States. Similarly sized sales forces are effectively being utilized to address these pediatric endocrinologists and focus on the currently high-prescribing physicians, according to primary market research conducted by a third-party market research organization commissioned by us.

Manufacturing

We do not own or operate facilities for product manufacturing, storage and distribution, or testing nor do we expect to in the future. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on Boehringer Ingelheim, or BI, for the manufacture of our drug substance and drug product for preclinical and clinical testing, as well as for commercial manufacture if our product candidate receives marketing approval. Additional contract manufacturers are used to label, package and distribute investigational drug product. We have experienced personnel to manage the third-party manufacturers.

 

99


Table of Contents

We have an agreement with BI for the production of VRS-317 drug substance and drug product for our clinical trials. Under the agreement, we transferred our initial manufacturing process for VRS-317, including the expressing cell line, to BI for further development, and BI will manufacture and supply VRS-317 to us for use in clinical trials, all in accordance with the project plan attached to the agreement. The agreement contains customary terms, such as delivery, inspection, acceptance and rejection, for the supply of the product. We have the right to cancel any manufacturing campaign for VRS-317 subject to the payment of a cancellation fee, which is a percentage of the total payment for the cancelled manufacturing campaign based on the time of cancellation. We have no exclusive relationship with BI for supply of our clinical materials. The agreement does not give BI any rights for commercial supply of VRS-317.

As of December 31, 2013, BI manufactures ten approved therapeutic proteins that are expressed in E. coli . VRS-317 is expressed in E. coli as a soluble protein. The XTEN sequences in VRS-317 confer improved pharmaceutical properties compared to rhGH alone. These properties include increased solubility and high net negative charge (low isoelectric point) at physiological pH enabling a straightforward purification process without the need for complex steps such as protein folding. The process for manufacturing VRS-317 drug substance consists of E. coli fermentation, initial purification to remove the majority of the E. coli components, secondary purification using three column chromatography steps and a final buffer exchange and concentration step. Because VRS-317 consists of rhGH genetically fused to XTEN, no additional steps to chemically modify the protein are required after the drug substance is produced. The VRS-317 drug substance is filtered and then VRS-317 drug product filling, labeling, packaging and testing is performed. Each of these steps involves a relatively common biotechnology process. The manufacturing process for VRS-317 is less complex than traditional rhGH manufacturing processes. The process is robust and reproducible, does not require specialized equipment, uses common and readily available materials and is readily transferable. The pharmaceutical properties of VRS-317 enable increased solubility compared to rhGH and increased stability due to the ability to reduce or eliminate the major degradation pathways typically observed in rhGH products. VRS-317 drug product is a stable liquid formulation stored refrigerated with short term stability at room temperature. We have contracted with Catalent, Inc. for the labeling, packaging and distribution of VRS-317 drug product for our clinical trials.

Under our agreement with BI, we obtain supplies and services on a purchase order basis from BI. The agreement may be terminated by either party for convenience upon 18 months’ notice or earlier for certain scientific or technical reasons, material breach, bankruptcy, change of control or other business reasons. The VRS-317 used in our clinical trials was and is currently manufactured under current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, conditions. Sufficient material to complete the Phase 1b/2a and extension clinical trials has already been produced, and preparations are underway to produce quantities required for our anticipated subsequent clinical trials. When produced on a commercial scale, we expect that cost-of-goods-sold of VRS-317 will generally be less than that of other rhGH products. Changes in our requirements may require revalidation of the manufacturing process at a different scale and potentially at a different contractor depending on the necessary scale, infrastructure and technical capabilities. To ensure continuity in our supply chain, we plan to establish supply arrangements with alternative suppliers for certain portions of our supply chain, as appropriate.

The agreement assigns to us the ownership of all inventions and intellectual properties generated by BI that relate directly to VRS-317 and does not cover BI’s background intellectual properties or improvements. In addition, upon expiration of the agreement or termination of the agreement by either party for convenience, or by us for business reasons or for BI’s material breach, the agreement grants

 

100


Table of Contents

us a non-exclusive and royalty free license to use BI’s background intellectual properties to the extent necessary for us to manufacture, use and exploit VRS-317. Upon termination of the agreement (other than for our breach or bankruptcy or technical reasons), BI will transfer to us the then-current manufacturing process for VRS-317, with the cost borne by us.

Research and development

We are evaluating the use of the XTEN technology on another therapeutic protein. To date, we have not tested this additional product candidate in animals. We plan to demonstrate proof of concept in the appropriate animal models and assess the potentially differentiated product attributes that could provide us with a superior product candidate to the current therapeutic protein. We will explore whether to proceed, and the optimal development path and product profile, upon obtaining the validating preclinical data.

Competition

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. While we believe that our technology, knowledge, experience and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from many different sources, including major pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, generic drug companies, academic institutions and governmental agencies and public and private research institutions. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future.

The key competitive factors affecting the success of VRS-317, if approved, are likely to be its efficacy, safety, tolerability, frequency and route of administration, convenience and price, and the level of generic competition and the availability of coverage and reimbursement from government and other third-party payors. The method of administration of VRS-317, subcutaneous injection, is commonly used to administer rhGH therapy for the treatment of GHD and related indications. While daily rhGH therapy with subcutaneous injections is required for replacement therapy, a therapy that offers a less invasive method of administration might have a competitive advantage over one administered by subcutaneous injection, depending on the relative efficacy, safety and tolerability of the other method of administration.

In the United States, there are a variety of currently marketed rhGH therapies administered by daily subcutaneous injection and used for the treatment of GHD, principally Norditropin ® (Novo Nordisk), Humatrope ® (Eli Lilly), Nutropin-AQ ® (Roche/Genentech), Genotropin ® (Pfizer), Saizen ® (Merck Serono), Tev-tropin ® (Teva Pharmaceuticals) and Omnitrope ® (Sandoz GmbH). These rhGH drugs are well-established therapies and are widely accepted by physicians, patients, caregivers and third­ party payors as the standard of care for the treatment of GHD. Physicians, patients and third-party payors may not accept the addition of VRS-317 to their current treatment regimens for a variety of potential reasons, including:

 

   

if they do not wish to incur any potential additional costs related to VRS-317; or

 

   

if they perceive the use of VRS-317 to be of limited additional benefit to patients.

In addition to the currently approved and marketed daily rhGH therapies, there are a variety of experimental therapies that are in various stages of clinical development by companies both already

 

101


Table of Contents

participating in the rhGH market as well as potential new entrants, principally Aileron Therapeutics, Althea, Ambrx, Ascendis, Bioton S.A., Critical Pharmaceuticals, Dong-A, GeneScience, Hanmi, LG Life Science, OPKO Health, Inc. (via Prolor acquisition) and all of the existing global and regional rhGH franchises. However, based on publicly available data, these products have limitations. For example, an alternative PEGylation approach of reversible chemical linkage of rhGH to a large circulating PEG, which has not completed studies in GHD children, has reported adult data suggesting that the rhGH exposure and IGF-I response is less than one week. We believe all of the PEGylation and circulating PEG approaches will be more expensive to manufacture than current daily rhGH because they require additional manufacturing steps after the purified rhGH is produced. A fusion protein approach is also under investigation using a glycosylated peptide hormone genetically fused to rhGH. Because of the glycosylation, this protein must be produced in mammalian cells, and a six step purification process has been reported. In addition, this fusion protein has been reported to have an rhGH exposure and IGF-I response of less than one week. This fusion protein is currently being studied in adult GHD Phase 3 clinical trial with weekly administration and in a Phase 2 clinical trial in children with weekly administration.

Intellectual property

Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to protect our core technology. To establish and protect our proprietary rights, we rely on a combination of patents, patent applications, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and know-how, license agreements, confidentiality procedures, non-disclosure agreements with third parties, employee disclosure and invention assignment agreements, and other contractual rights.

In December 2008 we entered into a worldwide, exclusive license agreement with Amunix, which was amended and restated in December 2010 and subsequently amended in January 2013. The patents in-licensed under this agreement constitute the core of our intellectual property. The terms of this license are summarized below.

As of December 31, 2013, the in-licensed global patent portfolio consists of three issued United States patents and three issued patents in the European Patent Office, China and Mexico, respectively. In addition, the portfolio also includes 66 pending utility patent applications, 15 of which are in the United States, and of those 15, six of which are provisional patent applications that were filed in 2013.

The in-licensed patent portfolio includes five main patent families, which we believe, if issued in their current form, would provide broad coverage for the XTEN (unstructured recombinant polypeptide, URP) technology, including methods for producing XTEN products, and various levels of more specific coverage for VRS-317. The portfolio includes composition of matter, method of treatment and use claims.

The U.S. patents that have issued as of December 31, 2013 are U.S. Patent Nos. 7,855,279, 8,492,530 and 7,846,445. U.S. Patent Nos. 7,855,279 and 8,492,530 cover XTEN (URP) fusion proteins with increased half-life, including dependent claims directed to hGH-XTEN fusions. U.S. Patent No. 7,846,445 covers methods for extending the serum secretion half-life of a protein by producing XTEN fusions, including that of hGH. We estimate that the issued U.S. patents will expire between 2026 and 2027.

In addition, the licensor recently received Notices of Allowances on two patent applications covering XTEN fusions of biologically active proteins, including hGH, and pharmaceutical

 

102


Table of Contents

compositions comprising such fusions, as well as methods for treating growth hormone-related conditions, such as GHD and ISS. Upon issuance, we estimate that the U.S. patents will expire in 2030. A European patent that has been issued is currently being opposed by Novo Nordisk A/S and XL-protein GmbH. See “Risk factors—Risks related to intellectual property—We may become involved in legal proceedings to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful.”

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term for patents in the countries in which they are granted. In most countries, including the United States, the patent term is generally 20 years from the earliest claimed filing date of a non-provisional patent application in the applicable country. In the United States, a patent’s term may, in certain cases, be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office in examining and granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over a commonly owned patent or a patent naming a common inventor and having an earlier expiration date. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Act, permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration date of a U.S. patent as partial compensation for the length of time the drug is under regulatory review.

Acquisitions and license agreements

Amunix

In December 2008 we entered into a worldwide, exclusive license agreement with Amunix, Inc., which was amended and restated in December 2010 and subsequently amended in January 2013. In March 2013, Amunix, Inc. was merged into Amunix Operating, Inc., or Amunix, which assumed all of the rights and obligations of Amunix, Inc. under the agreement. Under this agreement, Amunix granted us an exclusive (even as to Amunix) license under its patents and know-how related to the XTEN technology to develop and commercialize up to four licensed products for human use anywhere in the world, with each licensed product to consist of a selected target attached to an XTEN polypeptide. The license gives us rights with respect to two targets, namely hGH and another specified human protein. Certain of the licensed intellectual property was developed using government funding, and the exclusivity of our license is therefore subject to certain retained rights of the U.S. federal government. During the term of the agreement, which extends on a country-by-country basis until the later of the expiration of all licensed patents or ten years from the first commercial sale in such country, Amunix has exclusivity obligations to us. These obligations prohibit Amunix from using itself, or granting a license under, the patents and know-how related to the XTEN technology to exploit licensed products and selected targets that are, are derived from, have the same biological activity as, or are otherwise based on the licensed products and selected targets included in our exclusive license.

We are responsible for the development and commercialization of the licensed products under the agreement. Amunix has the right to terminate the agreement on a selected target-by-selected target basis if we do not use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize licensed products directed at such selected target, which requires that we use those efforts and resources used by a biotechnology company that is similarly situated for a product of similar market potential at a similar stage of its development or life. In addition to its right to terminate the agreement for our diligence failure, Amunix also has the right to terminate if we challenge any of the Amunix licensed patents.

If during any consecutive 18-month period our funding of research, development and commercialization activities with respect to licensed products directed at one of our selected targets is

 

103


Table of Contents

not at least $250,000, Amunix has the right to terminate the agreement unless we pay an additional $150,000 to Amunix to extend the 18-month period for an additional 24 months. Once we start commercializing a licensed product, we will owe to Amunix a royalty on net sales of the licensed products until the later of the expiration of all licensed patents or ten years from the first commercial sale in the relevant country. The royalty payable is one percent of net sales for the first two marketed products, but higher single-digit royalties are payable if we market additional products, or if we substitute one marketed product for another. If we elect to substitute one marketed product for another, in addition to royalties, we would also be required to make milestone and other payments totaling up to $40 million per marketed product. Amunix may terminate this agreement if we fail to comply with our payment obligations. We have the right to terminate this agreement without cause at any time upon prior notice to Amunix.

Amunix prosecutes and maintains the licensed patents, at our expense with respect to those licensed patents that are primarily applicable to our licensed products, and at our partial expense with respect to those licensed patents of broader applicability; provided, that if Amunix decides to abandon a licensed patent, we may elect to continue prosecution and maintenance. We have the first right to prosecute and control any action for infringement related to any product that does, or may, compete with one of our marketed licensed products and any claim within a licensed patent that covers or relates to such marketed licensed product.

In addition to the license agreement described above, we also entered into a Services Agreement with Amunix in March 2013. Under the services agreement, we retained Amunix to perform certain research, development and other services related to the licensed products, on a project-by-project basis pursuant to statement of works that the parties may negotiate and execute from time to time. We will pay for Amunix’s services on a full-time equivalent, or FTE, basis plus additional fees as may be agreed by the parties in the statement of work. New inventions arising out of the services performed by Amunix, and all associated intellectual property rights, are generally owned by Amunix. This services agreement or any statement of work may be terminated by either party for the other party’s uncured material breach. We also have the right to terminate this services agreement or any statement of work without cause at any time upon prior notice to Amunix. If not terminated, this services agreement will continue until the expiration or termination of the license agreement. Termination of the services agreement does not result in termination of the license agreement.

Government regulation

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, in the European Union and in other countries and jurisdictions extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, including any manufacturing changes, packaging, storage, recordkeeping, labeling, advertising, promotion, distribution, marketing, import and export of pharmaceutical products such as those we are developing. The processes for obtaining regulatory approvals in the United States and in foreign countries and jurisdictions, along with subsequent compliance with applicable statutes and regulations, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

U.S. drug approval process

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and implementing regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations

 

104


Table of Contents

requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as the FDA’s refusal to approve pending NDAs, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement or civil or criminal penalties.

The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

   

completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in compliance with the FDA’s current good laboratory practice, or cGLP, regulations;

 

   

submission to the FDA of an IND which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

   

approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, at each clinical site before each trial may be initiated;

 

   

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with current good clinical practices, or cGCP, to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug or biological product for each indication;

 

   

submission to the FDA of an NDA;

 

   

satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;

 

   

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with cGMP, and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity; and

 

   

FDA review and approval of the NDA.

Preclinical studies

Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as animal studies to assess its potential safety and efficacy. An IND sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data and any available clinical data or literature, among other things, to the FDA as part of an IND. Some preclinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to one or more proposed clinical trials and places the trial on a clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. As a result, submission of an IND may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to commence.

Clinical trials

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with cGCP requirements, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent (assent, if applicable) in writing for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing,

 

105


Table of Contents

among other things, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. In addition, an institutional review board, or IRB, at each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution. Information about certain clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes to the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, for public dissemination on their ClinicalTrials.gov website.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined:

 

   

Phase 1: The drug is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness.

 

   

Phase 2: The drug is administered to a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage.

 

   

Phase 3: The drug is administered to an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, in well-controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to statistically evaluate the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product, and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. Furthermore, the FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

Marketing approval

Assuming successful completion of the required clinical testing, the results of the preclinical and clinical studies, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. In most cases, the submission of an NDA is subject to a substantial application user fee. Under the new Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, guidelines that are currently in effect, the FDA has a goal of ten months from the date of the FDA’s acceptance for filing of a standard non-priority NDA to review and act on the submission.

The FDA also may require submission of a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, plan to mitigate any identified or suspected serious risks. The REMS plan could include medication guides, physician communication plans, assessment plans and elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries or other risk minimization tools.

The FDA conducts a preliminary review of all NDAs within the first 60 days after submission, before accepting them for filing, to determine whether they are sufficiently complete to permit

 

106


Table of Contents

substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether the drug is safe and effective and the facility in which it is manufactured, processed, packaged or held meets standards designed to assure the product’s continued safety, quality and purity. The FDA is required to refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee or explain why such referral was not made. An advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured, which is not under the control of the product sponsor. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with cGCP.

The testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and each may take several years to complete. Data obtained from clinical activities are not always conclusive and may be susceptible to varying interpretations, which could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. The FDA may not grant approval on a timely basis, or at all.

If the FDA’s evaluation of the NDA and inspection of the manufacturing facilities are favorable, the FDA may issue an approval letter, or, in some cases, a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally contains a statement of specific conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the NDA and may require additional clinical or preclinical testing in order for FDA to reconsider the application. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval. If and when those conditions have been met to the FDA’s satisfaction, the FDA will typically issue an approval letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications.

Even if the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use for the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess a drug’s safety after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution restrictions or other risk management mechanisms, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-marketing studies or surveillance programs. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.

 

107


Table of Contents

Post-approval requirements

Drugs manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing, annual user fee requirements for any marketed products and the establishments at which such products are manufactured, as well as new application fees for supplemental applications with clinical data.

The FDA may impose a number of post-approval requirements as a condition of approval of an NDA. For example, the FDA may require post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety and effectiveness after commercialization.

In addition, drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies to determine compliance with cGMP requirements. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend significant time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.

Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

   

fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

   

refusal of the FDA to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

 

   

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label, although doctors may prescribe drugs for off-label purposes.

 

108


Table of Contents

The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.

In addition, the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical products is subject to the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, or PDMA, which regulates the distribution of drugs and drug samples at the federal level, and sets minimum standards for the registration and regulation of drug distributors by the states.

Hatch-Waxman exclusivity

Market and data exclusivity provisions under the FDCA can delay the submission or the approval of certain applications for competing products. The FDCA provides a five-year period of non-patent data exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to gain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review an Abbreviated New Drug Application, or ANDA, or a 505(b)(2) NDA submitted by another company that references the previously approved drug. However, an ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement. The FDCA also provides three years of marketing exclusivity for an NDA, 505(b)(2) NDA or supplement to an existing NDA or 505(b)(2) NDA if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant, are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example, for new indications, dosages, strengths or dosage forms of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the conditions of use associated with the new clinical investigations and, as a general matter, does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs or 505(b)(2) NDAs for generic versions of the original, unmodified drug product. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA. However, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

Orphan drug designation and exclusivity

VRS-317 has received orphan drug designation for the treatment of GHD in the European Union at any dosing regimen less frequent than daily, as well as in the United States at once-a-month dosing.

In the United States, the Orphan Drug Act provides incentives for the development of products intended to treat rare diseases or conditions. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biological product intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a drug or biological product available in the United States for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product. If a sponsor demonstrates that a drug is intended to treat rare diseases or conditions, the FDA will grant orphan designation for that product for the orphan disease indication. Orphan designation must be requested before submitting an NDA. After the FDA grants orphan product designation, the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation, however, does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.

 

109


Table of Contents

Orphan drug designation provides manufacturers with research grants, tax credits, and eligibility for orphan drug exclusivity. If a product that has orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval of the active moiety for that disease or condition for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusivity, which for seven years prohibits the FDA from approving another product with the same active ingredient for the same indication, except in limited circumstances. If a drug designated as an orphan product receives marketing approval for an indication broader than the orphan indication for which it received the designation, it will not be entitled to orphan drug exclusivity. Orphan exclusivity will not bar approval of another product under certain circumstances, including if a subsequent product with the same active ingredient for the same indication is shown to be clinically superior to the approved product on the basis of greater efficacy or safety, or providing a major contribution to patient care, or if the company with orphan drug exclusivity is not able to meet market demand. Further, the FDA may approve more than one product for the same orphan indication or disease as long as the products contain different active ingredients. Moreover, competitors may receive approval of different products for the indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity or obtain approval for the same product but for a different indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity.

In the European Union, the EMA’s Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products, or COMP, grants orphan drug designation to promote the development of products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of life-threatening or chronically debilitating conditions affecting not more than 5 in 10,000 persons in the European Union community. Additionally, designation is granted for products intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition and when, without incentives, it is unlikely that sales of the drug in the European Union would be sufficient to justify the necessary investment in developing the drug.

In the European Union, orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers and ten years of market exclusivity is granted following drug approval. This period may be reduced to six years if the orphan drug designation criteria are no longer met, including where it is shown that the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity.

Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an application for marketing approval. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.

New legislation and regulations

From time to time, legislation is drafted, introduced and passed in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the testing, approval, manufacturing and marketing of products regulated by the FDA. In addition to new legislation, FDA regulations and policies are often revised or interpreted by the agency in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. It is impossible to predict whether further legislative changes will be enacted or FDA regulations, guidance, policies or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes, if any, may be.

Foreign regulation

In order to market any product outside of the United States, we would need to comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries and jurisdictions regarding quality,

 

110


Table of Contents

safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of our products. The cost of establishing a regulatory compliance system for numerous varying jurisdictions can be very significant. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we would need to obtain the necessary approvals by the comparable foreign regulatory authorities before we can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in foreign countries and jurisdictions. Although many of the issues discussed above with respect to the United States apply similarly in the context of the European Union, the approval process varies between countries and jurisdictions and can involve additional product testing and additional administrative review periods. The time required to obtain approval in other countries and jurisdictions might differ from and be longer than that required to obtain FDA approval. Regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction does not ensure regulatory approval in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction may negatively impact the regulatory process in others.

Pursuant to the European Clinical Trials Directive, a system for the approval of clinical trials in the European Union has been implemented through national legislation of the member states. Under this system, we must obtain approval from both the competent national authority of a European Union member state in which the clinical trial is to be conducted, and a favorable opinion from the competent ethics committee. Our clinical trial application must be accompanied by an investigational medicinal product dossier with supporting information prescribed by the European Clinical Trials Directive and corresponding national laws of the member states and further detailed in applicable guidance documents.

To obtain marketing approval of a drug under European Union regulatory systems, we may submit a Marketing Authorization Application, or MAA, either under a centralized or decentralized procedure. The centralized procedure provides for the grant of a single marketing authorization by the European Commission that is valid for all European Union member states. The centralized procedure is compulsory for specific products, including medicines produced by certain biotechnological processes, products designated as orphan medicinal products, advanced therapy products and products with a new active substance indicated for the treatment of certain diseases. For products with a new active substance indicated for the treatment of other diseases and products that are highly innovative or for which a centralized process is in the interest of patients, the centralized procedure may be optional. Under the centralized procedure, the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or the CHMP, established at the EMA is responsible for conducting the initial assessment of a drug. The CHMP also is responsible for several post-authorization and maintenance activities, such as the assessment of modifications or extensions to an existing marketing authorization. Under the centralized procedure in the European Union, the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of an MAA is 210 days, excluding clock stops, when additional information or written or oral explanation is requested by the CHMP but has not yet been provided. Accelerated evaluation might be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when a medicinal product is of major interest from the point of view of public health and in particular from the viewpoint of therapeutic innovation. In this circumstance, the EMA ensures that the opinion of the CHMP is given within 150 days.

The decentralized procedure is available to applicants who wish to market a product in various European Union member states where such product has not previously received marketing approval in any European Union member state. The decentralized procedure provides for approval by one or more other, or concerned, member states of an assessment of an application performed by one member state designated by the applicant, known as the reference member state. Under this procedure, an applicant

 

111


Table of Contents

submits an application based on identical dossiers and related materials, including a draft summary of product characteristics, and draft labeling and package leaflet, to the reference member state and concerned member states. The reference member state prepares a draft assessment report and drafts of the related materials within 120 days after receipt of a valid application. Within 90 days of receiving the reference member state’s assessment report and related materials, each concerned member state must decide whether to approve the assessment report and related materials.

If a member state cannot approve the assessment report and related materials on the grounds of potential serious risk to public health, the disputed points are subject to a dispute resolution mechanism and may eventually be referred to the European Commission, whose decision is binding on all member states.

In the European Union, new chemical entities qualify for eight years of data exclusivity upon marketing authorization and an additional two years of market exclusivity. This data exclusivity, if granted, prevents regulatory authorities in the European Union from referencing the innovator’s data to assess a generic (abbreviated) application for eight years, after which generic marketing authorization can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced, but not approved for two years. The overall ten-year period will be extended to a maximum of eleven years if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies. Even if a compound is considered to be a new chemical entity and the sponsor is able to gain the prescribed period of data exclusivity, another company nevertheless could also market another version of the drug if such company can complete a full MAA with a complete database of pharmaceutical test, preclinical tests and clinical trials and obtain marketing approval of its product.

Pharmaceutical coverage, pricing and reimbursement

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any drug products for which we may obtain regulatory approval. Sales of any of our product candidates, if approved, will depend, in part, on the extent to which the costs of the products will be covered by third-party payors, including government health programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, commercial health insurers and managed care organizations. The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a drug product typically is separate from the process for setting the price of a drug product or for establishing the reimbursement rate that a payor will pay for the drug product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific drug products on an approved list, also known as a formulary, which might not include all of the approved drugs for a particular indication.

In order to secure coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, we may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of the product, in addition to the costs required to obtain FDA or other comparable regulatory approvals. Whether or not we conduct such studies, our product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost-effective. A third-party payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Third party reimbursement may not be sufficient to enable us to maintain price levels high enough to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development.

The containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments, and the prices of drugs have been a focus in this effort. Third-party payors are

 

112


Table of Contents

increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost-effectiveness of drug products and medical services and questioning safety and efficacy. If these third-party payors do not consider our products to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our products after FDA approval or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our products at a profit. The U.S. government, state legislatures and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs to limit the growth of government-paid healthcare costs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products for branded prescription drugs. Adoption of such controls and measures, and tightening of restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit payments for pharmaceuticals such as our drug product candidates and could adversely affect our net revenue and results.

Pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that drug products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been agreed. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of drug products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. European Union member states may approve a specific price for a drug product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the drug product on the market. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for drug products, but monitor and control company profits. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs, has become intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. In addition, in some countries, cross-border imports from low-priced markets exert competitive pressure that may reduce pricing within a country. Any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for drug products may not allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products.

The marketability of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. In addition, emphasis on managed care in the United States has increased and we expect will continue to increase the pressure on drug pricing. Coverage policies, third-party reimbursement rates and drug pricing regulation may change at any time. In particular, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, which we collectively refer to as the Affordable Care Act or ACA, contains provisions that have the potential to substantially change healthcare financing, including impacting the profitability of drugs. For example, the Affordable Care Act revised the methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers to the state and federal government for covered outpatient drugs under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, extended the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program to utilization of prescriptions of individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations and subjected manufacturers to new annual fees and taxes for certain branded prescription drugs. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

 

113


Table of Contents

Healthcare law and regulation

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescribing of any product candidates for which we may obtain marketing approval. Our business operations and arrangements with investigators, healthcare professionals, consultants, third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. These laws may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we research, market, sell and distribute our products that obtain marketing approval. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or paying any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good, facility, item or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

   

the federal false claims laws and civil monetary penalties law impose penalties and provide for civil whistleblower or qui tam actions against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment or approval that are false or fraudulent or making a false record or statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

 

   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, among other things, imposes criminal liability for knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

   

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and its implementing regulations, also imposes certain obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information without written authorization;

 

   

the federal false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services;

 

   

the federal transparency requirements under the Affordable Care Act will require manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals and certain physician ownership and investment interests; and

 

   

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, that may apply to our business operations, including our sales or marketing arrangements, and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by governmental third-party payors, and in some instances, also such claims reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers.

 

114


Table of Contents

Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government in addition to requiring drug manufacturers to report information related to payments to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and/or administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering or authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

Employees

As of February 28, 2014, we had 14 full-time employees, including six employees engaged in research and development. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our principal facilities consist of office space in Redwood City, California. We occupy approximately 5,740 square feet of office space under a lease that expires in April 2014. We do not intend to renew our lease for this office space and believe that replacement office space is available on commercially reasonable terms. In March 2014, we entered into a new lease to occupy approximately 12,900 square feet of office space in Menlo Park, California.

Legal proceedings

We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings.

 

115


Table of Contents

Management

Executive officers and directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of December 31, 2013:

 

Name

 

Age

  

Position

Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D.

  49   

President, Chief Executive Officer, Co-founder and Director

Joshua T. Brumm

  36   

Chief Financial Officer

Paul Westberg

  45   

Senior Vice President, Business Development

Jay P. Shepard (1)(3)

  55   

Chairman of the Board of Directors

Srinivas Akkaraju, M.D., Ph.D. (1)(3)

  45   

Director

Francesco De Rubertis, Ph.D., C.F.A.

  43   

Director

Michael Dybbs, Ph.D. (1)

  39   

Director

Edmon R. Jennings (2)(3)

  66   

Director

Shahzad Malik (1)

  46   

Director

Anthony Y. Sun, M.D. (2)

  41   

Director

John Varian (2)

  54   

Director

 

(1) Member of the compensation committee
(2) Member of the audit committee
(3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee

Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D . Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D. is our co-founder and has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a director since May 2009. Dr. Cleland also co-founded Diartis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, and served as its Chief Executive Officer and a director from its inception in December 2010 until March 2013. Prior to joining us, Dr. Cleland served as Vice President of Therapeutic Development at BaroFold Inc., a company applying its Pressure Enabled Protein Manufacturing Technology (PreEMT™) to transform inclusion body refolding and improve the efficacy and safety of a wide variety of protein therapeutics for its industry partners, from 2007 to April 2009, as Senior Director of Product Development at Telik, Inc. from 2005 to 2007, as Vice President of Technical Operations at Novacea, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company focused on in-licensing, developing and commercializing novel therapies for the treatment of cancer that merged with Transcept Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in 2008, from 2003 to 2005, as president of Pharmaceutical Development, Manufacturing & Delivery Consultants, a pharmaceutical and biotechnology consulting group that he founded, and as Vice President of Research and Development for Targesome Inc., a biopharmaceutical company engaged in the development of proprietary receptor-targeted nanoparticles to diagnose and treat cancer and other diseases, from 2002 to 2003. Dr. Cleland also served in various roles at Genentech, Inc. from 1991 to 2002, including as a Project Team Leader. Dr. Cleland is currently an adjunct assistant professor at University of the Pacific, University of Kansas and University of Colorado. Dr. Cleland also has been a member of numerous professional societies, including the Controlled Release Society, American Chemical Society, American Institute of Chemical Engineers and American Association for the Advancement of Science. Dr. Cleland holds a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from the University of California, Davis and a Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. We believe Dr. Cleland is able to make valuable contributions

 

116


Table of Contents

to our board of directors due to his extensive knowledge of our company, the rhGH industry and our competitors, and as a co-founder, significant stockholder and our Chief Executive Officer.

Joshua T. Brumm . Joshua Brumm has served as our Chief Financial Officer since November 2013. Prior to joining us, Mr. Brumm served as Executive Vice President of Finance at Pharmacylics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company focused on developing and commercializing innovative small-molecule drugs for the treatment of cancer and immune mediated diseases, from August 2012 to August 2013. Prior to joining Pharmacylics, Mr. Brumm served in various roles at ZELTIQ Aesthetics, Inc., a medical technology company focused on developing and commercializing products utilizing its proprietary controlled-cooling technology platform, from December 2009 to August 2012, including Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Corporate Development and Investor Relations, Senior Managing Director of International Sales and Director of Corporate Development and Strategy. Mr. Brumm also served as Director of Finance at Proteolix, Inc., a biotechnology company dedicated to discovering, developing and commercializing novel therapeutics that target protein degradation pathways for cancer and autoimmune diseases, from March 2009 until it was acquired by Onyx Pharmaceuticals in December 2009. Prior to joining Proteolix, Mr. Brumm held the position of Investment Banking Associate as a member of the West Coast Healthcare Team at Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. from June 2007 to March 2009. Mr. Brumm also founded Nu-Ag Distributing, LLC, an agricultural sales and consulting company, and served as Nu-Ag Distributing’s Chief Executive Officer until its sale in June of 2007. Mr. Brumm holds a B.A. in Business Administration from the University of Notre Dame.

Paul Westberg . Paul Westberg has served as our Senior Vice President, Business Development since March 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Westberg served as Vice President of Business Development at Bayhill Therapeutics Inc., a clinical-stage biotechnology company developing innovative therapies for autoimmune diseases, from November 2006 to March 2010. Prior to Bayhill Therapeutics, Mr. Westberg served in positions of increasing responsibility at Novacea, most recently as Vice President of Business Development. Prior to Novacea, Mr. Westberg served as Director of Business Development at Deltagen Inc., a provider of drug discovery tools and services to the biopharmaceutical industry and the academic research community, and at Collabra Pharma, Inc., a developer of pharmaceutical products, and as Manager of Financial Planning and Analysis at Aviron, a developer of a novel influenza treatment that was acquired by MedImmune in 2002. Mr. Westberg previously held finance positions of increasing responsibility at Genentech. Mr. Westberg holds a B.A. in Applied Mathematics from the University of California, San Diego, and an M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley—Haas School of Business.

Jay P. Shepard . Jay P. Shepard has served as a member and the chairman of our board of directors since December 2013. Mr. Shepard is currently an Executive Partner at Sofinnova Ventures, or Sofinnova, a venture capital firm focused on the healthcare industry, which he joined as an Executive in Residence in 2008. Mr. Shepard previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer and was a member of the board of directors of NextWave Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a specialty pharmaceutical company developing and commercializing unique pediatric products utilizing proprietary drug delivery technology that was acquired by Pfizer in November 2012, from January 2010 to November 2012. From December 2005 to October 2007, Mr. Shepard served as President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Ilypsa Inc., a biopharmaceutical company pioneering novel non-absorbed polymeric drugs for renal and metabolic disorders that was acquired by Amgen in July 2007. Mr. Shepard has served on the boards of directors of numerous public and private companies, including Ilypsa, Relypsa, Inc. and Intermune, Inc., and currently serves on the board of directors of Bullet Biotechnology, Inc., Marinus Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and Durect Corporation. Mr. Shepard holds

 

117


Table of Contents

a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of Arizona. We believe Mr. Shepard is able to make valuable contributions to our board of directors due to his extensive knowledge of the biopharmaceutical industry and his prior experience as an executive officer.

Edmon R. Jennings. Edmon R. Jennings has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2012. Mr. Jennings has been retired from full-time employment during the past five years, and currently focuses on his board service and certain consulting roles. Mr. Jennings previously served as the chairman of our board of directors from February 2012 to December 2013. Mr. Jennings previously served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Angiogenix, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company developing therapeutic solutions for chronic vascular disease, from July 2003 to February 2008, and as Chief Commercialization Officer at Pain Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from February 2000 to June 2003. Mr. Jennings previously served on the boards of directors of Angiogenix, Inc., Monogram Biosciences Inc. and TRF Pharma. Mr. Jennings holds a B.A. from the University of Michigan. We believe Mr. Jennings is able to make valuable contributions to our board of directors due to his extensive experience in the biopharmaceutical industry.

Srinivas Akkaraju, M.D., Ph.D. Srinivas Akkaraju, M.D., Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2013. Dr. Akkaraju previously served as a member of our board of directors from February 2011 to February 2013. Dr. Akkaraju is currently a General Partner at Sofinnova Ventures, or Sofinnova, which he joined in April 2013. Prior to joining Sofinnova, Dr. Akkaraju was a Managing Director at New Leaf Venture Partners, or New Leaf from January 2009 to April 2013. From September 2006 to December 2008, Dr. Akkaraju served as a managing director at Panorama Capital, LLC, a private equity firm founded by the former venture capital investment team of J.P. Morgan Partners, LLC, or JPMP, a private equity division of JPMorgan Chase & Co. From April 2001 to September 2006, Dr. Akkaraju was a part of the health care investment team at JPMP, most recently as Partner. Dr. Akkaraju has served on the boards of directors of numerous public and private companies, including Synageva BioPharma Corp., Barrier Therapeutics, Inc. and EyeTech Pharmaceuticals Inc., all of which are or were publicly traded biotechnology companies, and Amarin Corporation plc, a foreign publicly traded biotechnology company, and currently serves on the boards of directors of Intercept Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Seattle Genetics, Inc. Dr. Akkaraju holds a B.A. in Biochemistry and Computer Science from Rice University and an M.D. and Ph.D. in Immunology from Stanford University School of Medicine. We believe Dr. Akkaraju is able to make valuable contributions to our board of directors due to his experience investing in and serving as a director for companies in the biotechnology and healthcare industries.

Francesco De Rubertis, Ph.D., C.F.A. Francesco De Rubertis, Ph.D., C.F.A. has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2013. Dr. De Rubertis is currently a Partner and co-founder of the life sciences practice at Index Ventures, a venture capital firm specializing in investments in information technology and life sciences companies, which he joined in 1998. Dr. De Rubertis has served on the boards of directors of numerous public and private companies, including Addex Therapeutics Ltd., Cellzome AG, Genmab A/S, PanGenetics B.V., ParAllele Bioscience, Inc. and ProFibrix, Inc., and currently serves on the boards of directors of Minerva Neuroscience Inc. and Molecular Partners AG. Dr. De Rubertis is a Chartered Financial Analyst ® (CFA) charterholder and a member of the Strategic Advisory Board of the University of Geneva. Dr. De Rubertis holds a B.A. in Genetics and Microbiology from the University of Pavia and a Ph.D. in Molecular Biology from the University of Geneva. We believe Dr. De Rubertis is able to make valuable contributions to our board of directors due to his experience investing in and serving as a director for companies in the life sciences industry.

 

118


Table of Contents

Michael Dybbs, Ph.D. Mike Dybbs, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2013. Dr. Dybbs is currently a Principal at New Leaf, which he joined in May 2009. Prior to joining New Leaf, Dr. Dybbs was a Principal at the Boston Consulting Group from 2005 to 2009. Dr. Dybbs currently serves on the board of directors of Advanced Cell Diagnostics. Dr. Dybbs holds an A.B. in Biochemical Sciences from Harvard University and a Ph.D. in Molecular Biology and genetics from the University of California, Berkeley. We believe Dr. Dybbs is able to make valuable contributions to our board of directors due to his experience investing in and serving as a director for companies in the healthcare industry.

Shahzad Malik, M.D. Shahzad Malik has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2011. Dr. Malik is currently a General Partner at Advent Life Sciences, a venture capital firm focused on market-leading life sciences businesses, which he joined in April 1999. Dr. Malik has served on the boards of directors of numerous public and private companies, including Algeta ASA, Conatus Pharmaceuticals Inc., Respivert Ltd., and Emergent Biosolutions Inc. Dr. Malik holds an M.A. in Physiological Sciences from Oxford University and an M.D. from Cambridge University. We believe Dr. Malik is able to make valuable contributions to our board of directors due to his experience investing in and serving as a director for companies in the life sciences industry.

Anthony Y. Sun, M.D. Anthony Sun, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2013. Dr. Sun is currently a Partner at Aisling Capital, a private equity firm dedicated to the life sciences, which he joined in 2002. Dr. Sun was previously an Adjunct Instructor of Medicine at the Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania. Dr. Sun has served on the boards of directors of numerous public and private companies, including CeNeRx Biopharma, Inc., Dynova Laboratories, Inc., HerbalScience, Inc. and MAP Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and currently serves on the board of directors of Paratek Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Sun is also Board Certified in Internal Medicine. Dr. Sun holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Cornell University, an M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and an M.D. from Temple University School of Medicine. We believe Dr. Sun is able to make valuable contributions to our board of directors due to his experience investing in and serving as a director for companies in the life sciences industry.

John Varian has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2014. Mr. Varian currently serves as Chief Executive Officer of XOMA Corporation since January 2012, and previously served as Interim Chief Executive Officer of XOMA since August 2011. He has also served as a member of the board of directors of XOMA since December 2008. Mr. Varian previously served as Chief Operating Officer of ARYx Therapeutics, Inc. from December 2003 through August 2011. Beginning in May 2000, Mr. Varian was Chief Financial Officer of Genset S.A. in Paris France, where he was a key member of the team negotiating Genset’s sale to Serono S.A. in 2002. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Varian served as Senior Vice President, Finance and Administration of Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc., joining the company as part of its acquisition of Neurex Corporation. Prior to the acquisition, he served as Neurex Corporation’s Chief Financial Officer from 1997 until 1998. From 1991 until 1997, Mr. Varian served as the VP Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Anergen Inc. Mr. Varian was an Audit Principal / Senior Manager at Ernst & Young LLP from 1987 until 1991 where he focused on life sciences. Mr. Varian is a founding member of the Bay Area Bioscience Center and a former chairman of the Association of Bioscience Financial Officers International Conference. Mr. Varian holds a B.B.A. from Western Michigan University. We believe Mr. Varian is able to make valuable contributions to our board of directors due to his significant experience in building biopharmaceutical companies and his specific focus on financing, corporate financial management and related matters.

 

119


Table of Contents

Each of our executive officers serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board composition

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of eight members. The members of our board of directors were elected in compliance with the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, and a voting agreement among certain of our stockholders, as amended. The voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be filed in connection with this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

The Class I directors will be Drs. Dybbs and De Rubertis and Mr. Jennings, and their terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015;

 

   

The Class II directors will be Messrs. Shepard and Malik and Dr. Sun, and their terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016; and

 

   

The Class III directors will be Drs. Cleland and Akkaraju and Mr. Varian, and their terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017.

We expect that additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director independence

Under the listing requirements and rules of The NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of time after this offering.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees, and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that none of the members of our board of directors, except Dr. Cleland, has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and the listing requirements and rules of NASDAQ. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

 

120


Table of Contents

Board committees

Our board of directors has the authority to appoint committees to perform certain management and administration functions. Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by the board of directors. Following the closing of this offering, the charters for each of these committees will be available on our website at www.versartis.com . The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not incorporate by reference the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus.

Audit committee

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our audit committee will consist of John Varian, Anthony Sun and Edmon Jennings, each of whom satisfies the independence requirements under NASDAQ listing standards and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. Following the closing of this offering, the chairperson of our audit committee will be Mr. Varian, whom our board of directors has determined to be an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. Each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with audit committee requirements. In arriving at this determination, the board has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment in the corporate finance sector.

Our audit committee will oversee our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. The audit committee will have the following responsibilities, among others things, as set forth in the audit committee charter that will become effective upon the closing of this offering:

 

   

reviewing disclosures by prospective registered public accounting firm of relationships between such firm or its members and the company or our personnel in financial oversight roles to determine independence of prospective registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing and pre-approving the engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;

 

   

evaluating the performance and assessing qualifications of our independent registered public accounting firm and deciding whether to retain their services;

 

   

monitoring the rotation of partners of our independent registered public accounting firm on our engagement team as required by law;

 

   

reviewing disclosures by our independent registered public accounting firm of relationships between such firm or its members and the company or our personnel in financial oversight roles to affirm independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

considering and adopting clear policies regarding pre-approval by our audit committee of our employment of individuals employed or formerly employed by our independent registered accounting firm and engaged on our account;

 

   

reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports and discussing the statements and reports with our independent registered public accounting firm and management, including a review of disclosures under the section of this prospectus entitled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;”

 

121


Table of Contents
   

preparing the audit committee report required by the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

reviewing, with our independent registered public accounting firm and management, significant issues that may arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation, as well as matters concerning the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our financial controls;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered accounting firm, our guidelines and policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management, any management or internal control letters, and any conflicts or disagreements regarding financial reporting, accounting practices of policies or other matters significant to our financial statements or the report of our independent registered accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing and establishing appropriate additional insurance coverage for our directors and executive officers;

 

   

considering and reviewing with our management, our independent registered accounting firm, and outside counsel or advisors, correspondence with regulatory or governmental agencies and any published reports that may raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies;

 

   

conducting an annual assessment of the performance of the audit committee and its members, and the adequacy of its charter;

 

   

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding financial controls, accounting or auditing matters; and

 

   

reporting to our board of directors material issues in connection with our auditor committee’s responsibilities.

Compensation committee

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Jay Shepard, Srinivas Akkaraju, Shahzad Malik and Michael Dybbs, each of whom our board of directors has determined to be independent under NASDAQ listing standards, a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an “outside director” as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. Following the closing of this offering, the chairperson of our compensation committee will be Mr. Malik.

Our compensation committee will review and recommend policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee will have the following responsibilities, among other things, as set forth in the compensation committee’s charter that will become effective upon the closing of this offering:

 

   

determining the appropriate relationship of compensation to the market to achieve corporate objectives;

 

   

recommending to our board of directors for determination and approval the compensation and other terms of employment of our chief executive officer and his performance in light of relevant corporate performance goals and objectives;

 

   

reviewing and approving the compensation and other terms of employment of our executive officers (other than our chief executive officer) and other employees, and corporate

 

122


Table of Contents
 

performance goals and objectives relevant to such compensation, and assessing the attainment of the prior year’s corporate goals and objectives;

 

   

appointing, compensating, and overseeing the work of compensation consultants, independent legal counsel or any other advisors engaged for the purpose of advising the committee after assessing the independence of such person in accordance with applicable NASDAQ rules;

 

   

after consulting with compensation consultants, independent legal counsel or other advisor to our compensation committee, reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors and administering the equity incentive plans, compensation plans, and similar programs advisable for us, as well as evaluating and approving modification or termination of existing plans and programs;

 

   

establishing policies with respect to equity compensation arrangements;

 

   

reviewing and discussing annually with management the executive compensation disclosure and analysis required to be disclosed by SEC rules;

 

   

recommending to our board of directors compensation-related proposals to be considered at our annual meeting of stockholders, including the frequency of advisory votes on executive compensation;

 

   

preparing the compensation committee report required by the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management any conflicts of interest raised by the work of a compensation consultant or advisor retained by our compensation committee or management and how such conflict is being addressed, and preparing any necessary disclosure in our annual proxy statement in accordance with applicable SEC rules; and

 

   

reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and the adequacy of its charter.

Nominating and corporate governance committee

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Jay Shepard, Srinivas Akkaraju and Edmon Jennings, each of whom our board of directors has determined to be independent under NASDAQ listing standards. Following the closing of this offering, the chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be Dr. Akkaraju.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will make recommendations regarding corporate governance, the composition of our board of directors, identification, evaluation and nomination of director candidates and the structure and composition of committees of our board of directors. The nominating and corporate governance committee will have the following responsibilities, among other things, as set forth in the nominating and corporate governance committee’s charter that will become effective upon the closing of this offering:

 

   

reviewing periodically and evaluating director performance on our board of directors and its applicable committees, and recommending to our board of directors and management areas for improvement;

 

123


Table of Contents
   

interviewing, evaluating, nominating and recommending individuals for membership on our board of directors;

 

   

overseeing and reviewing our processes and procedures to provide information to our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors any amendments to our corporate governance policies; and

 

   

reviewing and assessing, at least annually, the performance of the nominating and corporate governance committee and the adequacy of its charter.

Code of business conduct and ethics

Upon the closing of this offering, we will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Following the closing of this offering, the code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website to the extent required by the applicable rules and exchange requirements. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not incorporate by reference the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has ever been an officer or employee of the company. None of our executive officers serve, or have served during the last fiscal year, as a member of the board of directors, compensation committee or other board committee performing equivalent functions of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as one of our directors or on our compensation committee.

Director compensation

We currently provide cash compensation to certain of our non-employee directors. From time to time, we have granted stock options to certain of our non-employee directors as compensation for their services. Dr. Cleland, who is also an employee, is compensated for his service as an employee and does not receive any additional compensation for his service on our board of directors.

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Name

   Cash
compensation
     Option
awards (1)
     Other
compensation
     Total  

Jay P. Shepard (2)

   $ —         $ 3,623       $ —         $ 3,623   

Edmon R. Jennings

     29,652         981         —           30,633   

Srinivas Akkaraju, M.D., Ph.D. (3)

     —           —           —           —     

Francesco De Rubertis, Ph.D., C.F.A. (4)

     —           —           —           —     

Michael Dybbs, Ph.D. (5)

     —           —           —           —     

Shahzad Malik

     —           —           —           —     

Anthony Y. Sun, M.D. (6)

     —           —           —           —     

John Varian (7)

     —           —           —           —     

 

(1)

The amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each option award granted during the fiscal year, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The valuation assumptions used in

 

124


Table of Contents
 

determining such amounts are described in Note 2 and Note 10 to our financial statements included in this prospectus. The table below lists the aggregate number of shares and additional information with respect to the outstanding option awards held by each of our non-employee directors.

 

Name

   Number of shares subject to
outstanding options as of
December 31, 2013
 

Jay P. Shepard

     132,057   

Edmon R. Jennings

     11,356   

Srinivas Akkaraju, M.D., Ph.D.

     —     

Francesco De Rubertis, Ph.D., C.F.A.

     —     

Michael Dybbs, Ph.D.

     —     

Shahzad Malik

     —     

Anthony Y. Sun, M.D.

     —     

John Varian (7)

     —     

 

(2) Mr. Shepard joined our board of directors in December 2013.
(3) Dr. Akkaraju rejoined our board of directors in October 2013.
(4) Dr. De Rubertis joined our board of directors in July 2013.
(5) Dr. Dybbs joined our board of directors in March 2013.
(6) Dr. Sun joined our board of directors in January 2013.
(7) Mr. Varian joined our board of directors in March 2014.

In March 2014, our board of directors adopted a non-employee director compensation policy, which will be effective for all of our non-employee directors upon the closing of this offering, pursuant to which we will compensate our non-employee directors with a combination of cash and equity. Each such director who is not affiliated with one of our principal stockholders will receive an annual base cash retainer of $35,000 for such service, to be paid quarterly. The policy also provides that we compensate certain members of our board of directors for service on our committees as follows:

 

   

The chair or executive chair of our board of directors will receive an annual cash retainer of $15,000 for such service, paid quarterly;

 

   

The chairperson of our audit committee will receive an annual cash retainer of $15,000 for such service, paid quarterly;

 

   

The chairperson of our compensation committee will receive an annual cash retainer of $15,000 for such service, paid quarterly; and

 

   

The chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee will receive an annual cash retainer of $10,000 for such service, paid quarterly.

The policy further provides for the grant of equity awards as follows:

 

   

For each new director that joins our board of directors after the closing of this offering, an initial stock option grant to purchase 35,000 shares of our common stock, vesting annually over four years; and

 

   

Annually, for each director continuing to serve on our board of directors, a stock option grant to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock, vesting annually over four years.

Each of these options will be granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of such grant.

 

125


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

As an emerging growth company, we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to “smaller reporting companies,” as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which require compensation disclosure for our principal executive officer and the two most highly compensated executive officers other than our principal executive officer. Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2013 are:

 

   

Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D., our Chief Executive Officer and Co-founder;

 

   

Joshua T. Brumm, our Chief Financial Officer; and

 

   

Paul Westberg, our Senior Vice President, Business Development.

Throughout this section, we refer to these three officers as our named executive officers.

The Summary Compensation Table below sets forth information regarding the compensation awarded to or earned by our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2013.

2013 Summary compensation table

 

Name and principal position

   Year      Salary      Option
awards (1)
     Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
     Total  

Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D.

     2013       $ 310,000       $ 43,602       $ 62,000       $ 415,602   

Chief Executive Officer and Co-founder

              

Joshua T. Brumm (2)

     2013       $ 37,841       $ 10,163       $ 39,000       $ 87,004   

Chief Financial Officer

              

Paul Westberg

     2013       $ 250,000       $ 9,934       $ 50,000       $ 309,934   

Senior Vice President, Business Development

              

 

(1) The amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each option award granted during the fiscal year, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The valuation assumptions used in determining such amounts are described in Note 2 and Note 10 to our financial statements included in this prospectus.
(2) Mr. Brumm’s employment with us began in November 2013.

Employment offer letters

We have entered into employment offer letters with each of our named executive officers. The offer letters provide for “at will” employment and set forth the terms and conditions of employment, including annual base salary, target bonus opportunity, equity compensation, severance benefits and eligibility to participate in our employee benefit plans and programs. Our named executive officers were each required to execute our standard proprietary information and inventions agreement. The material terms of these offer letters are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual text of the offer letters, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D.

We entered into an amended employment offer letter with Dr. Cleland, our Chief Executive Officer, on December 20, 2010, which supersedes offer letters we entered into with him on April 3,

 

126


Table of Contents

2009 and May 12, 2009. Under his 2010 offer letter, Dr. Cleland is eligible to receive a target annual bonus equal to 20% of his current annual base salary, based upon the achievement of performance criteria established by our board of directors.

In connection with his employment, on May 13, 2009, Dr. Cleland was granted an option to purchase 106,280 shares of our common stock under our 2009 Stock Plan, or our 2009 Plan. The option was granted with a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date and was immediately exercisable. Dr. Cleland exercised his option on May 14, 2009, subject to our right of repurchase, which lapsed in full on January 11, 2013. The shares are also subject to transfer restrictions, which restrictions terminate upon consummation of this offering.

In addition, Dr. Cleland’s 2010 offer letter provides that upon a qualifying termination of employment, he will be entitled to certain severance payments and benefits, which are described below under “—Potential payments and benefits upon termination or change in control.”

Joshua T. Brumm

We entered into an employment offer letter with Mr. Brumm on November 8, 2013, pursuant to which he serves as our Chief Financial Officer. Under the offer letter, Mr. Brumm is eligible to receive a target annual bonus equal to 20% of his current annual base salary, based upon the achievement of performance criteria established by our chief executive officer and approved by our board of directors. Mr. Brumm received a $30,000 signing bonus, which is subject to repayment if he voluntarily resigns or is terminated by us for cause before the first anniversary of his start date.

In connection with his employment, on December 5, 2013, Mr. Brumm was granted an option to purchase 152,108 shares of our common stock under our 2009 Plan, with a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The option will vest over four years, with 25% of the shares subject to the option vesting on the first anniversary of his start date, and the remaining 75% of the shares subject to the option vesting in 36 substantially equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to his continuous service with us on each applicable vesting date.

In addition, Mr. Brumm’s offer letter provides that upon a qualifying termination of employment, he will be entitled to certain severance payments and benefits, which are described below under “—Potential payments and benefits upon termination or change in control.”

Paul Westberg

We entered into an employment offer letter with Mr. Westberg, our Senior Vice President, Business Development, on February 10, 2011, which supersedes the offer letter we entered into with him on February 26, 2010. Under his 2011 offer letter, Mr. Westberg is eligible to receive a target annual bonus equal to 20% of his current annual base salary, based upon the achievement of personal and corporate milestones approved by our board of directors.

In connection with his employment, Mr. Westberg was granted an option to purchase 17,217 shares of our common stock under our 2009 Plan, with a vesting commencement date of March 29, 2010. The option was granted with a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date and was immediately exercisable. The option is divided into three separate tranches of 12,130, 2,739 and 2,348 shares, respectively. The first tranche is subject to a four-year vesting schedule,

 

127


Table of Contents

with 25% of the shares subject to the first tranche vesting on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining 75% of the shares subject to the first tranche vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter. The second and third tranches are subject to a performance-based and time-based vesting schedule, under which the shares subject to the second and third tranches will be subject to a four-year vesting schedule, but only upon the attainment of specified performance milestones and conditions in 2010 and 2011. Since the performance milestones and conditions were achieved in 2010 and 2011, the shares subject to the second and third tranches are subject to the same vesting schedule as the first tranche. If Mr. Westberg’s employment is terminated by us without cause (as defined in his offer letter) following a change in control (which generally is defined as the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the company with or into another entity or the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the company), he will be credited with an additional 12 months of service for purposes of vesting in the option. The shares are also subject to transfer restrictions that terminate upon consummation of this offering.

In addition, Mr. Westberg’s offer letter provides that upon a qualifying termination of employment, he will be entitled to certain severance payments and benefits, which are described below under “—Potential payments and benefits upon termination or change in control.”

Outstanding equity awards at December 31, 2013

The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2013.

 

            Number of securities underlying
unexercised options (1)(2)
     Option
exercise
price
     Option
expiration
date
 

Name

   Grant date      Exercisable      Unexercisable        

Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D.

     3/30/2011         88,244         40,111       $ 1.27         3/29/2021   
     5/1/2012         32,254         49,230       $ 1.38         4/30/2022   
     1/23/2013         98,324         —         $ 1.61         1/22/2023   
     7/15/2013         96,618         —         $ 1.61         7/14/2023   
     12/5/2013         —           118,188       $ 2.53         12/4/2023   

Joshua T. Brumm

     12/5/2013         —           168,805       $ 2.53         12/4/2023   
     12/31/2013         —           4,347       $ 3.34         12/30/2023   

Paul Westberg

     3/30/2011         16,840         7,654       $ 1.27         3/29/2021   
     3/30/2011         16,141         1,076       $ 1.27         3/29/2021   
     5/1/2012         8,514         12,996       $ 1.38         4/30/2022   
     1/23/2013         24,270         —         $ 1.61         1/22/2023   
     7/15/2013         20,397         —         $ 1.61         1/14/2023   
     12/5/2013         —           18,296       $ 2.53         12/4/2023   

 

(1) The options listed are fully vested or are subject to an early exercise right and may be exercised in full prior to vesting of the shares underlying such options. Vesting of all options is subject to continued service on the applicable vesting date.
(2)

The shares subject to the stock option vest over a four-year period as follows: 25% of the shares underlying the options vest on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and thereafter 1/48 th of the shares vest each month, subject to the continued service with us through each vesting date.

 

128


Table of Contents

Potential payments and benefits upon termination or change in control

Severance benefits

Dr. Cleland

Dr. Cleland’s offer letter provides that if we terminate his employment for any reason other than cause or permanent disability, or a qualifying termination, if Dr. Cleland (i) executes and does not revoke a release of claims within 60 days following the date he terminates employment with us, (ii) returns all of our property in his possession and (iii) resigns as a member of the Board, he will be entitled to 6 months of salary continuation payments and if he timely elects to continue his health insurance coverage under COBRA, we will pay a portion of his monthly COBRA premiums (at the same rate that we pay for active employees) for up to 6 months following the date he terminates employment with us. In addition, in the event of a qualifying termination, the option granted to him under his offer letter will remain exercisable for one year following the date he terminates service with us.

Mr. Brumm

Mr. Brumm’s offer letter provides that in the event of a qualifying termination, if he (i) executes and does not revoke a release of claims within 60 days following the date he terminates employment with us and (ii) returns all of our property in his possession, he will be entitled to 6 months of salary continuation payments and if he timely elects to continue his health insurance coverage under COBRA, we will pay a portion of his monthly COBRA premiums (at the same rate that we pay for active employees) for up to 6 months following the date he terminates employment with us. In addition, in the event of a qualifying termination, the option granted to him under his offer letter will be credited with 6 months of service for purposes of vesting and the vested portion of such option will remain exercisable for one year following the date he terminates service with us.

Mr. Westberg

Mr. Westberg’s offer letter provides that in the event of a qualifying termination, if he (i) executes and does not revoke a release of claims within 60 days following the date he terminates employment with us and (ii) returns all of our property in his possession, he will be entitled to 6 months of salary continuation payments and if he timely elects to continue his health insurance coverage under COBRA, we will pay a portion of his monthly COBRA premiums (at the same rate that we pay for active employees) for up to 6 months following the date he terminates service with us.

For purposes of each of the offer letters with our named executive officers, “cause” generally means (i) the unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information or trade secrets, (ii) a material breach of any agreement with us, (iii) a material failure to comply with our written policies or rules, (iv) the conviction of or plea of guilty or no contest to a felony, (v) gross negligence or willful misconduct, (vi) the continued failure to perform assigned duties, or (vii) the failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of us or our directors, officers or employees, upon our request.

For purposes of each of the offer letters with our named executive officers, “permanent disability” means the inability to perform the essential functions of the named executive officer’s position, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of at least 120 consecutive days because of a physical or mental impairment.

 

129


Table of Contents

Change in control

Change in control severance benefit plan

We have adopted a change in control severance benefit plan, or the severance plan. The severance plan provides each of our named executive officers with severance payments and benefits upon certain qualifying terminations of employment within a one-year period following the closing of a change in control.

Treatment of options under our 2009 Plan

Our 2009 Plan provides that outstanding options will be treated as follows in the event of a change in control, subject to any other limitations proposed by the administrator of the 2009 Plan:

 

   

Immediately prior to the consummation of a change in control, outstanding repurchase rights held by us related to any outstanding options will terminate;

 

   

To the extent that outstanding options are not assumed or otherwise continued in connection with a change in control, the shares subject to each outstanding option will vest in full immediately prior to the closing of the change in control and the option will terminate immediately following the change in control; or

 

   

If outstanding options are assumed or otherwise continued in connection with a change in control, in the event of an involuntary termination of employment (as defined in the 2009 Plan) within 12 months following the closing of the change in control, the shares subject to such assumed or continued options will vest in full on the date of termination.

 

   

In addition, our form of option agreement under the 2009 Plan provides that if options are assumed or otherwise continued in connection with a change in control transaction, the options subject to such agreements will become fully exercisable.

For purposes of the 2009 Plan, a change in control generally means (i) a merger, consolidation or other reorganization in which securities representing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding securities are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person or persons different from the person or persons who beneficially owned those securities immediately prior to such transaction, (ii) a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, or (iii) any person becomes the “beneficial owner”, directly or indirectly, of securities representing 50% or more of the total voting power of our then outstanding securities.

For purposes of the 2009 Plan, an involuntary termination generally means, during the 12 months following the closing of a change in control, either (1) a termination of service other than for misconduct (as defined in the 2009 Plan) or (2) a voluntary resignation following: a material diminution in the optionee’s base compensation; a material diminution in the optionee’s authority, duties, position or responsibilities; a material diminution in the authority, duties, position or responsibilities of the optionee’s supervisor (including a requirement that an optionee report to a corporate officer or employee instead of directly to our board of directors); a material diminution in the budget over which the optionee retains authority; a relocation of the optionee’s principal place of work to a location more than 50 miles away from the principal place of work prior to a change in control; or any other act or omission that constitutes a material breach by us of the 2009 Plan.

 

130


Table of Contents

Treatment of stock awards under our 2014 Plan

Our 2014 Plan provides that outstanding options will be treated as following in the event of a change in control:

 

   

Immediately prior to the consummation of a change in control, outstanding repurchase rights held by us related to any outstanding options will terminate;

 

   

To the extent that outstanding options are not assumed or otherwise continued in connection with a change in control, the shares subject to each outstanding option will vest in full immediately prior to the closing of the change in control and the option will terminate immediately following the change in control; or

 

   

If outstanding options are assumed or otherwise continued in connection with a change in control, in the event of an involuntary termination of employment (as defined in the 2014 Plan) within 12 months following the closing of the change in control, the shares subject to such assumed or continued options will vest in full on the date of termination.

 

   

In addition, our form of option agreement under the 2014 Plan provides that if options are assumed or otherwise continued in connection with a change in control transaction, the options subject to such agreements will become fully exercisable.

For purposes of the 2014 Plan, a change in control generally means (i) a merger, consolidation or other reorganization in which securities representing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding securities are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person or persons different from the person or persons who beneficially owned those securities immediately prior to such transaction, (ii) a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, or (iii) any person becomes the “beneficial owner”, directly or indirectly, of securities representing 50% or more of the total voting power of our then outstanding securities.

For purposes of the 2014 Plan, an involuntary termination generally means, during the 12 months following the closing of a change in control, either (1) a termination of service other than for misconduct (as defined in the 2014 Plan) or (2) a voluntary resignation following: a material diminution in the optionee’s base compensation; a material diminution in the optionee’s authority, duties, position or responsibilities; a material diminution in the authority, duties, position or responsibilities of the optionee’s supervisor (including a requirement that an optionee report to a corporate officer or employee instead of directly to our board of directors); a material diminution in the budget over which the optionee retains authority; a relocation of the optionee’s principal place of work to a location more than 50 miles away from the principal place of work prior to a change in control; or any other act or omission that constitutes a material breach by us of the 2014 Plan.

Employee benefit plans

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, group life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, in each case, on the same basis as all of our other employees. We maintain a 401(k) plan for the benefit of our eligible employees, including our named executive officers, as discussed in the section below entitled “—401(k) Plan.”

 

131


Table of Contents

401(k) plan

We maintain a retirement savings plan, or 401(k) plan, that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Under our 401(k) plan, eligible employees may defer eligible compensation subject to applicable annual contribution limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Employees’ pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account. Participants are immediately and fully vested in their contributions. We do not currently provide an employer match on employee contributions. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code with the 401(k) plan’s related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan.

Pension benefits

We do not maintain any pension benefit plans.

Nonqualified deferred compensation

We do not maintain any nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

Equity incentive plans

The principal features of our equity incentive plans are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual text of the plans, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

2009 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2009 Stock Plan, or the 2009 Plan, in February 2009, and our stockholders subsequently approved the 2009 Plan in May 2009. The 2009 Plan was amended by our board of directors on May 13, 2009, September 10, 2010, February 14, 2011, June 16, 2011, January 18, 2012, May 1, 2012, October 12, 2012, January 7, 2013, July 8, 2013, October 1, 2013, December 28, 2013, February 4, 2014 and February 14, 2014. Our 2009 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, to our employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, and shares of our common stock to our employees, directors and consultants. No further grants will be made under our 2009 Stock Plan after the closing of this offering. However, any outstanding awards granted under our 2009 Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2009 Plan and award agreements, until such awards are exercised or otherwise terminate or expire by their terms.

Authorized shares. As of February 28, 2014, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2009 Plan is 2,562,970, which includes (i) 1,934,082 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of February 28, 2014, and (ii) 470,521 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2009 Plan as of February 28, 2014.

Shares issued under our 2009 Plan include any authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of our common stock. Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2009 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full will again be available for issuance under our 2009 Plan.

 

132


Table of Contents

Plan administration. Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, may administer our 2009 Plan. Any reference to the board of directors in our 2009 Plan will also mean any committee of our board of directors to whom our board of directors has assigned a particular administrative function. Subject to the terms of our 2009 Plan, the board of directors has the authority to determine the terms of the awards, including recipients, the exercise or purchase price of the awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the fair market value of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, the forms of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award, and the placement of any transfer restrictions or rights of repurchase, if any. Additionally, the board of directors may modify, extend, assume or accept the cancellation of outstanding options, provided that such modification does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participants written consent. The board of directors has full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2009 Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the board of directors will be final and binding.

Change in control. Our 2009 Plan provides that in the event of a change in control, as defined under our 2009 Plan, if outstanding options are not assumed or continued by the successor entity in such change in control, then the shares subject to outstanding options will become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of the change in control (and such options will terminate immediately following the consummation of the change in control). If outstanding options are assumed or continued in a change in control transaction, (1) the terms of such options will be appropriately adjusted to apply to the number and class of securities that would have been issuable upon the consummation of the change in control had the option been exercised immediately prior to such event and (2) appropriate adjustments will be made to the number and class of securities available for issuance under our 2009 Plan following the change in control and the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option. In addition, if outstanding options are assumed or continued in a change in control transaction, then upon an involuntary termination of the option holder’s employment, as defined under our 2009 Plan, the shares subject to an assumed or continued option will become fully vested and exercisable upon the date of such involuntary termination. Immediately prior to the consummation of a change in control, our outstanding purchase rights related to any outstanding options will terminate.

For purposes of the 2009 Plan, an involuntary termination generally means, during the 12 months following the closing of a change in control, either (1) a termination of service other than for misconduct (as defined in the 2009 Plan) or (2) a voluntary resignation following: a material diminution in the optionee’s base compensation; a material diminution in the optionee’s authority, duties, position or responsibilities; a material diminution in the authority, duties, position or responsibilities of the optionee’s supervisor (including a requirement that an optionee report to a corporate officer or employee instead of directly to our board of directors); a material diminution in the budget over which the optionee retains authority; a relocation of the optionee’s principal place of work to a location more than 50 miles away from the principal place of work prior to a change in control; or any other act or omission that constitutes a material breach by us of the 2009 Plan.

Plan amendment or termination. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2009 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent.

 

133


Table of Contents

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan, in March 2014. The 2014 Plan will become effective on the date the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective by the SEC, or the IPO Date. The 2014 Plan will be the successor to our 2009 Plan, which is described above. Once the 2014 Plan becomes effective, no further grants will be made under the 2009 Plan.

Stock Awards. Our 2014 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs to our employees and for the grant of NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based stock awards, performance-based cash awards and other forms of equity compensation to our employees, directors and consultants. Additionally, our 2014 Plan provides for the grant of performance cash awards to our employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized shares. Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2014 Plan after the IPO Date is 4,100,255, which is the sum of: (1) 1,695,652 shares; (2) the number of shares remaining available for issuance under our 2009 Plan at the time the 2014 Plan becomes effective; and (3) any shares subject to outstanding stock options or other stock awards that would have otherwise returned to our 2009 Plan (such as upon the expiration or termination of a stock option under such plan prior to its exercise). Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2015 (assuming the 2014 Plan becomes effective in 2014) and ending on and including January 1, 2024, by 4.5% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2014 Plan is 12,000,000.

Shares issued under our 2014 Plan include authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of our common stock. Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2014 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2014 Plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to stock awards under our 2014 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to a stock award, become available for future grant under our 2014 Plan.

Plan administration. Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, will administer our 2014 Plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (i) designate employees (other than officers) to receive specified stock awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of our common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of our 2014 Plan, the board of directors has the authority to determine the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise, purchase or strike price of stock awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award and the terms of the award agreements.

 

134


Table of Contents

The board of directors has the power to modify outstanding awards under our 2014 Plan. The board of directors has the authority to reprice any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Section 162(m) limits. At such time as necessary for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, no participant may be granted stock awards covering more than 173,913 shares of our common stock (subject to adjustment to reflect any split of our common stock) under our 2014 Plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise price or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Additionally, no participant may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than 173,913 shares of our common stock (subject to adjustment to reflect any split of our common stock) or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $2,000,000 under our 2014 Plan. These limitations are intended to give us the flexibility to grant compensation that will not be subject to the $1,000,000 annual limitation on the income tax deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

Non-employee director limits. The maximum number of shares of our common stock subject to stock awards granted during a single fiscal year to any non-employee director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during the fiscal year, shall not exceed $         in total value (calculating the value of any such stock awards based on the grant date fair value of such stock awards for financial reporting purposes and excluding, for this purpose, the value of any dividend equivalent payments paid pursuant to any stock award granted in a previous fiscal year).

Performance awards. We believe our 2014 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. Our compensation committee may structure awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period. However, we retain the discretion to grant awards under the 2014 Plan that may not qualify for full deductibility.

Our compensation committee may establish performance goals by selecting from one or more performance criteria, including:

 

   

earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization;

 

   

total stockholder return;

 

   

return on equity or average stockholders’ equity;

 

   

return on assets, investment, or capital employed;

 

   

stock price;

 

   

income (before or after taxes);

 

   

operating income;

 

   

pre-tax profit;

 

   

operating cash flow;

 

135


Table of Contents
   

sales or revenue targets;

 

   

increases in revenue or product revenue;

 

   

expenses and cost reduction goals;

 

   

improvement in or attainment of working capital levels;

 

   

implementation or completion of projects or processes;

 

   

employee retention;

 

   

stockholders’ equity;

 

   

capital expenditures;

 

   

operating profit or net operating profit;

 

   

growth of net income or operating income;

 

   

initiation of phases of clinical trials and/or studies by specified dates;

 

   

patient enrollment rates;

 

   

budget management;

 

   

regulatory body approval with respect to products, studies and/or trials; and

 

   

to the extent that an award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by our board of directors.

Corporate transactions. Our 2014 Plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, as defined under our 2014 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines. The administrator may (i) arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a successor corporation, (ii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation, (iii) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the transaction and arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us, (iv) cancel the stock award prior to the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, if any, determined by our board of directors, or (v) cancel an unvested or unexercised stock award in exchange for a payment, in such form as may be determined by our board of directors, equal to the excess (if any) of the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction over any exercise price payable. The plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

Plan amendment or termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2014 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted our 2014 Plan.

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, in March 2014. The ESPP will become effective on the IPO Date.

 

136


Table of Contents

The maximum aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our ESPP is 150,000 shares (subject to adjustment to reflect any split of our common stock). Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP will increase automatically each year, beginning on January 1, 2015 and continuing through and including January 1, 2024, by the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year; (ii) 300,000 shares of common stock (subject to adjustment to reflect any split of our common stock); or (iii) such lesser number as determined by our board of directors. Shares subject to purchase rights granted under our ESPP that terminate without having been exercised in full will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our ESPP.

Our board of directors will administer our ESPP. Our board of directors may delegate authority to administer our ESPP to our compensation committee.

Our employees, including executive officers, may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in our ESPP, as determined by the administrator: (i) customary employment for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year, or (ii) continuous employment for a minimum period of time, not to exceed two years. An employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee (i) immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our common stock, or (ii) holds rights to purchase stock under our ESPP that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year that the rights remain outstanding. Under our ESPP, we may grant purchase rights that do not meet the requirements of an employee stock purchase plan because of deviations necessary to permit participation by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, as required by applicable foreign laws.

The administrator may approve offerings with a duration of not more than 27 months, and may specify one or more shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for the employees who are participating in the offering. The administrator, in its discretion, will determine the terms of offerings under our ESPP. No offerings have been approved at this time.

Our ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of our common stock through payroll deductions or other methods with up to 15% of their earnings. The purchase price of the shares will be not less than 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first day of an offering or on the date of purchase.

A participant may not transfer purchase rights under our ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our ESPP.

In the event of a specified corporate transaction, such as a merger or change in control, a successor corporation may assume, continue or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation does not assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding purchase rights, the offering in progress may be shortened and a new exercise date will be set, so that the participants’ purchase rights can be exercised and terminate immediately thereafter.

 

137


Table of Contents

Our ESPP will remain in effect until terminated by the administrator in accordance with the terms of the ESPP. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP, at any time and for any reason.

Limitation on liability and indemnification matters

Upon the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies, such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, we shall advance expenses incurred by a director in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers and employees when determined appropriate by the board. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the closing of this offering may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

138


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

Other than compensation arrangements, we describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, since January 1, 2011, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

   

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Compensation arrangements for our directors and named executive officers are described elsewhere in this prospectus.

Sales of preferred stock

In February 2014, we sold an aggregate of 48,758,857 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.128 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $55.0 million, of which 34,121,608 were sold to holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, including one group of affiliated holders that became a 5% stockholder pursuant to the transaction. Following our reverse stock split that became effective on March 6, 2014, these shares are convertible into common stock on the basis of 11.5 shares to one.

In February 2014, pursuant to the Series D Securities Purchase Agreement entered into in October 2013, we sold an aggregate of 13,168,291 shares of our Series D-2 convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.7594 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $10.0 million, of which 13,135,370 were sold to holders of more than 5% of our capital stock. Following our reverse stock split that became effective on March 6, 2014, these shares are convertible into common stock on the basis of 11.5 shares to one.

In October 2013, we sold an aggregate of 17,777,777 shares of our Series D-1 convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.5625 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $10.0 million, of which 17,733,333 were sold to holders of more than 5% of our capital stock. Following our reverse stock split that became effective on March 6, 2014, these shares are convertible into common stock on the basis of 11.5 shares to one.

In July 2013, we sold an aggregate of 22,222,222 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.5625 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $12.5 million. In January 2013, we sold an aggregate of 14,222,222 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.5625 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $8.0 million. All shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock were sold to holders of more than 5% of our capital stock. Following our reverse stock split that became effective on March 6, 2014, these shares are convertible into common stock on the basis of 11.5 shares to one.

In January 2013, we issued an aggregate of 10,195,552 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock upon the conversion of outstanding notes at a purchase price of $0.45 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $4.6 million. In May 2012, we sold an aggregate of 7,430,553 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.45 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.3 million. In January 2012, we sold an aggregate of 7,430,557 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.45 per share for

 

139


Table of Contents

an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.3 million. In February 2011, we sold an aggregate of 32,044,137 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.45 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $14.4 million. All shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock were sold to holders of more than 5% of our capital stock. Following our reverse stock split that became effective on March 6, 2014, these shares are convertible into common stock on the basis of 11.5 shares to one.

The following table summarizes purchases of shares of our convertible preferred stock from us by our executive officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock since January 1, 2011. Following our reverse stock split that became effective on March 6, 2014, these shares are convertible into common stock on the basis of 11.5 shares to one.

 

Stockholder

   Number of
shares  of

Series B
convertible
preferred

stock
     Number of
shares  of

Series C
convertible
preferred

stock
     Number of
shares  of

Series  D-1
convertible
preferred

stock
     Number of
shares of
Series D-2
convertible
preferred
stock
     Number of
shares of
Series E
convertible
preferred
stock
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

New Leaf Ventures II, L.P. (1)

     20,538,764         8,439,620         3,050,026         1,349,428         3,546,099       $ 20,730,125   

Entities affiliated with Index Ventures (2)

     8,849,001         8,156,189         1,629,968         718,610               $ 10,032,476   

Entities affiliated with Advent Life Sciences (3)

     13,692,509         5,626,413         2,033,350         899,619         1,773,049       $ 13,153,416   

Aisling Capital III, LP (4)

             14,222,222         1,479,993         654,796         5,486,820       $ 15,518,881   

Dr. Willem Stemmer (5)

     12,674,846                                       $ 5,703,681   

Entities affiliated with Amunix (6)

     1,345,679                 623,873         277,268               $ 1,167,041   

Sofinnova Venture Partners VIII, L.P. (7)

                     8,916,123         9,229,853         5,585,144       $ 18,324,512   

Entities affiliated with Fidelity Investments (8)

                                     17,730,496       $ 20,000,000   

 

(1) Michael Dybbs, a member of our board of directors, is a principal at New Leaf Venture Partners.
(2) Represents shares purchased by Index Ventures IV (Jersey), L.P., Index Ventures IV Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey), L.P. and Yucca Partners LP Jersey Branch. Francesco de Rubertis, a member of our board of directors, is a partner of Index Ventures.
(3) Represents shares purchased by Advent Life Sciences Fund I LP and Advent Life Sciences LLP. Shahzad Malik, a member of our board of directors, is a General Partner at Advent Venture Partners.
(4) Represents shares purchased by Aisling Capital III, LP. Anthony Sun, a member of our board of directors, is a Partner at Aisling Capital.
(5) Represents shares purchased by Dr. Willem Stemmer, our co-founder. The shares were subsequently transferred to Michael Harazin as Trustee on behalf of Dr. Stemmer’s children.
(6) Includes shares purchased and held by Amunix, Inc. prior to the merger of Amunix, Inc. into Amunix Operating, Inc.
(7) Srinivas Akkaraju, a member of our board of directors, is a General Partner at Sofinnova Ventures.
(8) Represents shares purchased and held by Fidelity Select Portfolios: Biotechnology Portfolio, Fidelity Advisor Series VII: Fidelity Advisor Biotechnology Fund, Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund, Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund and Fidelity Group Trust for Employee Benefit Plans: Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool.

 

140


Table of Contents

Bridge financing

In October 2012, we entered into a bridge loan financing, or the bridge financing, in which we issued (i) convertible promissory notes, or the notes, for an aggregate principal amount of $4.5 million and (ii) warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock at the purchase price at which the notes convert into equity securities. The notes accrued interest at a rate of 8% per annum and had a maturity date of January 31, 2013. On January 7, 2013, the notes converted into 10,195,552 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock. The warrants remain outstanding. Following our reverse stock split that became effective on March 6, 2014, these shares are convertible into common stock on the basis of 11.5 shares to one.

The following table summarizes the participation in the bridge financing by holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities:

 

Name

   Aggregate Loan Amount  

Fund affiliated with New Leaf Venture Partners (1)

   $ 1,709,023   

Funds affiliated with Index Ventures (2)

   $ 1,651,628   

Funds affiliated with Advent Life Sciences (3)

   $ 1,139,349   

 

(1) Includes New Leaf Venture Partners II L.P.
(2) Includes Index Ventures IV (Jersey), L.P., Index Ventures Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey) and Yucca (Jersey) SLP.
(3) Includes Advent Life Sciences LLP and Advent Life Sciences Fund I LP.

Investor rights agreement

We are party to an investor rights agreement that provides holders of our convertible preferred stock, including certain holders of 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, with certain registration rights, including the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. The investor rights agreement also provided for a right of first refusal in favor of certain holders of our stock with regard to certain issuances of our capital stock. The rights of first refusal will not apply to, and will terminate upon, the closing of this offering. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.”

Voting agreement

We are party to a voting agreement under which certain holders of our capital stock, including certain holders of 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, have agreed to vote in a certain way on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. Upon the closing of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate, and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

Right of first refusal and co-sale agreement

We are party to a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with holders of our convertible preferred stock and our founders, including certain holders of 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, pursuant to which the holders of convertible preferred stock have a right of first refusal and co-sale in respect of certain sales of securities by our founders. Upon the closing of this offering, the right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate.

 

141


Table of Contents

Indemnification agreements

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws also will provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers and employees when determined appropriate by the board. In addition, we have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive compensation—Limitations on liability and indemnification matters.”

Change in control arrangements

We have entered into change in control severance benefits agreements with each of our executive officers, as described in greater detail in the section of this prospectus titled “Executive compensation—Change in control—Change in control severance benefit plan.”

Transactions with Amunix Operating, Inc. and its predecessors

Since our inception, the company has entered into multiple agreements with Amunix Operating, Inc., or its predecessor, Amunix, Inc., which we collectively refer to as Amunix. Amunix, together with its affiliates, owns approximately 9% of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and previously held a seat on our board of directors. Together with its affiliates, Amunix has been a significant stockholder since our inception.

We entered into a License Agreement with Amunix effective December 29, 2008, as amended, or the License Agreement, pursuant to which we received a license to develop certain product candidates in exchange for certain financial consideration. Under the terms of the licensing agreement, we are obligated to pay future royalties on any sale of the licensed products. In limited circumstances, we may also be obligated to pay milestones.

In December 2008, we entered into a Service Agreement with Amunix. Under the Service Agreement, Amunix has agreed to make covered products and marketed products for the company as contemplated by the Licensing Agreement. The Service Agreement was amended in July 2010. Under the Service Agreement, Amunix agreed to undertake and complete the research, development and other services related to the covered products and marketed products as are reasonably requested by us from time to time. The specific milestones, deliverables, specification and other terms with respect to any particular services project are to be detailed in mutually agreeable statements of work, which the parties are to negotiate (reasonably and in good faith) and execute promptly after our request for services. Under the terms of the Service Agreement, we are obligated to pay up to $250,000 per year for each employee who performs full-time services to us, in addition to the fees set forth in any statement of work.

Transactions with Diartis, Inc.

In December 2010, we sold certain assets to Diartis, Inc., or Diartis, in exchange for a promissory note for $1,000,000. Jeffrey L. Cleland, our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, was the Chief Executive Officer and a director of Diartis from its inception through March

 

142


Table of Contents

2013. In February 2011, we entered into a Services Agreement with Diartis whereby certain of our employees performed services for Diartis in connection with the transferred assets. The Services Agreement was terminated in March 2013. In February 2011, we made assigned interests in the promissory note due from Diartis to our stockholders and in September 2011, we distributed the note to our stockholders. At the time of the assignment and distribution of the note, we and our auditors had determined that the fair market value of the note was zero.

Policies and procedures for related party transactions

Our board of directors will adopt a policy, effective upon the closing of this offering, that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons are not permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the prior consent of our audit committee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our common stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and such person would have a direct or indirect interest must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. We did not have a formal review and approval policy for related party transactions at the time of any of the transactions described above. However, all of the transactions described above were entered into after presentation, consideration and approval by our board of directors, except as noted above.

 

143


Table of Contents

Principal stockholders

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of February 28, 2014 by the following:

 

   

each of our directors and named executive officers; and

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2014. Shares of our common stock issuable pursuant to stock options and warrants are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding such options or warrants and the percentage of any group of which the person is a member but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Section 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering assumes the conversion of all shares of preferred stock into common stock on the basis of 11.5 shares to one and is based on 17,136,629 shares of common stock outstanding as of February 28, 2014 on an as-converted basis. Our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering is based on                  shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, assuming no exercise of outstanding options or warrants and no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Versartis, Inc., 275 Shoreline Drive, Suite 450, Redwood City, CA 94065.

 

            Percentage of shares beneficially owned

Name of beneficial owner

   Number of  shares
beneficially owned
(as converted)
     Before the
offering
    After the
offering

5% Stockholders:

       

New Leaf Ventures II, L.P. (1)

     3,311,930         19.3  

Entities affiliated with Index Ventures (2)

     2,703,791         15.7  

Entities affiliated with Advent Life Sciences (3)

     2,156,558         12.6  

Sofinnova Venture Partners VIII, L.P. (4)

     2,086,978         12.2  

Aisling Capital III, LP (5)

     1,934,568         11.3  

Entities affiliated with Fidelity (6)

     1,541,781         9.0  

Michael Harazin, Trustee (7)

     1,102,160         6.4  

Amunix Operating Inc. (8)

     1,034,881         6.0  

 

144


Table of Contents
            Percentage of shares beneficially owned

Name of beneficial owner

   Number of  shares
beneficially owned
     Before the
offering
    After the
offering

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

       

Jeffrey Cleland (9)

     368,936         2.1  

Joshua Brumm

             *     

Paul Westberg (10)

     73,876         *     

Srinivas Akkaraju (4)

     2,086,978         12.2  

Michael Dybbs (11)

     3,311,930         19.3  

Edmon Jennings (12)

     9,600         *     

Shahzad Malik (3)

     2,156,558         12.6  

Francesco DeRubertis (13)

     2,703,791         15.7  

Anthony Sun (5)

     1,934,568         11.3  

Jay Shepard

             *     

John Varian

             *     

All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons): (14)

     12,646,237         71.6  

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding common stock.
(1) Includes 3,245,881 shares held by New Leaf Ventures II, L.P. (“NLV-II”) and includes 66,049 shares issuable to NLV-II pursuant to warrants exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2014. New Leaf Venture Associates II, L.P. (“NLVA-II LP”) is the general partner of NLV-II and New Leaf Venture Management II, L.L.C. (“NLVM-II LLC”) is the general partner of NLVA-II LP. Philippe O. Chambon, Jeani Delagardelle, Ronald M. Hunt, Vijay K. Lathi, James Niedel and Liam Ratcliffe are individual managers of NLVM-II LLC (the “Individual Managers”). NLVA-II LP and NLVM-II LLC disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. As one of six individual managers, each of the Individual Managers disclaims beneficial ownership over the shares, and in all events disclaims pecuniary interest except to the extent of his economic interest. The address for this stockholder is Times Square Tower, 7 Times Square, Suite 3502, New York, NY 10036.
(2) Includes 2,391,810 shares held by Index Ventures IV (Jersey), L.P. (“Index Ventures IV”), 227,032 shares held by Index Ventures IV Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey), L.P. (“Entrepreneur Fund”) and 21,119 shares held by Yucca (Jersey) SLP (“Yucca”). Also includes 57,831 shares issuable to Index Ventures IV, 5,489 shares issuable to Entrepreneur Fund and 510 shares issuable to Yucca pursuant to warrants exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2014. Index Venture Associates IV Limited, is the general partner of the Index Ventures IV and Entrepreneur Fund. Paul Willing, Sinéad Meehan, David Hall, Bernard Dallé and Phil Balderson are directors of Index Venture Associates IV Limited. Messrs. Willing, Hall, Dallé, Balderson and Ms. Meehan share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Index Ventures IV limited partnerships. The corporate general partner of Yucca is Yucca Associates Limited. Messrs. Nigel T. Greenwood and Ian J. Henderson are directors of Yucca Associates Limited and share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Yucca. The address of the Index Ventures IV, Entrepreneur Fund and Yucca is Ogier House, The Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey JE4 9WG, Channel Islands.
(3) Includes 2,027,015 shares held by Advent Life Sciences Fund I LP (“Advent Fund”) and 85,512 shares held by Advent Life Sciences LLP (“Advent Life Sciences”). Also includes 42,253 shares issuable to Advent Fund and 1,778 shares issuable to Advent Life Sciences pursuant to warrants exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2014. Advent Life Sciences is the manager of Advent Fund. Mr. Malik, a member of our board of directors, is a partner of Advent Life Sciences. The address for each of these entities is 158-160 North Gower Street, London, NW1 2ND England.
(4) The shares are owned directly by Sofinnova Venture Partners VIII, L.P. (“SVP VIII”). Sofinnova Management VIII, L.L.C. (“SM VIII”) is the general partner of SVP VIII. Each of Srinivas Akkaraju (a member of our board of directors), Anand Mehra, Michael Powell and James I. Healy is a managing member of SM VIII and may, along with SM VIII, be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive power over the shares owned by SVP VIII. The address for these entities is 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 150, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

 

145


Table of Contents
(5)

The shares are held directly by Aisling Capital III, L.P. (“Aisling”). Aisling Capital Partners III, L.P. (“Aisling GP”) is the general partner of Aisling. Investment and voting decisions are made by an investment committee of Aisling GP, which currently consists of six members, including Dr. Sun. The investment committee shares voting and dispositive power over the shares held directly by Aisling. Dr. Sun disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares except to the extent of his indirect economic interests in Aisling and in connection with his role on the investment committee. The address for these entities is 888 Seventh Ave., 30th Floor, New York, NY 10106.

(6) Includes 673,617 shares held in the name of Fidelity Select Portfolios: Biotechnology Portfolio, 611,594 shares held in the name of Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund, 130,833 shares held in the name of Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund, 97,274 shares held by Fidelity Advisor Series VII: Fidelity Advisor Biotechnology Fund and 28,463 shares held by Fidelity Group Trust for Employee Benefit Plan: Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool (together, the “Funds”). Fidelity Management & Research Company (“Fidelity”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of FMR LLC and an investment adviser registered under Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, is the beneficial owner of the shares held by the Funds as a result of acting as investment adviser to various investment companies registered under Section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Each of Edward C. Johnson 3d and FMR LLC, through its control of Fidelity, and the funds each has sole power to dispose of the 1,541,781 Shares owned by the Funds. Members of the family of Edward C. Johnson 3d, Chairman of FMR LLC, are the predominant owners, directly or through trusts, of Series B voting common shares of FMR LLC, representing 49% of the voting power of FMR LLC. The Johnson family group and all other Series B shareholders have entered into a shareholders’ voting agreement under which all Series B voting common shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B voting common shares. Accordingly, through their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of the shareholders’ voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC. Neither FMR LLC nor Edward C. Johnson 3d, Chairman of FMR LLC, has the sole power to vote or direct the voting of the shares owned directly by the Fidelity Funds, which power resides with the Funds’ Boards of Trustees. Fidelity carries out the voting of the shares under written guidelines established by the Funds’ Boards of Trustees. The address for Fidelity is 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, MA 02109.
(7) Includes 551,080 shares held by Michael Harazin, Trustee of the Shannon Stemmer 2012 Irrevocable Trust dated November 30, 2012 (the “Shannon Stemmer Trust”) and 551,080 shares held by Michael Harazin, Trustee of the Arthur Stemmer 2012 Irrevocable Trust dated November 30, 2012 (the “Arthur Stemmer Trust”). Mr. Harazin has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by each of the Shannon Stemmer Trust and Arthur Stemmer Trust. The address for this stockholder is 1804 Garnet Ave., #228, San Diego, CA 92109.
(8) The shares are held by Amunix Operating, Inc. Volker Schellenberger is the Chief Executive Officer of Amunix Operating, Inc. and has sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by it. The address for this stockholder is 500 Ellis St., Mountain View, CA 94043.
(9) Includes 262,565 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2014, of which 96,618 would be subject to a repurchase option as of such date, if exercised.
(10) Represents shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2014, of which 20,397 would be subject to a repurchase option as of such date, if exercised.
(11) Includes 3,245,881 shares held by New Leaf Ventures II, L.P. (“NLV-II”) and 66,049 shares issuable to NLV II pursuant to warrants exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2014. New Leaf Associates II, L.P. (“NLVA-II LP”) is the general partner of NLV-II. New Leaf Venture Partners, L.L.C. (“NLVP LLC”) has contracted with NLV-II to provide certain management and administrative services to NLV-II. Dr. Dybbs is a limited partner of NLVA-II LP and is a Principal (employee) of NLVP LLC. Dr. Dybbs disclaims beneficial ownership over the shares reported herein, and in all events disclaims pecuniary interest except to the extent of his economic interest.
(12) Represents shares issuable upon options exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2014, of which 2,147 would be subject to repurchase at such date if exercised.
(13) Mr. de Rubertis is a partner at Index Venture Management LLP, which is an advisory company to Index Ventures IV (Jersey), LP, Index Ventures IV Parallel Entrepreneur Fund (Jersey) L.P. and Yucca (Jersey) SLP (the “Index Funds”). Mr. de Rubertis is involved in making recommendations to the Index Funds, but does not hold voting or dispositive power over the shares held by the Index Funds.
(14) Consists of (i) 12,126,195 shares held by the current directors and executive officers and (ii) 520,042 shares issuable pursuant to warrants and stock options exercisable within 60 days of February 28, 2014 of which 119,162 would be subject to repurchase at such date if exercised.

 

146


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

General

The following description of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of our common stock and convertible preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Upon the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for common stock and will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of          shares, all with a par value of $0.0001 per share, of which:

 

   

         shares are designated as common stock; and

 

   

         shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of December 31, 2013, we had outstanding 120,648,174 shares of convertible preferred stock, all of which will be converted into 10,491,140 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and 1,257,311 shares of our common stock. Our outstanding capital stock was held by 27 stockholders of record as of December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, we also had outstanding options to acquire 1,403,655 shares of common stock held by employees, directors and consultants pursuant to our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, having a weighted-average exercise price of $1.90 per share, and warrants to purchase 173,912 shares of our convertible preferred stock.

On February 4, 2014, we issued 13,168,291 shares of our Series D-2 convertible preferred stock, all of which will be converted into 1,145,070 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. On February 14, 2014, we issued 48,758,857 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock, all of which will be converted into 4,239,894 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. In addition, since December 31, 2013, we have issued options to purchase 537,194 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $8.09 per share.

Common stock

Voting rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, except as otherwise required by statute. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, in all matters other than the election of directors, stockholders may take action with the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at a stockholder meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter. Cumulative voting for the election of directors is not provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Except as

 

147


Table of Contents

otherwise provided by statute, stockholders may elect directors by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at a stockholder meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors.

Economic rights

Dividends and distributions . Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine.

Liquidation rights . Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating convertible preferred stock outstanding at that time after payment of liquidation preferences, on any outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock and payment of other claims of creditors.

The rights, preferences, and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of shares of any series of convertible preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preemptive or similar rights . Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion or redemption.

Preferred stock

As of December 31, 2013, there were 120,648,174 shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding.

Our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of up to an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. Upon the closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of December 31, 2013, we had six warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,999,997 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $0.45 per share outstanding. Each of these warrants has a net exercise provision under which the holder, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, can surrender the warrant and receive a net number of shares of our common stock based on the fair market value of such stock at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. Unless earlier exercised, these warrants will expire on the earlier of (i) the

 

148


Table of Contents

closing of this offering, (ii) a sale of the company, or (iii) October 12, 2017; provided that if a holder of the warrants does not notify us of the holder’s intent to exercise or not to exercise the warrant prior to the expiration date, and the fair market value of the underlying shares on the expiration date is greater than the exercise price, then the holder will be deemed to have net exercised the warrant immediately prior to the expiration date.

Registration rights

Stockholder registration rights

We are party to an investor rights agreement which provides that holders of shares of our convertible preferred stock have certain registration rights, as set forth below. This investor rights agreement was entered into in December 2008 and has been amended and/or restated from time to time in connection with our preferred stock financings, most recently as of February 14, 2014. The registration of shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to sell these shares without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below terminate upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the date that is five years after the closing of this offering (or, if the stockholder is our affiliate, the date that is six years following the closing of this offering); (ii) with respect to each stockholder, the earlier of the date that all shares held by the stockholder can be sold in compliance with Rule 144 or if the stockholder holds one percent or less or our outstanding common stock and all such shares can be sold in any three-month period in compliance with Rule 144; or (iii) with respect to each stockholder, the date that the stockholder no longer holds any shares that carry these registration rights; or (iv) following a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, our merger with or into another company, or our liquidation and dissolution.

Demand registration rights

The holders of an aggregate of 15,876,104 shares of our common stock, issuable upon the conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock and shares of convertible preferred stock currently subject to outstanding warrants will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning 180 days after the closing of our initial public offering, the holders of a majority of these shares may, on not more than two occasions, request that we file a registration statement having an aggregate offering price to the public of not less than $5,000,000 to register all or a portion of their shares.

Piggyback registration rights

In connection with this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 15,876,104 shares of our common stock, issuable upon the conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock and shares of convertible preferred stock currently subject to outstanding warrants were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act of 1933,

 

149


Table of Contents

as amended, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing them to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including a registration statement on Form S-3 as discussed below, other than with respect to a demand registration or a registration statement on Forms S-4 or S-8, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration. However, in no event shall the amount of securities of the selling stockholders included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent of the total amount of securities included in such offering.

Form S-3 registration rights

The holders of an aggregate of 15,876,104 shares of our common stock, issuable upon the conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock and shares of convertible preferred stock currently subject to certain outstanding warrants, will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights, provided that we have not already effected two such registrations within the twelve-month period preceding the date of such request. Such holders may make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3. Such request for registration on Form S-3 must cover securities the aggregate offering price of which, before payment of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $3,000,000.

Anti-takeover provisions

Certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon the closing of this offering

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the voting power of our shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. The directors may be removed by the stockholders only for cause upon the vote of holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors, and vacancies and newly created directorships on our board of directors may, except as otherwise required by law or determined by our board, only be filled by a majority vote of the directors then serving on the board, even though less than a quorum. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by a consent in writing. A special meeting of stockholders may be called only by a majority of our whole board of directors, the chair of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or our president. Our amended and restated bylaws also will provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide timely advance notice in writing, and will specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that, immediately after this offering, the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock, voting as a single class, will be required to amend certain

 

150


Table of Contents

provisions of our certificate of incorporation, including provisions relating to the structure of our board of directors, the size of the board, removal of directors, special meetings of stockholders, actions by written consent and cumulative voting. The affirmative vote of holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock, voting as a single class, will be required to amend or repeal our bylaws, although our bylaws may be amended by a simple majority vote of our board of directors.

The foregoing provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of the company by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change the control of the company.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of the company. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy rights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control of the company or our management. As a consequence, these provisions also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Section 203 of the Delaware general corporation law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

   

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon closing of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

151


Table of Contents

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Limitations of liability and indemnification

See the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive compensation—Limitation on liability and indemnification matters.”

Listing

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “VSAR.”

Transfer agent and registrar

Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

 

152


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our capital stock. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013, including the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of convertible preferred stock we issued in February 2014 and the net exercise of all of our outstanding warrants, upon the closing of this offering,                  shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below.

The remaining shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering are restricted securities as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or are subject to lock-up agreements with us as described below. In addition, any shares sold in this offering to our existing stockholders that are our affiliates will be subject to lock-up agreements. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, described in greater detail below.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and (ii) we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after the closing of this offering, based on the number of common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on NASDAQ during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

 

153


Table of Contents

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers, directors or consultants who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares

Lock-up agreements

We, our directors and officers, and substantially all of our stockholders and optionholders have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, we will not offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, subject to specified exceptions. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. may, in their sole discretion, at any time, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in this agreement.

Registration rights

The holders of our convertible preferred stock and certain warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock, or their transferees, are entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of those shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. For a description of these registration rights, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.” If these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Equity incentive plans

As soon as practicable after the closing of this offering, we intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our equity compensation plans and agreements. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by this registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. For a more complete discussion of our equity compensation plans, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive compensation—Equity incentive plans.”

 

154


Table of Contents

Material United States federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders

The following is a summary of the material United States federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential United States federal income tax consequences relating thereto, does not address the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax and does not address any gift tax consequences or any tax consequences arising under any state, local or foreign tax laws, or any other United States federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These authorities may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in United States federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all of the United States federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules under the United States federal income tax laws, including, without limitation, certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States, partnerships or other pass-through entities, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid United States federal income tax, banks, financial institutions, investment funds, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies, tax-exempt organizations, tax-qualified retirement plans, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock and persons holding our common stock as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or straddle, or a constructive sale, or other risk reduction strategy.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

Definition of non-U.S. holder

For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a “United States person” or a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership) for United States federal income tax purposes. A United States person is any of the following:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

155


Table of Contents
   

a trust (1) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a United States court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

Distributions on our common stock

If we make cash or other property distributions on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for United States federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock and will be treated as described under the section of this prospectus entitled “—Gain on disposition of our common stock” below.

Dividends (out of earnings and profits) paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to United States federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or applicable successor form) including a United States taxpayer identification number and certifying such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on our common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s United States trade or business (and are attributable to such holder’s permanent establishment in the United States if required by an applicable tax treaty), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from United States federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must generally furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form).

Any dividends paid on our common stock that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s United States trade or business (and if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) generally will be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated United States federal income tax rates in much the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

156


Table of Contents

Gain on disposition of our common stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and FATCA, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock, unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a “United States real property interest” by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for United States federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock, and our common stock has ceased to be regularly traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs. The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our United States real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests. We believe we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for United States federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated United States federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to United States federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by United States-source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed United States federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

Information reporting and backup withholding

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends on our common stock paid to such holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those dividends. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the dividends were effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a United States trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Backup withholding, currently at a 28% rate, generally will not apply to payments to a non-U.S. holder of dividends on or the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required

 

157


Table of Contents

certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a United States person who is not an exempt recipient.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. If any amount is withheld under the backup withholding rules, the non-U.S. holder should consult with a United States tax advisor regarding the possibility of and procedure for obtaining a refund or a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s United States federal income tax liability, if any.

Legislation affecting taxation of our common stock held by or through foreign entities

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as FATCA) will impose a United States federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments made to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the United States government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the United States tax authorities substantial information regarding United States account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with United States owners) or an exemption applies. FATCA also generally will impose a United States federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments made to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent a certification identifying the direct and indirect United States owners of the entity or an exemption applies. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Under certain transition rules, these withholding taxes will be imposed on dividends paid on our common stock after June 30, 2014, and on gross proceeds from sales or other dispositions of our common stock after December 31, 2016.

Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

Estate tax

Individual non-U.S. holders and entities whose property is potentially includible in such an individual’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by such an individual and with respect to which the individual has retained certain interests or powers), should note that, absent an applicable treaty benefit, our common stock will be treated as United States situs property subject to United States federal estate tax.

 

158


Table of Contents

Underwriting

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

  

Number of
shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  

Total:

  
  

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $         a share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                 shares of our common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per share      No exercise      Full exercise  

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

 

159


Table of Contents

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses of approximately $25,000 relating to the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “VSAR.”

In connection with our initial public offering, we and all directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or the restricted period:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, (i) our directors and officers and such holders will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock and (ii) we will not file any registration statement relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (other than on Form S-8 with respect to our equity incentive plans).

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

   

the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

   

our issuance of common stock upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus and disclosed in this prospectus;

 

   

our issuance of common stock or other securities convertible into or exerciseable for shares of common stock pursuant to our equity incentive plans described in this prospectus;

 

   

our entry into an agreement providing for the issuance of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exerciseable for shares of common stock in connection with joint ventures or other strategic transactions, and the issuance of securities pursuant to any such agreement, provided that, the aggregate number of shares of common stock that we may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue shall not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding immediately following the closing of this offering;

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the 180 day period described in the preceding paragraph

 

160


Table of Contents
 

and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the lock-up signatory or us regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common stock may be made under such plan during the 180 day period referenced in the preceding paragraph;

 

   

transfers of shares as a bona fide gift, distributions to limited partners, members or stockholders, transfers by will or intestate succession or to an immediate family member of the transferor or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the transferor or the immediate family of the transferor, not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or if the transferor is a trust, to any beneficiary of the transferor or to the estate of any such transferor;

 

   

distributions of shares of common stock or any security convertible into common stock to stockholders, direct or indirect affiliates, current or former partners (general or limited), members or managers of the distributor, as applicable, or to the estates of any such partners, members or managers;

 

   

transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the closing of this offering;

 

   

transfers of common stock or any security convertible into or exchangeable for common stock that occurs by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement or other court order;

 

   

transfers of common stock or any security convertible into or exchangeable for common stock pursuant to agreements under which we have the option to repurchase such shares or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares;

 

   

for certain stockholders, transfers in connection with a transaction involving a change of control occurring after the closing of this offering; and

 

   

for certain stockholders, transfers of shares of common stock acquired in this offering.

No filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or voluntarily made during the lock-up period for any transfer pursuant to the exceptions referenced in bullets six, seven, eight and twelve above or the restrictions described above will apply. The transferee, distributee or recipient of shares shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter in bullets three, four, six, seven, and nine above or the restrictions described above will apply. In the event that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. release any officer, director or stockholder holding five percent or more of our outstanding shares of common stock from the restrictions of any lock-up letter, then certain stockholders shall be concurrently released in the same manner and on the same terms from the restrictions of their own lock-up letter for that percentage of the total number of shares of common stock held by such certain stockholder equal to the same percentage of such other five percent stockholder’s shares released; provided that no such notice will trigger this pro rata release if the aggregate of such releases granted to any individual stockholder requesting a release does not exceed 260,780 shares of common stock during the lock-up period.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., in their sole discretion, may release our common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

In order to facilitate the offering of our common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock. Specifically, the

 

161


Table of Contents

underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the option to purchase additional shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock on NASDAQ to stabilize the price of our common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of our common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of our common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Pricing of the offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

162


Table of Contents
  (b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (the “FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

163


Table of Contents

Legal matters

Cooley LLP, San Francisco and Palo Alto, California, will pass upon the validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby. The underwriters are being represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California, in connection with the offering.

Experts

The financial statements of Versartis, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013, and, cumulatively, for the period from December 10, 2008 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013, included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room of the SEC, located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, we will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.versartis.com . After the closing of this offering, you may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

 

164


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page(s)  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Financial Statements

  

Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-4   

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Versartis, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, of changes in convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Versartis, Inc. (a development stage company) at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and comprehensive loss and its cash flows for the years then ended and, cumulatively, for the period from December 10, 2008 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

February 17, 2014, except for the effects of the reverse stock split described in Note 16, as to which the date is March 6, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    December 31,     Proforma
Stockholders’
Equity
December 31,

2013
 
    2012     2013    
                (unaudited)  

Assets

     

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 329      $ 13,213     

Restricted cash

    75        75     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,618        978     

Other receivable

    84            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    2,106        14,266     

Other assets

    55        396     

Property and equipment, net

    28        21     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

  $ 2,189      $ 14,683     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     

Current liabilities

     

Accounts payable

  $ 991      $ 315     

Accrued liabilities

    1,400        3,668     

Convertible notes payable

    4,460            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    6,851        3,983     

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    433        474          

Convertible preferred stock call option liability

           21          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

    7,284        4,478     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

     

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value;
68,905,248, and 135,816,462 shares authorized at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively; 68,905,247 and 120,648,174 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively; $31,007 and $60,392 liquidation preference at December 31, 2012 and 2013 respectively;              shares authorized, issued or outstanding pro forma at December 31, 2013 (unaudited)

    29,647        57,497          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit

     

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 6,956,521 and 15,652,174 shares authorized at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, respectively; 133,707 and 1,257,311 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively;              shares outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

                  1   

Additional paid-in capital

    507        6,454        64,445   

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

    (35,249     (53,746     (53,746
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (34,742     (47,292   $ 10,700   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 2,189      $ 14,683     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

   

 

Year Ended December 31,

    Cumulative
Period From
December 10,
2008 (Date of
Inception) to

December 31,
2013
 
              2012                         2013              

Operating expenses

     

Research and development

  $ 10,963      $ 14,855      $ 45,873   

General and administrative

    1,936        4,428        10,141   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    12,899        19,283        56,014   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (12,899     (19,283     (56,014

Interest income

           1        3   

Interest expense

    (393     (128     (863

Other income (expense), net

    75        913        2,030   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

    (13,217     (18,497     (54,844

Accretion of Series A preferred stock to redemption value, net of extinguishment

                  1,098   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (13,217   $ (18,497   $ (53,746
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per basic and diluted share attributable to common stockholders

  $ (114.71   $ (41.10  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Weighted-average common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

    115,219        450,000     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited) (Refer to Note 15).

    $ (1.98  
   

 

 

   

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited) (Refer to Note 15).

      9,743,367     
   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

   

 

Convertible
Preferred Stock

        

 

Common Stock

    Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development
Stage
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount          Shares     Amount        

Balances at inception (December 10, 2008)

         $                 $      $      $      $   

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock valued at $0.0001 per share in consideration for research and development license in December 2008

    11,000,000        1                                          

Accretion to redemption value of convertible preferred stock

           10,999                                 (10,999     (10,999

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock for cash at $1.00 per share, net of issuance costs of $3, in May and December 2009 and April 2010

    11,000,000        10,997                                          

Accretion to redemption value of convertible preferred stock - offering costs

      3                  (3     (3

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options subject to repurchase

                      127,536                               

Extinguishment of Series A convertible preferred stock (Refer to Note 8)

           (12,100                              12,100        12,100   

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock in February 2011 at $0.45, net of issuance costs of $210 and convertible preferred stock call option liability of $1,388

    21,805,693        8,215                                          

Conversion of notes payable and accrued interest into Series B convertible preferred stock at $0.45 per share in February 2011

    10,238,444        4,607                                          

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options at $1.26 per share

                      2,261               3               3   

Vesting of options subject to repurchase

                                    11               11   

Stock-based compensation

                                    192               192   

Net loss

                                           (23,130     (23,130
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

    54,044,137        22,722            129,797               206        (22,032     (21,826

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT (CONTINUED)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

   

 

Convertible
Preferred Stock

        

 

Common Stock

    Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development

Stage
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount          Shares     Amount        

Balances at December 31, 2011

    54,044,137        22,722            129,797               206        (22,032     (21,826

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock in January 2012 at $0.45, net of issuance costs of $23 and convertible preferred stock call option liability of $129

    6,430,555        2,999                                          

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock in May 2012 at $0.45, net of convertible preferred stock call option liability of $132

    6,430,555        3,026                                          

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock upon exercise of Series B convertible preferred stock warrants in January and May 2012

    2,000,000        900                          152               152   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options at $1.26 per share

                      3,910               5               5   

Vesting of options subject to repurchase

                                    3               3   

Stock-based compensation

                                    141               141   

Net loss

                                           (13,217     (13,217
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2012

    68,905,247        29,647            133,707               507        (35,249     (34,742

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock on conversion of notes in January 2013

    10,195,552        4,588                                          

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock in January and July 2013 at $0.56, net of issuance costs of $335 and convertible preferred stock call option liability of $864

    36,444,444        19,301                                          

Issuance of Series D-1 convertible preferred stock at $0.56 per share in October 2013, net of issuance costs of $209 and convertible preferred stock call option liability of $126

    17,777,777        9,665                                          

Conversion of Series B convertible preferred stock into common stock

    (12,674,846     (5,704         1,102,160               5,704               5,704   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options at $1.26 per share

                      21,444               27               27   

Vesting of options subject to repurchase

                                    1               1   

Stock-based compensation

                                    215               215   

Net loss

                                           (18,497     (18,497
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2013

    120,648,174      $ 57,497            1,257,311      $      $ 6,454      $ (53,746   $ (47,292
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Cumulative
Period From
December 10,
2008 (Date of
Inception) to
December 31,

2013
 
     2012     2013    

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net loss

   $ (13,217   $ (18,497   $ (54,844

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

      

Depreciation and amortization

     21        17        93   

Loss on sale of assets

                   9   

Reserve for uncollectible receivables

                   54   

Stock-based compensation expense

     141        215        548   

Amortization of debt discount

     312        121        666   

Non-cash interest expense

     81        7        195   

Non-cash research and development expense

                   1   

Remeasurement of convertible preferred stock call option liability

     (89     (969     (2,096

Remeasurement of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

            41        (40

Changes in assets and liabilities

      

Accounts receivable

     491        84          

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (128     299        (1,319

Accounts payable

     413        (675     315   

Accrued liabilities and other liabilities

     259        2,267        3,667   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (11,716     (17,090     (52,751
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

                   10   

Purchase of property and equipment

            (9     (185

Security deposit for facility lease

                   (55

Change in restricted cash

                   (75
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

            (9     (305
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Proceeds from sale of option for Series A preferred stock purchase rights

                   1,000   

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     5,765        29,956        55,320   

Proceeds from exercise of convertible preferred stock warrants

     900               900   

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

     5        27        49   

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes payable

     4,500               9,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     11,170        29,983        66,269   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (546     12,884        13,213   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     875        329          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 329      $ 13,213      $ 13,213   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure

      

Cash paid for interest

   $      $      $ 2   

Supplemental disclosure of noncash items

      

Conversion of notes payable and accrued interest to preferred stock

   $      $ 4,588      $ 9,195   

Issuance of warrants for preferred stock in connection with convertible notes

   $ 433      $      $ 666   

Accretion of Series A convertible preferred stock to redemption value

   $      $      $ 11,002   

Issuance of call options related to convertible preferred stock

   $      $ 1,116      $ 3,504   

Extinguishment of Series A convertible preferred stock

   $      $      $ 12,100   

Deferred initial public offering issuance costs

   $      $ 396      $ 396   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Formation and Business of the Company

Versartis, Inc., (the “Company”) a development stage company, was incorporated on December 10, 2008 in the State of Delaware. The Company is a biopharmaceutical company focused on developing therapeutic proteins for the treatment of metabolic diseases and endocrine disorders. The Company is developing novel drug candidates that it has licensed from Amunix Inc (“Amunix”).

The Company’s headquarters and operations are in Redwood City, California. Since incorporation, the Company has been primarily performing research and development activities, including early clinical trials, filing patent applications, obtaining regulatory approvals, hiring personnel, and raising capital to support and expand these activities. Accordingly, at December 31, 2013, the Company is considered to be in the development stage.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Use of Estimates

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of the accompanying financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Since inception, the Company has incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operations. At December 31, 2013, the Company had a deficit accumulated during the development stage of $53.7 million and working capital of $10.3 million. The Company expects to continue to incur losses from costs related to the continuation of research and development and administrative activities for the foreseeable future. Although management has been successful in raising capital in the past, most recently in February 2014, there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful or that any needed financing will be available in the future at terms acceptable to the Company.

Segments

The Company operates in one segment. Management uses one measurement of profitability and does not segregate its business for internal reporting. All long-lived assets are maintained in the United States of America.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity

The December 31, 2013 unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity has been prepared assuming immediately upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering: (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock; (ii) the automatic net exercise of the convertible preferred warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock and the related reclassification of the convertible preferred warrant liability to additional paid-in-capital. The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity does not assume any proceeds from the proposed initial public offering, nor does it assume the impact of the preferred stock financings, which occurred in February 2014 as more fully described in Note 16.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents. All of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents are held at one financial institution that management believes is of high credit quality. Such deposits may, at times, exceed federally insured limits.

Risk and Uncertainties

The Company’s future results of operations involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Factors that could affect the Company’s future operating results and cause actual results to vary materially from expectations include, but are not limited to, uncertainty of results of clinical trials and reaching milestones, uncertainty of regulatory approval of the Company’s potential drug candidates, uncertainty of market acceptance of the Company’s products, competition from substitute products and larger companies, securing and protecting proprietary technology, strategic relationships and dependence on key individuals and sole source suppliers.

Products developed by the Company require clearances from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) or other international regulatory agencies prior to commercial sales. There can be no assurance that the products will receive the necessary clearances. If the Company was denied clearance, clearance was delayed or the Company was unable to maintain clearance, it could have a materially adverse impact on the Company.

The Company expects to incur substantial operating losses for the next several years and will need to obtain additional financing in order to complete clinical studies and launch and commercialize any product candidates for which it receives regulatory approval. There can be no assurance that such financing will be available or will be at terms acceptable by the Company.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were held in an institution in the U.S. and include deposits in a money market fund which was unrestricted as to withdrawal or use.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash at December 31, 2012 and 2013 comprise cash balances held by a bank as security for the Company’s credit cards.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally between three and five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of their useful life or the term of the lease. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, and improvements are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations in the period realized.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by the comparison of the carrying amount to the future net cash flows which the assets are expected to generate. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value (i.e. determined through estimating projected discounted future net cash flows or other acceptable methods of determining fair value) arising from the asset. There have been no such impairments of long-lived assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the cumulative period from December 10, 2008 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, other receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and convertible notes payable approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these items. Convertible preferred stock call option liability and convertible preferred stock warrant liability are carried at fair value. Based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and consideration of default and credit risk, the carrying value of the convertible notes payable approximates their fair value.

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or an exit price paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

The fair value hierarchy defines a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements as follows:

 

Level I

   Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level II

   Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level I that are observable, unadjusted quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the related assets or liabilities; and

Level III

   Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity for the related assets or liabilities.

The categorization of a financial instrument within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company’s financial instruments consist of Level I assets and Level III liabilities. Level I securities is comprised of a highly liquid money market fund. Level III liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis consist of convertible preferred stock warrant liability and convertible preferred stock call option liability. The fair values of these instruments are measured using an option pricing model. Inputs used to determine estimated fair market value include the estimated fair value of the underlying stock at the valuation measurement date, the remaining expected term of the instrument, risk-free interest rates, expected dividends and the expected volatility.

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Preclinical and Clinical Trial Accruals

The Company’s clinical trial accruals are based on estimates of patient enrollment and related costs at clinical investigator sites as well as estimates for the services received and efforts expended pursuant to contracts with multiple research institutions and clinical research organizations (“CROs”) that conduct and manage clinical trials on the Company’s behalf.

The Company estimates preclinical and clinical trial expenses based on the services performed, pursuant to contracts with research institutions and clinical research organizations that conduct and manage preclinical studies and clinical trials on its behalf. In accruing service fees, the Company estimates the time period over which services will be performed and the level of patient enrollment and activity expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from the estimate, the Company will adjust the accrual accordingly. Payments made to third parties under these arrangements in advance of the receipt of the related services are recorded as prepaid expenses until the services are rendered.

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

The Company accounts for its convertible preferred stock warrants as liabilities based upon the characteristics and provisions of each instrument. Convertible preferred stock warrants classified as derivative liabilities are recorded on the Company’s balance sheet at their fair value on the date of issuance and are revalued on each subsequent balance sheet, with fair value changes recognized as increases or reductions to other income (expense), net in the statements of operations. The Company estimates the fair value of these liabilities using an option pricing model and assumptions that are based on the individual characteristics of the warrants on the valuation date, as well as assumptions for expected volatility, expected life, dividends, and risk-free interest rate. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value of these warrants until the earlier of: (i) exercise of warrants; (ii) expiration of warrants; (iii) a change of control of the Company; or (iv) the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering.

Convertible Preferred Stock Call Option

The Company has determined that the Company’s obligation to issue, and the investors’ obligation to purchase, additional shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock represents a freestanding financial instrument. The freestanding convertible preferred stock call option liability is initially recorded at fair value, with fair value changes recognized as increases or reductions to other income (expense), net in the statements of operations. At the time of the exercise of the call option, any remaining value of the option is recorded as a capital transaction.

Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company has classified the convertible preferred stock as temporary equity in the balance sheets due to certain change in control events that are outside the Company’s control, including liquidation, sale or transfer of the Company, as holders of the convertible preferred stock can cause redemption of the shares.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are charged to operations as incurred. Research and development costs include, but are not limited to, payroll and personnel expenses, laboratory supplies, consulting costs, external research and development expenses and allocated overhead, including rent, equipment depreciation, and utilities.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Costs to acquire technologies to be used in research and development that have not reached technological feasibility and have no alternative future use are expensed to research and development costs when incurred.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability approach. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

The Company assesses all material positions taken in any income tax return, including all significant uncertain positions, in all tax years that are still subject to assessment or challenge by relevant taxing authorities. Assessing an uncertain tax position begins with the initial determination of the position’s sustainability and is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. As of each balance sheet date, unresolved uncertain tax positions must be reassessed, and the Company will determine whether (i) the factors underlying the sustainability assertion have changed and (ii) the amount of the recognized tax benefit is still appropriate. The recognition and measurement of tax benefits requires significant judgment. Judgments concerning the recognition and measurement of a tax benefit might change as new information becomes available.

Stock-Based Compensation

For stock options granted to employees, the Company recognizes compensation expense for all stock-based awards based on the grant-date estimated fair value. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The determination of fair value for stock-based awards on the date of grant using an option pricing model requires management to make certain assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables.

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted to nonemployees is recognized based on the fair value of the stock options, determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, as they are earned. The awards generally vest over the time period the Company expects to receive services from the nonemployee.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss is defined as a change in equity of a business enterprise during a period, resulting from transactions from non-owner sources. There have been no items qualifying as other comprehensive loss and, therefore, for all periods presented, the Company’s comprehensive loss was the same as its reported net loss.

Net Loss per Share of Common Stock

Basic net loss per common share is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, without consideration for potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares and potentially dilutive securities

 

F-12


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

outstanding for the period. For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, convertible preferred stock, convertible notes payable, stock options and convertible preferred stock warrants are considered to be potentially dilutive securities. Because the Company has reported a net loss for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for those periods.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share of Common Stock

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares as of December 31, 2013 of convertible preferred stock and convertible preferred stock warrants and common stock options, as if the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented or the date of original issuance, if later.

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share amounts do not give effect to the issuance of shares from the planned initial public offering nor do they give effect to potential dilutive securities where the impact would be anti-dilutive.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, or other standard setting bodies and adopted by us as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations upon adoption.

In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance which addresses the presentation of amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income. This guidance does not change current financial reporting requirements, instead an entity is required to cross-reference to other required disclosures that provide additional detail about amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. In addition, the guidance requires an entity to present significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by line item of net income if the amount reclassified is required to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. Adoption of this standard is required for periods beginning after December 15, 2012 for public companies. This new guidance impacts how the Company reports comprehensive income only, and had no effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity upon its required adoption on January 1, 2013.

3. Balance Sheet Components

Prepaid expenses and other current assets (in thousands)

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2013  
               

Preclinical and clinical

   $ 1,285       $ 847   

Other

     333         131   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,618       $ 978   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Accrued Liabilities (in thousands)

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2013  
               

Payroll and related

   $ 427       $ 539   

Preclinical and clinical

     956         1,726   

Professional services

             1,265   

Other

     17         138   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,400       $ 3,668   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Fair Value Measurements

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial instruments that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31,
2013
 
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets

           

Money market fund

   $ 12,761       $ 12,761       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 474                       $ 474   

Convertible preferred call option liability

     21                         21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 495       $       $       $ 495   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31,
2012
 
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets

           

Money market fund

   $      110       $      110       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 433       $       $       $ 433   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value measurement of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability and convertible preferred stock call option liability is based on significant inputs not observed in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement. Level 3 instruments are valued based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and reflect the Company’s assumptions in measuring fair value. The Company’s estimated fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability is calculated using an option pricing model and key assumptions including the probabilities of settlement scenarios, enterprise value, time to liquidity, risk-free interest rates, discount for lack of marketability and volatility. The Company’s estimated fair value of the preferred stock call option liability is calculated using an option pricing model and key assumptions including the estimated fair value of the Company’s preferred stock, risk-free interest rates and volatility and the probability of the closing of the future financing tranche. The estimates are based, in part, on subjective assumptions and could differ materially in the future.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

During the periods presented, the Company has not changed the manner in which it values liabilities that are measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs. The Company recognizes transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as of the end of the reporting period. There were no transfers within the hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2012 or 2013.

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial instruments as follows:

 

     Convertible
preferred stock
call option
liability
    Convertible
preferred stock
warrant
liability
 

Balance at January 1, 2012

   $ 349      $ 152   

Issuance of financial instruments

            433   

Fair value of call option liability recognized upon issuance of preferred stock

     (260       

Exercise of financial instruments

            (152

Change in fair value recorded in other income (expense), net

     (89       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

            433   

Issuance of financial instruments

     1,116          

Fair value of call option liability recognized upon issuance of preferred stock

     (126       

Change in fair value recorded in other income (expense), net

     (969     41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 21      $ 474   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

5. Convertible Notes Payable

In 2010, the Company entered into convertible notes payable agreements (“2010 Notes”) with investors, in two tranches, for a total of $4.5 million. The terms of each of the 2010 Notes bear a fixed interest rate of 5%. In November 2010, the Company extended the maturity date of the 2010 Notes by two months to February 2011. The Company analyzed the amendment under the modification accounting guidance and concluded that the amendment did not result in a substantial modification. In February 2011, the outstanding 2010 Notes and accrued interest of $4.6 million were converted into 10,238,444 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock.

In October 2012, the Company entered into convertible notes payable agreements (“2012 Notes”) with investors for a total of $4.5 million. The 2012 Notes bear a fixed interest rate of 8% accruing from the date of the issuance of 2012 Notes, with principal and unpaid interest payable on January 31, 2013. The 2012 Notes are convertible into shares of the next preferred stock financing at the purchase price of those shares, or into shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at $0.45 per share, at the option of the holder, or may be paid in cash in the event of a default.

In January 2013, the holders of 2012 Notes converted principal of $4.5 million and $88,000 of accrued interest, into 10,195,552 shares of Series B preferred convertible stock at a price of $0.45 per share.

6. Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

In connection with the 2010 Notes, the Company issued convertible preferred stock warrants equal to 20% of the shares issuable upon conversion of the 2010 Notes. Using an option pricing model with a volatility of 85%, term of 1.75 years and a risk-free interest rate of 0.53%, the fair value of the warrants was determined to be

 

F-15


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

approximately $233,000 and was recorded as warrant liability and a debt discount against the 2010 Notes and amortized to interest expense over the term of the 2010 Notes. The convertible preferred stock warrants were exercised in 2012 for 2.0 million shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $900,000.

In connection with the 2012 Notes, the Company issued convertible preferred stock warrants equal to 20% of the shares issuable on conversion of the 2012 Notes. The convertible preferred stock warrants are exercisable into shares of the same class of convertible preferred stock issued upon conversion of the related 2012 Notes. The convertible preferred stock warrants have a five year term and expire on October 12, 2017. The estimated fair value of these warrants of $433,000 at issuance was recorded as a debt discount on the 2012 Notes, and amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method through the original maturity date in 2013. The convertible preferred stock warrants were valued using an option pricing model with a risk free interest rate of 0.21%, volatility of 90%, and an expected life equal to 1.5 years. As of December 31, 2013, the fair value of the warrants was estimated to be $474,000.

The 2012 warrants remain unexercised as of December 31, 2013. The warrants expire at the earlier of (i) the closing of an initial public offering, (ii) a sale of the company or (iii) October 12, 2017; provided that if a holder of the warrants does not notify us of the holder’s intent to exercise or not to exercise the warrant prior to the expiration date, and the fair market value of the underlying shares on the expiration date is greater than the exercise price, then the holder will be deemed to have net exercised the warrant immediately prior to the expiration date.

The assumptions used to value the convertible preferred stock warrants were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2012     2013  
              

Expected term (in years)

     1.5        1.1   

Expected volatility

     90.00     75.00

Risk-free interest rate

     0.21     0.13

Dividend yield

     0     0

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Facility Leases

In September 2009, the Company signed an operating facility sublease with Amunix, a related party (refer to Note 11) for its corporate offices that included approximately 2,850 square feet of office space in Mountain View, California. The sublease term was for two years, commencing on December 1, 2009. The sublease expired in November 2011.

In August 2011, the Company signed an operating facility lease for its corporate office that includes approximately 5,740 square feet of office space in Redwood City, California. The lease term is for thirty months, commencing on October 16, 2011. The Company paid a security deposit of $55,000 for this facility lease in 2011, which is recorded in other assets.

At December 31, 2013, the Company’s future minimum commitments under non-cancelable operating leases are $77,000 for year ended December 31, 2014.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Rent expense was $218,000 and $241,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $600,000 for the period from December 10, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2013.

Purchase Commitments

The Company conducts research and development programs through a combination of internal and collaborative programs that include, among others, arrangements with contract manufacturing organizations and contract research organizations. The Company had contractual arrangements with these organizations including license agreements with milestone obligations and service agreements with obligations largely based on services performed.

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various firm purchase commitments related to certain preclinical and clinical studies. At December 31, 2013 the noncancellable portion of these commitments, in aggregate, totaled approximately $5.4 million.

Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts and agreements that contain a variety of representations and warranties and provide for general indemnifications. The Company’s exposure under these agreements is unknown because it involves claims that may be made against the Company in the future, but have not yet been made. The Company accrues a liability for such matters when it is probable that future expenditures will be made and such expenditures can be reasonably estimated.

As of December 31, 2013 the Company is contingently committed to make development and sales-related milestone payments of up to $30.0 million under certain circumstances, and other payments of $10 million, as well as royalties relating to potential future product sales under the License Agreement with Amunix. The amount, timing and likelihood of these payments are unknown as they are dependent on the occurrence of future events that may or may not occur, including approval by the FDA of potential drug candidates.

Indemnification

In accordance with the Company’s amended and restated Certificate of Incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, the Company has indemnification obligations to its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences, subject to certain limits, while they are serving at the Company’s request in such capacity. There have been no claims to date and the Company has a director and officer insurance policy that may enable it to recover a portion of any amounts paid for future claims.

Litigation

The Company may from time to time be involved in legal proceedings arising from the normal course of business. There are no pending or threatened legal proceedings as of December 31, 2013.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

8. Convertible Preferred Stock

Convertible preferred stock (“preferred stock”) as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 consisted of the following (in thousands, except share and per share data):

At December 31, 2012 -

 

     Shares      Per Share
Liquidation

Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Series

   Authorized      Outstanding        

Series A

     22,000,000         22,000,000       $ 0.45       $ 9,900   

Series B

     46,905,248         46,905,247         0.45         19,747   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
     68,905,248         68,905,247          $ 29,647   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013 -

 

     Shares      Per Share
Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Series

   Authorized      Outstanding        

Series A

     22,000,000         22,000,000       $ 0.45       $ 9,900   

Series B

     46,425,950         44,425,953         0.45         18,631   

Series C

     36,444,444         36,444,444         0.56         19,301   

Series D-1

     17,777,777         17,777,777         0.56         9,665   

Series D-2

     13,168,291                 0.76           
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
     135,816,462         120,648,174          $ 57,497   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Issuance of Series A preferred stock

In December 2008, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with Amunix and other investors to issue 22,000,000 shares of Series A preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share in multiple closings.

In consideration of Amunix entering into the License Agreement (Refer to Note 11) with the Company, the Company issued 11,000,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock in December 2008 to Amunix pursuant to the terms of the Series A Purchase Agreement and granted to Amunix the pro-rata right to participate in a future Series A closing if, at the sole discretion of certain investors, it is determined the Company has satisfied certain milestones, and the Board of Directors determines that the Company requires additional capital, for 2,500,000 shares at $1.00 per share. The pro rata right to participate in future Series A closing was determined to be issued to an entity under common control and as such the value of the option was initially recorded at a carrying value of $0. This right was waived by Amunix in 2010.

The Company issued an aggregate of 8,000,000 shares of Series A preferred stock in May and December 2009 at a purchase price of $1.00 per share and further issued 3,000,000 shares in April 2010 as part of the third closing pursuant to the Series A convertible preferred stock purchase agreement.

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock

In February 2011, the Company entered into a Series B convertible preferred stock purchase agreement with certain investors. The Company issued 21,805,693 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase

 

F-18


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

price of $0.45 per share totaling $9.8 million in gross proceeds. Further, the 2010 convertible notes converted into 10,238,444 shares of Series B preferred upon the conversion of principal of $4.5 million and accrued interest of $107,300.

In January and May 2012, the Company issued 12,861,110 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.45 per share in two subsequent closings and raised approximately $5.8 million in gross proceeds. The Company issued additional 2,000,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock upon the exercise of Series B convertible preferred stock warrants in exchange for $900,000.

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock

In January 2013, the Company entered into a Series C convertible preferred stock purchase agreement with certain investors. The Company issued 14,222,222 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.56 per share and raised approximately $8.0 million in gross proceeds.

The Company issued additional 22,222,222 shares of Series C preferred stock in July 2013 at a price of $0.56 per share and raised $12.5 million in gross proceeds.

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock

In October 2013, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with investors to sell shares of Series D convertible preferred stock in two tranches. In accordance with the terms of the Series D purchase agreement, the Company authorized the sale and issuance of up to 30,946,068 shares of Series D stock. The Company issued 17,777,777 shares of Series D-1 at a purchase price of $0.56 per share and raised approximately $10.0 million in gross proceeds. In February 2014, the Company issued 13,168,291 shares of Series D-2 at a purchase price of $0.76 per share and received approximately $10.0 million in gross proceeds (Refer to Note 16).

Convertible preferred stock call option liability

The preferred stock purchase agreements for Series A, B, C and D provided the investors the right to participate in future rounds of the respective series funding at a fixed price equal to the original issue price. These rights were provided concurrently with the issuance of the original preferred stock agreement (Series A convertible preferred stock had a separate option agreement). These liability classified convertible preferred stock call options have been determined to be freestanding financial instruments because they are freely transferable and separately exercisable.

Series A convertible preferred stock call option liability

On December 10, 2008, the Company sold a convertible preferred stock call option right to investors to participate in four future rounds of Series A convertible preferred financing. The Company recorded an initial call option liability in December 2008 and remeasured the convertible preferred stock liability immediately prior to exercise as well as at each balance sheet date. The convertible preferred stock call option right was exercised in three rounds of financing and was waived at the fourth round financing. The impact of the remeasurement of the option was negligible on a cumulative basis from December 10, 2008 to December 31, 2010.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Series B convertible preferred stock call option liability

The Company has recorded an initial convertible preferred stock call option liability in February 2011 upon the initial closing of the financing. Using an option pricing model with a volatility of 71%, expected term of 1 year and a risk-free interest rate of 0.28%, the fair value of the call option was determined to be approximately $1.4 million and was recorded as convertible preferred stock call option liability and netted against the issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock.

The Company remeasured the convertible preferred stock call option liability at $349,000 at December 31, 2011 and recorded the change in fair value of $1.0 million in other income (expense), net. In 2012, the Company remeasured the convertible preferred stock call option liability immediately before exercise and recorded $88,000 in other income (expense), net and reclassified the fair value of $260,000 into preferred stock upon issuance of subsequent tranches of Series B convertible preferred stock.

Series C convertible preferred stock call option liability

The Company has recorded an initial convertible preferred stock call option liability in January 2013 upon the initial close of the financing. Using the option pricing model with a volatility of 56%, expected term of 0.5 years and a risk-free interest rate of 0.11%, the fair value of the convertible preferred stock call option was determined to be approximately $990,000 and was recorded as a call option liability and netted against the issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock.

The investors exercised their right to participate in subsequent tranches in 2013 and accordingly the Company remeasured the convertible preferred stock call option liability just before exercise and recorded $864,000 in other income (expense), net and reclassified the fair value of $126,000 into preferred stock upon issuance of subsequent tranches of Series C preferred stock.

Series D convertible preferred stock call option liability

The Company has recorded an initial convertible preferred stock call option liability in October 2013 upon the initial close of the financing. Using the option pricing model with a volatility of 60%, expected term of 0.3 years and a risk-free interest rate of 0.2%, the fair value of the convertible preferred stock call option was determined to be approximately $126,000 and was recorded as a call option liability and netted against the issuance of Series D-1 convertible preferred stock. As of December 31, 2013, the fair value of the call option was determined to be $21,000, and the change in the fair value of $105,000 was recorded in other income (expense), net in the statement of operations.

Modification to Series A rights and preferences

In February 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with new investors to sell shares of Series B convertible preferred stock. In addition, the Company sold the rights to develop one of its two product candidates to Diartis in exchange for a $1.0 million note receivable. In connection with the Series B convertible preferred stock financing, the liquidation preference of the Series A convertible preferred stock was reduced from $1.00 per share to $0.45 per share, and the conversion ratio of Series A convertible preferred stock was reduced from $11.50 per share to $5.17 per share, the redemption feature was eliminated and a down-round feature was added to the rights and preferences of Series A convertible preferred stockholders. The Company considers an amendment which adds, deletes or significantly changes a material contractual term or fundamentally changes

 

F-20


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

the nature of the preferred shares to be in the nature of an extinguishment. As there were significant changes in the liquidation preference and conversion rate, the removal of the Series A holder-controlled contingent redemption feature, and addition of down-round protection, the Company has considered these changes to be substantially different. At the time of the extinguishment, the Company removed the carrying value of the preferred stock of $22.0 million, and recorded the deemed fair value of the Series A convertible preferred stock after the change in the rights and preferences of $9.9 million, resulting in a net reduction of $12.1 million in the Series A preferred stock carrying value and an increase to deficit accumulated during the development stage.

Accretion of preferred stock

The Company recorded the convertible preferred stock at fair value on the dates of issuance. The Company classifies the convertible preferred stock outside of stockholders’ deficit because the shares contain liquidation features that are not solely within the Company’s control.

The Series A shares were originally issued (before modification of rights and preferences upon issuance of Series B) with a contingent redemption feature, which allowed the holders to redeem their shares five years following the issuance date of the Series A preferred shares. As such, the Company has chosen to accrete Series A for change in redemption value with a change to accumulated deficit at the end of each reporting period. Accordingly, the Company has accreted $11.0 million during the cumulative periods ended December 31, 2010.

During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company did not adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the redemption values of such shares since a liquidation event was not probable. Subsequent adjustments to increase the carrying values to the ultimate redemption values will be made only when it becomes probable that such a liquidation event will occur.

The rights, preferences and privileges of the convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2013 are as follows:

Dividends

The holders of the Company’s convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends of $0.036 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations, and reorganizations) per annum on each outstanding share of Series A and B preferred stock, and $0.045 per share for each outstanding share of Series C and D-1 preferred stock. Such dividends shall be payable only when and if declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends have been declared to date.

Conversion

Preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time, into fully paid, non-assessable shares of common stock at an initial conversion ratio of 11.5-to-one.

The convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock, at the then applicable conversion rate, in the event of either (i) the consent of a majority of certain holders of the then outstanding preferred stock, voting together as a class, or, if earlier, (ii) immediately before the closing of an underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with aggregate proceeds of at least $50.0 million at a public offering price of at least $17.48 per share (adjusted for intervening common stock splits, stock dividends, combination, subdivision, recapitalizations or the like).

 

F-21


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Voting Rights

The holders of convertible preferred stock will be entitled to that number of votes on all matters presented to stockholders equal to the number of shares of common stock then issuable upon conversion of such preferred stock.

Liquidation

In the event of any sale of substantially all of the assets, a merger, or liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series A, B, C and D-1 convertible preferred stock will be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of common stock, $0.45, $0.45, $0.56 and $0.56 respectively, per share (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations, and reorganizations) plus declared and unpaid dividends, if any. Thereafter, the remaining assets of the Company will be distributed ratably to the holders of preferred stock and common stock on a pro rata basis.

Deemed Liquidation

A merger, acquisition, sale or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company which will result in the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such transaction not holding at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving, continuing or purchasing entity, shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Upon this event, holders of convertible preferred stock shall receive their liquidation preference including any accrued and unpaid dividends as of the liquidation date.

Protective Provisions

Without first obtaining the approval of the Company’s board of directors, which approval must include the approval of a majority of the directors designated by certain holders of preferred stock, the Company will not (i) make specified investment, compensation or operating decisions; (ii) take certain actions involving the Company’s intellectual property and related agreements; (iii) consummate or consent to a liquidation event; (iv) increase or decrease the total number of authorized shares of any series or sub-series of preferred stock or of common stock or take certain other actions that may adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Company’s outstanding capital stock; (v) amend, waive, alter or repeal any provision of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or the company’s bylaws; (vi) purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare a dividend or make any distribution on the capital stock of the Company, except in certain circumstances; (vii) purchase or acquire any other business or entity or create any subsidiary; (viii) incur specified types of indebtedness, (ix) adopt or amend any stock option scheme or any other equity incentive plan; (x) enter into certain transactions concerning the Company’s assets and intellectual property; (xi) enter into any transaction with any officer, director or other affiliate of the Company without required approvals; or (xii) change the authorized number of directors constituting the board of directors.

Without first obtaining the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Series D preferred stock, consenting or voting separately as a class, the Company will not: (i) amend, alter, or repeal any provision of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws in a manner that adversely affects the rights, preference or privileges of the Series D preferred stock; (ii) take certain other actions that may adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Series D preferred stock; (iii) declare or pay any dividend on any capital stock; (iv) consummate or consent to a liquidation event except in certain circumstances; or (v) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of the Series D preferred stock.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Without first obtaining the written consent or affirmative vote of certain stockholders specified in the certificate of incorporation, the Company will not: (i) consummate or consent to a liquidation event; (ii) amend, alter, or repeal any provision of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws; (iii) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series or sub-series of capital stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable for any such capital stock) that ranks senior to or pari passu with any series or sub-series of preferred stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption; (iv) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of common stock or preferred stock; (v) purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare a dividend or make any distribution on the capital stock of the company, except in certain circumstances; (vi) incur or guarantee specified types of indebtedness; (vii) increase or decrease the size of the board of directors; (viii) increase the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s equity incentive plans; (ix) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of any series or sub-series of preferred stock; (x) adopt or amend any stock option scheme or any other equity incentive plan; (xi) enter into certain transactions concerning the Company’s intellectual property; (xii) enter into any transaction with any officer, director or other affiliate of the Company without required approval; or (xiii) make any loan or advance, or grant any credit, to any employee or director of the Company or any subsidiary, except advances for travel expenses and similar expenditures to be incurred on behalf of the Company in the ordinary course of business.

9. Common Stock

The Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizes the Company to issue 15,652,174 shares of common stock. Common stockholders are entitled to dividends as and when declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the rights of holders of all classes of stock outstanding having priority rights as to dividends. There have been no dividends declared to date. The holder of each share of common stock is entitled to one vote.

The Company had reserved common stock for future issuances as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2013  

Conversion of convertible preferred stock

     5,991,757         10,491,140   

Issuance of options under stock plan

     168,571         9,533   

Issuance upon exercise of options under stock plan

     462,471         1,403,655   

Issuance upon exercise of warrants to purchase Series B convertible preferred stock

             173,912   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     6,622,799         12,078,240   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Stock Option Plan

In February 2009, the Company adopted the Versartis, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan, which was amended in June 2011 (“2009 Plan”) for eligible employees, outside directors and consultants. The 2009 Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, and stock purchase rights to acquire restricted stock. Terms of the stock option agreements, including vesting requirements, are determined by the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions in the 2009 Plan. Options granted by the Company generally vest over a period of four years and expire no later than ten years after the date of grant. Options may be exercised prior to vesting, subject to a right of repurchase by the Company. The Board of Directors determines the fair value of the underlying common stock at the time of the grant of each option. Upon the exercise of options, the Company issues new common stock from its authorized shares.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Options under the 2009 Plan may be granted for periods of up to ten years. All options issued to date have had a ten year life. The exercise price of an ISO shall not be less than 100% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. The exercise price of an ISO and NSO granted to a 10% shareholder shall not be less than 110% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant, respectively, as determined by the Board of Directors. The exercise price of a NSO shall not be less than the par value per share of common stock. To date, options granted generally vest over four years and vest at a rate of 25% upon the first anniversary of the issuance date and 1/36th per month thereafter.

As of December 31, 2013, a total of 9,533 shares of common stock are available for future grant under the 2009 Plan.

In March 2011, the Company reduced the exercise price of all outstanding stock options with an exercise price greater than $1.26 per share to $1.26 per share. This modification affected a total of 50,887 shares. This resulting incremental compensation expense was not material.

Activity under the Company’s stock option plans is set forth below:

 

    Shares
Available
for Grant
    Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in years)
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)
 

Balances, January 1, 2012

    55,936        328,921        1.26       

Additional shares authorized

    250,095                     

Options granted

    (175,652     175,652        1.40       

Options exercised

           (3,910     1.26       

Options cancelled

    38,192        (38,192     1.29       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Balances, December 31, 2012

    168,571        462,471        1.31       

Additional shares authorized

    803,590                     

Options granted

    (974,459     974,459        2.16       

Options exercised

           (21,444     1.27       

Options cancelled

    11,831        (11,831     1.30       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Balances, December 31, 2013

    9,533        1,403,655      $ 1.90        9.1      $ 889   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2013

      1,403,655      $ 1.90        9.1      $ 847   
   

 

 

       

Exercisable as of December 31, 2013

      253,040      $ 1.30        7.6      $ 312   
   

 

 

       

The intrinsic values of outstanding, vested and exercisable options were determined by multiplying the number of shares by the difference in exercise price of the options and the fair value of the common stock.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The following table summarizes information with respect to stock options outstanding and currently exercisable and vested as of December 31, 2013:

 

      

Options Outstanding

    

Options Exercisable

and Vested

Range of

Exercise Prices

    

Number
Outstanding

    

Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in Years)

    

Number
Outstanding

    

Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in Years)

$1.26

     274,308      7.3      193,811      7.3

1.38

     134,922      8.3     

53,406

     8.3

1.61

    

419,152

    

9.3

     5,823     

9.0

2.53-3.33

     575,273      10.0          
    

 

         

 

    
    

1,403,655

          253,040     
    

 

         

 

    

Stock Options Granted to Employees

During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company granted stock options to employees to purchase shares of common stock with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $1.04 and $1.60 per share, respectively. The fair value is being expensed over the vesting period of the options, which is usually 4 years on a straight line basis as the services are being provided. No tax benefits were realized from options and other share-based payment arrangements during the periods.

As of December 31, 2013, total unrecognized employee stock-based compensation was $1.5 million, which is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average remaining vesting period of 3.6 years.

The fair value of employee stock options was estimated using the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
               2012                       2013          
          

Expected volatility

   90.3% - 91.4%   88.8% - 90.0%

Risk-free interest rate

   0.88% - 1.11%   0.88% - 2.10%

Dividend yield

   0.0%   0.0%

Expected life (in years)

   6.00 - 6.08   5.98 - 6.08

Determining Fair Value of Stock Options

The fair value of each grant of stock options was determined by the Company using the methods and assumptions discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment to determine.

Expected Volatility – The expected stock price volatility assumption was determined by examining the historical volatilities of a group of industry peers, as the Company did not have any trading history for the Company’s common stock. The Company will continue to analyze the historical stock price volatility and expected term assumptions as more historical data for the Company’s common stock becomes available.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Expected Term – The expected term of stock options represents the weighted average period the stock options are expected to be outstanding. For option grants that are considered to be “plain vanilla”, the Company has opted to use the simplified method for estimating the expected term as provided by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options. For other option grants, the expected term is derived from the Company’s historical data on employee exercises and post-vesting employment termination behavior taking into account the contractual life of the award.

Risk-Free Interest Rate  The risk free rate assumption was based on the U.S. Treasury instruments with terms that were consistent with the expected term of the Company’s stock options.

Expected Dividend  The expected dividend assumption was based on the Company’s history and expectation of dividend payouts.

Forfeiture Rate – Forfeitures were estimated based on historical experience.

Fair Value of Common Stock – The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options has historically been the responsibility of and determined by the Company’s board of directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock, the board of directors determined fair value of common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including independent third-party valuations of the Company’s common stock, sales of convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of capital stock and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors. The fair value of the underlying common stock will be determined by the Company’s board of directors until such time as the Company’s common stock is listed on an established exchange or national market system.

Stock Options Granted to Non Employees

The stock-based compensation cost of options granted to nonemployees is re-measured over the vesting period as earned, and the resulting value is recognized as an expense over the period in which services are received. The weighted-average fair value of non-employee options granted during the period from December 10, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2013 was $1.56 per share. Options to purchase 2,023 and 34,758 shares were granted to non-employees during 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, is reflected in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Cumulative
Period From
December 10, 2008
(Date of Inception)
to December 31,
2013
 
     2012      2013     

Operating expenses

        

Research and development

   $ 91       $ 124       $ 369   

General and administrative

     50         91         179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 141       $ 215       $ 548   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Options Subject to Repurchase

The Company has a right of repurchase with respect to early exercised options at an amount equal to the lower of (i) the exercise price of each restricted share being repurchased and (ii) the fair market value of such restricted share at the time the Company’s right of repurchase is exercised. The Company’s right to repurchase these shares lapses 25% after one year and 1/48 of the total number of shares originally granted per month for 36 months thereafter. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, 2,214 and zero shares remained subject to the Company’s right of repurchase, respectively.

The shares purchased by employees pursuant to the early exercise of stock options are not deemed, for accounting purposes, to be issued until those shares vest according to their respective vesting schedules. The cash received in exchange for unvested shares of early exercised stock options is recorded as an early exercise liability on the balance sheets and will be transferred to common stock and additional paid-in capital as such shares vest.

11. Related Party Transactions

Since inception the Company has entered into multiple agreements with Amunix which (i) with its affiliates, owns 10% of the Company’s preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 2013, and (ii) is represented on the Company’s Board of Directors. These agreements between the Company and Amunix include the following:

 

    License Agreement effective December 29, 2008, as amended, (“License Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company has the right to develop three products, with the option to develop up to three additional products in exchange for certain additional financial considerations. Amunix granted the Company a worldwide, exclusive, revocable sub-licensable right and licensed its intellectual property for the Company to research, test and develop these products. The License Agreement obligates the Company to pay to Amunix certain future royalties related to these products. One of these products, and the option to develop one additional product, were sold to Diartis on December 30, 2010. The agreement was further amended at the close of the Company’s Series C preferred stock financing on January 7, 2013, to clarify the technology included in the License Agreement;

The Company will pay Amunix additional consideration, in either cash or the Company’s stock, for additional targets selected by the Company. The Company will also pay up to $30.0 million of milestone payments to Amunix, under certain circumstances;

 

    Joint Research Agreement effective November 13, 2009, as amended and combined with the License Agreement, establishing the process by which new targets will be identified and subsequently developed by the parties. In particular, the respective ownership of new inventions by the parties under various scenarios is contemplated. Overall, during the term of this agreement, the Company agreed to assign to Amunix its rights to all joint patents, and all the Company’s patents that are directed to compositions, processes and methods of use or recombinant PEGylation (“rPEG”) technology and/or targets comprising rPEG;

 

    Service Agreement (“Service Agreement”) effective December 29, 2008, as amended, setting forth the terms under which Amunix has agreed to make covered products and marketed products for the Company as contemplated by the Licensing Agreement. Under the Service Agreement, Amunix agreed to undertake and complete the research, development and other services related to the covered products and marketed products as are reasonably requested by the Company from time to time. The specific milestones, deliverables, specifications and other terms with respect to any particular services project are to be detailed in mutually agreeable statements of work, which the parties are to negotiate (reasonably and in good faith) and execute promptly after the Company’s request for services;

 

F-27


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

    Office sublease effective September 15, 2009 which expired in November 2011 (Refer to Note 7);

 

    Employee Cost Sharing Agreement, effective January 19, 2010, for the term of one year, whereby the Company makes certain employees available to Amunix to perform business development and finance services with respect to a Consulting Agreement. Amunix, Inc. will reimburse the Company a percentage of the employees’ salary and benefits. This Agreement expired on February 1, 2012.

The aggregate operating expenses included in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss pertaining to these agreements were approximately $74,000 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $7.4 million for the period from December 10, 2008 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013. There were no amounts receivable or payable at December 31, 2013 pertaining to these agreements.

Effective May 12, 2009, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Mark de Boer, Ph.D. Mr. de Boer (i) is a partner with Index Ventures which owns 24% of the Company’s preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 2013, and (ii) had served as Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors. The consulting fees were incurred in the ordinary course of business, and were zero for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $120,000 for the period from December 10, 2008 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013. The consulting agreement terminated on December 10, 2010 and Mr. de Boer left the Board of Directors on February 14, 2011. In May 2011, the Company declined to repurchase unvested option shares from Mr. de Boer, thereby accelerating the vesting of 10,185 shares of common stock. The Company recognized an additional $1,000 of stock compensation expense in 2011 related to this transaction.

The Company entered into a Services Agreement with Diartis dated February 14, 2011 for a term equal to the term of the Amunix License Agreement (see above). Under this agreement, the Company will provide certain administrative services to Diartis related to the management of its Phase 1a Human Clinical Trial for the treatment of certain metabolic diseases, as a clinical research organization.

In March 2013, the Company ended its relationship with Diartis and terminated the Services Agreement between the companies.

The aggregate operating expenses included in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss pertaining to these agreements were approximately $1.4 million and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $3.9 million for the period from December 10, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2012, the Company had $84,000, in other receivable due from Diartis, and $0, in accounts payable to third parties related to the conduct of business for Diartis. There were no other receivables due from Diartis or accounts payable to third parties related to the conduct of business for Diartis at December 31, 2013.

12. Sale of Assets

In December 2010, the Company sold its interest in the development of therapeutic proteins for the treatment of metabolic diseases and certain related rights and fixed assets to Diartis (a related party) under an Asset Purchase Agreement for proceeds of $1.0 million in the form of a note receivable due to the Company on December 31, 2012 with fixed interest rate of 5% per annum. The Company did not recognize the note or the gain on sale at December 31, 2010 because the Company could not conclude with reasonable assurance that this note will be paid when it comes due. In November 2011, the Company distributed this note to the Company’s stockholders in proportion to their ownership interest in the Company on December 30, 2010.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

13. Income Taxes

There is no provision for federal income taxes in 2012 and 2013 and for the period from December 10, 2008 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013, respectively.

Income tax expense in 2012 and 2013 differed from the amount expected by applying the statutory federal tax rate to the income or loss before taxes as summarized below:

 

     December 31,  
         2012             2013      

Federal tax benefit at statutory rate

     34     34

State tax benefit net of federal effect

              

Change in valuation allowance

     (33 %)      (42 )% 

Research and development credits

            9

Non-deductible expenses and other

     (1 )%      (1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     0     0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The deferred tax assets were calculated using an effective tax rate of 40%. Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2012 and 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
           2012               2013      

Net operating loss carry forwards

   $ 14,090      $ 21,414   

Research and development tax credits

     540        2,414   

Accruals and reserves

     176        47   

Depreciation and amortization

     46        89   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     14,852        23,964   

Less: Valuation allowance

     (14,852     (23,964
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s accounting for deferred taxes involves the evaluation of a number of factors concerning the realizability of its net deferred tax assets. The Company primarily considered such factors as its history of operating losses, the nature of the Company’s deferred tax assets, and the timing, likelihood and amount, if any, of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences and carryforwards become deductible. At present, the Company does not believe that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized; accordingly, a full valuation allowance has been established and no deferred tax asset is shown in the accompanying balance sheets.

The valuation allowance increased by approximately $5.2 million in 2012 and $9.1 million in 2013.

At December 31, 2013, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $53.7 million and federal research and development tax credits of approximately $932,000, which begin to expire in 2029. The Company also has net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax

 

F-29


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

purposes of approximately $53.7 million, which begin to expire in 2029, and state research and development tax credits of approximately $538,000 which have no expiration date. Additionally, the Company has an Orphan Drug Credit of approximately $1.4 million for federal income tax purposes, which begins to expire in 2033.

Utilization of net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards may be limited by the “ownership change” rules, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (any such limitation, a “Section 382 limitation”). Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. The Company has performed an analysis to determine whether an “ownership change” occurred from inception to December 31, 2013. Based on this analysis, management determined that the Company did experience historical ownership changes of greater than 50% during this period. Therefore, the utilization of a portion of the Company’s net operating losses and credit carryforwards is currently limited. However, these Section 382 limitations are not expected to result in a permanent loss of the net operating losses and credit carryforwards. As such, a reduction to the Company’s gross deferred tax asset for its net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards is not necessary prior to considering the valuation allowance. In the event the Company experiences any subsequent changes in ownership, the amount of net operating losses and research and development credit carryforwards useable in any taxable year could be limited and may expire unutilized.

The Company follows the provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Codification 740-10 (ASC 740-10), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. ASC 740-10 prescribes a comprehensive model for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure in financial statements of uncertain tax positions that have been taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. No liability related to uncertain tax positions is recorded in the financial statements. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company’s reserve for unrecognized tax benefits is approximately $73,000 and $287,000, respectively. Due to the full valuation allowance at December 31, 2013, current adjustments to the unrecognized tax benefit will have no impact on the Company’s effective income tax rate; any adjustments made after the valuation allowance is released will have an impact on the tax rate. The Company does not anticipate any significant change in its uncertain tax positions within 12 months of this reporting date. The Company includes penalties and interest expense related to income taxes as a component of other expense and interest expense, respectively, as necessary.

Because the statute of limitations does not expire until after the net operating loss and credit carryforwards are actually used, the statute is open for all tax years from inception, that is, for the period from December 10, 2008 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 and forward for federal and state tax purposes.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amount  

Balance at January 1, 2012

   $ 62   

Increases based on tax positions taken during a current period

     11   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     73   

Increases based on tax positions taken during a prior period

     31   

Increases based on tax positions taken during a current period

     183   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 287  
  

 

 

 

All tax years remain open for examination by federal and state tax authorities.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

14. Defined Contribution Plan

The Company sponsors a 401(k) Plan, which stipulates that eligible employees can elect to contribute to the 401(k) Plan, subject to certain limitations of eligible compensation. The Company may match employee contributions in amounts to be determined at the Company’s sole discretion. To date, the Company has not made any matching contributions.

15. Net loss per share and Unaudited Pro Forma per Share of Common Stock

The following table summarizes the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders of the Company (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2013  
              

Net loss – basic and diluted

   $ (13,217   $ (18,497
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding

     130,718        450,061   

Less: weighted average shares subject to repurchase

     (15,499     (61
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

     115,219        450,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

   $ (114.71   $ (41.10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net loss attributable to common stockholders per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net loss attributable to common stockholders per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period, determined using the treasury-stock method and the as-if converted method, for convertible securities, if inclusion of these is dilutive. Because the Company has reported a net loss for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for those years.

The following potentially dilutive securities outstanding at the end of the years presented have been excluded from the computation of diluted shares outstanding:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2013  

Convertible preferred stock

     5,991,757         10,491,140   

Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock (1)

     173,912         173,912   

Options to purchase common stock

     462,471         1,403,655   

Convertible notes

     885,024         —     

 

(1) Assumes exercise of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock at $5.17 per share.

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2013 gives effect to the automatic conversion of all shares of convertible preferred stock upon an initial public offering by treating all shares of convertible preferred stock as if they had been converted to common stock. Shares to be sold in the offering are excluded from the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted

 

F-31


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

loss per share attributable to common stockholders calculations. As the Company incurred net losses for the year ended December 31, 2013 there is no income allocation required under the two class method or dilution attributed to pro forma weighted average shares outstanding in the calculation of pro forma diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     December
31, 2013
 
     (unaudited)  

Pro forma loss per share—basic and diluted

  

Numerator:

  

Net loss—basic and diluted

   $ (18,497

Interest expense related to convertible notes

     128   

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     41   

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock call option liability

     (969
  

 

 

 

Adjusted net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (19,297
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

     450,000   

Adjustment for assumed effect of conversion of convertible notes into common stock (1)

     14,574   

Adjustment for assumed exercise of preferred stock warrants (1)

     173,912   

Adjustments to reflect the assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

     9,104,881   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding—basic and diluted net loss per share

     9,743,367   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted

   $ (1.98
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Assumes exercise of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock at $5.17 per share.

16. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events for financial statement purposes occurring through February 17, 2014, the date on which those financial statements were available to be issued, and subsequently through March 6, 2014, and determined that no additional subsequent events had occurred that would require recognition in these financial statements and all material subsequent events that require disclosure have been disclosed.

In February 2014, the Company granted options to purchase an aggregate of 537,194 shares of common stock to employees at a weighted average exercise price of $8.09 per share, which options vest 25% upon the first anniversary of the grant date and 1/36 per month thereafter.

In February 2014, the Company sold and issued the 13,168,291 previously authorized shares of Series D-2 convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $10.0 million.

In February 2014, the Company authorized, sold and issued 48,758,857 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $55.0 million.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A development stage company)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

In February 2014, the Company authorized an additional 994,632 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2009 Plan in connection with the Series D-2 and Series E preferred stock financings, bringing the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under the 2009 Plan to 2,562,970.

On March 6, 2014, the Company effected a 1-for-11.5 reverse stock split of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock. The par value of the common stock was not adjusted as a result of the reverse stock split. All issued and outstanding common stock share and per share amounts included in the accompanying financial statements have been adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split for all periods presented, and the conversion ratio of the preferred stock was adjusted accordingly.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Through and including                     , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale and distribution of our common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee, and the listing fee of The NASDAQ Global Market.

 

     Payable by
the registrant
 

SEC registration fee

     $10,304   

FINRA filing fee

     12,500   

The NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

           

Legal fees and expenses

           

Accounting fees and expenses

           

Printing and engraving expenses

           

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

           

Blue sky fees and expenses

           

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

           
  

 

 

 

Total

           
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws provide for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding.

We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that might be incurred by any director or officer in his capacity as such.

In an underwriting agreement that we will enter into in connection with the sale of our common stock being registered hereby the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain circumstances, us, our officers, our directors, and our controlling persons within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities

The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold since January 1, 2011:

Preferred stock issuances

 

    On February 14, 2011, January 18, 2012 and May 1, 2012, we issued an aggregate of 46,905,247 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock to eight accredited investors at a per share price of $0.45, for aggregate consideration of approximately $21,107,360. Following our reverse stock split that became effective on March 6, 2014, these shares are convertible into common stock on a basis of 11.5 shares to one.

 

    On October 12, 2012, we issued convertible promissory notes for an aggregate principal amount of approximately $4.5 million and warrants to purchase shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.45 per share to certain holders of our Series B Preferred Stock. On January 7, 2013, we issued 10,195,552 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock upon conversion of the convertible promissory notes. Following our reverse stock split that became effective on March 6, 2014, these shares are convertible into common stock on a basis of 11.5 shares to one.

 

    On January 7, 2013, we issued an aggregate of 10,195,552 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock to five accredited investors upon the conversion of convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $4,500,000. Following our reverse stock split that became effective on March 6, 2014, these shares are convertible into common stock on a basis of 11.5 shares to one.

 

    On January 7, 2013 and July 8, 2013, we issued an aggregate of 36,444,444 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock to seven accredited investors at a per share price of $0.5625, for aggregate consideration of approximately $20,500,000. Following our reverse stock split that became effective on March 6, 2014, these shares are convertible into common stock on a basis of 11.5 shares to one.

 

    On October 1, 2013, we issued an aggregate of 17,777,777 shares of our Series D-1 convertible preferred stock to 10 accredited investors at a per share price of $0.5625, for aggregate consideration of approximately $10,000,000. Following our reverse stock split that became effective on March 6, 2014, these shares are convertible into common stock on a basis of 11.5 shares to one.

 

    On February 4, 2014, pursuant to the Series D Securities Purchase Agreement entered into in October 2013, we issued an aggregate of 13,168,291 shares of our Series D-2 convertible preferred stock to 10 accredited investors at a per share price of $0.7594, for aggregate consideration of approximately $10,000,000. Following our reverse stock split that became effective on March 6, 2014, these shares are convertible into common stock on a basis of 11.5 shares to one.

 

    On February 14, 2014, we issued an aggregate of 48,758,857 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock to 19 accredited investors at a per share price of $1.128, for aggregate consideration of approximately $55,000,000. Following our reverse stock split that became effective on March 6, 2014, these shares are convertible into common stock on a basis of 11.5 shares to one.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Option and common stock issuances

 

    From January 1, 2011 to date, we have granted to our directors, officers, employees and consultants options to purchase an aggregate of 2,035,941 shares of common stock under our 2009 Stock Plan at exercise prices ranging from $1.26 to $8.165 per share.

 

    From January 1, 2011 to date, we have issued and sold to our directors, officers, employees and consultants an aggregate of 30,827 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options under our 2009 Stock Plan at exercise prices ranging from $1.26 to $1.61 per share, for an aggregate amount of approximately $39,287.

Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder), or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. We did not pay or give, directly or indirectly, any commission or other remuneration, including underwriting discounts or commissions, in connection with any of the issuances of securities listed above. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their employment or other relationship with us or through other access to information provided by us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

(a) Exhibits

Exhibit index

 

Exhibit

No.

 

Description

  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1**   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect.
  3.2**   Bylaws, as currently in effect.
  3.3   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to become effective upon the closing of this offering.
  3.4   Amended and Restated Bylaws to become effective upon the closing of this offering.
  3.5   Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect.
  4.1*   Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2**   Form of Warrant to Purchase Equity Securities
  5.1*   Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1**   Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the parties thereto, dated as of February 14, 2014.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit

No.

 

Description

10.2**   Lease by and between the Company and CA-Shorebreeze Limited Partnership, dated as of August 31, 2011.
10.3**   2009 Stock Plan, as amended.
10.4**   Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2009 Stock Plan.
10.5**   Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement under 2009 Stock Plan.
10.6   2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.7  

[Reserved]

10.8  

[Reserved]

10.9   2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.10   Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between the Company and each of its directors and officers.
10.11†**   Technology Transfer and Clinical Supply Agreement by and between the Company and Boehringer Ingelheim RCV GmbH & Co KG, dated as of October 23, 2012.
10.12†**   Amendment No. 1 to the Technology Transfer, Clinical Supply Agreement by and between the Company and Boehringer Ingelheim RCV GmbH & Co KG, effective as of October 1, 2013.
10.13†**   Assignment of Technology Transfer and Clinical Supply Agreement by and between the Company and Boehringer Ingelheim RCV GmbH & Co KG, effective as of January 1, 2014.
10.14†**   Services Agreement by and between the Company and Amunix Operating Inc., dated as of March 18, 2013.
10.15†**   Second Amended and Restated Licensing Agreement by and between the Company and Amunix Operating, Inc., dated as of December 30, 2010.
10.16†**   Letter Agreement by and between the Company and Amunix Operating, Inc., dated as of February 3, 2011.
10.17†**   Amendment No. 1 to the Second Amended and Restated Licensing Agreement by and between the Company and Amunix Operating, Inc., dated as of January 7, 2013.
10.18**   Offer letter between the Company and Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D., dated as of December 20, 2010.
10.19**   Offer letter between the Company and Joshua T. Brumm, dated as of November 8, 2013.
10.20**   Amended and restated offer letter between the Company and Paul Westberg, dated as of February 10, 2011.
10.21   Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Licensing Agreement by and between the Company and Amunix Operating, Inc., dated as of February 25, 2014.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit

No.

 

Description

10.22   Office Lease by and between the Company and Kilroy Realty, L.P., dated as of February 27, 2014.
23.1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*   Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1**   Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to the original filing of this registration statement).
24.2   Power of Attorney for John Varian.

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
Registrant has requested confidential treatment for certain portions of this agreement. This exhibit omits the information subject to this confidentiality request. The omitted portions have been filed separately with the SEC.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Redwood City, State of California, on March 6, 2014.

 

VERSARTIS, INC.

By:    

 

/s/    Jeffrey L. Cleland

  Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D.
  Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/    Jeffrey L. Cleland        

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 6, 2014
Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D.    

/s/    Joshua T. Brumm        

  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   March 6, 2014
Joshua T. Brumm    

*

  Chairman of the Board of Directors   March 6, 2014
Jay P. Shepard    

*

  Director   March 6, 2014
Srinivas Akkaraju, M.D., Ph.D.    

*

  Director   March 6, 2014
Francesco De Rubertis, Ph.D., C.F.A.    

*

  Director   March 6, 2014
Michael Dybbs, Ph.D.    

*

  Director   March 6, 2014
Edmon R. Jennings    

*

  Director   March 6, 2014
Shahzad Malik    

*

  Director   March 6, 2014
Anthony Y. Sun, M.D.    

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/    John Varian        

  Director   March 6, 2014
John Varian    
* Pursuant to Power of Attorney
By:    /s/    Joshua T. Brumm        
 

Joshua T. Brumm

Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit index

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1**   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect.
  3.2**   Bylaws, as currently in effect.
  3.3   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to become effective upon the closing of this offering.
  3.4   Amended and Restated Bylaws to become effective upon the closing of this offering.
  4.1*   Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
  3.5   Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect.
  4.2**   Form of Warrant to Purchase Equity Securities
  5.1*   Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1**   Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among the Company and the parties thereto, dated as of February 14, 2014.
10.2**   Lease by and between the Company and CA-Shorebreeze Limited Partnership, dated as of August 31, 2011.
10.3**   2009 Stock Plan, as amended.
10.4**   Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2009 Stock Plan.
10.5**   Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement under 2009 Stock Plan.
10.6   2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.7  

[Reserved]

10.8  

[Reserved]

10.9   2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.10   Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between the Company and each of its directors and officers.
10.11†**   Technology Transfer and Clinical Supply Agreement by and between the Company and Boehringer Ingelheim RCV GmbH & Co KG, dated as of October 23, 2012.
10.12†**   Amendment No. 1 to the Technology Transfer, Clinical Supply Agreement by and between the Company and Boehringer Ingelheim RCV GmbH & Co KG, effective as of October 1, 2013.
10.13†**   Assignment of Technology Transfer and Clinical Supply Agreement by and between the Company and Boehringer Ingelheim RCV GmbH & Co KG, effective as of January 1, 2014.
10.14†**   Services Agreement by and between the Company and Amunix Operating Inc., dated as of March 18, 2013.


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description

10.15†**   Second Amended and Restated Licensing Agreement by and between the Company and Amunix Operating, Inc., dated as of December 30, 2010.
10.16†**   Letter Agreement by and between the Company and Amunix Operating, Inc., dated as of February 3, 2011.
10.17†**   Amendment No. 1 to the Second Amended and Restated Licensing Agreement by and between the Company and Amunix Operating, Inc., dated as of January 7, 2013.
10.18**   Offer letter between the Company and Jeffrey L. Cleland, Ph.D., dated as of December 20, 2010.
10.19**   Offer letter between the Company and Joshua T. Brumm, dated as of November 8, 2013.
10.20**   Amended and restated offer letter between the Company and Paul Westberg, dated as of February 10, 2011.
10.21   Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Licensing Agreement by and between the Company and Amunix Operating, Inc., dated as of February 25, 2014.
10.22   Office Lease by and between the Company and Kilroy Realty, L.P., dated as of February 27, 2014.
23.1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*   Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1**   Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to the original filing of this registration statement).
24.2   Power of Attorney for John Varian.

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
Registrant has requested confidential treatment for certain portions of this agreement. This exhibit omits the information subject to this confidentiality request. The omitted portions have been filed separately with the SEC.

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VERSARTIS, INC.

J EFFREY L. C LELAND hereby certifies that:

ONE: The original name of this corporation is Versartis, Inc. and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was December 10, 2008.

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of Versartis, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

THREE: The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

I.

The name of this corporation is Versartis, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

II.

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is 3500 South Dupont Highway, City of Dover, County of Kent, 19901 and the name of the registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

IV.

A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 55,000,000 shares. 50,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock, each having a par value of $0.0001. 5,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock, each having a par value of $0.0001.

B. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all of any of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 

1.


C. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

D. Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Company for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

V.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. Board of Directors.

1. Generally. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors that shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

2. Board of Directors.

a. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision of this section, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

2.


3. Removal of Directors. Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law, any individual director or directors may be removed without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of 66 2/3% of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

4. Vacancies. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders and except as otherwise provided by applicable law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

B. Stockholder Actions. No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Company except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

C. Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Company by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

VI.

A. The liability of the directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

C. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights or protections or increase the liability of any director under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

 

3.


D. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law, the certificate of incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company; or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Section VI.D.

VII.

A. The Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in paragraph B. of this Article VII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

B. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designation filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI, and VII.

* * * *

FOUR: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of this corporation.

FIVE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of this corporation.

V ERSARTIS , I NC . has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer on             , 2014.

 

Versartis, Inc.
 

 

Jeffrey L. Cleland

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

4.

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

VERSARTIS, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent.

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place Of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

Section 5. Annual Meetings.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (with respect to business other than nominations); (ii) brought specifically by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures


set forth in Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “1934 Act”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.

(i) For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee, (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee, (3) the class and number of shares of each class of capital stock of the corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee, (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, (5) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv). The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

(ii) Other than proposals sought to be included in the corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14(a)-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv).

(iii) To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 90 th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(iii), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th day

 

2.


prior to such annual meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iv) The written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “Proponent” and collectively, the “Proponents”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, as they appear on the corporation’s books; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (G) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous 12-month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

For purposes of Sections 5 and 6, a “Derivative Transaction” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial: (w) the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the corporation, (x) which otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the corporation, (y) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or price changes, or (z) which provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, with respect to any securities of the corporation, which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member.

(c) A stockholder providing written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or (ii) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the date that is five business days prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five business days after the record date for the meeting. In the case of an update and

 

3.


supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than two business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Section 5(b)(iii) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors in an Expiring Class is increased and there is no public announcement of the appointment of a director to such class, or, if no appointment was made, of the vacancy in such class, made by the corporation at least 10 days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 5(b)(iii), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 and which complies with the requirements in Section 5(b)(i), other than the timing requirements in Section 5(b)(iii), shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions in such Expiring Class created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation. For purposes of this section, an “Expiring Class” shall mean a class of directors whose term shall expire at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

(e) A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (ii) of Section 5(a), or in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 5(a). Except as otherwise required by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(iv)(D) and 5(b)(iv)(E), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii) of these Bylaws.

(g) For purposes of Sections 5 and 6,

(i) “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act; and

(ii) ”affiliates” and “associates” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).

 

4.


Section 6. Special Meetings .

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption).

(b) The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in the notice of meeting.

(c) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the corporation setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i). In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th day prior to such meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c) of these Bylaws.

Section 7. Notice Of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

 

5.


Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Joint Owners Of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same

 

6.


fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List Of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action Without Meeting. No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or by electronic transmission.

Section 14. Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

7.


ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number And Term Of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

Section 16. Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. Classes of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification of the Board of Directors, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 18. Vacancies.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders, provided, however , that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

 

8.


Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the time of delivery to the Secretary. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

(b) Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of 66 2/3% of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

Section 21. Meetings.

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least 24 hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

9.


(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum And Voting.

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 44, for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24. Fees And Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 25. Committees.

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

 

10.


(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 25, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26. Lead Independent Director. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if the Chairman is not an independent director, one of the independent directors, may be designated by the Board of Directors as lead independent director to serve until replaced by the Board of Directors (“Lead Independent Director”). The Lead Independent Director will: with the Chairman of the Board of Directors, establish the agenda for regular Board meetings and serve as chairman of Board of Directors meetings in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors; establish the agenda for meetings of the independent directors; coordinate with the committee chairs regarding meeting agendas and informational requirements; preside over meetings of the independent directors; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the evaluation or compensation of the Chief Executive Officer is presented or discussed; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the performance of the Board of Directors is presented or discussed; and perform such other duties as may be established or delegated by the Chairman of the Board of Directors .

 

11.


Section 27. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Lead Independent Director, or if the Lead Independent Director is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if a Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary or other officer or director directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 28. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 29. Tenure And Duties Of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Lead Independent Director has been appointed and is present. Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Lead Independent Director, or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

12.


(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(g) Duties of Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President, and, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 30. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 31. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless

 

13.


a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 32. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the Chief Executive Officer or by other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 33. Execution Of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation. All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do. Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 34. Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 35. Form and Execution Of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by certificate in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

 

14.


Section 36. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 37. Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 38. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 39. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

15.


ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 40. Execution Of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 35), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 41. Declaration Of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 42. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 43. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

16.


ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 44. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Executive Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “executive officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person (except executive officers) as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or executive officer in his or her capacity as a director or executive officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this section or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this sentence shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

 

17.


(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Section 44 shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Section 44 to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within 90 days of request therefor. To the extent permitted by law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this section or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Section 44 shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Section 44 shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this section.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this section shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

 

18.


(i) Saving Clause. If this Section 44 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this section that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this section shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(ii) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(iii) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(iv) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(v) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

 

19.


ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 45. Notices.

(a) Notice To Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by US mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b) Notice To Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, or by overnight delivery service, facsimile, telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is delivered personally shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit Of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice To Person With Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 46. Amendments. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 44(h) of these Bylaws or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the

 

20.


Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section 47. Loans To Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

21.


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

 

          P AGE  

ARTICLE I

   OFFICES      1   

Section 1.  

   Registered Office      1   

Section 2.  

   Other Offices      1   

ARTICLE II

   CORPORATE SEAL      1   

Section 3.  

   Corporate Seal      1   

ARTICLE III

   STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      1   

Section 4.  

   Place Of Meetings      1   

Section 5.  

   Annual Meetings      1   

Section 6.  

   Special Meetings      5   

Section 7.  

   Notice Of Meetings      5   

Section 8.  

   Quorum      6   

Section 9.  

   Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings      6   

Section 10.

   Voting Rights      6   

Section 11.

   Joint Owners Of Stock      6   

Section 12.

   List Of Stockholders      7   

Section 13.

   Action Without Meeting      7   

Section 14.

   Organization      7   

ARTICLE IV

   DIRECTORS      8   

Section 15.

   Number And Term Of Office      8   

Section 16.

   Powers      8   

Section 17.

   Classes of Directors      8   

Section 18.

   Vacancies      8   

Section 19.

   Resignation      9   

Section 20.

   Removal      9   

Section 21.

   Meetings      9   

Section 22.

   Quorum And Voting      10   

Section 23.

   Action Without Meeting      10   

Section 24.

   Fees And Compensation      10   

Section 25.

   Committees      10   

Section 26.

   Lead Independent Director      11   

Section 27.

   Organization      12   

ARTICLE V

   OFFICERS      12   

Section 28.

   Officers Designated      12   

Section 29.

   Tenure And Duties Of Officers      12   

Section 30.

   Delegation of Authority      13   

 

i.


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

C ONTINUED

 

          P AGE  

Section 31.  

   Resignations      13   

Section 32.  

   Removal      14   

ARTICLE VI

   EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION      14   

Section 33.  

   Execution Of Corporate Instruments      14   

Section 34.  

   Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation      14   

ARTICLE VII

   SHARES OF STOCK      14   

Section 35.  

   Form and Execution Of Certificates      14   

Section 36.  

   Lost Certificates      15   

Section 37.  

   Transfers      15   

Section 38.  

   Fixing Record Dates      15   

Section 39.  

   Registered Stockholders      15   

ARTICLE VIII

   OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION      16   

Section 40.  

   Execution Of Other Securities      16   

ARTICLE IX

   DIVIDENDS      16   

Section 41.  

   Declaration Of Dividends      16   

Section 42.  

   Dividend Reserve      16   

ARTICLE X

   FISCAL YEAR      16   

Section 43.  

   Fiscal Year      16   

ARTICLE XI

   INDEMNIFICATION      17   

Section 44.  

   Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents      17   

ARTICLE XII

   NOTICES      20   

Section 45.  

   Notices      20   

ARTICLE XIII

   AMENDMENTS      20   

Section 46.  

   Amendments      20   

ARTICLE XIV

   LOANS TO OFFICERS      21   

Section 47.  

   Loans To Officers      21   

 

ii.

Exhibit 3.5

VERSARTIS, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO

THE AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

V ERSARTIS , I NC . , a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies that:

F IRST : The name under which the corporation was originally incorporated is Versartis, Inc.

S ECOND : The date on which the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware is December 10, 2008. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 14, 2014.

T HIRD : The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation is hereby amended pursuant to Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. All amendments to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation reflected herein have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and stockholders of the corporation in accordance with the provisions of such Sections. As required by Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the corporation has given written notice of the amendments reflected herein to all stockholders who did not consent in writing to these amendments.

F OURTH : The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation is hereby amended as set forth below:

1. Section (A) of Article IV is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

A. Authorization of Stock . This corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, common stock and preferred stock. The total number of shares that this corporation is authorized to issue is 204,290,478 . The total number of shares of common stock authorized to be issued is 19,715,159, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”). The total number of shares of preferred stock authorized to be issued is 184,575,319, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), of which 22,000,000 are designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ”, 46,425,950 are designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ”, 36,444,444 are designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ”, 17,777,777 are designated “ Series D-1 Preferred Stock ” and 13,168,291 are designated “ Series D-2 Preferred Stock and, together with the Series D-1 Stock, the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”, and 48,758,857 are designated “ Series E Preferred Stock ”.

Effective upon the filing of this Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, every 11.5 shares of outstanding Common Stock shall be split and reconstituted into one validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable share of Common Stock (the “ Reverse Stock Split ”). No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon combination of the Common Stock in the Reverse Stock Split. If the Reverse Stock Split would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock (as determined by the Board of Directors) on the date that the Reverse Stock Split is effective, rounded up to the nearest whole cent.


The Reverse Stock Split shall occur whether or not the certificates representing such shares of Common Stock are surrendered to the corporation or its transfer agent. The Reverse Split shall be effected on a record holder-by-record holder basis, such that any fractional shares of Common Stock resulting from the Reverse Stock Split and held by a single record holder shall be aggregated.

The par value of each share of Common Stock shall not be adjusted in connection with the Reverse Stock Split. All of the share amounts, amounts per share and per share numbers for the Common Stock and each series of Preferred Stock set forth in the corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date, shall be appropriately adjusted to give effect to the Reverse Stock Split, as applicable.”

* * *

The foregoing Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by the corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law.


Versartis, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment to its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer this 5th day of March, 2014.

 

V ERSARTIS , I NC .
Signature:  

/s/Jeffrey L.Cleland            

  Jeffrey L. Cleland
  Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 10.6

V ERSARTIS , I NC .

2014 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : M ARCH  3, 2014

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : M ARCH 5, 2014

IPO D ATE /E FFECTIVE D ATE : M ARCH     , 2014

 

1. G ENERAL .

(a) Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan.

(i) The Plan is the successor to and continuation of the Versartis, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan, as amended (the “ Prior Plan ”). From and after 12:01 a.m. Pacific time on the Effective Date, no additional stock awards will be granted under the Prior Plan. All stock awards granted under the Prior Plan remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan. All Awards granted on or after 12:01 a.m. Pacific time on the Effective Date will be granted under the Plan.

(ii) Any shares that would otherwise remain available for future grants under the Prior Plan as of 12:01 a.m. Pacific time on the Effective Date ceased to be available under the Prior Plan at such time. Instead, that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then available for future grants under the Prior Plan (the “ Prior Plan’s Available Reserve ”) was added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) and became immediately available for grants and issuance pursuant to Stock Awards under the Plan, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

(iii) From and after 12:01 a.m. Pacific time on the Effective Date, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the total number of shares of Common Stock subject, at such time, to outstanding stock options granted under the Prior Plan that (A) expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement; (B) are forfeited or reacquired because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares or are repurchased at the original issuance price; or (C) are otherwise reacquired or withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award (the “ Returning Shares ”) will immediately be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) as and when such shares become Returning Shares (up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a)), and become available for issuance pursuant to Stock Awards granted hereunder.

(b) Eligible Award Recipients. Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Awards.

(c) Available Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, (vi) Performance Stock Awards, (vii) Performance Cash Awards, and (viii) Other Stock Awards.

(d) Purpose. This Plan, through the granting of Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

 

1.


2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) Administration by Board. The Board will administer the Plan. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) Powers of Board. The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine: (A) who will be granted Awards; (B) when and how each Award will be granted; (C) what type of Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to, or the cash value of, an Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Awards. The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement or in the written terms of a Performance Cash Award, in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which an Award may be exercised or vest (or at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued).

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not materially impair a Participant’s rights under his or her then-outstanding Award without his or her written consent.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan or Awards granted under the Plan into compliance therewith, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. If required by applicable law or listing requirements, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (E) materially expands the types of Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan will materially impair that Participant’s rights under an outstanding Award without his or her written consent.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of (A) Section 162(m) of the Code regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to Covered Employees, (B) Section 422 of the Code regarding “incentive stock options” or (C) Rule 16b-3.

(viii) To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more outstanding Awards. Except with respect to amendments that disqualify or impair the status of an Incentive Stock Option or as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award

 

2.


Agreement, no amendment of an outstanding Award will materially impair that Participant’s rights under his or her outstanding Award without his or her written consent. To be clear, unless prohibited by applicable law, the Board may amend the terms of an Award without the affected Participant’s consent if necessary (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option, (B) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code, or (C) to comply with other applicable laws.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

(xi) To effect, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding Stock Award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Stock Award and the grant in substitution therefor of a new (1) Option or SAR, (2) Restricted Stock Award, (3) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) Other Stock Award, (5) cash award and/or (6) award of other valuable consideration determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, with any such substituted award (x) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock as the cancelled Stock Award and (y) granted under the Plan or another equity or compensatory plan of the Company; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) Delegation to Committee.

(i) General. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee). Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable). The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(ii) Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3 Compliance. The Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such rights and options, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided , however , that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Stock Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise

 

3.


provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(w)(iii) below.

(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3. S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Share Reserve.

(i) Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments and the “evergreen” provision in Section 3(a)(ii), the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards from and after the Effective Date (the “ Share Reserve ”) will not exceed 4,100,255 shares, which number is equal to the sum of (A) 1,695,652 new shares, (B) the shares that represented the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve on the Effective Date, and (C) the Returning Shares, if any, if and when the Returning Shares ever become available for grant under the Plan.

(ii) The Share Reserve will automatically increase on January 1 st of each year, for a period of not more than ten years, commencing on January 1 st of the year following the year in which the Effective Date occurs and ending on (and including) January 1, 2024, in an amount equal to 4.5% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on December 31 st of the preceding calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to January 1 st of a given year to provide that there will be no January 1 st increase in the Share Reserve for such year or that the increase in the Share Reserve for such year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(iii) For clarity, the Share Reserve is a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan. As a single share may be subject to grant more than once (e.g., if a share subject to a Stock Award is forfeited, it may be made subject to grant again as provided in Section 3(b) below), the Share Reserve is not a limit on the number of Stock Awards that can be granted.

(iv) Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) or, if applicable, NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, AMEX Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If a Stock Award or any portion of a Stock Award (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

 

4.


(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be 12,000,000 shares of Common Stock (such shares of Common Stock subject to adjustment to reflect any stock split on or before the Effective Date).

(d) Section 162(m) Limitations . Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, at such time as the Company may be subject to the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code: (i) a maximum of 173,913 shares of Common Stock subject to Options, SARs and Other Stock Awards (such shares of Common Stock subject to adjustment to reflect any stock split on or before the Effective Date) whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award is granted may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year, (ii) a maximum of 173,913 shares of Common Stock subject to Performance Stock Awards (such shares of Common Stock subject to adjustment to reflect any stock split on or before the Effective Date) may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year (whether the grant, vesting or exercise is contingent upon the attainment during the Performance Period of the Performance Goals) and (iii) a maximum of $2,000,000 may be granted as a Performance Cash Award to any one Participant during any one calendar year. If a Performance Stock Award is in the form of an Option, it will count only against the Performance Stock Award limit. If a Performance Stock Award could (but is not required to) be paid out in cash, it will count only against the Performance Stock Award limit.

(e) Limitation on Grants to Non-Employee Directors . Subject to the Share Reserve and Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to Stock Awards granted to any Non-Employee Director during any one calendar year, taken together with any cash fees paid to such Non-Employee Director during the calendar year, shall not exceed $2,000,000 in total value (calculating the value of any such Stock Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Stock Awards for financial reporting purposes and excluding, for this purpose, the value of any dividend equivalent payments paid pursuant to any Stock Award granted in a previous calendar year).

(f) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

 

4. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however , that Stock Awards may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction such as a spin off transaction), (ii) the Company, in connection with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or (iii) the Company, in connection with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

5.


(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

 

5. P ROVISIONS RELATING TO O PTIONS AND S TOCK A PPRECIATION R IGHTS .

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided , however , that each Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Award is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c) Purchase Price for Options. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) if an option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided , however , that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from

 

6.


the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are reduced to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

(v) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(d) Exercise and Payment of a SAR. To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such SAR. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the strike price. The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

(e) Transferability of Options and SARs. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws. Except as explicitly provided herein, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order or official marital settlement agreement. If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company (or the designated broker), designate a third party who, on the death of the Participant, will thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate will be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. However, the Company may prohibit designation of a beneficiary at any time, including due to any conclusion by the Company that such designation would be inconsistent with the provisions of applicable laws.

(f) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of Performance Goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary.

 

7.


The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date which occurs three months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

(h) Extension of Termination Date. If the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of three months (that need not be consecutive) after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received on exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of months (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(i) Disability of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date which occurs 12 months following such termination of Continuous Service and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(j) Death of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date 18 months following the date of death and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

 

8.


(k) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR will terminate upon the date on which the event giving rise to the termination for Cause first occurred, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the date on which the event giving rise to the termination for Cause first occurred (or, if required by law, the date of termination of Continuous Service).

(l) Non-Exempt Employees . If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement in another agreement between the Participant and the Company, or, if no such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(l) will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

 

6. P ROVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS OTHER THAN O PTIONS AND SAR S .

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration (including future services) that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. Shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

9.


(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v) Dividends. A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment . A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

 

10.


(c) Performance Awards .

(i) Performance Stock Awards . A Performance Stock Award is a Stock Award (covering a number of shares not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable (including that may be granted, vest or exercised) contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Stock Award may, but need not, require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. The length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash may be used in payment of Performance Stock Awards.

(ii) Performance Cash Awards . A Performance Cash Award is a cash award (for a dollar value not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Cash Award may also require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. At the time of grant of a Performance Cash Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion. The Board may specify the form of payment of Performance Cash Awards, which may be cash or other property, or may provide for a Participant to have the option for his or her Performance Cash Award, or such portion thereof as the Board may specify, to be paid in whole or in part in cash or other property.

(iii) Section 162(m) Compliance . Unless otherwise permitted in compliance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” thereunder, the Committee will establish the Performance Goals applicable to, and the formula for calculating the amount payable under, the Award no later than the earlier of (a) the date 90 days after the commencement of the applicable Performance Period, and (b) the date on which 25% of the Performance Period has elapsed, and in any event at a time when the achievement of the applicable Performance Goals remains substantially uncertain. Prior to the payment of any compensation under an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee will certify the extent to which any Performance Goals and any other material terms under such Award have been satisfied (other than in cases where such relate solely to the increase in the value of the Common Stock). Notwithstanding satisfaction of any completion of any Performance Goals, the number of shares of Common Stock, Options, cash or other benefits granted, issued, retainable and/or vested under an Award on account of satisfaction of such Performance Goals may be reduced by the Committee on the basis of such further considerations as the Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(d) Other Stock Awards . Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., other stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

 

11.


7. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a) Availability of Shares. The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided , however , that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes. The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award.

 

8. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Award Agreement, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares under, the Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the

 

12.


service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board has the right in its sole discretion to (x) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (y) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced.

(f) Incentive Stock Option Limitations. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with the rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(g) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(h) Withholding Obligations. Unless prohibited by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; provided , however , that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv)

 

13.


withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

(i) Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet.

(j) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(k) Compliance with Section 409A. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A of the Code, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six (6) months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six (6) month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(l) Clawback/Recovery . All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of Cause.

 

9. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; O THER C ORPORATE E VENTS .

(a) Capitalization Adjustments . In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued

 

14.


pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), (iii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any person pursuant to Sections 3(d), and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service; provided , however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions will apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award.

(i) Stock Awards May Be Assumed. Except as otherwise set forth in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue any or all Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards for Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan (including but not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to Stock Awards may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or the successor’s parent company, if any), in connection with such Corporate Transaction; provided , further , that to the extent any or all Stock Awards are so assumed, continued or substituted, if any Participant incurs an Involuntary Termination on or following the date of such Corporate Transaction, any unvested shares subject to such assumed, continued or substituted Stock Awards will vest in full as of the date of such termination. A surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent) may choose to assume or continue only a portion of a Stock Award or substitute a similar stock award for only a portion of a Stock Award, or may choose to assume or continue the Stock Awards held by some, but not all Participants. The terms of any assumption, continuation or substitution will be set by the Board.

(ii) Stock Awards Held by Current Participants. In the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction (referred to as the “ Current Participants ”), the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, with respect to Options and SARs, the time when such Stock Awards may be exercised) will be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) as the Board will determine (or, if the Board does not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction), and such Stock Awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the

 

15.


Company with respect to such Stock Awards will lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction).

(iii) Stock Awards Held by Persons other than Current Participants. In the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by persons other than Current Participants, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, with respect to Options and SARs, the time when such Stock Awards may be exercised) will not be accelerated and such Stock Awards (other than a Stock Award consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however , that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards will not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the Corporate Transaction.

(iv) Payment for Stock Awards in Lieu of Exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Stock Award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a Corporate Transaction, the Board may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such Stock Award may not exercise such Stock Award but will receive a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board, equal in value, at the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award (including, at the discretion of the Board, any unvested portion of such Stock Award), over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

 

10. T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Incentive Stock Options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board (the “ Adoption Date ”), and (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

11. E XISTENCE OF THE P LAN ; T IMING OF F IRST G RANT OR E XERCISE .

The Plan will come into existence on the Adoption Date; provided , however , that no Award may be granted prior to the IPO Date (that is, the Effective Date). In addition, no Stock Award will be exercised (or, in the case of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Stock Award, or Other Stock Award, will be granted) and no Performance Cash Award will be settled unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval will be within 12 months after the Adoption Date.

 

12. C HOICE OF L AW .

The law of the State of California will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

16.


13. D EFINITIONS . As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b) Award ” means a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.

(c) Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award.

(d) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Adoption Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(f) Cause ” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following: (i) the Participant’s commission of any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude; (ii) the Participant’s attempted commission of or participation in a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company that results in (or might have reasonably resulted in) material harm to the business of the Company; (iii) the Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or any statutory duty that the Participant owes to the Company; or (iv) the Participant’s conduct that constitutes gross insubordination, incompetence or habitual neglect of duties and that results in (or might have reasonably resulted in) material harm to the business of the Company; provided , however , that the action or conduct described in clauses (iii) and (iv) above will constitute “ Cause ” only if such action or conduct continues after the Company has provided the Participant with written notice thereof and thirty (30) days to cure the same.

(g) Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company; (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities; or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that

 

17.


if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(iv) individuals who, on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member will, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

For purposes of determining voting power under the term Change in Control, voting power shall be calculated by assuming the conversion of all equity securities convertible (immediately or at some future time) into shares entitled to vote, but not assuming the exercise of any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase those shares. In addition, (A) the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, (B) the term Change in Control will not include a change in the voting power of any one or more stockholders as a result of the conversion of any class of the Company’s securities into another class of the Company’s securities having a different number of votes per share pursuant to the conversion provisions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and (C) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant will supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided , however , that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition will apply. If required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event will a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder). The Board may, in its sole discretion and without a Participant’s consent, amend the definition of “Change in Control” to conform to the definition of “Change in Control” under Section 409A of the Code, and the regulations thereunder.

 

18.


(h) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(i) Committee ” means a committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(j) Common Stock ” means, as of the IPO Date, the common stock of the Company, having one vote per share.

(k) Company ” means Versartis, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(l) Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

(m) Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided , however , that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law. In addition, to the extent required for exemption from or compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the determination of whether there has been a termination of Continuous Service will be made, and such term will be construed, in a manner that is consistent with the definition of “separation from service” as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(n) Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

 

19.


(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

To the extent required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event will an event be deemed a Corporate Transaction if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(o) Covered Employee ” will have the meaning provided in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

(p) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(q) Disability ” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(r) Effective Date ” means the IPO Date.

(s) Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(t) Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(u) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(v) Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(w) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

 

20.


(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

(x) Incentive Stock Option ” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(y) Involuntary Termination ” means, during the twelve (12) months commencing on the closing date of a Corporate Transaction or Change in Control, (1) the termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service by reason of such Participant’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Company, Parent, Subsidiary or any successor employing such Participant for reasons other than Cause, or (2) the Participant’s voluntary resignation following (A) a material diminution in the Participant’s base salary, (B) a material diminution in the Participant’s authority, duties, position or responsibilities, (C) a material diminution in the authority, duties, position or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom the Participant is required to report, including a requirement that the Participant report to a corporate officer or employee instead of directly to the Board, (D) a material diminution in the budget over which the Participant retains authority, (E) a relocation of the Participant’s principal place of work to a location that is more than 50 miles away from the Participant’s principal place of work immediately prior to the consummation of the Corporate Transaction or Change in Control, or (F) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Company of this Plan.

(z) IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(aa) Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“ Regulation S-K ”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

(bb) Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means any option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(cc) Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

21.


(dd) Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(ee) Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ff) Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(gg) Other Stock Award ” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(d).

(hh) Other Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ii) Outside Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the taxable year, has not been an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” and does not receive remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a Director, or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(jj) Own, ” “ Owned, ” “ Owner, ” “ Ownership ” A person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(kk) Parent ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

(ll) Participant ” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(mm) Performance Cash Award ” means an award of cash granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(ii).

(nn) Performance Criteria ” means the one or more criteria that the Board will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Board: (i) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (ii) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (iii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (iv) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (v) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense);

 

22.


(vi) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (vii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (viii) total stockholder return; (ix) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (x) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (xi) stock price; (xii) margin (including gross margin); (xiii) income (before or after taxes); (xiv) operating income; (xv) operating income after taxes; (xvi) pre-tax profit; (xvii) operating cash flow; (xviii) sales or revenue targets; (xix) increases in revenue or product revenue; (xx) expenses and cost reduction goals; (xxi) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (xxii) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (xxiii) market share; (xxiv) cash flow; (xxv) cash flow per share; (xxvi) share price performance; (xxvii) debt reduction; (xxviii) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (xxix) employee retention; (xxx) stockholders’ equity; (xxxi) capital expenditures; (xxxii) debt levels; (xxxiii) operating profit or net operating profit; (xxxiv) workforce diversity; (xxxv) growth of net income or operating income; (xxxvi) billings; (xxxvii) bookings; (xxxviii) initiation of phases of clinical trials and/or studies by specified dates; (xxxix) patient enrollment rates, (xxxx) budget management; (xxxxi) regulatory body approval with respect to products, studies and/or trials; (xxxxii) commercial launch of products; and (xxxxiii) to the extent that an Award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by the Board.

(oo) Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles; (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item; (13) to exclude the effects of the timing of acceptance for review and/or approval of submissions to the Food and Drug Administration or any other regulatory body and (14) to exclude the effects of entering into or achieving milestones involved in licensing joint ventures. In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

 

23.


(pp) Performance Period ” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

(qq) Performance Stock Award ” means a Stock Award granted under the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(i).

(rr) Plan ” means this Versartis, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

(ss) Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(tt) Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(uu) Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(vv) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ww) Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(xx) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(yy) Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(zz) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(aaa) Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Stock Award or any Other Stock Award.

(bbb) Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ccc) Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is

 

24.


at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

(ddd) Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

25.

Exhibit 10.9

V ERSARTIS , I NC .

2014 E MPLOYEE S TOCK P URCHASE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : M ARCH  3, 2014

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : M ARCH 5, 2014

 

1. G ENERAL ; P URPOSE .

(a) The Plan provides a means by which Eligible Employees of the Company and certain designated Related Corporations may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock. The Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(b) The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of such Employees, to secure and retain the services of new Employees and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations.

 

2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine how and when Purchase Rights will be granted and the provisions of each Offering (which need not be identical).

(ii) To designate from time to time which Related Corporations of the Company will be eligible to participate in the Plan.

(iii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(iv) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under the Plan.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vi) To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vii) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Related Corporations and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(viii) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

 

1


(c) The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated. Whether or not the Board has delegated administration of the Plan to a Committee, the Board will have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the Plan.

(d) All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3. S HARES OF C OMMON S TOCK S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed 150,000 shares of Common Stock, plus the number of shares of Common Stock that are automatically added on January 1 of each year for a period of up to ten years, commencing on the first January 1 following the IPO Date and ending on (and including) January 1, 2024, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1.0% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding fiscal year, and (ii) 300,000 shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any calendar year to provide that there will be no January 1 increase in the share reserve for such calendar year or that the increase in the share reserve for such calendar year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(b) If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such Purchase Right will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) The stock purchasable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

 

4. G RANT OF P URCHASE R IGHTS ; O FFERING .

(a) The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Offering (consisting of one or more Purchase Periods) on an Offering Date or Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate, and will comply with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights will have the same rights and privileges. The terms and conditions of an Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering will include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering will be effective, which period will not exceed 27 months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive.

(b) If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in forms delivered to the Company: (i) each form will apply to all of his or her

 

2


Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.

(c) The Board will have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the first Trading Day of a new Purchase Period within that Offering is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date for that Offering, then (i) that Offering will terminate immediately as of that first Trading Day, and (ii) the Participants in such terminated Offering will be automatically enrolled in a new Offering beginning on the first Trading Day of such new Purchase Period.

 

5. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Board may designate in accordance with Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation or an Affiliate. Except as provided in Section 5(b), an Employee will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless, on the Offering Date, the Employee has been in the employ of the Company or the Related Corporation or an Affiliate, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding such Offering Date as the Board may require, but in no event will the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than two years. In addition, the Board may (unless prohibited by law) provide that no Employee will be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee’s customary employment with the Company or the Related Corporation or the Affiliate is more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code.

(b) The Board may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee will, on a date or dates specified in the Offering which coincides with the day on which such person becomes an Eligible Employee or which occurs thereafter, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such Purchase Right will have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

(i) the date on which such Purchase Right is granted will be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such Purchase Right;

(ii) the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right will begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and

(iii) the Board may provide that if such person first becomes an Eligible Employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she will not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.

(c) No Employee will be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options will be treated as stock owned by such Employee.

 

3


(d) As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not permit such Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, will be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

(e) Officers of the Company and any designated Related Corporation, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, will be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may provide in an Offering that Employees who are highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code will not be eligible to participate.

 

6. P URCHASE R IGHTS ; P URCHASE P RICE .

(a) On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee, pursuant to an Offering made under the Plan, will be granted a Purchase Right to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock purchasable either with a percentage or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the Board, but in either case not exceeding 15% of such Employee’s earnings (as defined by the Board in each Offering) during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date will be no later than the end of the Offering.

(b) The Board will establish one or more Purchase Dates during an Offering on which Purchase Rights granted for that Offering will be exercised and shares of Common Stock will be purchased in accordance with such Offering.

(c) In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify (i) a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering, (ii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering and/or (iii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated Contributions) allocation of the shares of Common Stock available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

(d) The purchase price of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights will be not less than the lesser of:

(i) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date; or

(ii) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Date.

 

7. P ARTICIPATION ; W ITHDRAWAL ; T ERMINATION .

(a) An Eligible Employee may elect to authorize payroll deductions as the means of making Contributions by completing and delivering to the Company, within the time specified in the Offering, an

 

4


enrollment form provided by the Company. The enrollment form will specify the amount of Contributions not to exceed the maximum amount specified by the Board. Each Participant’s Contributions will be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under the Plan and will be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where applicable law requires that Contributions be deposited with a third party or otherwise segregated. If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may begin such Contributions with the first payroll occurring on or after the Offering Date (or, in the case of a payroll date that occurs after the end of the prior Offering but before the Offering Date of the next new Offering, Contributions from such payroll will be included in the new Offering). If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or increase his or her Contributions. If specifically provided in the Offering, in addition to making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through the payment by cash, check or wire transfer prior to a Purchase Date, in the manner directed by the Company.

(b) During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company a withdrawal form provided by the Company. The Company may impose a deadline before a Purchase Date for withdrawing. Upon such withdrawal, such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering will immediately terminate and the Company will distribute to such Participant all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions and such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering shall thereupon terminate. A Participant’s withdrawal from that Offering will have no effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but such Participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form to participate in subsequent Offerings.

(c) Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan will terminate immediately if the Participant either (i) is no longer an Employee for any reason or for no reason (subject to any post-employment participation period required by law) or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate. The Company will distribute to such individual all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions.

(d) During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights will be exercisable only by such Participant. Purchase Rights are not transferable by a Participant, except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if permitted by the Company, by a beneficiary designation as described in Section 10.

(e) Unless otherwise specified in the Offering, the Company will have no obligation to pay interest on Contributions.

 

8. E XERCISE OF P URCHASE R IGHTS .

(a) On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. No fractional shares will be issued unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

(b) If any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock and such remaining amount is less than the amount required to purchase one share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will be held in such Participant’s account for the purchase of shares of Common Stock under the next Offering under the Plan, unless such Participant withdraws from or is not eligible to participate in such Offering, in which case such amount will be distributed to such Participant after the final Purchase Date, without interest. If the amount of Contributions remaining in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock is at least equal to the amount required to purchase one whole share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will not roll

 

5


over to the next Offering and will instead be distributed in full to such Participant after the final Purchase Date of such Offering without interest .

(c) No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable federal, state, foreign and other securities and other laws applicable to the Plan. If on a Purchase Date the shares of Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights will be exercised on such Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date will be delayed until the shares of Common Stock are subject to such an effective registration statement and the Plan is in material compliance, except that the Purchase Date will in no event be more than 6 months from the Offering Date. If, on the Purchase Date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in material compliance with all applicable laws, no Purchase Rights will be exercised and all accumulated but unused Contributions will be distributed to the Participants without interest.

 

9. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

The Company will seek to obtain from each federal, state, foreign or other regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Purchase Rights and issue and sell shares of Common Stock thereunder unless doing so would be an unreasonable cost to the Company compared to the potential benefit to Eligible Employees, which determination the Company will make in its sole discretion. If, after commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the grant of Purchase Rights or the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, and at a commercially reasonable cost, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to grant Purchase Rights and/or to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Purchase Rights.

 

10. D ESIGNATION OF B ENEFICIARY .

(a) The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit a Participant to submit a form designating a beneficiary who will receive any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions from the Participant’s account under the Plan if the Participant dies before such shares and/or Contributions are delivered to the Participant. The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit the Participant to change such designation of beneficiary. Any such designation and/or change must be on a form approved by the Company.

(b) If a Participant dies, in the absence of a valid beneficiary designation, the Company will deliver any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant. If, to the knowledge of the Company, no executor or administrator has been appointed, the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the Participant’s spouse, dependents or relatives, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

 

11. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; C ORPORATE T RANSACTIONS .

(a) In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and number of securities subject to,

 

6


and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights, and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board will make these adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding Purchase Rights or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for outstanding Purchase Rights, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for such Purchase Rights, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase shares of Common Stock within ten business days prior to the Corporate Transaction under the outstanding Purchase Rights, and the Purchase Rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

 

12. A MENDMENT , T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a) The Board may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements, including any amendment that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to become Participants and receive Purchase Rights, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of awards available for issuance under the Plan, but in each of (i) through (v) above only to the extent stockholder approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements.

(b) The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(c) Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding Purchase Rights granted before an amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not be materially impaired by any such amendment, suspension or termination except (i) with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to comply with any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase Plans) including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (iii) as necessary to obtain or maintain favorable tax, listing, or regulatory treatment. To be clear, the Board may amend outstanding Purchase Rights without a Participant’s consent if such amendment is necessary to ensure that the Purchase Right and/or the Plan complies with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

 

13. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

The Plan will become effective on the IPO Date. No Purchase Rights will be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted (or if required under Section 12(a) above, materially amended) by the Board.

 

7


14. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

(a) Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) A Participant will not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent).

(c) The Plan and Offering do not constitute an employment contract. Nothing in the Plan or in the Offering will in any way alter the at will nature of a Participant’s employment or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue in the employ of the Company or a Related Corporation, or on the part of the Company or a Related Corporation to continue the employment of a Participant.

(d) The provisions of the Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of California without resort to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

(e) If any particular provision of the Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, such provision will not affect the other provisions of the Plan, but the Plan will be construed in all respects as if such invalid provision were omitted.

 

15. D EFINITIONS .

As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate ” means any branch or representative office of a Related Corporation, as determined by the Board, whether now or hereafter existing.

(b) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) Capital Stock ” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(d) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(e) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder .

(f) Committee ” means a committee of one or more members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

 

8


(g) Common Stock ” means, as of the IPO Date, the common stock of the Company, having 1 vote per share.

(h) Company ” means Versartis, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(i) “Contributions ” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments specifically provided for in the Offering that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into his or her account if specifically provided for in the Offering, and then only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions.

(j) Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(k) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(l) Eligible Employee ” means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

(m) Employee ” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is “employed” for purposes of Section 423(b)(4) of the Code by the Company or a Related Corporation (including an Affiliate). However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(n) Employee Stock Purchase Plan ” means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

(o) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(p) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

 

9


(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith in compliance with applicable laws and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A of the Code.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Offering that commences on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date will be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.

(q) IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(r) Offering ” means the grant to Eligible Employees of Purchase Rights, with the exercise of those Purchase Rights automatically occurring at the end of one or more Purchase Periods. The terms and conditions of an Offering will generally be set forth in the “ Offering Document ” approved by the Board for that Offering.

(s) Offering Date ” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence.

(t) Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Corporation within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(u) Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who holds an outstanding Purchase Right.

(v) Plan ” means this Versartis, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(w) Purchase Date ” means one or more dates during an Offering selected by the Board on which Purchase Rights will be exercised and on which purchases of shares of Common Stock will be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

(x) Purchase Period ” means a period of time specified within an Offering, generally beginning on the Offering Date or on the first Trading Day following a Purchase Date, and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

(y) Purchase Right ” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(z) Related Corporation ” means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(aa) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

10


(bb) Trading Day ” means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which shares of Common Stock are listed, including but not limited to the NYSE, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market or any successors thereto, is open for trading.

 

11

Exhibit 10.10

VERSARTIS, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

T HIS I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is effective as of                       , 2014, by and between V ERSARTIS , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                  (“ Indemnitee ”).

A. The Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company and its related entities.

B. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and the advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law.

C. The Company and Indemnitee recognize the continued difficulty in obtaining liability insurance for the Company’s directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries, the significant increases in the cost of such insurance and the general reductions in the coverage of such insurance.

D. Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s Bylaws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity.

E. The Company and Indemnitee further recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers, employees, agents and fiduciaries to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and coverage of liability insurance has been severely limited.

F. In view of the considerations set forth above, the Company desires that Indemnitee shall be indemnified and advanced expenses by the Company as set forth in this Agreement.

G. Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by one or more other entities and/or organizations, which Indemnitee and the Company intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board of Directors of the Company.

The parties agree as follows:

1. D EFINITIONS .

(a) Change in Control ” means, and will be deemed to have occurred if, on or after the date of this Agreement, (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company acting in such capacity or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities (as defined below), (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination


for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

(b) Claim ” means, with respect to a Covered Event (as defined below), any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or any hearing, inquiry or investigation that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other and whether brought in the right of or by the Company or otherwise.

(c) References to the “ Company ” include, in addition to Versartis, Inc., any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger to which Versartis, Inc. (or any of its wholly owned subsidiaries) is a party, that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee will stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(d) Covered Event ” means any event or occurrence (i) related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company or (ii) related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action or inaction on the part of Indemnitee while serving in such capacity.

(e) Expenses ” means any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, to be a witness in or to participate in, any action, suit, proceeding, alternative dispute resolution mechanism, hearing, inquiry or investigation), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld), actually and reasonably incurred, of any Claim and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement.

(f) Expense Advance ” means a payment to Indemnitee pursuant to Section 3 of Expenses in advance of the settlement of or final judgment in any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, hearing, inquiry or investigation that constitutes a Claim.

 

2


(g) Independent Legal Counsel ” means an attorney or firm of attorneys, selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(d) hereof, who will not have otherwise performed services for the Company or Indemnitee within the last three years (other than with respect to matters concerning the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnity agreements).

(h) References to “ other enterprises ” include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” include any excise taxes assessed on Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” include any service as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, which role imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or its beneficiaries; and if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

(i) Reviewing Party ” means, subject to the provisions of Section 2(d), any person or body appointed by the Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law to review the Company’s obligations hereunder and under applicable law, which may include (i) the directors who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question (“ Disinterested Directors ”), even if less than a quorum, (ii) a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a vote of the majority of the Disinterested Directors, even if less than a quorum, (iii), by Independent Legal Counsel, if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if such Disinterested Directors so direct or (iv) by the stockholders.

(j) Section ” refers to a section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

(k) Voting Securities ” means any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

2. I NDEMNIFICATION .

(a) Indemnification of Expenses. Subject to the provisions of Section 2(b) below, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law if Indemnitee was or is or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, any Claim (whether by reason of or arising in part out of a Covered Event), including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses.

(b) Review of Indemnification Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 4(b), a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be determined by a Reviewing Party selected pursuant to Section 2(d). In the event any Reviewing Party will have determined (in a written opinion, in any case in which Independent Legal Counsel is the Reviewing Party) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder under applicable law, (i) the Company shall have no further obligation under Section 2(a) to make any payments to Indemnitee not made prior to such determination by such Reviewing Party, and (ii) the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all Expenses theretofore paid in indemnifying Indemnitee; provided, however , that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder under applicable law, any determination made by any Reviewing Party that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder under applicable law will not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expenses theretofore paid in indemnifying Indemnitee until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed). Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for any Expenses will be unsecured and no interest will be charged thereon.

 

3


(c) Indemnitee Rights on Unfavorable Determination; Binding Effect. If any Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder in whole or in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by such Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, including the legal or factual bases therefor, and, subject to the provisions of Section 15, the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Absent such litigation, any determination by any Reviewing Party will be conclusive and binding on the Company and Indemnitee.

(d) Selection of Reviewing Party; Change in Control. If there has not been a Change in Control, any Reviewing Party will be selected by the Board of Directors and approved by the Indemnitee (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld). If the Board chooses to utilize an Independent Legal Counsel as the Reviewing Party, the Independent Legal Counsel will be chosen by the Company and approved by the Indemnitee (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld). If there has been such a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control that has been approved by a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), any Reviewing Party with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnification of Expenses under this Agreement or any other agreement or under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws as now or hereafter in effect, or under any other applicable law, if desired by Indemnitee, will be Independent Legal Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). Such counsel, among other things, will render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent Indemnitee would be entitled to be indemnified hereunder under applicable law and the Company agrees to abide by such opinion. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Legal Counsel referred to above and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to pay Expenses of more than one Independent Legal Counsel in connection with all matters concerning a single Indemnitee, and such Independent Legal Counsel shall be the Independent Legal Counsel for any or all other Indemnitees unless (i) the Company otherwise determines or (ii) any Indemnitee shall provide a written statement setting forth in detail a reasonable objection to such Independent Legal Counsel representing other Indemnitees.

(e) Mandatory Payment of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement other than Section 10 hereof, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise, including, without limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice, in defense of any Claim, Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection therewith.

3. E XPENSE A DVANCES .

(a) Obligation to Make Expense Advances. The Company will make Expense Advances to Indemnitee upon receipt of a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amounts if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified therefor by the Company.

(b) Form of Undertaking. Any written undertaking by the Indemnitee to repay any Expense Advances hereunder will be unsecured, and no interest shall be charged thereon.

 

4


4. P ROCEDURES FOR I NDEMNIFICATION AND E XPENSE A DVANCES .

(a) Timing of Payments. All payments of Expenses (including without limitation Expense Advances) by the Company to the Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement will be made to the fullest extent permitted by law as soon as practicable after written demand by Indemnitee therefor is presented to the Company, but in no event later than 30 days after such written demand by Indemnitee is presented to the Company, except in the case of Expense Advances, which will be made no later than 20 days after such written demand by Indemnitee is presented to the Company.

(b) Notice/Cooperation by Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified or Indemnitee’s right to receive Expense Advances under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any Claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. Notice to the Company will be directed to the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company at the address shown on the signature page of this Agreement (or such other address as the Company shall designate in writing to Indemnitee). In addition, Indemnitee will give the Company such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as shall be within Indemnitee’s power. The failure by Indemnitee to timely notify the Company of any Claim will not relieve the Company from any liability hereunder unless, and only to the extent that such failure results in forfeiture by the Company of substantial defenses, rights, or insurance coverage.

(c) Timing of Indemnification Determination . The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to cause any determination by a Reviewing Party to be made as promptly as practicable. If the Reviewing Party shall not have made a determination within 60 days after the later of (A) receipt by the Company of written notice from Indemnitee advising the Company of the final disposition of the applicable Covered Event and (B) the selection of an Independent Counsel, if such determination is to be made by Independent Counsel, then Indemnitee shall be deemed to have satisfied the applicable standard of conduct absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however , that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed (1) an additional 30 days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto or (2) an additional 75 days, if the Reviewing Party will be the stockholders of the Company.

(d) No Presumptions; Burden of Proof. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Claim by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere , or its equivalent, will not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by this Agreement or applicable law. In addition, neither the failure of any Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by any Reviewing Party that Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of legal proceedings by Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under this Agreement or applicable law, shall be a defense to Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief. In connection with any determination by any Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proof will be on the Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.

 

5


(e) Notice to Insurers. If, at the time of the receipt by the Company of a notice of a Claim pursuant to Section (b) hereof, the Company has liability insurance in effect that may cover such Claim, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Claim to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Claim in accordance with the terms of such policies; provided, however , that nothing in this subsection (e) shall relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder (or allow the Company to delay in its performance of its obligations hereunder) to provide indemnification for or make any Expense Advances with respect to the Expenses of any Claim, between the time that it so notifies its insurers and the time that its insurers actually pay any such amounts payable as a result of any such Claim to the Company.

(f) Selection of Counsel. In the event the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any Expense Advances with respect to the Expenses of any Claim, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Claim with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Claim; provided, however , that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ Indemnitee’s separate counsel in any such Claim at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Claim, then the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel will be Expenses for which Indemnitee may receive indemnification or Expense Advances hereunder. The Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any threatened or pending Claim effected without the Company’s prior written consent. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, effect any settlement of any threatened or pending Claim which the Indemnitee is or could have been a party unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such Claim. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement; provided that Indemnitee may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a complete and unconditional release of Indemnitee.

5. A DDITIONAL I NDEMNIFICATION R IGHTS ; N ONEXCLUSIVITY .

(a) Scope. The Company hereby agrees to indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws or by statute. In the event of any change after the date of this Agreement in any applicable law, statute or rule that expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits afforded by such change. In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule that narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, such change, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement, will have no effect on this Agreement or the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder except as set forth in Section 10(a) hereof.

 

6


(b) Nonexclusivity. The indemnification and the payment of Expense Advances provided by this Agreement will be in addition to any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company’s certificate of incorporation, its bylaws, any other agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, the Delaware General Corporation Law, or otherwise. The indemnification and the payment of Expense Advances provided under this Agreement will continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though subsequent thereto Indemnitee may have ceased to serve in such capacity.

(c) Company Obligations Primary . The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more other entities and/or organizations (collectively, the “ Secondary Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees that (i) it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same Expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) it will be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and will be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Secondary Indemnitors and (iii) it irrevocably waives relinquishes and releases the Secondary Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Secondary Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Secondary Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company will affect the foregoing and the Secondary Indemnitors will have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Secondary Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms hereof.

6. N O D UPLICATION OF P AYMENTS . Subject to Section 5(c) above, the Company will not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, provision of the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise payable under this Agreement.

7. P ARTIAL I NDEMNIFICATION . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses incurred in connection with any Claim, but not, however, for all of the total amount thereof, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses to which Indemnitee is entitled.

8. M UTUAL A CKNOWLEDGMENT . Both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, federal law or applicable public policy may prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries under this Agreement or otherwise. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the Securities and Exchange Commission to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company’s right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.

9. L IABILITY I NSURANCE . The Company shall obtain and maintain during the term of this Agreement liability insurance applicable to directors, officers or fiduciaries in an amount determined by the Company’s board of directors; provided, however , that nothing in this Section 9 shall relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder (or allow the Company to delay in its performance of its obligations hereunder) to provide indemnification for or make any Expense Advances with respect to the

 

7


Expenses of any Claim. To the extent the Company maintains liability insurance applicable to directors, officers or fiduciaries, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policies in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are provided to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors, if Indemnitee is a director; or of the Company’s officers, if Indemnitee is not a director of the Company but is an officer. The Company shall promptly notify Indemnitee of any expiration, lapse, non-renewal or denial of coverage under any such policy.

10. E XCEPTIONS .

(a) Excluded Action or Omissions. The Company will not indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses resulting from acts, omissions or transactions for which Indemnitee is prohibited from receiving indemnification under this Agreement or applicable law; provided, however , that notwithstanding any limitation set forth in this subsection (a) regarding the Company’s obligation to provide indemnification, Indemnitee will be entitled under Section 3 to receive Expense Advances hereunder with respect to any such Claim unless and until a court having jurisdiction over the Claim will have made a final judicial determination (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee has engaged in acts, omissions or transactions for which Indemnitee is prohibited from receiving indemnification under this Agreement or applicable law.

(b) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. The Company will not indemnify or make Expense Advances to Indemnitee with respect to Claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, counterclaim or cross claim, except (i) with respect to actions or proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other agreement or insurance policy or under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Covered Events, (ii) in specific cases if the Board of Directors has approved the initiation or bringing of such Claim, or (iii) as otherwise required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (relating to indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents; and insurance), regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

(c) Lack of Good Faith. The Company will not indemnify Indemnitee for any Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to any action in which the Indemnitee has been finally adjudged by a court having jurisdiction in the matter (i) to have acted in bad faith; (ii) to not have acted in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; or (iii) with respect to criminal actions or proceedings, to have had reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(d) Claims Under Section 16(b). The Company will not indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses and the payment of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor statute; provided, however , that notwithstanding any limitation set forth in this subsection (d) regarding the Company’s obligation to provide indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled under Section 3 to receive Expense Advances hereunder with respect to any such Claim unless and until a court having jurisdiction over the Claim will have made a final judicial determination (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee has violated said statute.

(e) Clawback Under Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Company will not indemnify Indemnitee in connection with any Claim for reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company

 

8


pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement).

11. C OUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be an original, but all of which together will constitute one instrument.

12. B INDING E FFECT ; S UCCESSORS AND A SSIGNS . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), spouses, heirs and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect, and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement will continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary (as applicable) of the Company or of any other enterprise at the Company’s request, but only with respect to Covered Events.

13. E XPENSES I NCURRED IN A CTION R ELATING TO E NFORCEMENT OR I NTERPRETATION . In the event that any action is instituted by Indemnitee under this Agreement or under any liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof or thereof, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be indemnified for all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such action (including without limitation attorneys’ fees), regardless of whether Indemnitee is ultimately successful in such action, unless as a part of such action a court having jurisdiction over such action makes a final judicial determination (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee as a basis for such action was not made in good faith or was frivolous; provided, however , that until such final judicial determination is made, Indemnitee shall be entitled under Section 3 to receive payment of Expense Advances hereunder with respect to such action. In the event of an action instituted by or in the name of the Company under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be indemnified for all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in defense of such action (including without limitation costs and expenses incurred with respect to Indemnitee’s counterclaims and cross-claims made in such action), unless as a part of such action a court having jurisdiction over such action makes a final judicial determination (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that each of the material defenses asserted by Indemnitee in such action was made in bad faith or was frivolous; provided, however , that until such final judicial determination is made, Indemnitee shall be entitled under Section 3 to receive payment of Expense Advances hereunder with respect to such action.

14. N OTICES . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

9


15. C ONSENT TO J URISDICTION . The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement and agree that any action instituted under this Agreement will be commenced, prosecuted and continued only in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County, which will be the exclusive and only proper forum for adjudicating such a claim.

16. C HOICE OF L AW . This Agreement will be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware in all respects as such laws are applied to agreements among Delaware residents entered into and performed entirely within Delaware, without giving effect to conflict of law principles thereof.

17. S EVERABILITY . In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

18. S UBROGATION . Subject to Section 5(c) above, in the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

19. A MENDMENT AND W AIVER . No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement will be effective unless it is in writing signed by both the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be deemed to be or will constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor will such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

20. I NTEGRATION ; E NTIRE A GREEMENT . This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes and merges all previous written and oral negotiations, commitments, understandings and agreements between the parties relating to the subject matter contained in this Agreement.

21. H EADINGS . The section and subsection headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

22. N O C ONSTRUCTION AS E MPLOYMENT A GREEMENT . Nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed as giving Indemnitee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliated entities.

 

10


The parties have executed this Indemnification Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

VERSARTIS, INC.
By:    
  Jeffrey L. Cleland
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

A GREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY :

I NDEMNITEE :

 
Signature of Indemnitee
 
Print or Type Name of Indemnitee
Address:    
   

I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.21

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LICENSING AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 2 (“ Amendment No. 2 ”) to the Second Amended and Restated Licensing Agreement dated December 30, 2010, as amended February 3, 2011, and as amended by Amendment No. 1 (“ Amendment No.1 ”) as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date (as defined therein) (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between Amunix Operating, Inc. (“ Licensor ”) and Versartis, Inc. (“ Licensee ”) as of February 25, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”).

WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Agreement as of the Effective Date as set forth in this Amendment No. 2.

NOW, THEREFORE, in exchange for good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Licensor and Licensee agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Amendment No. 2 shall have the same meaning as in the Agreement, as amended hereby.

2. Amendments . The Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

a. Definition of Covered Product . Section 1.6 of Amendment No. 1 is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

1.6 “Covered Product” means a specific composition of matter that: (a) consists of a specific set of modifications to a single Selected Target, including without limitations deletions, substitutions, fusions or fragments of such Selected Target, to which an rPEG molecule has been attached, (b) is created using or is otherwise Covered by the rPEG Licensed IP, and (iii) is selected for clinical development by Licensee (or a sub-licenseeor any further sub-licensee thereof).

b. Definition of Selected Target . Section 1.20 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

1.20 “Selected Target” means a Target that Licensee has selected (a) pursuant to the Original License as set forth in Section 2.1 or (b) pursuant to Section 2.4 or 2.5, below, for the development of Covered Products and, if applicable, Marketed Products.

c. License Grant . Section 2(i) of Amendment No. 1 is hereby restated as follows:

i. Section 2.6(a) of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

(a) Grant of Rights. Licensee is hereby granted a worldwide, exclusive, irrevocable (except as set forth in Section 5.2, below), sub-licensable right and license under the rPEG Licensed IP to research, develop, make, have made and use Covered Products


and to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, import, export, and otherwise fully exploit up to four specific Marketed Products in the Field. For purposes of clarification, Licensee shall not have any rights to the rPEG Licensed IP except as set forth in this Section 2.6 and in each case subject to Section 2.8, below. The foregoing grant of rights shall be subject to: (i) the retained rights of the U.S. Government under 35 U.S.C. §200 et seq. and 37 C.F.R. §401, if any, and (ii) an obligation under 35 U.S.C. §204, if applicable, that Covered Products and Marketed Products be manufactured substantially in the United States, unless a waiver is obtained from the appropriate federal agency. At Licensee’s request, Licensor will apply for such waiver of the U.S. manufacturing requirements with respect to the Covered Products and Marketed Products and will use reasonable efforts to obtain such waiver. Licensee shall cooperate with Licensor and provide reasonably necessary information in support of such waiver application if Licensor so requests. Licensor agrees that upon request of Licensee, Licensor will apply for a waiver of the U.S. manufacturing requirements set forth in 37 C.F.R. §401 with respect to the Covered Products and will use reasonable efforts to obtain such waiver. Licensee shall cooperate with Licensor and provide reasonably necessary information in support of such efforts to obtain such waiver if Licensor so requests.

d. Cross-References . In Section 2(j) of Amendment No. 1, relating to Section 4.1(a) of the Agreement, the reference to “Section 2.5” in the last line is hereby deleted and replaced with a reference to “Section 2.6(a).” In Section 3.3(b) of the Agreement (from the Amended and Restated Licensing Agreement of July 15, 2010), the reference to “Section 2.7(b)” in the second line is hereby deleted and replaced with a reference to “Section 2.6(b).”

3. No Other Amendments . No amendments are made other than those expressly set forth in this Amendment No. 2, and all provisions of the Agreement unaffected by this Amendment No. 2 remain in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement and this Amendment No. 2, this Amendment No. 2 shall control.

4. Entire Agreement . This Amendment No. 2 sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous agreements, promises, representations, understandings and negotiations, whether written or oral, between the Parties, with respect thereto.

5. Governing Law . This Amendment No. 2 shall be governed by the Laws of the State of California, without reference to conflict of laws principles.

6. Counterparts . This Amendment No. 2 may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which together shall constitute a single instrument. Signatures to this Amendment No. 2 transmitted by facsimile, by electronic mail in .pdf (portable document format) form, or by any other electronic means intended to preserve the original graphic and pictorial appearance of this Amendment No. 2, shall have the same effect as physical delivery of the paper Amendment No. 2 bearing the original signature.

[Signature page follows]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party by its designated authority has executed this Amendment No. 2 effective as of the Effective Date.

 

AMUNIX OPERATING, INC.     VERSARTIS, INC.
By:   /s/ Volker Schellenberger     By:   /s/ Jeffrey L. Cleland
Name:   Volker Schellenberger     Name:   Jeffrey L. Cleland
Title:   President and CEO     Title:   CEO

 

 

 

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Licensing Agreement

Exhibit 10.22

OFFICE LEASE

KILROY REALTY

MENLO CORPORATE CENTER

KILROY REALTY, L.P. ,

a Delaware limited partnership,

as Landlord,

and

VERSARTIS, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation,

as Tenant.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE 1 PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS; BENEFICIAL OCCUPANCY

     7   

ARTICLE 2 LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM

     9   

ARTICLE 3 BASE RENT

     15   

ARTICLE 4 ADDITIONAL RENT

     16   

ARTICLE 5 USE OF PREMISES

     25   

ARTICLE 6 SERVICES AND UTILITIES

     26   

ARTICLE 7 REPAIRS

     29   

ARTICLE 8 ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

     31   

ARTICLE 9 COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

     33   

ARTICLE 10 INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

     34   

ARTICLE 11 DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

     38   

ARTICLE 12 NONWAIVER

     40   

ARTICLE 13 CONDEMNATION

     41   

ARTICLE 14 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     41   

ARTICLE 15 SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

     46   

ARTICLE 16 HOLDING OVER

     47   

ARTICLE 17 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

     48   

ARTICLE 18 SUBORDINATION

     48   

ARTICLE 19 DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

     49   

ARTICLE 20 COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

     52   

ARTICLE 21 LETTER OF CREDIT

     53   

ARTICLE 22 SUBSTITUTION OF OTHER PREMISES

     58   

 

(i)


ARTICLE 23 SIGNS

     59   

ARTICLE 24 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

     61   

ARTICLE 25 LATE CHARGES

     61   

ARTICLE 26 LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

     62   

ARTICLE 27 ENTRY BY LANDLORD

     62   

ARTICLE 28 TENANT PARKING

     63   

ARTICLE 29 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     64   

 

(ii)


INDEX

 

     Page(s)  

Abatement Event

     28   

Accountant

     25   

Additional Notice

     28   

Additional Rent

     16   

Advocate Arbitrators

     12   

Alterations

     30   

Applicable Laws

     61   

Arbitration Agreement

     12   

Audit Period

     24   

Bank Prime Loan

     62   

Base Building

     31   

Base Rent

     14   

Briefs

     13   

Brokers

     68   

BS/BS Exception

     30   

Building

     7   

Building Common Areas,

     8   

Building Hours

     26   

Building Structure

     29   

Building Systems

     30   

Casualty

     38   

CC&Rs

     26   

City

     60   

Common Areas

     8   

Comparable Area,

     2   

Comparable Buildings

     2   

Comparable Transactions

     1   

Contract Rate Schedule

     11   

Contract Rent

     11   

Control,

     46   

Cosmetic Alterations

     31   

Cost Pools

     22   

Customary Tenant Equipment

     27   

Damage Termination Date

     39   

Damage Termination Notice

     39   

Direct Expenses

     16   

Energy Disclosure Requirements

     76   

Environmental Laws

     71   

Environmental Permits

     72   

Estimate

     23   

Estimate Statement

     23   

Estimated Direct Expenses

     23   

Excess

     23   

Exercise Notice

     11   

 

(iii)


     Page(s)  

Expense Year

     16   

First Rebuttals

     13   

Force Majeure

     66   

Hazardous Material(s)

     71   

Holidays

     26   

HVAC

     26   

Identification Requirements

     71   

Identity Sign

     60   

Initial Notice

     28   

Interest Rate

     62   

Landlord

     1   

Landlord Parties

     34   

Landlord Repair Notice

     38   

Landlord Response Notice

     11   

Landlord’s Initial Statement

     14   

Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation

     11   

Landlord’s Repair Estimate Notice

     39   

L-C

     53   

L-C Amount

     53   

Lease

     1   

Lease Commencement Date

     9   

Lease Expiration Date

     9   

Lease Month

     9   

Lease Term

     9   

Lease Year

     9   

LEED

     17   

Lines

     70   

Market Rate Schedule

     10   

Market Rent,

     1   

Monument

     60   

Net Worth

     46   

Neutral Arbitrator

     12   

Notices

     67   

Objectionable Name

     60   

Operating Expenses

     16   

Option Rent

     10   

Option Term

     10   

Original Improvements

     35   

Original Tenant

     10   

Other Improvements

     73   

Outside Agreement Date

     11   

Permitted Chemicals

     72   

Permitted Transferee

     46   

Permitted Transferee Assignee

     46   

Permitted Use

     3   

 

(iv)


     Page(s)  

Premises

     7   

Project

     7   

Project Common Areas,

     8   

Proposition 13

     21   

Provider

     74   

Renewal Allowance

     2   

Renovations

     69   

Rent

     16   

Ruling

     14   

Second Rebuttals

     13   

Sensor Areas

     74   

Statement

     22   

Subject Space

     42   

Summary

     1   

Superior Holders

     48   

Tax Expenses

     21   

TCCs

     7   

Tenant

     1   

Tenant Energy Use Disclosure

     76   

Tenant Parties

     34   

Tenant’s Initial Statement

     14   

Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation

     11   

Tenant’s Rebuttal Statement

     14   

Tenant’s Share

     22   

Third Party Contractor

     37   

Transfer

     45   

Transfer Notice

     41   

Transfer Premium

     44   

Transferee

     41   

Transfers

     41   

Water Sensors

     74   

Work Letter

     7   

 

(v)


MENLO CORPORATE CENTER

OFFICE LEASE

This Office Lease (the “ Lease ”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “ Summary ”), below, is made by and between KILROY REALTY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and VERSARTIS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

   

TERMS OF LEASE

  

DESCRIPTION

1.   Date:    February 27, 2014.

2.

 

Building, Premises, Project:

( Article 1 )

  
 

2.1    Building:

   That certain two (2) story office building located at 4200 Bohannon Drive, Menlo Park, California 94025 containing 45,451 rentable square feet.
 

2.2    Premises:

   12,943 rentable square feet of space located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building and commonly known as Suite 250, as further depicted on Exhibit A to the Office Lease.
 

2.3    Project:

   The Building is part of the office project known as “Menlo Corporate Center,” as further set forth in Section 1.1.2 of this Lease, consisting of 378,356 rentable square feet.

3.

 

Lease Term

( Article 2 ):

  
 

3.1    Length of Term:

   Approximately three (3) years and three (3) months.
 

3.2    Lease Commencement Date:

   The later to occur of (i) the date upon which the Premises is “Ready for Occupancy,” as that term is set forth in Section 5.1 of the Work Letter attached as Exhibit B to the Lease, and (ii) May 1, 2014.


 

3.3    Lease Expiration Date:

   The last day of the thirty-ninth (39 th ) full calendar month to occur during the Lease Term.
 

3.4    Option Term:

   One (1) three (3)-year option to renew, as more particularly set forth in Section 2.2 of this Lease.
4.   Base Rent ( Article 3 ):   

 

Period During

Lease Term

   Annual
Base Rent*
    Monthly
Installment of
Base Rent*
    Monthly
Rental Rate
per Rentable
Square Foot*
 

Lease Commencement Date – the last day of the full calendar month that is Lease Month 12

   $ 520,308.60 ¯     $ 43,359.05 ¯     $ 3.35   

The first (1 st ) day of the full calendar month that is Lease Month 13 – the last day of the full calendar month that is Lease Month 24

   $ 535,917.84      $ 44,659.82      $ 3.45 ** 

The first (1 st ) day of the full calendar month that is Lease Month 25 – the last day of the full calendar month that is Lease Month 36

   $ 551,995.32      $ 45,999.61      $ 3.55 ** 

The first (1 st ) day of the full calendar month that is Lease Month 37 – Lease Expiration Date

   $ 568,555.20      $ 47,379.60      $ 3.66 ** 

 

-2-


* The initial Monthly Installment of Base Rent amount was calculated by multiplying the initial Monthly Rental Rate per Rentable Square Foot amount by the number of rentable square feet of space in the Premises, and the initial Annual Base Rent amount was calculated by multiplying the initial Monthly Installment of Base Rent amount by twelve (12). In all subsequent Base Rent payment periods during the Lease Term commencing on the first (1 st ) day of the full calendar month that is Lease Month 13, the calculation of each Monthly Installment of Base Rent amount reflects an annual increase of three percent (3%) and each Annual Base Rent amount was calculated by multiplying the corresponding Monthly Installment of Base Rent amount by twelve (12).
¯ Subject to the terms set forth in Section 3.2 below, the Base Rent attributable to the first two (2) full calendar months of the Lease Term, commencing on the first (1st) day of the first (1 st ) full calendar month of the Lease Term and ending on the last day of the second (2 nd ) full calendar month of the Lease Term, shall be abated in full, and the Base Rent attributable to the third (3 rd ) full calendar month of the Lease term shall be abated by seventy-five percent (75%).
** The amounts identified in the column entitled “Monthly Rental Rate per Rentable Square Foot” are rounded amounts and are provided for informational purposes only.

 

5.      Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses

         ( Article 4 ):

   Subject to the provisions of Article 4 of this Lease, this is a “ TRIPLE NET ” lease and as such, the provisions contained in this Lease are intended to pass on to Tenant and reimburse Landlord for the costs and expenses reasonably associated with this Lease and the Project, and Tenant’s operation therefrom. To the extent such costs and expenses payable by Tenant cannot be charged directly to, and paid by, Tenant, such costs and expenses shall be paid by Landlord but reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent.

6.      Tenant’s Share

         ( Article 4 ):

   28.4768%.

7.      Permitted Use

         ( Article 5 ):

   Tenant shall use the Premises solely for general office and administrative uses and uses incidental thereto (the “ Permitted Use ”); provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth hereinabove, and as more particularly set forth in the Lease, Tenant shall be responsible for operating and maintaining the Premises pursuant to, and in no event may Tenant’s Permitted Use violate, (A) Landlord’s “Rules and Regulations,” as that term is set forth in Section 5.2 of this Lease, (B) all “Applicable Laws,” as that term is set

 

-3-


   forth in Article 24 of this Lease, (C) all applicable zoning, building codes and the “CC&Rs,” as that term is set forth in Section 5.3 of this Lease, and (D) first-class office standards in the market in which the Project is located.

8.      Letter of Credit

         ( Article 21 ):

   $284,278.00, subject to reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions of Article 21 of this Lease.

9.      Parking Spaces

         ( Article 28 ):

   Forty-Seven (47) unreserved parking spaces (i.e. 3.6 unreserved parking spaces for every 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises).

10.    Address of Tenant

         ( Section 29.18 ):

  

Versartis, Inc.

275 Shoreline Drive, Suite 450

Redwood City, California 94605

Attention: Joshua Brumm, CFO

Telephone Number: (650) 963-8582

E-mail: jbrumm@versartis.com

 

with copies to:

 

Cooley LLP

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304-1130

Attention: Michael Tenta, Esq.

Telephone Number: (650) 843 5636

E-mail: mtenta@cooley.com

 

(Prior to Lease Commencement Date)

         and

  

Versartis, Inc.

4200 Bohannon Drive, Suite 250

Menlo Park, California 94025

Attention: Joshua Brumm, CFO

Telephone Number: (650) 963-8582

E-mail: jbrumm@versartis.com

 

with copies to:

 

Cooley LLP

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304-1130

Attention: Michael Tenta, Esq.

Telephone Number: (650) 843 5636

E-mail: mtenta@cooley.com

 

-4-


   (After Lease Commencement Date)

11.    Address of Landlord

         ( Section 29.18 ):

  

Kilroy Realty, L.P.

c/o Kilroy Realty Corporation

12200 West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 200

Los Angeles, California 90064

Attention: Legal Department

 

with copies to:

 

Kilroy Realty Corporation

12200 West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 200

Los Angeles, California 90064

Attention: Mr. John Fucci

 

and

 

Kilroy Realty Corporation

4400 Bohannon Drive

Building Management Office, Suite 100

Menlo Park, California 94025

Attention: Property Manager

 

and

 

Kilroy Realty Corporation

100 First Street

Office of the Building, Suite 250

San Francisco, California 94105

Attention: Asset Manager

 

and

 

Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis

LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attention: Anton N. Natsis, Esq.

 

-5-


12.    Broker(s)

         ( Section 29.24 ):

  

 

Representing Tenant:

 

CBRE, Inc.

 

Representing Landlord:

 

Cornish & Carey Commercial Newmark Knight Frank

13.    Improvements

         ( Exhibit B ):

   Improvements to be constructed on a turn-key basis pursuant to the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B , subject to the terms and conditions of the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

-6-


ARTICLE 1

PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS; BENEFICIAL

OCCUPANCY

1.1 Premises, Building, Project and Common Areas .

1.1.1 The Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary (the “ Premises ”). The outline of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto. The parties hereto agree that the lease of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions (the “ TCCs ”) herein set forth, and Tenant covenants as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of such TCCs by it to be kept and performed and that this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that the purpose of Exhibit A is to show the approximate location of the Premises in the “Building,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2 , below, only, and such Exhibit is not meant to constitute an agreement, representation or warranty as to the construction of the Premises, the precise area thereof or the specific location of the “Common Areas,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3 , below, or the elements thereof or of the accessways to the Premises or the “Project,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2 , below. Except as specifically set forth in this Lease and in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Work Letter ”), Tenant shall accept the Premises in its existing “as-is” condition and Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises. Tenant also acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant’s business, except as specifically set forth in this Lease and the Work Letter; provided, however, that the Premises shall be delivered to Tenant with the “Building Structure” and the “Building Systems,” as those terms are defined in Article 7 of this Lease, in good working condition. The taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall conclusively establish that the Premises and the Building were at such time in good and sanitary order, condition and repair.

1.1.2 The Building and the Project . The Premises is a part of the building set forth in Section 2.4 of the Summary (the “ Building ”). The Building is part of an office project known as “Menlo Corporate Center.” The term “ Project ,” as used in this Lease, shall mean (i) the Building and the “Building Common Areas” (as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3 , below), (ii) the other buildings and associated Common Areas, (iii) the land within the Project (which is improved with landscaping, parking facilities and other improvements) upon which the Building and the Common Areas associated therewith are located, (iv) the other buildings located within the Project, (v) the land within the Project (which is improved with landscaping, parking facilities and other improvements) upon which such the other buildings, and the Common Areas associated therewith, are located, and (vi) at Landlord’s discretion, any additional real property, areas, land, buildings or other improvements added thereto; provided, that in no event shall any such addition have an unreasonably adverse effect on Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use or Tenant’s access to the Premises.

 

-7-


1.1.3 Common Areas . Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject to the rules and regulations referred to in Article 5 of this Lease, those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project (such areas, together with such other portions of the Project designated by Landlord, in its discretion, including certain areas designated for the exclusive use of certain tenants, or to be shared by Landlord and certain tenants, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Common Areas ”). The Common Areas shall consist of the “Project Common Areas” and the “Building Common Areas” (as both of those terms are defined below). The term “ Project Common Areas ,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portion of the Project designated as such by Landlord. The term “ Building Common Areas ,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portions of the Common Areas located within the Building designated as such by Landlord. The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the sole discretion of Landlord (provided that Landlord shall maintain and operate the same in a manner consistent with that of other Comparable Buildings (as that term is defined in Section 4 of Exhibit H to this Lease)), and the use thereof shall be subject to such rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time, provided that such rules, regulations and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the rights granted to Tenant under this Lease and the Permitted Use. Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Project and the Common Areas; provided that no such closings, alterations, additions or changes shall be permitted which unreasonably reduce Tenant’s rights or access hereunder or otherwise unreasonably affect Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use. Except when and where Tenant’s right of access is specifically excluded in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right of access to the Premises, the Building, and the Project parking facilities twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week during the “Lease Term,” as that term is defined in Section 2.1 , below.

1.2 Stipulation of Rentable Square Feet of Premises and Building . For purposes of this Lease, (i) “rentable square feet” of the Premises shall be deemed as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary, (ii) the rentable square feet of the Building shall be deemed as set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary, and (iii) the rentable square feet of the Project shall be deemed as set forth in Section 2.3 of the Summary.

1.3 Beneficial Occupancy . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, but subject to the terms of this Section 1.3 , below, in the event that Landlord’s “Substantial Completion” of the “Improvements” (as those terms are defined in Section 5.1 and Article 1 of the Work Letter, respectively) occurs prior to May 1, 2014, Tenant shall have the right to occupy the Premises for the Permitted Use, commencing upon the date of Landlord’s Substantial Completion of the Improvements and continuing until the Lease Commencement Date (the “ Beneficial Occupancy Period ”), as though the Lease Commencement Date had occurred (although the Lease Commencement Date shall not actually occur until the occurrence of the same pursuant to Section 2.1 , below), provided that (A) a temporary certificate of occupancy shall have been issued by the appropriate governmental authorities for the Premises, (B) Tenant shall have paid any and all amounts owing as of such date to Landlord under the terms of this Lease, (C) Tenant shall have obtained and provided Landlord with evidence of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant under the terms of this Lease, and (D) all of the terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply during Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises throughout the Beneficial Occupancy Period, other than Tenant’s obligation to pay “Base Rent,” as that term is defined in Section 3.1 , below, and “Tenant’s Share” of the annual “Direct Expenses,” as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.6  and  4.2.2 , respectively, of this Lease.

 

-8-


ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM

2.1 Initial Lease Term . The TCCs and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease. The term of this Lease (the “ Lease Term ”) shall be as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Summary, shall commence on the date set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary (the “ Lease Commencement Date ”), and shall terminate on the date set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary (the “ Lease Expiration Date ”) unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Lease Year ” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) calendar month period during the Lease Term; provided, however, that the first Lease Year shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date and end on the last day of the month in which the first anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date occurs (or if the Lease Commencement Date is the first day of a calendar month, then the first Lease Year shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date and end on the day immediately preceding the first anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date), and the second and each succeeding Lease Year shall commence on the first day of the next calendar month; and further provided that the last Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Lease Month ” shall mean each succeeding calendar month during the Lease Term; provided that the first Lease Month shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date and shall end on the last day of the first (1 st ) full calendar month of the Lease Term and that the last Lease Month shall expire on the Lease Expiration Date. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice in the form as set forth in Exhibit C , attached hereto, as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within ten (10) business days of receipt thereof; provided that if said notice is not factually correct, then Tenant shall make such changes as are necessary to make the notice factually correct and shall thereafter execute and return such notice to Landlord within such ten (10) business day period; further provided that such modified notice shall be binding unless Landlord within ten (10) business days following receipt of Tenant’s changes sends a notice to Tenant rejecting Tenant’s changes, whereupon this procedure shall be repeated until the parties mutually agree upon the contents of such notice.

This Lease shall not be void or voidable as a result of Landlord’s failure to deliver the Premises to Tenant by any particular date; provided that the commencement date for Tenant’s lease of the Premises shall not occur until the Lease Commencement Date; and provided further that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant Ready for Occupancy on or before June 1, 2014 (subject to extension on a day-for-day basis (i) for each day of delay in Tenant’s execution of this Lease and delivery thereof to Landlord beyond February 28, 2014, (ii) to the extent of any “Tenant Delay” (as that term is defined in Section 5.2 of the Work Letter), and/or (iii) to the extent of any delays resulting from events of “Force Majeure” (as that term is defined in Section 29.16 of this Lease). In addition, if the Lease Commencement Date does not occur on or before June 30, 2014 (subject to extension on a day-for-day basis to the extent of any Tenant Delay and/or delays resulting from events of

 

-9-


Force Majeure, the “ Outside Date ”), then Tenant shall receive a day-for-day abatement of Base Rent otherwise due for the Premises for the number of days in the Delayed Delivery Period (as that term is defined below), commencing as of the first (1 st ) day of the fourth (4 th ) full calendar month of the Lease Term, which day-for-day abatement of Base Rent shall be Tenant’s sole remedy with respect to any delayed delivery of the Premises by Landlord. For purposes of this Lease, “ Delayed Delivery Period ” shall mean each day after the Outside Date through the Lease Commencement Date, but excluding any delay to the Commencement Date as a result of (A) any delay in Tenant’s execution of this Lease and delivery thereof to Landlord beyond February 28, 2014, (B) any Tenant Delay and/or (C) any event of Force Majeure.

2.2 Option Term .

2.2.1 Option Right . Landlord hereby grants the tenant originally named herein (the “ Original Tenant ”) and its “Permitted Transferee Assignee,” as that term is set forth in Section 14.8 of this Lease, one (1) option to extend the Lease Term for the entire Premises by a period of three (3) years (the “ Option Term ”). Such option shall be exercisable only by “Notice” (as that term is defined in Section 29.18 of this Lease) delivered by Tenant to Landlord as provided below, provided that, as of the date of delivery of such Notice, (i) Tenant is not then in default under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure periods), (ii) Tenant has not been in default under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure periods) more than once during the prior twelve (12) month period, and (iii) there has been no change in Tenant’s financial condition during the prior twenty-four (24)-month period) that would have a material adverse effect on Tenant’s ability to perform its obligations under this Lease. Upon the proper exercise of such option to extend, and provided that, at Landlord’s election, as of the end of the Lease Term, (A) Tenant is not in default under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure periods), (B) Tenant has not been in default under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure periods) more than once during the prior twelve (12) month period, and (D) there has been no change in Tenant’s financial condition during the prior twenty-four (24)-month period that would have a material adverse effect on Tenant’s ability to perform its obligations under this Lease, then the Lease Term, as it applies to the entire Premises, shall be extended for a period of three (3) years. The rights contained in this Section 2.2 shall only be exercised by the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee Assignee (and not any other assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if Original Tenant and/or its Permitted Transferee Assignee is in occupancy of the entire then-existing Premises.

2.2.2 Option Rent . The Rent payable by Tenant during the Option Term (the Option Rent ”) shall be equal to the “Market Rent,” as that term is defined in, and determined pursuant to, Exhibit H attached hereto; provided, however, that the Market Rent for each Lease Year during the Option Term, shall be equal to the amount set forth on a “Market Rate Schedule,” as that term is defined below, and under no circumstances shall the Market Rent for any Lease Year occurring during the Option Term, as set forth on the Market Rate Schedule, be less than the corresponding “Contract Rent,” as that term is defined below, as such Contract Rent is set forth on the “Contract Rate Schedule,” as that term is defined below. The “ Market Rate Schedule ” shall be derived from the Market Rent for the Option Term as determined pursuant to Exhibit H , attached hereto, as follows: (i) the Market Rent for the first Lease Year of the Option Term shall be equal to the sum of (a) the Market Rent, as determined pursuant to Exhibit H , (b) the amount of Direct Expenses applicable to the Premises, as reasonably determined by

 

-10-


Landlord, for the calendar year in which the Option Term commences, and (c) an amount equal to the monthly amortization reimbursement payment for the “Renewal Allowance” (as defined in Section 3 of Exhibit H to this Lease) to be paid by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s lease of the Premises for the Option Term, with such Renewal Allowance being amortized at a reasonable rate of return to Landlord based on the rates of return then being received by the landlords of the “Comparable Buildings” as that term is set forth in Section 4 of Exhibit H attached hereto, in connection with improvement allowances then being granted by such landlords, and (ii) the Market Rent for each subsequent Lease Year shall increase annually over the prior Lease Year’s Market Rent by a percentage that is consistent with the annual percentage increases from year to year in the base rent for Comparable Transactions. The “ Contract Rate Schedule ” shall be derived from the Base Rent applicable to the Premises for the Lease Year immediately preceding the applicable Option Term, as follows: (x) the “ Contract Rent ” for the first Lease Year of the Option Term shall equal the sum of (A) the Base Rent in effect under the Lease for the Lease Year immediately preceding the commencement of the Option Term, and (B) an amount equal to the monthly amortization reimbursement payment for the “Renewal Allowance” (as defined in Section 3 of Exhibit H to this Lease) to be paid by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s lease of the Premises for the Option Term, with such Renewal Allowance being amortized at a reasonable rate of return to Landlord based on the rates of return then being received by the landlords of the Comparable Buildings in connection with improvement allowances then being granted by such landlords, and (y) the Contract Rent for each subsequent Lease Year shall be equal to one hundred three percent (103%) of the prior Lease Year’s Contract Rent. The calculation of the Market Rent shall be derived from a review of, and comparison to, the “Net Equivalent Lease Rates” of the “Comparable Transactions,” as provided for in Exhibit H .

2.2.3 Exercise of Option . The option contained in this Section 2.2 shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, only in the manner set forth in this Section 2.2 . Tenant shall deliver notice (the “ Exercise Notice ”) to Landlord not more than twelve (12) months nor less than eight (8) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, stating that Tenant is exercising its option. Concurrently with such Exercise Notice, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord Tenant’s calculation of the Market Rent (the “ Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation” ). Landlord shall deliver notice (the “ Landlord Response Notice ”) to Tenant on or before the date which is thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Exercise Notice and Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation, stating that (A) Landlord is accepting Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation as the Market Rent, or (B) rejecting Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation and setting forth Landlord’s calculation of the Market Rent (the “ Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation ”). Within ten (10) business days of its receipt of the Landlord Response Notice, Tenant may, at its option, accept the Market Rent contained in the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation. If Tenant does not affirmatively accept or Tenant rejects the Market Rent specified in the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation, the parties shall follow the procedure set forth in Section 2.2.4 below, and the Market Rent shall be determined in accordance with the terms of Section 2.2.4 below.

2.2.4 Determination of Market Rent . In the event Tenant timely and appropriately exercises its option to extend the Lease but rejects the Option Rent set forth in the Option Rent Notice pursuant to Section 2.2.3 , above, then Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the Option Rent using their best good-faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement upon the Option Rent applicable to the Option Term on or before the date that is

 

-11-


ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term (the “ Outside Agreement Date ”), then the Option Rent shall be determined by arbitration pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.2.4 . Each party shall make a separate determination of the Option Rent, within five (5) days following the Outside Agreement Date, and thereafter the parties shall attempt to reach agreement on the Option Rent applicable to the Option Term on or before the date that is ten (10) days after the Outside Agreement Date. If the parties fail to so reach agreement, then such separate determinations shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Section 2.2.4.1 through Section 2.2.4.4 , below, but in no event may Tenant’s separate determination be less than the amount set forth in the Exercise Notice and in no event may Landlord’s separate determination be greater than the amount set forth in the Landlord Response Notice.

2.2.4.1 Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall by profession be a MAI appraiser, real estate broker, or real estate lawyer who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the appraising and/or leasing of first class office properties in the vicinity of the Building. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent is the closest to the actual Option Rent as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of Section 2.2.2 of this Lease. Each such arbitrator shall be appointed within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date. Landlord and Tenant may consult with their selected arbitrators prior to appointment and may select an arbitrator who is favorable to their respective positions (including an arbitrator who has previously represented Landlord and/or Tenant, as applicable). The arbitrators so selected by Landlord and Tenant shall be deemed “ Advocate Arbitrators .”

2.2.4.2 The two Advocate Arbitrators so appointed shall be specifically required pursuant to an engagement letter within ten (10) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed Advocate Arbitrator to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator (“ Neutral Arbitrator ”) who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the two Advocate Arbitrators except that (i) neither the Landlord or Tenant or either parties’ Advocate Arbitrator may, directly, or indirectly, consult with the Neutral Arbitrator prior or subsequent to his or her appearance, and (ii) the Neutral Arbitrator cannot be someone who has represented Landlord and/or Tenant during the five (5) year period prior to such appointment. If the two Advocate Arbitrators cannot reach agreement on a Neutral Arbitrator within the ten (10) day time period specified above, then either party may petition the presiding judge of the Superior Court of San Mateo County to appoint such Advocate Arbitrator subject to the criteria in Sections 2.2.4.1 and Section 2.2.4.2 of this Lease, or if he or she refuses to act, either party may petition any judge having jurisdiction over the parties to appoint such Advocate Arbitrator. The Neutral Arbitrator shall be retained via an engagement letter jointly prepared by Landlord’s counsel and Tenant’s counsel.

2.2.4.3 Within ten (10) days following the appointment of the Arbitrator, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an arbitration agreement (the “ Arbitration Agreement ”) which shall set forth the following:

2.2.4.3.1 Each of Landlord’s and Tenant’s best and final and binding determination of the Option Rent exchanged by the parties pursuant to Section 2.2.4 , above;

 

-12-


2.2.4.3.2 An agreement to be signed by the Neutral Arbitrator, the form of which agreement shall be attached as an exhibit to the Arbitration Agreement, whereby the Neutral Arbitrator shall agree to undertake the arbitration and render a decision in accordance with the terms of this Lease, as modified by the Arbitration Agreement, and shall require the Neutral Arbitrator to demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the parties that the Neutral Arbitrator has no conflicts of interest with either Landlord or Tenant;

2.2.4.3.3 Instructions to be followed by the Neutral Arbitrator when conducting such arbitration;

2.2.4.3.4 That Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to submit to the Neutral Arbitrator (with a copy to the other party), on or before the date that occurs fifteen (15) days following the appointment of the Neutral Arbitrator, an advocate statement (and any other information such party deems relevant) prepared by or on behalf of Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, in support of Landlord’s or Tenant’s respective determination of Option Rent (the “ Briefs ”);

2.2.4.3.5 That within five (5) business days following the exchange of Briefs, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to provide the Neutral Arbitrator (with a copy to the other party) with a written rebuttal to the other party’s Brief (the “ First Rebuttals ”); provided, however, such First Rebuttals shall be limited to the facts and arguments raised in the other party’s Brief and shall identify clearly which argument or fact of the other party’s Brief is intended to be rebutted;

2.2.4.3.6 That within five (5) business days following the parties’ receipt of each other’s First Rebuttal, Landlord and Tenant, as applicable, shall each have the right to provide the Neutral Arbitrator (with a copy to the other party) with a written rebuttal to the other party’s First Rebuttal (the “ Second Rebuttals ”); provided, however, such Second Rebuttals shall be limited to the facts and arguments raised in the other party’s First Rebuttal and shall identify clearly which argument or fact of the other party’s First Rebuttal is intended to be rebutted;

2.2.4.3.7 The date, time and location of the arbitration, which shall be mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, taking into consideration the schedules of the Neutral Arbitrator, the Advocate Arbitrators, Landlord and Tenant, and each party’s applicable consultants, which date shall in any event be within forty-five (45) days following the appointment of the Neutral Arbitrator;

2.2.4.3.8 That no discovery shall take place in connection with the arbitration, other than to verify the factual information that is presented by Landlord or Tenant;

2.2.4.3.9 That the Neutral Arbitrator shall not be allowed to undertake an independent investigation or consider any factual information other than presented by Landlord or Tenant, except that the Neutral Arbitrator shall be permitted to visit the Project and the buildings containing the Comparable Transactions;

 

-13-


2.2.4.3.10 The specific persons that shall be allowed to attend the arbitration;

2.2.4.3.11 Tenant shall have the right to present oral arguments to the Neutral Arbitrator at the arbitration for a period of time not to exceed three (3) hours (“ Tenant’s Initial Statement ”);

2.2.4.3.12 Following Tenant’s Initial Statement, Landlord shall have the right to present oral arguments to the Neutral Arbitrator at the arbitration for a period of time not to exceed three (3) hours (“ Landlord’s Initial Statement ”);

2.2.4.3.13 Following Landlord’s Initial Statement, Tenant shall have up to two (2) additional hours to present additional arguments and/or to rebut the arguments of Landlord (“ Tenant’s Rebuttal Statement ”);

2.2.4.3.14 Following Tenant’s Rebuttal Statement, Landlord shall have up to two (2) additional hours to present additional arguments and/or to rebut the arguments of Tenant;

2.2.4.3.15 That, not later than ten (10) days after the date of the arbitration, the Neutral Arbitrator shall render a decision (the “ Ruling ”) indicating whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent is closer to the Option Rent;

2.2.4.3.16 That following notification of the Ruling, Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent determination, whichever is selected by the Neutral Arbitrator as being closer to the Option Rent shall become the then applicable Option Rent; and

2.2.4.3.17 That the decision of the Neutral Arbitrator shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.

2.2.4.3.18 If a date by which an event described in Section 2.2.4.3 , above, is to occur falls on a weekend or a holiday, the date shall be deemed to be the next business day.

2.2.4.4 In the event that the Option Rent shall not have been determined pursuant to the terms hereof prior to the commencement of the Option Term, Tenant shall be required to pay the Option Rent, initially provided by Landlord to Tenant, and upon the final determination of the Option Rent, the payments made by Tenant shall be reconciled with the actual amounts due, and the appropriate party shall make any corresponding payment to the other party.

 

-14-


ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT

3.1 In General . Tenant shall pay, without prior notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the management office of the Project, or, at Landlord’s option, at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, by a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (“ Base Rent ”) as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. In accordance with Section 4 of the Summary, any increases in Base Rent shall occur on the first day of the applicable Lease Month. The parties acknowledge, however, that Tenant shall pay Base Rent for each “calendar month” of the Lease Term (or a prorated portion of a “calendar month”, as applicable), even though the first “Lease Month” may pertain to a period longer than one (1) calendar month. The Base Rent for the first full month of the Lease Term which occurs after the expiration of any free rent period shall be paid at the time of Tenant’s execution of this Lease. If any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any such fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis during such fractional month and shall total an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such fractional month and the denominator of which is the actual number of days occurring in such calendar month, and (ii) the then-applicable Monthly Installment of Base Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the TCCs of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

3.2 Abated Base Rent . Provided that no event of default is occurring on or before the last day of the third (3 rd ) full calendar month of the Lease Term, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay (i) any Base Rent (the “ Full Base Rent Abatement ”) otherwise attributable to the Premises during the two (2) month period commencing on the first (1st) day of the first (1 st ) full calendar month of the Lease Term and ending on the last day of the second (2 nd ) full calendar month of the Lease Term (the “ Full Base Rent Abatement Period ”), and (ii) seventy-five percent (75%) of any Base Rent (the “ Partial Base Rent Abatement ”) otherwise attributable to the Premises during the third (3 rd ) full calendar month of the Lease Term (the “ Partial Base Rent Abatement Period ”). For purposes of this Lease, the Full Base Rent Abatement and the Partial Base Rent Abatement shall collectively be referred to herein as the “ Base Rent Abatement ,” and the Full Base Rent Abatement Period and the Partial Base Rent Abatement Period shall collectively be referred to herein as the “ Base Rent Abatement Period .” Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the aggregate amount of the Base Rent Abatement shall equal One Hundred Nineteen Thousand Two Hundred Thirty-Seven and 39/100 Dollars ($119,237.39). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that during such Base Rent Abatement Period, such abatement of Base Rent for the Premises shall have no effect on the calculation of any future increases in Base Rent or Direct Expenses payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, which increases shall be calculated without regard to such Base Rent Abatement. Additionally, Tenant shall be obligated to pay all “Additional Rent” (as that term is defined in Section 4.1 of this Lease) during the Base Rent Abatement Period. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing Base Rent Abatement has been granted to Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Lease, and for agreeing to pay the Base Rent and perform the terms and conditions otherwise required under this Lease. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease and shall fail to cure such default within the notice and cure period, if any, permitted for cure pursuant to this Lease, or if this Lease, is terminated for any reason other than Landlord’s breach of this Lease, then the dollar amount of the unapplied portion of the Base Rent Abatement as of the date of such default or termination, as the case may be, shall be converted to a credit to be applied to the Base Rent applicable at the end of the Lease Term and Tenant shall immediately

 

-15-


be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Premises in full. The foregoing Base Rent Abatement right set forth in this Section 3.2 shall be personal to the Original Tenant and shall only apply to the extent that the Original Tenant (and not any assignee, or any sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) is the Tenant under this Lease during such Base Rent Abatement Period.

ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1 In General . In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of the annual Direct Expenses. Such payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Additional Rent ,” and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as “ Rent .” All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent. The currently estimated amount of the Estimated Direct Expenses (as that term is defined in Section 4.4.2 , below) payable for the first full month of the Lease Term, in an amount equal to Seventeen Thousand Eight Hundred Forty-Eight and 66/100 Dollars ($17,848.66), shall be paid at the time of Tenant’s execution of this Lease. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

4.2 Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent . As used in this Article 4 , the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

4.2.1 Intentionally Deleted.

4.2.2 “ Direct Expenses ” shall mean “Operating Expenses” and “Tax Expenses.”

4.2.3 “ Expense Year ” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may reasonably change the Expense Year to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be equitably adjusted for any Expense Year involved in any such change; and provided further that the parties acknowledge that it would be unreasonable for Landlord to change the Expense Year solely to accelerate or increase Tenant’s Share of the annual Direct Expenses payable hereunder.

4.2.4 “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord pays or accrues during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, renovation, restoration or operation of the Project, or any portion thereof, in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting practices, consistently applied. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall specifically include any and all of the

 

-16-


following: (i) the cost of supplying all utilities, the cost of operating, repairing, replacing, maintaining, renovating and restoring the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the cost of contesting any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with a governmentally mandated transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) the cost of all insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Project; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof; (v) costs incurred in connection with the parking areas servicing the Project, as well as costs incurred in connection with the provision of any shuttle service serving the Project for the purpose of facilitating access to public transportation; (vi) fees and other costs, including management fees, consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance, replacement, renovation, repair and restoration of the Project; (vii) payments under any equipment rental agreements and the fair rental value of any management office space; (viii) wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons (other than persons generally considered to be higher in rank than the position of “Senior Asset Manager”) engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Project; (ix) costs under any instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project; (x) operation, repair, maintenance, renovation, replacement and restoration of all systems and equipment and components thereof of the Project; (xi) the cost of janitorial, alarm, security and other services, replacement, renovation, restoration and repair of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in common areas, maintenance, replacement, renovation, repair and restoration of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (xii) amortization of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project, or any portion thereof (which amortization calculation shall include interest at the “Interest Rate,” as that term is set forth in Article 25 of this Lease); (xiii) the cost of capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Project (A) which are intended to effect economies in the operation or maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof, (B) that are required to comply with present or anticipated conservation programs, (C) which are replacements or modifications of nonstructural items located in the Common Areas required to keep the Common Areas in good order or condition, (D) that are required under any governmental law or regulation by a federal, state or local governmental agency, except for capital repairs, replacements or other improvements to remedy a condition existing prior to the Lease Commencement Date which an applicable governmental authority, if it had knowledge of such condition prior to the Lease Commencement Date, would have then required to be remedied pursuant to then-current governmental laws or regulations in their form existing as of the Lease Commencement Date and pursuant to the then-current interpretation of such governmental laws or regulations by the applicable governmental authority as of the Lease Commencement Date, (E) which are required in order for the Project, or any portion thereof, to obtain or maintain a certification under the U.S. Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (“ LEED ”), or other applicable certification agency in connection with Landlord’s sustainability practices for the Project (as such sustainability practices are to be determined by Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, from time to time), provided that the cost of capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Project pursuant to this item (E) shall not be included in Operating Expenses during the initial Lease Term, or (F) that relate to

 

-17-


the safety or security of the Project; provided, however, that any capital expenditure shall be amortized with interest at the Interest Rate over its useful life as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting practices, consistently applied; and provided further, however, that those items included under item (A) above shall be amortized with interest at the Interest Rate over their recovery/payback period as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting practices, consistently applied; (xiv) costs, fees, charges or assessments imposed by, or resulting from any mandate imposed on Landlord by, any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal, community services, or other services which do not constitute “Tax Expenses” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.5 , below; (xv) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project and (xvi) costs of any additional services not provided to the Project as of the Lease Commencement Date but which are thereafter provided by Landlord in connection with its prudent management of the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Lease, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include:

(a) costs, including marketing costs, legal fees, space planners’ fees, advertising and promotional expenses, and brokerage fees incurred in connection with the original construction or development, or original or future leasing of the Project, and costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of improvements made for new tenants initially occupying space in the Project after the Lease Commencement Date or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Project (excluding, however, such costs relating to any common areas of the Project or parking facilities);

(b) except as set forth in items (xii) and (xiii) above, depreciation, interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debt costs, if any, penalties and interest;

(c) costs for which the Landlord is reimbursed by any tenant or occupant of the Project or by insurance by its carrier or any tenant’s carrier or by anyone else (except to the extent of deductibles), and electric power costs for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company;

(d) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss;

(e) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Project (which shall specifically include, but not be limited to, accounting costs associated with the operation of the Project). Costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord include costs of partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of the Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of the Landlord’s interest in the Project, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, between Landlord and Project management, or between Landlord and other tenants or occupants, and Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses;

 

-18-


(f) the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Project unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Project vis-a-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Project; provided, that in no event shall Operating Expenses for purposes of this Lease include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of Senior Asset Manager;

(g) amount paid as ground rental for the Project by the Landlord;

(h) overhead and profit increment paid to the Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of the Landlord for services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such services rendered by qualified, first-class unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(i) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by the Landlord, provided that any compensation paid to any concierge or parking attendants at the Project shall be includable as an Operating Expense;

(j) rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment which if purchased the cost of which would be excluded from Operating Expenses as a capital cost, except equipment not affixed to the Project which is used in providing janitorial or similar services and, further excepting from this exclusion such equipment rented or leased to remedy or ameliorate an emergency condition in the Project ;

(k) all items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Project reimburses Landlord or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants (other than Tenant) without reimbursement;

(l) costs, other than those incurred in ordinary maintenance and repair, for sculpture, paintings, fountains or other objects of art;

(m) any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease;

(n) rent for any office space occupied by Project management personnel to the extent the size or rental rate of such office space exceeds the size or fair market rental value of office space occupied by management personnel of the “Comparable Buildings,” as that term is defined in Section 4 of Exhibit H to this Lease, with adjustment where appropriate for the size of the applicable project;

(o) costs to the extent arising from (i) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, vendors, contractors, or providers of materials or services, and/or (ii) or the intentional breach of any provision of this Lease by Landlord;

 

-19-


(p) any costs incurred by Landlord to remedy any failure by Landlord to deliver the Premises to Tenant with the Building Structure and the Building Systems in good working condition at such time pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 1.1.1 of this Lease;

(q) fees payable by Landlord for management of the Project in excess of three percent (3%) of Landlord’s gross revenues (adjusted and grossed up to reflect a ninety-five percent (95%) occupancy of the Project with all tenants paying full rent, and grossed up to include any amounts for utilities paid directly by Tenant or other tenants of the Project), including base rent, pass-throughs, and parking fees, from the Project for any calendar year or portion thereof; and

(r) costs incurred to comply with laws relating to the removal of Hazardous Material (as defined in Section 29.33.1 , below) which was in existence in the Building or on the Project prior to the Lease Commencement Date, and was of such a nature that a federal, State or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such Hazardous Material, in the state, and under the conditions that it then existed in the Building or on the Project, would have then required the removal of such Hazardous Material or other remedial or containment action with respect thereto, but only to the extent those laws were then being actively enforced by the applicable government authority; and costs incurred to remove, remedy, contain, or treat Hazardous Materials, which Hazardous Materials are brought into the Building or onto the Project after the date hereof by Landlord or any other tenant of the Project and is of such a nature, at that time, that a federal, State or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such Hazardous Materials, in the state, and under the conditions, that they then exist in the Building or on the Project, would have then required the removal of such Hazardous Materials or other remedial or containment action with respect thereto, but only to the extent those Applicable Laws were then being actively enforced by the applicable government authority.

If Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Expenses) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant. If the Project is not at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during all or a portion of any Expense Year, Landlord may elect to make an appropriate adjustment to the components of Operating Expenses for such year to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been incurred had the Project been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year. Landlord shall not (i) make a profit by charging items to Operating Expenses that are otherwise also charged separately to others and (ii) subject to Landlord’s right to adjust the components of Operating Expenses specifically described above in the two (2) immediately preceding sentences of this paragraph, collect Operating Expenses from Tenant and all other tenants in the Building in an amount in excess of what Landlord incurs for the items included in Operating Expenses.

 

-20-


4.2.5 Taxes .

4.2.5.1 “ Tax Expenses ” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Project, or any portion thereof), which shall be paid or accrued during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project, or any portion thereof (including, without limitation, the land upon which the Building and the parking facilities adjacent to the Building are located).

4.2.5.2 Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation: (i) Any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from the Project, or any portion thereof, or as against the business of leasing the Project, or any portion thereof; (ii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June 1978 election (“ Proposition 13 ”) and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants, and, in further recognition of the decrease in the level and quality of governmental services and amenities as a result of Proposition 13, Tax Expenses shall also include any governmental or private assessments or the Project’s contribution towards a governmental or private cost-sharing agreement for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by governmental agencies; (iii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any business or gross income tax or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; (iv) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises; and (v) all of the real estate taxes and assessments imposed upon or with respect to the Building and all of the real estate taxes and assessments imposed on the land and improvements comprising the Project.

4.2.5.3 Any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year such expenses are paid. Refunds of Tax Expenses shall be credited against Tax Expenses and refunded to Tenant regardless of when received, based on the Expense Year to which the refund is applicable, provided that in no event

 

-21-


shall the amount to be refunded to Tenant for any such Expense Year exceed the total amount paid by Tenant as Tax Expenses under this Article 4 for such Expense Year. If Tax Expenses for any period during the Lease Term or any extension thereof are increased after payment thereof for any reason, including, without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand Tenant’s Share of any such increased Tax Expenses included by Landlord as Building Tax Expenses pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.5 (except as set forth in Section 4.2.5.2 , above), there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project), (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, and (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.5 of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, only Landlord may institute proceedings to reduce Tax Expenses and the filing of any such proceeding by Tenant without Landlord’s consent shall constitute an event of default by Tenant under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be obligated to file any application or institute any proceeding seeking a reduction in Tax Expenses.

4.2.6 “ Tenant’s Share ” shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 6 of the Summary.

4.3 Allocation of Direct Expenses .

4.3.1 Method of Allocation . The parties acknowledge that the Building is a part of a multi-building project and that the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Project (i.e. the Direct Expenses) should be shared between the tenants of the Building and the tenants of the other buildings in the Project. Accordingly, as set forth in Section 4.2 above, Direct Expenses (which consists of Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses) are determined annually for the Project as a whole, and a portion of the Direct Expenses, which portion shall be determined by Landlord on an equitable basis, shall be allocated to the tenants of the Building (as opposed to the tenants of any other buildings in the Project) and such portion shall be the Direct Expenses for purposes of this Lease. Such portion of Direct Expenses allocated to the tenants of the Building shall include all Direct Expenses attributable solely to the Building and an equitable portion of the Direct Expenses attributable to the Project as a whole.

4.3.2 Cost Pools . Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Direct Expenses for the Project among different portions or occupants of the Project (the “ Cost Pools ”), in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Such Cost Pools may include, but shall not be limited to, the office space tenants of a building of the Project or of the Project, and the retail space tenants of a building of the Project or of the Project. The Direct Expenses within each such Cost Pool shall be allocated and charged to the tenants within such Cost Pool in an equitable manner.

4.4 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.4.1 , below, and as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for each Expense Year.

 

-22-


4.4.1 Statement of Actual Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant . Landlord shall give to Tenant following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “ Statement ”) which shall state in general major categories the Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year, and which shall indicate the amount of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver such Statement to Tenant on or before May 1 following the end of the Expense Year to which such Statement relates. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year commencing or ending during the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Statement, the full amount of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as “Estimated Direct Expenses,” as that term is defined in Section 4.4.2 , below, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Direct Expenses than the actual Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses (an “ Excess ”), Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of such Excess against Rent next due under this Lease. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord or Tenant from enforcing its rights under this Article 4 . Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, if Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses is greater than the amount of Estimated Direct Expenses previously paid by Tenant to Landlord, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Statement, pay to Landlord such amount, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Direct Expenses than the actual Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses (again, an Excess), Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days, deliver a check payable to Tenant in the amount of such Excess. The provisions of this Section 4.4.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant shall not be responsible for Tenant’s Share of any Direct Expenses attributable to any Expense Year which are first billed to Tenant more than eighteen (18) months after the Lease Expiration Date, provided that in any event Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses levied by any governmental authority or by any public utility companies at any time following the Lease Expiration Date which (x) were levied by any governmental authority or by any public utility companies, and (y) Landlord has not previously received an invoice therefor and which are currently due and owing (i.e., costs invoiced for the first time regardless of the date when the work or service relating to this Lease was performed), at any time following the Lease Expiration Date which are attributable to any Expense Year.

4.4.2 Statement of Estimated Direct Expenses . In addition, Landlord shall give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “ Estimate Statement ”) which shall set forth in general major categories Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “ Estimate ”) of what the total amount of Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses (the “ Estimated Direct Expenses ”). The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Direct Expenses under this Article 4 , nor shall Landlord be prohibited from revising any Estimate Statement or Estimated Direct Expenses theretofore delivered to the extent necessary. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Estimate Statement, a fraction of the Estimated Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the second to last sentence of this Section 4.4.2 ). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the month of such payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished (which Landlord shall have

 

-23-


the right to deliver to Tenant at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Direct Expenses set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant. Throughout the Lease Term Landlord shall maintain records with respect to Direct Expenses in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting practices, consistently applied.

4.5 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible .

4.5.1 Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay ten (10) days before delinquency, taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property located in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or any other personal property and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall upon demand repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment, as the case may be.

4.5.2 If the improvements in the Premises, whether installed and/or paid for by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which improvements conforming to Landlord’s “building standard” in other space in the Building are assessed, then the Tax Expenses levied against Landlord or the property by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 4.5.1 above, provided that the above “building standard” charges payable by Tenant as set forth herein shall only be due to the extent Landlord charges all other office tenants of the Building for overstandard tenant improvements (to the extent such charges are applicable).

4.5.3 Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any (i) rent tax or sales tax, service tax, transfer tax or value added tax, or any other applicable tax on the rent or services herein or otherwise respecting this Lease, (ii) taxes assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Project, including the Project parking facilities; or (iii) taxes assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

4.6 Landlord’s Records . Upon Tenant’s written request given not more than ninety (90) days after Tenant’s receipt of a Statement for a particular Expense Year, and provided that Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond the applicable notice and cure period provided in this Lease, specifically including, but not limited to, the timely payment of Additional Rent (whether or not the same is the subject of the audit contemplated herein), Landlord shall furnish Tenant with such reasonable supporting documentation in connection with said Direct Expenses as Tenant may reasonably request. Landlord shall provide said documentation to Tenant within sixty (60) days after Tenant’s written request therefor. Within one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt of a Statement by Tenant (the “ Audit Period ”), if

 

-24-


Tenant disputes the amount of Direct Expenses set forth in the Statement, an independent certified public accountant or experienced auditing firm (which accountant or auditing firm (A) has previous experience in auditing financial operating records of landlords of office buildings, (B) is not working on a contingency fee basis i.e., Tenant must be billed based on the actual time and materials that are incurred by the certified public accounting firm or auditing firm in the performance of the audit, and (C) shall not currently or in the future be providing accounting and/or lease administration services to another tenant in the Building and/or the Project in connection with a review or audit by such other tenant of Direct Expenses), designated and paid for by Tenant, may, after reasonable notice to Landlord and at reasonable times, audit Landlord’s records with respect to the Statement at Landlord’s corporate offices, provided that ( i ) Tenant is not then in default under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure periods provided under this Lease), ( ii ) Tenant has paid all amounts required to be paid under the applicable Estimate Statement and Statement, and ( iii ) a copy of the audit agreement between Tenant and its particular certified public accounting firm or auditing firm has been delivered to Landlord prior to the commencement of the audit. In connection with such audit, Tenant and Tenant’s certified public accounting firm or auditing firm must agree in advance to follow Landlord’s reasonable rules and procedures regarding an audit of the aforementioned Landlord records, and shall execute a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement regarding such audit. Any audit report prepared by Tenant’s certified public accounting firm or auditing firm shall be delivered concurrently to Landlord and Tenant within the Audit Period. Tenant’s failure to audit the amount of Direct Expenses set forth in any Statement within the Audit Period shall be deemed to be Tenant’s approval of such Statement and Tenant, thereafter, waives the right or ability to audit the amounts set forth in such Statement. If after such audit, Tenant still disputes such Direct Expenses, an audit to determine the proper amount shall be made, at Tenant’s expense, by an independent certified public accountant (the “ Accountant ”) selected by Landlord and subject to Tenant’s reasonable approval; provided that if such audit by the Accountant proves that Direct Expenses set forth in the particular Statement were overstated by more than five percent (5%), then the cost of the Accountant and the cost of such audit shall be paid for by Landlord. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant’s sole right to audit Landlord’s records and to contest the amount of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant shall be as set forth in this Section 4.6 , and Tenant hereby waives any and all other rights pursuant to applicable law to audit such records and/or to contest the amount of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant.

ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

5.1 Permitted Use . Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 7 of the Summary and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or the Project to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

5.2 Prohibited Uses . The uses prohibited under this Lease shall include, without limitation, use of the Premises or a portion thereof for (i) offices of any agency or bureau of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof; (ii) offices or agencies of any foreign governmental or political subdivision thereof; (iii) offices of any health care professionals or service organization; (iv) schools or other training facilities which are not ancillary to corporate,

 

-25-


executive or professional office use; (v) retail or restaurant uses; or (vi) communications firms such as radio and/or television stations. Tenant’s use shall not result in an occupancy density for the Premises which is greater than four (4) persons per each one thousand (1,000) rentable square feet of the Premises. Tenant further covenants and agrees that it shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the rules and regulations reasonably promulgated by Landlord from time to time (“ Rules and Regulations ”), the current set of which (as of the date of this Lease) is attached to this Lease as Exhibit D ; or in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the State of California, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful authorities having jurisdiction over the Project, including, without limitation, any such laws, ordinances, regulations or requirements relating to hazardous materials or substances, as those terms are defined by applicable laws now or hereafter in effect; provided, however, Landlord shall not enforce, change or modify the Rules and Regulations in a discriminatory manner and Landlord agrees that the Rules and Regulations shall not be unreasonably modified or enforced in a manner which will unreasonably interfere with the normal and customary conduct of Tenant’s business or Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use or access to or from the Premises. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way damage the reputation of the Project or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure or annoy them or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises.

5.3 CC&Rs . Tenant shall comply with all recorded covenants, conditions, and restrictions currently affecting the Project. Additionally, Tenant acknowledges that the Project may be subject to any future covenants, conditions, and restrictions (the “ CC&Rs ”) which Landlord, in Landlord’s discretion, deems reasonably necessary or desirable, and Tenant agrees that this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to such CC&Rs, provided that Landlord shall not enter into, or amend, any covenants, conditions, or restrictions affecting the Project after the date of this Lease which prevents Tenant from using, or unreasonably interferes with Tenant’s use of or access to, the Premises for the Permitted Use, or otherwise unreasonably adversely affects Tenant’s rights or obligations under this Lease.

ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

6.1 Standard Tenant Services . Landlord shall provide the following services on all days (unless otherwise stated below) during the Lease Term.

6.1.1 Subject to reasonable changes implemented by Landlord and all governmental rules, regulations and guidelines applicable thereto, Landlord shall provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“ HVAC ”) when necessary for normal comfort for normal office use in the Premises from 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. Monday through Friday (collectively, the “ Building Hours ”), except for the date of observation of New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and, at Landlord’s discretion, other locally or nationally recognized holidays (collectively, the “ Holidays ”).

 

-26-


6.1.2 Landlord shall provide adequate electrical wiring and facilities and power for normal general office use as reasonably determined by Landlord. Landlord shall designate the utility provider from time to time.

6.1.3 As part of Operating Expenses, Landlord shall replace lamps, starters and ballasts for Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises. In addition, Tenant shall bear the cost of replacement of lamps, starters and ballasts for non-Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises.

6.1.4 Landlord shall provide city water from the regular Building outlets for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes in the Building Common Areas.

6.1.5 Landlord shall provide janitorial services to the Premises, except the date of observation of the Holidays, in and about the Premises and window washing services in a manner consistent with other Comparable Buildings.

6.1.6 Landlord shall provide nonexclusive, non-attended automatic passenger elevator service during the Building Hours, and shall have at least one elevator available at all other times. Landlord shall provide nonexclusive freight elevator service subject to scheduling by Landlord.

Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord at all times and abide by all regulations and requirements that Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the HVAC, electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems.

6.2 Overstandard Tenant Use . Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use heat-generating machines, machines other than normal fractional horsepower office machines, or equipment or lighting other than Building standard lights in the Premises, which may affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or increase the water normally furnished for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease (provided that that the foregoing shall not be applicable to, and Landlord’s consent shall not be required for the installation of, typical quantities of typical office desktop computers, copiers, and other, similar typical office equipment which is customary for general office tenants located in Comparable Buildings (“ Customary Tenant Equipment ”)). If such consent is given, Landlord shall have the right to require installation of supplementary air conditioning units or other facilities in the Premises, including supplementary or additional metering devices, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation, operation and maintenance, increased wear and tear on existing equipment and other similar charges, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon billing by Landlord. If Tenant uses water, electricity, heat or air conditioning in excess of that supplied by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon billing, the cost of such excess consumption, the cost of the installation, operation, and maintenance of equipment which is installed in order to supply such excess consumption, and the cost of the increased wear and tear on existing equipment caused by such excess consumption; and Landlord may install devices to separately meter any increased use and in such event Tenant shall pay the increased cost directly to Landlord, including the cost of such additional metering devices. Tenant’s use of electricity shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Project or the risers or wiring installation, and subject to the terms of Section 29.32 , below, Tenant shall

 

-27-


not install or use or permit the installation or use of any computer or electronic data processing equipment in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord (provided that that the foregoing shall not be applicable to, and Landlord’s consent shall not be required for Customary Tenant Equipment). If Tenant desires to use heat, ventilation or air conditioning during hours other than those for which Landlord is obligated to supply such utilities pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall give Landlord such prior notice, if any, as Landlord shall from time to time establish as appropriate, of Tenant’s desired use in order to supply such utilities, and Landlord shall supply such utilities to Tenant at such hourly cost to Tenant (which shall be treated as Additional Rent) as Landlord shall from time to time establish. As of the date of this Lease, the current rate for after hours HVAC is $50.00 per hour per floor. Landlord agrees that such rate shall not be increased hereafter in excess of increases in the “Actual Cost” of providing such service. For purpose of this Lease, “ Actual Cost ” shall mean the actual cost incurred by Landlord (to the extent not duplicative of costs included in Operating Expenses), as reasonably determined by Landlord, but without charge for overhead or profit.

6.3 Interruption of Use . Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 6.4 below or elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by breakage, repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Project after reasonable effort to do so, by any riot or other dangerous condition, emergency, accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.4 or elsewhere in the Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6 .

6.4 Abatement Event . If (i) Landlord fails to perform the obligations required of Landlord under the TCCs of this Lease, (ii) such failure causes all or a portion of the Premises to be untenantable and unusable by Tenant, and (iii) such failure relates to (A) the nonfunctioning of the heat, ventilation, and air conditioning system in the Premises, the electricity in the Premises, the nonfunctioning of the elevator service to the Premises, or (B) a failure to provide access to the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the “ Initial Notice ”), specifying such failure to perform by Landlord (the “ Abatement Event ”). If Landlord has not cured such Abatement Event within three (3) business days after the receipt of the Initial Notice, Tenant may deliver an additional notice to Landlord (the “ Additional Notice ”), specifying such Abatement Event and Tenant’s intention to abate the payment of Rent under this Lease. If Landlord does not cure such Abatement Event within three (3) business days of receipt of the Additional Notice, Tenant may, upon written notice to Landlord, immediately abate Rent payable under this Lease for that portion of the Premises rendered untenantable and not used by Tenant, for the period beginning on the date three (3) business days after the Initial Notice to the

 

-28-


earlier of the date Landlord cures such Abatement Event or the date Tenant recommences the use of such portion of the Premises. Such right to abate Rent shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity for an Abatement Event. Except as provided in this Section 6.4 , nothing contained herein shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant is excused from paying Rent due hereunder.

6.5 Supplemental HVAC . Notwithstanding any provision set forth in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s cost and expense, to install a supplemental heating, ventilation and air conditioning system (the “ Supplemental HVAC System ”) as an “Alteration” pursuant to the terms of Article 8 of this Lease ( i.e. , the plans, specifications and procedures for installation will first need to be approved by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Article 8 of this Lease). Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (i) subject to Applicable Laws (as well as Landlord’s rules, regulations, and guidelines applicable thereto) maintain (itself or through a service provider) the Supplemental HVAC System, and (ii) maintain the remaining portions of the Premises to the extent not part of the Building Structure and Building Systems to the extent such Building Structure and/or Building Systems is to be maintained and repaired by Landlord under this Lease. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Landlord shall have no liability in connection with Tenant’s use, maintenance and/or repair of such Supplemental HVAC System. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Lease, to the extent directed by Landlord prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be obligated to remove the Supplemental HVAC System prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and restore any areas affected by the removal thereof to a Building-standard tenant improved condition. Tenant shall remain solely liable for any damage arising in connection with Tenant’s installation, use, maintenance and/or repair of such Supplemental HVAC System, including, without limitation, any damage to the area where the Supplemental HVAC System is located, and any leaks from the Supplemental HVAC System. Bearing in mind that this is a multi-tenant Building, and that Tenant has, amongst other things, agreed not to obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, Tenant hereby agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any noise and vibrations which may be produced from the Supplemental HVAC System. Tenant shall have no right to access the roof without first receiving Landlord’s prior consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in the event that Tenant installs the Supplemental HVAC System in accordance with this Section 6.5 , Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall install supplementary or additional metering devices to separately meter the Supplemental HVAC System, and in such event Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for the maintenance and repair thereof.

ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

Landlord shall maintain in good condition and operating order and keep in good repair and condition the structural portions of the Building, including the foundation, floor/ceiling slabs, roof structure (as opposed to roof membrane), curtain wall, exterior glass and mullions, columns, beams, shafts (including elevator shafts), stairs, stairwells, elevator cab, men’s and women’s washrooms, Building mechanical, electrical and telephone closets, and all common and

 

-29-


public areas servicing the Building, including the parking areas, landscaping and exterior Project signage (collectively, “ Building Structure ”) and the Base Building mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler systems and HVAC systems which were not constructed by Tenant Parties (collectively, the “ Building Systems ”) and the Project Common Areas. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall be required to repair the Building Structure and/or the Building Systems to the extent caused due to Tenant’s use of the Premises for other than normal and customary business office operations, unless and to the extent such damage is covered by insurance carried or required to be carried by Landlord pursuant to Article 10 and to which the waiver of subrogation is applicable (such obligation to the extent applicable to Tenant as qualified and conditioned will hereinafter be defined as the “ BS/BS Exception ”). Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures, equipment, interior window coverings, and furnishings therein, and the floor or floors of the Building on which the Premises is located, in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term, but such obligation shall not extend to the Building Structure and the Building Systems except pursuant to the BS/BS Exception. In addition, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, but under the supervision and subject to the prior approval of Landlord, and within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord, promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged, broken, or worn fixtures and appurtenances(but such obligation shall not extend to the Building Structure and the Building Systems except pursuant to the BS/BS Exception), except for damage caused by ordinary wear and tear or beyond the reasonable control of Tenant; provided however, that, at Landlord’s option, or if Tenant fails to make such repairs, Landlord may, after written notice to Tenant and Tenant’s failure to repair within five (5) days thereafter, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, including a percentage of the cost thereof (to be uniformly established for the Building and/or the Project) sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such repairs and replacements forthwith upon being billed for same. Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises at all reasonable times to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project or to any equipment located in the Project as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary or as Landlord may be required to do by governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court order or decree; provided, however, except for (i) emergencies, (ii) repairs, alterations, improvements or additions required by governmental or quasi-governmental authorities or court order or decree, or (iii) repairs which are the obligation of Tenant hereunder, any such entry into the Premises by Landlord shall be performed in a manner so as not to materially interfere with Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Premises; provided that, with respect to items (ii) and (iii) above, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

 

-30-


ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations . Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises or any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facilities or systems pertaining to the Premises (collectively, the “ Alterations ”) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than fifteen (15) business days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord, provided it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which adversely affects the structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Building or is visible from the exterior of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to make Alterations following ten (10) business days notice to Landlord, but without Landlord’s prior consent, to the extent that such Alterations do not (i) adversely affect the systems and equipment of the Building, exterior appearance of the Building, or structural aspects of the Building, (ii) adversely affect the value of the Premises or Building, (iii) require a building or construction permit, or (iv) cost more than Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($50,000.00) for a particular job of work (the “ Cosmetic Alterations ”). The construction of the initial improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Work Letter and not the terms of this Article 8 .

8.2 Manner of Construction . Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to any and all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, the requirement that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors reasonably approved by Landlord, and any removal and/or restoration obligations required to be performed pursuant to the TCCs of Section 8.5 of this Lease. If Landlord shall give its consent, the consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Tenant acquiring a permit to do the work from appropriate governmental agencies, the furnishing of a copy of such permit to Landlord prior to the commencement of the work, and the compliance by Tenant with all conditions of said permit in a prompt and expeditious manner. If such Alterations will involve the use of or disturb hazardous materials or substances existing in the Premises, Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s rules and regulations concerning such hazardous materials or substances. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with any and all applicable federal, state, county or municipal laws, rules and regulations and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the city in which the Building is located (or other applicable governmental authority), all in conformance with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations; provided, however, that prior to commencing to construct any Alteration, Tenant shall meet with Landlord to discuss Landlord’s design parameters and code compliance issues. In the event Tenant performs any Alterations in the Premises which require or give rise to governmentally required changes to the “Base Building,” as that term is defined below, then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, make such changes to the Base Building. Since all or a portion of the Project is or may become in the future certified under the LEED rating system (or other applicable certification standard) (all in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that without limitation as to other grounds for Landlord withholding its consent to any proposed Alteration, Landlord shall have the right to withhold its consent to any proposed Alteration in the event that such Alteration is not compatible with such certification or recertification of the Project under such LEED rating system (or other applicable certification standard). The “ Base Building ” shall include the structural portions of the Building, and the public restrooms, elevators, exit stairwells and the systems and equipment located in the internal core of the Building on the floor or floors on which the Premises is located. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner so as not to obstruct access to the Project or any portion thereof, by any other tenant of the Project, and so as

 

-31-


not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Project. Tenant shall retain any union trades to the extent designated by Landlord. Further, Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Article 9 of this Lease, upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant agrees to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County of San Mateo in accordance with Section 8182 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and as a condition precedent to the enforceability and validity of Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall deliver to the management office for the Project a reproducible copy of the “as built” and CAD drawings of the Alterations, to the extent applicable, as well as all permits, approvals and other documents issued by any governmental agency in connection with the Alterations.

8.3 Payment for Improvements . With respect to payments to be made to Tenant’s contractors for any Alterations, Tenant shall (i) comply with Landlord’s requirements for final lien releases and waivers in connection with Tenant’s payment for work to contractors, and (ii) sign Landlord’s standard contractor’s rules and regulations. In addition, in connection with all Alterations, Tenant shall pay Landlord an oversight fee equal to five percent (5%) of the cost of the work, and reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable, actual, out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with Landlord’s review of such work.

8.4 Construction Insurance . In addition to the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, in the event that Tenant makes any Alterations, prior to the commencement of such Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant carries “Builder’s Risk” insurance in an amount reasonably approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Landlord may, in its reasonable discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee.

8.5 Landlord’s Property . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) all Alterations, improvements, fixtures, equipment and/or appurtenances which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises (excluding Tenant’s removable trade fixtures, furniture or non-affixed office equipment), from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall be and become part of the Premises and the property of Landlord, and (ii) the “Improvements” (as that term is defined in Article 1 of the Work Letter) to be constructed in the Premises pursuant to the TCCs of the Work Letter shall, upon completion of the same, be and become a part of the Premises and the property of Landlord. Furthermore, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant prior to the end of the Lease Term, or given following any earlier termination of this Lease, require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove any Alterations or improvements in the Premises (excluding any Improvements, which Improvements shall not be required to be removed by Tenant upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease), and to repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal and return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard improved condition as determined by

 

-32-


Landlord; provided, however, if, in connection with its notice to Landlord with respect to any such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations, ( x ) Tenant requests Landlord’s decision with regard to the removal of such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations, and ( y ) Landlord thereafter agrees in writing to waive the removal requirement with regard to such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations, then Tenant shall not be required to so remove such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations; provided further, however, that if Tenant requests such a determination from Landlord and Landlord, within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s receipt of such request from Tenant with respect to Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations, fails to address the removal requirement with regard to such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations, Landlord shall be deemed to have agreed to waive the removal requirement with regard to such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Alterations or improvements in the Premises, and/or to return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard improved condition as determined by Landlord, then at Landlord’s option, either (A) Tenant shall be deemed to be holding over in the Premises and Rent shall continue to accrue in accordance with the terms of Article 16 , below, until such work shall be completed, and/or (B) Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Tenant hereby protects, defends, indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless from any liability, cost, obligation, expense or claim of lien in any manner relating to the installation, placement, removal or financing of any such Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on or about the Premises, which obligations of Tenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Project and Premises free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of the work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant, and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising out of same or in connection therewith. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least twenty (20) days prior to the commencement of any such work on the Premises (or such additional time as may be necessary under applicable laws) to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within five (5) days after notice by Landlord, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof. The amount so paid shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease payable upon demand, without limitation as to other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall subject Landlord’s title to the Building or Premises to any liens or encumbrances whether claimed by operation of law or express or implied contract. Any claim to a lien or encumbrance upon the Building or Premises arising in connection with any such work or respecting the Premises not performed by or at the request of Landlord shall be null and void, or at Landlord’s option shall attach only against Tenant’s interest in the Premises and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord’s title to the Project, Building and Premises.

 

-33-


ARTICLE 10

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

10.1 Indemnification and Waiver . Except to the extent resulting from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord (or any “Landlord Parties,” as that term is defined hereinbelow), Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property (subject to the waiver of subrogation in Section 10.3.2.4 , below) or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever and agrees that Landlord, its partners, subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”) shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage either to person or property or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant. Except for the sole negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from: (a) any causes in, on or about the Premises; (b) the use or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant; (c) any activity, work, or thing done, or permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises; (d) any acts, omission, or negligence of Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant, or the contractors, agents, employees, invitees, or visitors of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Project (collectively, “ Tenant Parties ”); (e) any breach, violation, or non-performance by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant or the employees, agents, contractors, invitees, or visitors of Tenant or any such person of any term, covenant, or provision of this Lease or any law, ordinance, or governmental requirement of any kind; (f) any injury or damage to the person, property, or business of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, invitees, visitors, or any other person entering upon the Premises under the express or implied invitation of Tenant; or (g) the placement of any personal property or other items within the Premises. In furtherance of the foregoing, should Landlord be named as a defendant in any suit brought against Tenant in connection with or arising out of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its costs and expenses incurred in such suit, including without limitation, its actual professional fees such as appraisers’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees. Further, Tenant’s agreement to indemnify Landlord pursuant to this Section 10.1 is not intended and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, to the extent such policies cover the matters subject to Tenant’s indemnification obligations; nor shall they supersede any inconsistent agreement of the parties set forth in any other provision of this Lease. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability arising in connection with any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

10.2 Tenant’s Compliance With Landlord’s Fire and Casualty Insurance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with Landlord’s insurance company requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises. If Tenant’s conduct or use of the Premises causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body.

 

-34-


10.3 Tenant’s Insurance . Throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts. The required evidence of coverage must be delivered to Landlord on or before the date required under Section 10.4(I) sub-sections (x)  and (y) , or Section 10.4(II) below (as applicable). Such policies shall be for a term of at least one (1) year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less.

10.3.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance, including Broad Form contractual liability covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) based upon or arising out of Tenant’s operations, occupancy or maintenance of the Project and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be written on an “occurrence” basis. Landlord and any other party the Landlord so specifies that has a material financial interest in the Project, including Landlord’s managing agent, ground lessor and/or lender, if any, shall be named as additional insureds as their interests may appear using Insurance Service Organization’s form CG2011 or a comparable form approved by Landlord. Tenant shall provide an endorsement or policy excerpt showing that Tenant’s coverage is primary and any insurance carried by Landlord shall be excess and non-contributing. The coverage shall also be extended to include damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions pertaining to additional insureds. This policy shall include coverage for all liabilities assumed under this Lease as an insured contract for the performance of all of Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Tenant nor relieve Tenant of any obligation hereunder. Limits of liability insurance shall not be less than the following; provided, however, such limits may be achieved through the use of an Umbrella/Excess Policy:

 

Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability

   $5,000,000 each occurrence

Personal Injury and Advertising Liability

   $5,000,000 each occurrence

Tenant Legal Liability/Damage to Rented Premises Liability

   $1,000,000.00

10.3.2 Property Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, personal property, business and trade fixtures, office equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s business personal property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) the Improvements, and any other improvements which exist in the Premises as of the Lease Commencement Date (excluding the Base Building) (the “ Original Improvements ”), and (iii) all Alterations performed in the Premises. Such insurance shall be written on a Special Form basis, for the full replacement cost value (subject to reasonable deductible amounts), without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include coverage for (a) all perils included in the CP 10 30 04 02 Coverage Special Form, (b) water damage from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, sprinkler leakage, bursting, leaking or stoppage of any pipes, explosion, and backup or overflow from sewers or drains, and

 

-35-


(c) terrorism (to the extent such terrorism insurance is available as a result of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (Pub. L. 107-297, 116 Stat. 2322), the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2005 (Pub. l. 109-144), and the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007 (Pub. L. 110-160, 121 Stat. 183), any successor statute or regulation, or is otherwise available at commercially reasonable rates).

10.3.2.1 Increase in Project’s Property Insurance . Tenant shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Project if said increase is caused by Tenant’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

10.3.2.2 Property Damage . Tenant shall use the proceeds from any such insurance for the replacement of personal property, trade fixtures, Improvements, Original Improvements and Alterations.

10.3.2.3 No Representation of Adequate Coverage . Landlord makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Tenant’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

10.3.2.4 Property Insurance Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant intend that their respective property loss risks shall be borne by insurance carriers to the extent above provided (and, in the case of Tenant, by an insurance carrier satisfying the requirements of Section 10.4(i) below), and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from, their respective insurance carriers in the event of a property loss to the extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder. The parties each hereby waive all rights and claims against each other for such losses, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective insurers. Landlord and Tenant hereby represent and warrant that their respective “all risk” property insurance policies include a waiver of (i) subrogation by the insurers, and (ii) all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord and/or any of the Landlord Parties or Tenant and/or any of the Tenant Parties (as the case may be) in connection with any property loss risk thereby insured against. Tenant will cause all subtenants and licensees of the Premises claiming by, under, or through Tenant to execute and deliver to Landlord a waiver of claims similar to the waiver in this Section 10.3.2.4 and to obtain such waiver of subrogation rights endorsements. If either party hereto fails to maintain the waivers set forth in items (i) and (ii) above, the party not maintaining the requisite waivers shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the other party for, from and against any and all claims, losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of, resulting from, or relating to, such failure.

10.3.3 Business Income Interruption for one year (1) plus Extra Expense insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for actual direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to the risks outlined in Section 10.3.2 above.

10.3.4 Worker’s Compensation or other similar insurance pursuant to all applicable state and local statutes and regulations, and Employer’s Liability with minimum limits of not less than $1,000,000 each accident/employee/disease.

 

-36-


10.3.5 Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance covering all Owned (if any), Hired, or Non-owned vehicles with limits not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage.

10.4 Form of Policies . The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall (i) be issued by an insurance company having an AM Best rating of not less than A-VII (or to the extent AM Best ratings are no longer available, then a similar rating from another comparable rating agency), or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of California, (ii) be in commercially reasonable form and content and complying with the requirements of Section 10.3 (including, Sections 10.3.1 through 10.3.5 ), (iii) Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies, and (iv) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage changed unless thirty (30) days’ prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord, the identity of whom has been provided to Tenant in writing. Tenant shall deliver said policy or policies or certificates thereof and applicable endorsements which meet the requirements of this Article 10 to Landlord on or before (I) the earlier to occur of: (x) the Lease Commencement Date, and (y) the date Tenant and/or its employees, contractors and/or agents first enter the Premises for occupancy, construction of improvements, alterations, or any other move-in activities, and (II) five (5) business days after the renewal of such policies. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificates and applicable endorsements, Landlord may, at its option, after written notice to Tenant and Tenant’s failure to obtain such insurance within five (5) days thereafter, procure such policies for the account of Tenant and the sole benefit of Landlord, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor.

10.5 Additional Insurance Obligations . Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord.

10.6 Third-Party Contractors . Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord, Third Party Contractor’s certificates of insurance and applicable endorsements at least seven (7) business days prior to the commencement of work in or about the Premises by any vendor or any other third-party contractor (collectively, a “ Third Party Contractor ”). All such insurance shall (a) name Landlord as an additional insured under such party’s liability policies as required by Section 10.3.1 above and this Section 10.6 , (b) provide a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord under such Third Party Contractor’s commercial general liability insurance, (c) be primary and any insurance carried by Landlord shall be excess and non-contributing, and (d) comply with Landlord’s minimum insurance requirements.

 

-37-


ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

11.1 Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord . If the Base Building or any Common Areas serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by a fire or any other casualty (collectively, a “ Casualty ”), Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11 , restore the Base Building and such Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Base Building and the Common Areas prior to the Casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Building or Project or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord, which are consistent with the character of the Project, provided that access to the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises shall not be unreasonably impaired. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises resulting from a Casualty, and Tenant shall promptly inform its insurance carrier of any such damage. Upon notice (the “ Landlord Repair Notice ”) to Tenant from Landlord, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Section 10.3 of this Lease, and Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to the Improvements and the Original Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Improvements and the Original Improvements to their original condition; provided that if the cost of such repair by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, as assigned by Tenant, the cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s commencement of repair of the damage. In the event that Landlord does not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice within sixty (60) days following the date the Casualty becomes known to Landlord, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair any injury or damage to the Improvements and the Original Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Improvements and Original Improvements to their original condition. Whether or not Landlord delivers a Landlord Repair Notice, prior to the commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such Casualty shall have damaged the Premises or Common Areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy, and the Premises is not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof, then during the time and to the extent the Premises is unfit for occupancy, the Rent shall be abated in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which is unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. In the event that Landlord shall not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice, Tenant’s right to rent abatement pursuant to the preceding sentence shall terminate as of the date which is reasonably determined by Landlord to be the date Tenant should have completed repairs to the Premises assuming Tenant used reasonable due diligence in connection therewith.

 

-38-


11.2 Landlord’s Option to Repair . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises, Building and/or Project, and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of discovery of the damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building or Project shall be damaged by Casualty, whether or not the Premises is affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, repairs cannot reasonably be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Building or Project or ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be; (iii) the damage is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies; (iv) Landlord decides to rebuild the Building or Common Areas so that they will be substantially different structurally or architecturally; (v) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term; or (vi) any owner of any other portion of the Project, other than Landlord, does not intend to repair the damage to such portion of the Project; provided, however, that if the Premises and/or access thereto are materially damaged by Casualty, and Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s termination right as provided above, and either the repairs cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after being commenced or the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, Tenant may elect, no earlier than sixty (60) days after the date of the damage and not later than ninety (90) days after the date of such damage, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant. Furthermore, if neither Landlord nor Tenant has terminated this Lease, and the repairs are not actually completed within sixty (60) days of the date that Landlord originally estimated for completion in “Landlord’s Repair Estimate Notice” (as that term is defined hereinbelow), then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease during the first five (5) business days of each calendar month following the end of such period until such time as the repairs are complete, by notice to Landlord (the “ Damage Termination Notice ”), effective as of a date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice (the “ Damage Termination Date ”), which Damage Termination Date shall not be less than ten (10) business days following the end of each such month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant delivers a Damage Termination Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to suspend the occurrence of the Damage Termination Date for a period ending thirty (30) days after the Damage Termination Date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice by delivering to Tenant, within five (5) business days of Landlord’s receipt of the Damage Termination Notice, a certificate of Landlord’s contractor responsible for the repair of the damage certifying that it is such contractor’s good faith judgment that the repairs shall be substantially completed within thirty (30) days after the Damage Termination Date. If repairs shall be substantially completed prior to the expiration of such thirty-day period, then the Damage Termination Notice shall be of no force or effect, but if the repairs shall not be substantially completed within such thirty-day period, then this Lease shall terminate upon the expiration of such thirty-day period. At any time, from time to time, after the date occurring sixty (60) days after the date of the damage, Tenant may request that Landlord inform Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable opinion of the date of completion of the repairs and Landlord shall respond to such request within five (5) business days (“ Landlord’s Repair Estimate Notice ”). Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11.2 , Tenant shall have the right to terminate this

 

-39-


Lease under this Section 11.2 only if each of the following conditions is satisfied: (a) the damage to the Project by Casualty was not caused by the gross negligence or intentional act of Tenant or its partners or subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors; (b) Tenant is not then in default under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure periods set forth in this Lease); (c) as a result of the damage, Tenant cannot reasonably conduct business from the Premises; and, (d) as a result of the damage to the Project, Tenant does not occupy or use the Premises at all. In the event this Lease is terminated in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 , Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under items (ii) and (iii) of Section 10.3.2 of this Lease.

11.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions . The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11 , constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of California, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project.

ARTICLE 12

NONWAIVER

No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed thereby. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder, or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

 

-40-


ARTICLE 13

CONDEMNATION

If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Project, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is taken, or if access to the Premises is substantially impaired, in each case for a period in excess of one hundred eighty (180) days, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. Tenant shall not because of such taking assert any claim against Landlord or the authority for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claims do not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of The California Code of Civil Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13 , in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.

ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 Transfers . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment, or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or enter into any license or concession agreements or otherwise permit the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “ Transfers ” and any person or entity to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “ Transferee ”). If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) shall include (i) the

 

-41-


proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “ Subject Space ”), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including calculation of the “Transfer Premium”, as that term is defined in Section 14.3 below, in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, provided that Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to utilize Landlord’s standard Transfer documents in connection with the documentation of such Transfer, (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, business credit and personal references and history of the proposed Transferee and any other information reasonably required by Landlord which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space and (v) an executed estoppel certificate from Tenant in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E . Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord consents to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s review and processing fees, as well as any reasonable professional fees (including, without limitation, attorneys’, accountants’, architects’, engineers’ and consultants’ fees) incurred by Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord, in an amount not to exceed Two Thousand Five Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($2,500.00) for a Transfer in the ordinary course of business. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that a proposed Transfer shall not be considered “in the ordinary course of business” if such proposed Transfer involves the review of documentation by Landlord for such particular Transfer on more than two (2) occasions.

14.2 Landlord’s Consent . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. Without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, the parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply:

14.2.1 The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project, or would be a significantly less prestigious occupant of the Building than Tenant;

14.2.2 The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease;

14.2.3 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

14.2.4 The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date consent is requested;

 

-42-


14.2.5 The proposed Transfer would cause a violation of another lease for space in the Project, or would give an occupant of the Project a right to cancel its lease (provided, however, at any time that Tenant contemplates entering into a Transfer, Tenant may deliver written notice to Landlord requesting a list of the types of Transfers that would be likely to trigger this Section 14.2.5 );

14.2.6 The terms of the proposed Transfer will allow the Transferee to exercise a right of renewal, right of expansion, right of first offer, or other similar right held by Tenant (or will allow the Transferee to occupy space leased by Tenant pursuant to any such right); or

14.2.7 Either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, (i) occupies space in the Project at the time of the request for consent (provided, however, that Tenant may assign or sublease space to an occupant of the Project to the extent Landlord cannot meet such occupant’s space needs with other space at the Project), or (ii) is negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Project at such time, or (iii) has negotiated with Landlord during the nine (9)-month period immediately preceding the Transfer Notice (provided, however, that Tenant may assign or sublease space to an occupant of the Project to the extent Landlord cannot meet such occupant’s space needs with other space at the Project); or

14.2.8 The Transferee does not intend to occupy the entire Premises and conduct its business therefrom for a substantial portion of the term of the Transfer.

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent, but not later than the expiration of said six (6)-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2 , or (ii) which would cause the proposed Transfer to be more favorable to the Transferee than the terms set forth in Tenant’s original Transfer Notice, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord’s right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under this Section 14.2 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 14 , their sole remedies shall be a suit for contract damages (other than damages for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring), or a declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought without any monetary damages, and Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1995.310 of the California Civil Code, or any successor statute, and all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all applicable laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from any and all liability, losses, claims, damages, costs, expenses, causes of action and proceedings involving any third party or parties (including without limitation Tenant’s proposed subtenant or assignee) who claim they were damaged by Landlord’s wrongful withholding or conditioning of Landlord’s consent.

 

-43-


14.3 Transfer Premium . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any “Transfer Premium,” as that term is defined in this Section 14.3 , received by Tenant from such Transferee. “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in connection with the Transfer in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer, (ii) any free base rent or other economic concessions reasonably provided to the Transferee, and (iii) any brokerage commissions in connection with the Transfer. “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer (excluding any bona-fide consideration payable to Tenant in connection with Tenant’s sale of its business separate and apart from its leasehold interest documented herein), and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer.

14.4 Landlord’s Option as to Subject Space . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14 , Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of any Transfer Notice, to recapture the Subject Space if such proposed Transfer would result in Tenant occupying less than fifty percent (50%) of the rentable square footage of the Premises following the consummation of such proposed Transfer. Such recapture notice shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to the Subject Space as of the date stated in the Transfer Notice as the effective date of the proposed Transfer until the last day of the term of the Transfer as set forth in the Transfer Notice (or at Landlord’s option, shall cause the Transfer to be made to Landlord or its agent, in which case the parties shall execute the Transfer documentation promptly thereafter). In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same. If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner to recapture the Subject Space under this Section 14.4 , then, provided Landlord has consented to the proposed Transfer, Tenant shall be entitled to proceed to Transfer the Subject Space to the proposed Transferee, subject to provisions of this Article 14 .

14.5 Effect of Transfer . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the TCCs of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer, and (v) no Transfer

 

-44-


relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease from any liability under this Lease, including, without limitation, in connection with the Subject Space. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency, and if understated by more than two percent (2%), Tenant shall pay Landlord’s costs of such audit.

14.6 Additional Transfers . Subject to Section 14.8 below, for purposes of this Lease, the term “ Transfer ” shall also include (i) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, or transfer of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of partnership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership without immediate reconstitution thereof, and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation ( i.e. , whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant or (B) the sale or other transfer of an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12)-month period, or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12)-month period.

14.7 Occurrence of Default . Any Transfer hereunder shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any Transfer, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) treat such Transfer as cancelled and repossess the Subject Space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such Transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under any such Transfer. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease, Landlord is hereby irrevocably authorized, as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any Transferee to make all payments under or in connection with the Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such default is cured. Such Transferee shall rely on any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in default hereunder, without any need for confirmation thereof by Tenant. Upon any assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing all obligations and covenants of Tenant thereafter to be performed or observed under this Lease. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 14 or the approval of any Transferee or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whether theretofore or thereafter accruing. In no event shall Landlord’s enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any Transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person. If Tenant’s obligations hereunder have been guaranteed, Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not be effective unless the guarantor also consents to such Transfer.

14.8 Deemed Consent Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, (A) an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an affiliate of Tenant (an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant as of the date of this Lease), (B) a sale of corporate shares of capital stock in Tenant in connection with an initial public offering of Tenant’s stock on a nationally-recognized stock exchange,

 

-45-


(C) an assignment of this Lease to an entity which acquires all or substantially all of the stock or assets of Tenant, or (D) an assignment of this Lease to an entity which is the resulting entity of a merger or consolidation of Tenant during the Lease Term, shall not be deemed a Transfer requiring Landlord’s consent under this Article 14 (any such assignee or sublessee described in items (A) through (D) of this Section 14.8 hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Transferee ”), provided that (i) Tenant notifies Landlord within ten (10) days of the consummation of any such assignment or sublease and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding such Transfer or Permitted Transferee as set forth above, (ii) Tenant is not in default, beyond the applicable notice and cure period, and such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease, (iii) such Permitted Transferee shall be of a character and reputation consistent with the quality of the Building, (iv) such Permitted Transferee shall have, upon the effective date of any such transaction, a tangible net worth (not including goodwill as an asset) computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ Net Worth ”) at least equal to the Net Worth of Original Tenant on the date of this Lease, (v) no assignment or sublease relating to this Lease, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant from any liability under this Lease, and (vi) the liability of such Permitted Transferee under either an assignment or sublease shall be joint and several with Tenant. An assignee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease who qualifies as a Permitted Transferee may also be referred to herein as a “ Permitted Transferee Assignee .” “ Control ,” as used in this Section 14.8 , shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest in, any person or entity.

ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND

REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

15.1 Surrender of Premises . No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises or terminate any or all such sublessees or subtenancies.

15.2 Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant . Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15 , quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, in addition to Tenant’s

 

-46-


obligations under Section 29.32 , below, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, server and telephone equipment, movable partitions and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.

ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination thereof, with the express written consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Base Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to the product of (i) the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease, and (ii) a percentage equal to (A) one hundred fifty percent (150%) for the first (1 st ) and second (2 nd ) months immediately following the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, (B) one hundred seventy-five percent (175%) for the third (3 rd ) month immediately following the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, and (ii) two hundred percent (200%) for any period thereafter. Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein. If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term without the express written consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be a tenancy at sufferance, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case daily damages in any action to recover possession of the Premises shall be calculated at a daily rate equal to the product of (i) the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease (calculated on a per diem basis), and (ii) a percentage equal to (A) one hundred fifty percent (150%) for the first (1 st ) and second (2 nd ) months immediately following the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, and (B) two hundred percent (200%) for any period thereafter. Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to vacate and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant holds over without Landlord’s express written consent, and tenders payment of rent for any period beyond the expiration of the Lease Term by way of check (whether directly to Landlord, its agents, or to a lock box) or wire transfer, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the cashing of such check or acceptance of such wire shall be considered inadvertent and not be construed as creating a month-to-month tenancy, provided Landlord refunds such payment to Tenant promptly upon learning that such check has been cashed or wire transfer received. Tenant acknowledges that any holding over without Landlord’s express written consent may compromise or otherwise affect Landlord’s ability to enter into new leases with prospective tenants regarding the Premises. Therefore, if Tenant fails to vacate and surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold

 

-47-


Landlord harmless from and against all claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to vacate and surrender and any losses suffered by Landlord, including lost profits, resulting from such failure to vacate and deliver. Tenant agrees that any proceedings necessary to recover possession of the Premises, whether before or after expiration of the Lease Term, shall be considered an action to enforce the terms of this Lease for purposes of the awarding of any attorney’s fees in connection therewith.

ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

Within ten (10) days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E , attached hereto (or such other commercially reasonable form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of all or any portion of the Project. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. Failure of Tenant to timely execute, acknowledge and deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception.

ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION

This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Building or Project and to the lien of any mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances now or hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages, trust deeds or other encumbrances, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto (collectively, the “ Superior Holders ”); provided, however, that in consideration of and a condition precedent to Tenant’s agreement to subordinate this Lease to any future mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances, shall be the receipt by Tenant of a subordination non-disturbance and attornment agreement in the standard form provided by such Superior Holders, which requires such Superior Holder to accept this Lease, and not to disturb Tenant’s possession, so long as an event of default has not occurred and be continuing, executed by Landlord and the appropriate Superior Holder. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are

 

-48-


brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof (or if any ground lease is terminated), to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor), if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser or ground lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the TCCs of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Landlord’s interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder. Tenant shall, within five (5) days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale. Landlord hereby represents that, as of the date of this Lease, there are no ground leases or liens of any mortgage, or trust deed which encumbers the Building or Project or any part thereof.

ARTICLE 19

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

19.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due unless such failure is cured within five (5) business days after notice; or

19.1.2 Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s performance in this Lease, in which event the failure to perform by Tenant within such time period shall be a default by Tenant under this Section 19.1.2 , any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such default, but in no event exceeding a period of time in excess of ninety (90) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, unless Landlord otherwise consents in writing (which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion); or

19.1.3 To the extent permitted by law, (i) Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease being placed into receivership or conservatorship, or becoming subject to similar proceedings under Federal or State law, or (ii) a general assignment by Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease for the benefit of creditors, or (iii) the taking of any corporate action in furtherance of bankruptcy or dissolution whether or not there exists any proceeding under an insolvency or bankruptcy law, or (iv) the filing by or against Tenant or any guarantor of any proceeding under an insolvency or

 

-49-


bankruptcy law, unless in the case of such a proceeding filed against Tenant or any guarantor the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days, or (v) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant or any guarantor, unless possession is restored to Tenant or such guarantor within thirty (30) days, or (vi) any execution or other judicially authorized seizure of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets located upon the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, unless such seizure is discharged within thirty (30) days; or

19.1.4 Abandonment or vacation of all or a substantial portion of the Premises by Tenant; or

19.1.5 The failure by Tenant to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 5, 14, 17 or 18 of this Lease where such failure continues for more than two (2) business days after notice from Landlord; or

19.1.6 If the initial L-C (as that term is defined in Section 21.1 , below) delivered to Tenant pursuant to the terms and conditions of Article 21 , below, is issued by Silicon Valley Bank, then the failure by Tenant to observe or perform its obligations in connection with the Replacement L-C (as that term is defined in Section 21.1 , below) according to the provisions of Section 21.1 , below, where such failure continues for more than two (2) business days after notice from Landlord; or

19.1.7 Tenant’s failure to occupy the Premises within ten (10) business days after the Lease Commencement Date.

The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by law.

19.2 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

19.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(a) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

-50-


(c) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(d) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

(e) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “ rent ” as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 19.2.1(a) and (b) , above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate. As used in Section 19.2.1(c) , above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

19.2.2 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

19.2.3 Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 and 19.2.2 , above, or any law or other provision of this Lease), without prior demand or notice except as required by applicable law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

19.3 Subleases of Tenant . Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19 , Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

 

-51-


19.4 Form of Payment After Default . Following the second (2 nd ) occurrence of a monetary event of default by Tenant (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods) occurring within any twelve (12) month period, Landlord shall have the right to require that any or all subsequent amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, whether to cure the default in question or otherwise, be paid in the form of cash, money order, cashier’s or certified check drawn on an institution acceptable to Landlord, or by other means approved by Landlord, notwithstanding any prior practice of accepting payments in any different form.

19.5 Efforts to Relet . No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any law to redeem or reinstate this Lease.

19.6 Landlord Default . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease if Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord’s failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity. Any award from a court or arbitrator in favor of Tenant requiring payment by Landlord which is not paid by Landlord within the time period directed by such award, may be offset by Tenant from Rent next due and payable under this Lease; provided, however, Tenant may not deduct the amount of the award against more than fifty percent (50%) of Base Rent next due and owing (until such time as the entire amount of such judgment is deducted) to the extent following a foreclosure or a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure.

ARTICLE 20

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other TCCs, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the TCCs, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

 

-52-


ARTICLE 21

LETTER OF CREDIT

21.1 Delivery of Letter of Credit . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, an unconditional, clean, irrevocable letter of credit (the “ L-C ”) in the amount set forth in Section 21.3 below (the “ L-C Amount ”), which L-C shall be issued by either Silicon Valley Bank or any other money-center, solvent and nationally recognized bank (a bank which accepts deposits, maintains accounts, has a local San Francisco office which will negotiate a letter of credit, and whose deposits are insured by the FDIC) reasonably acceptable to Landlord (Silicon Valley Bank or such other approved, issuing bank being referred to herein as the “ Bank ”), which Bank must have a short term Fitch Rating which is not less than “F1”, and a long term Fitch Rating which is not less than “A”(or in the event such Fitch Ratings are no longer available, a comparable rating from Standard and Poor’s Professional Rating Service or Moody’s Professional Rating Service) (collectively, the “ Bank’s Credit Rating Threshold ”), and which L-C shall be in the form of Exhibit G , attached hereto (subject to any modifications thereto approved by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, provided that Landlord shall approve, in its reasonable discretion, proposed modifications to Exhibit G that have been previously customarily agreed to by Landlord within the immediately preceding three (3) year period, if any, for letters of credit issued to Landlord, as beneficiary, by the proposed Bank on behalf of other tenants leasing premises at the Building or other buildings owned by Landlord (a) which other tenants had a financial condition and credit history which was no stronger at the time of Landlord’s approval of their letter of credit than Tenant’s financial condition and credit history at the time that the L-C is being issued or replaced, (b) which letters of credit were for amounts no less than the L-C Amount, and (c) which letters of credit were personally negotiated and approved by Landlord (i.e., they were not negotiated and approved by a predecessor owner to Landlord)); provided that, if the initial L-C delivered to Landlord pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Article 21 is issued by Silicon Valley Bank, then Landlord acknowledges and agrees that such L-C may be in the form of Exhibit G-1 attached hereto. In addition to Tenant’s other obligations under this Article 21 , if the initial L-C delivered to Landlord pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Article 21 is issued by Silicon Valley Bank or any Bank which is not set forth on Exhibit I attached hereto (such Banks which are set forth on Exhibit I attached hereto shall, individually, be referred to herein as an “ Approved Bank ”), then Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a replacement L-C (the “ Replacement L-C ”) from an Approved Bank prior to the date which is the earlier to occur of (x) the one (1) year anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date, and (y) the date which occurs sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the L-C then being held by Landlord, which replacement L-C shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Article 21 . Tenant shall pay all expenses, points and/or fees incurred by Tenant in obtaining the L-C. The L-C shall (i) be “callable” at sight, irrevocable and unconditional, be available by draft at sight, subject only to receipt by the Bank of a statement from a representative of Landlord certifying that Landlord has the right to draw upon the L-C, (ii) be maintained in effect, whether through renewal or extension, for the period commencing on the date of this Lease and continuing until the date (the “ L-C Expiration Date ”) that is no less than one hundred twenty (120) days after the expiration of the Lease Term, and Tenant shall deliver a new L-C or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord at least sixty (60) days prior

 

-53-


to the expiration of the L-C then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord, (iii) be fully assignable by Landlord, its successors and assigns, (iv) permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and (v) be otherwise subject to the International Standby Practices-ISP 98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication #590. Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the L-C if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (A) such amount is due to Landlord as a result of a default by Tenant under this Lease beyond the applicable notice and cure period set forth in this Lease (provided, however, that in the event that Landlord is prevented from delivering a notice to Tenant regarding such default by reason of any bankruptcy proceeding or injunction, Landlord shall be entitled to immediately draw on such L-C regardless of whether or not such notice and/or cure period was given), or (B) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, “ Bankruptcy Code ”), or (C) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (D) the Lease has been rejected, or is deemed rejected, under Section 365 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, following the filing of a voluntary petition by Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or the filing of an involuntary petition against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (E) the Bank has notified Landlord that the L-C will not be renewed or extended through the L-C Expiration Date, or (F) Tenant is placed into receivership or conservatorship, or becomes subject to similar proceedings under Federal or State law, or (G) Tenant executes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (H) if (1) any of the Bank’s Fitch Ratings (or other comparable ratings to the extent the Fitch Ratings are no longer available) have been reduced below the Bank’s Credit Rating Threshold, or (2) there is otherwise a material adverse change in the financial condition of the Bank, and Tenant has failed to provide Landlord with a replacement letter of credit, conforming in all respects to the requirements of this Article 21 (including, but not limited to, the requirements placed on the issuing Bank more particularly set forth in this Section 21.1 above), in the amount of the applicable L-C Amount, within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s written demand therefor (with no other notice or cure or grace period being applicable thereto, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary) (each of the foregoing being an “ L-C Draw Event ”). The L-C shall be honored by the Bank regardless of whether Tenant disputes Landlord’s right to draw upon the L-C. In addition, in the event the Bank is placed into receivership or conservatorship by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor or similar entity, then, effective as of the date such receivership or conservatorship occurs, said L-C shall be deemed to fail to meet the requirements of this Article 21 , and, within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant of such receivership or conservatorship (the “ L-C FDIC Replacement Notice ”), Tenant shall replace such L-C with a substitute letter of credit from a different issuer (which issuer shall meet or exceed the Bank’s Credit Rating Threshold and shall otherwise be acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion) and that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21 . If Tenant fails to replace such L-C with such conforming, substitute letter of credit pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 21.1 , then, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall have the right to declare Tenant in default of this Lease for which there shall be no notice or grace or cure periods being applicable thereto (other than the aforesaid ten (10) business day period). Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all costs incurred with the review of any replacement L-C (including without limitation Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees), which replacement is required pursuant to this Section or is otherwise requested by Tenant. In the event of an assignment by Tenant of its interest in the

 

-54-


Lease (and irrespective of whether Landlord’s consent is required for such assignment), the acceptance of any replacement or substitute letter of credit by Landlord from the assignee shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, and the attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord in connection with such determination shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days of billing.

21.2 Application of L-C . Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the L-C upon the occurrence of any L-C Draw Event. In the event of any L-C Draw Event, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant (except in connection with an L-C Draw Event under Section 21.1(H) above), draw upon the L-C, in part or in whole, to cure any such L-C Draw Event and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenant’s breach or default of the Lease or other L-C Draw Event and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages arising out of, or incurred in connection with, the termination of this Lease, including, without limitation, those specifically identified in Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. The use, application or retention of the L-C, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by any applicable law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the L-C, and such L-C shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the L-C, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of any portion of the L-C, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw upon the L-C. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the L-C conditional to justify the issuer of the L-C in failing to honor a drawing upon such L-C in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (i) the L-C constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank, (ii) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (iii) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the L-C or the proceeds thereof, and (iv) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, Tenant is placed into receivership or conservatorship, and/or there is an event of a receivership, conservatorship or a bankruptcy filing by, or on behalf of, Tenant, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim and/or rights to the L-C and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

21.3 L-C Amount; Maintenance of L-C by Tenant; Liquidated Damages .

21.3.1 L-C Amount . The L-C Amount shall be equal to the amount set forth in Section 8 of the Summary.

 

-55-


21.3.1.1 Reduction of L-C Amount . To the extent that Tenant is not in default under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure period set forth in this Lease), the L-C Amount shall be reduced as follows:

 

Date of Reduction

   Amount of Reduction      Remaining L-C Amount  

Twenty-second (22 nd ) day of the fifteenth (15 th ) full calendar month of the Lease Term

   $ 94,759.00       $ 189,519.00   

Twenty-second (22 nd ) day of the twenty-seventh (27 th ) full calendar month of the Lease Term

   $ 94,760.00       $ 94,759.00   

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 21.3.1.1 , in no event shall the L-C Amount as set forth above decrease during any period in which Tenant is in default under this Lease, but such decrease shall take place retroactively after such default is cured, provided that no such decrease shall thereafter take effect in the event this Lease is terminated early due to such default by Tenant.

21.3.2 In General . If, as a result of any drawing by Landlord of all or any portion of the L-C, the amount of the L-C shall be less than the L-C Amount, Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days thereafter, provide Landlord with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency, and any such additional letter(s) of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 21 . Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the L-C or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the L-C expires earlier than the L-C Expiration Date, Landlord will accept a renewal thereof (such renewal letter of credit to be in effect and delivered to Landlord, as applicable, not later than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the L-C), which shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable as above provided through the L-C Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring L-C or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. However, if the L-C is not timely renewed, or if Tenant fails to maintain the L-C in the amount and in accordance with the terms set forth in this Article 21 , Landlord shall have the right to present the L-C to the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Article 21 , and the proceeds of the L-C may be applied by Landlord against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease. In the event Landlord elects to exercise its rights under the foregoing item (x), (I) any unused proceeds shall constitute the property of Landlord (and not Tenant’s property or, in the event of a receivership, conservatorship, or a bankruptcy filing by, or on behalf of, Tenant, property of such receivership, conservatorship or Tenant’s bankruptcy estate) and need not be segregated from Landlord’s other assets, and (II) Landlord agrees to pay to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the L-C Expiration Date the amount of any proceeds of the L-C received by Landlord and not applied against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that was not paid when due or used to pay for any losses and/or damages suffered by Landlord (or reasonably estimated by Landlord that it will suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease; provided, however, that if prior to the L-C Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant by any of Tenant’s creditors, under the Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the unused L-C proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed.

 

-56-


21.4 Transfer and Encumbrance . The L-C shall also provide that Landlord may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all or any portion of its interest in and to the L-C to another party, person or entity, to the extent that such transfer is from or as a part of the assignment by Landlord of its rights and interests in and to this Lease. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in under this Lease, Landlord shall transfer the L-C, in whole or in part, to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole of said L-C to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the L-C by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer and, Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Bank’s transfer and processing fees in connection therewith; provided that, Landlord shall have the right (in its sole discretion), but not the obligation, to pay such fees on behalf of Tenant, in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice from Landlord therefor.

21.5 L-C Not a Security Deposit . Landlord and Tenant (1) acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the L-C or any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under any law applicable to security deposits in the commercial context, including, but not limited to, Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, as such Section now exists or as it may be hereafter amended or succeeded (the “ Security Deposit Laws ”), (2) acknowledge and agree that the L-C (including any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof) is not intended to serve as a security deposit, and the Security Deposit Laws shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto, and (3) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations that any such party may now, or in the future will, have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives and relinquishes the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code and any successor statute, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in effect, which (x) establish the time frame by which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (y) provide that a landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by a tenant or to clean the premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums specified in this Article 21 and/or those sums reasonably necessary to (a) compensate Landlord for any loss or damage caused by Tenant’s breach of this Lease, including any damages Landlord suffers following termination of this Lease, and/or (b) compensate Landlord for any and all damages arising out of, or incurred in connection with, the termination of this Lease, including, without limitation, those specifically identified in Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code.

21.6 Non-Interference By Tenant . Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with any payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the L-C, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of all or any portion of the L-C, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw down all or any portion of the L-C. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the L-C conditional and thereby afford the Bank a justification for failing to honor a drawing upon such L-C in a timely manner. Tenant shall not request or instruct the Bank of any L-C to refrain from paying sight draft(s) drawn under such L-C.

 

-57-


21.7 Waiver of Certain Relief . Tenant unconditionally and irrevocably waives (and as an independent covenant hereunder, covenants not to assert) any right to claim or obtain any of the following relief in connection with the L-C:

21.7.1 A temporary restraining order, temporary injunction, permanent injunction, or other order that would prevent, restrain or restrict the presentment of sight drafts drawn under any L-C or the Bank’s honoring or payment of sight draft(s); or

21.7.2 Any attachment, garnishment, or levy in any manner upon either the proceeds of any L-C or the obligations of the Bank (either before or after the presentment to the Bank of sight drafts drawn under such L-C) based on any theory whatever.

21.8 Remedy for Improper Drafts . Tenant’s sole remedy in connection with the improper presentment or payment of sight drafts drawn under any L-C shall be the right to obtain from Landlord a refund of the amount of any sight draft(s) that were improperly presented or the proceeds of which were misapplied, together with interest at the Interest Rate and reasonable actual out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees, provided that at the time of such refund, Tenant increases the amount of such L-C to the amount (if any) then required under the applicable provisions of this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that the presentment of sight drafts drawn under any L-C, or the Bank’s payment of sight drafts drawn under such L-C, could not under any circumstances cause Tenant injury that could not be remedied by an award of money damages, and that the recovery of money damages would be an adequate remedy therefor. In the event Tenant shall be entitled to a refund as aforesaid and Landlord shall fail to make such payment within ten (10) business days after demand, Tenant shall have the right to deduct the amount thereof together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the next installment(s) of Base Rent.

ARTICLE 22

SUBSTITUTION OF OTHER PREMISES

Landlord shall have the one-time right to move Tenant to other space in the Project comparable to the Premises, and all terms hereof shall apply to the new space with equal force. In such event, Landlord shall (i) give Tenant at least three (3) months’ prior notice, (ii) provide Tenant, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, with improvements and a build-out at least equal in quality to those in the Premises, (iii) move Tenant’s effects to the new space at Landlord’s sole cost and expense at such time and in such manner as to inconvenience Tenant as little as reasonably practicable, and (iv) reimburse Tenant for the actual, reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant (not to exceed One Thousand Five Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($1,500.00) in the aggregate) in connection with its relocation (including, without limitation, for reasonable supplies of stationery, business cards and related items to replace those which become obsolete by such move) within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of paid invoices in connection with the same. Simultaneously with such relocation of the Premises, the parties shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease stating the relocation of the Premises.

 

-58-


ARTICLE 23

SIGNS

23.1 Full Floors . Subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in its sole discretion, and provided all signs are in keeping with the quality, design and style of the Building and Project, Tenant, if the Premises comprise an entire floor of the Building, at its sole cost and expense, may install identification signage anywhere in the Premises including in the elevator lobby of the Premises, provided that such signs must not be visible from the exterior of the Building.

23.2 Multi-Tenant Floors . If other tenants occupy space on the floor on which the Premises is located, Tenant’s identifying signage shall be provided by Landlord, at Landlord’s cost as to the initial identifying signage, and such signage shall be comparable to that used by Landlord for other similar floors in the Building and shall comply with Landlord’s Building standard signage program. Any subsequent changes to such identifying signage shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s consent thereto (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed so long as such signage (A) does not contain an Objectionable Name (as that term is defined in Section 23.5 , below), (B) is comparable to that used by Landlord for other similar floors in the Building and (C) is in compliance with Landlord’s Building standard signage program). In addition, Landlord shall provide Tenant, at Landlord’s cost as to the initial identifying signage, with identifying signage (which signage shall be in compliance with Landlord’s Building standard signage program) located on one (1) line of a plaque (the “ Plaque ”), which Plaque (i) shall be installed by Landlord, at Landlord’s cost, (ii) shall be located at the top of the stairwell on the wall which backs to the elevator cab on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building (the exact location and specifications of such Plaque to be determined by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion), and (iii) may also contain identifying signage for other tenants occupying space on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building. Any subsequent changes to Tenant’s identifying signage on the Plaque shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s consent thereto (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed so long as such name strip does not contain an Objectionable Name and is in compliance with Landlord’s Building standard signage program). The location of Tenant’s identifying signage on the Plaque shall be determined by Landlord in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s maintenance and repair of the Plaque shall be included in Operating Expenses to the extent consistent with the terms of Section 4.2.4 above.

23.3 Building Directory . A building directory is located in the lobby of the Building. Tenant shall have the right, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense as to Tenant’s initial name strip, to designate one (1) name strip on such directory, and any subsequent changes to Tenant’s name strip shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s consent thereto, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed unless such name strip contains an Objectionable Name.

23.4 Prohibited Signage and Other Items . Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are installed and that have not been separately approved by Landlord may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant. Tenant may not

 

-59-


install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Project or the Common Areas. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord-approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building, shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole discretion.

23.5 Monument Signage . Provided that Tenant is not then in default of this Lease (beyond all applicable notice and cure periods set forth in this Lease), then Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to elect to have installed (in a location designated by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in accordance with the terms of this Section 23.5 below, one (1) identity sign (the “ Identity Sign ”) identifying the Tenant’s name on one (1) line of the existing Building monument located at the Building (the “ Monument ”). Should Tenant comply with the foregoing conditions and validly exercise its non-exclusive right to cause its Identity Sign to be displayed on the Monument, the terms and conditions contained in this Section 23.5 shall apply with respect thereto. The name set forth on the Identity Sign to be installed on the Monument, if at all, shall in no event include, identify or otherwise refer to a name which relates to an entity which is of a character or reputation, or is associated with a political faction or orientation, which is inconsistent with the quality of the Project, or which would otherwise reasonably offend a landlord of a Comparable Building (an “ Objectionable Name ”) and any changes in such name shall be subject to the terms of this Section 23.5 below and Landlord’s prior written approval. The parties hereby agree that the name “Versartis, Inc.,” or any reasonable derivation thereof, shall not be deemed an Objectionable Name. Subject to the Objectionable Name limitations set forth above, the graphics, materials, color, design, lettering, size, quality, specifications and all other aspects of the Identity Sign shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that such aspects of the Identity Sign shall be consistent with the identity signs of the other tenants of the Building and the Project, and shall also comply with and be subject to all Applicable Laws, including, but not limited to, all requirements of the City of Menlo Park (“ City ”) (and other applicable governmental authorities); and provided further that in no event shall the approval by the City (or other applicable governmental authority) of the Identity Sign be deemed a condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Lease. The Identity Sign shall be installed by Landlord, provided that Tenant shall pay for all costs incurred by Landlord in the installation of the Identity Sign. Landlord shall maintain and repair the Identity Sign and the Monument in accordance with Landlord’s signage maintenance program, provided that Tenant shall pay for all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such maintenance and repair, prorated based on the number of tenants identified on the Monument. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease (or within five (5) days following Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord that Tenant’s rights to the Identity Sign have terminated as a result of a default by Tenant under this Lease, beyond any applicable notice and cure period set forth in the Lease or in accordance with the other terms of this Section 23.5 ), Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, cause (a) the Identity Sign to be removed from the Monument and (b) the Monument to be restored to its condition existing prior to the installation of the Identity Sign (provided that Landlord shall have the right to perform such work and charge Tenant all cost therefor). If Tenant fails to timely remove any Identity Sign and restore the Monument as provided in this Section 23.5 , then Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) perform such work at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. All costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with this Section 23.5 shall constitute Rent under this Lease and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days following Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor. In no event shall Tenant have any right to install or maintain any Identity Sign at any time during the Lease Term that Tenant is in default under this Lease, beyond any applicable notice and cure period set forth in this Lease.

 

-60-


ARTICLE 24

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

Landlord shall comply with all Applicable Laws relating to the Base Building, provided that compliance with such Applicable Laws is not the responsibility of Tenant under this Lease, and provided further that Landlord’s failure to comply therewith would prohibit Tenant from obtaining or maintaining a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, or would unreasonably and materially affect the safety of Tenant’s employees or create a significant health hazard for Tenant’s employees, or would otherwise unreasonably adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use or Tenant’s access to the Premises. Landlord shall be permitted to include in Operating Expenses any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord under this Article 24 to the extent consistent with the terms of Section 4.2.4 above. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that neither the Premises nor the Building have undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Project which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or other governmental rule, regulation or requirement now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated, including, without limitation, any such governmental regulations related to disabled access (collectively, “ Applicable Laws ”). At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all Applicable Laws (including the making of any alterations to the Premises required by Applicable Laws) which relate to (i) Tenant’s use of the Premises for non-general office use, (ii) the Alterations or the Improvements in the Premises, or (iii) the Base Building, but, as to the Base Building, only to the extent such obligations are triggered by Tenant’s Alterations, the Improvements, or use of the Premises for non-general office use. Should any standard or regulation now or hereafter be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by a state, federal or local governmental body charged with the establishment, regulation and enforcement of occupational, health or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords or tenants, then Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply promptly with such standards or regulations. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.

ARTICLE 25

LATE CHARGES

If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee when due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue amount; provided, however, with regard to the first such failure in any twelve (12) month period, Landlord will waive such late charge to the extent Tenant cures such failure within five (5) business days following Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord that the same was not received when due. The late charge shall be deemed

 

-61-


Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid within ten (10) days after the date they are due shall bear interest from the date when due until paid at the “Interest Rate.” For purposes of this Lease, the “ Interest Rate ” shall be an annual rate equal to the lesser of (i) the annual “ Bank Prime Loan ” rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication H.15(519), published weekly (or such other comparable index as Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree upon if such rate ceases to be published), plus four (4) percentage points, and (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE 26

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

26.1 Landlord’s Cure . All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly provided herein. If Tenant shall fail to perform any obligation under this Lease, and such failure shall continue in excess of the time allowed under Section 19.1.2 , above, unless a specific time period is otherwise stated in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder.

26.2 Tenant’s Reimbursement . Except as may be specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, but subject to Section 29.21 below, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s defaults pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.1 ; and (ii) amounts owing by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 26.2 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.

ARTICLE 27

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times (during Building Hours with respect to items (i) and (ii) below) and upon at least twenty-four (24) hours prior notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, or to current or prospective mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or insurers, or during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, to prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of nonresponsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building or the Building’s systems and equipment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 27 , Landlord may enter the Premises at any time to (A) perform services required of Landlord, including janitorial service; (B) take possession due to any breach of this Lease in the manner provided herein; and (C) perform any covenants of Tenant which Tenant fails to perform.

 

-62-


Landlord may make any such entries without the abatement of Rent, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, and may take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes; provided, however, except for emergencies, in connection with any such entry by Landlord, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts not to unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises and such entries shall be performed after normal business hours if reasonably practical. Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises. No provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, alterations or decorations except as otherwise expressly agreed to be performed by Landlord herein.

ARTICLE 28

TENANT PARKING

Tenant shall be entitled to use, commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, the amount of unreserved surface parking spaces set forth in Section 9 of the Summary, which parking spaces shall pertain to unreserved surface parking located in the Project parking facilities. Tenant’s unreserved parking spaces shall be without charge for the initial Lease Term only (excepting only any parking taxes or other charges imposed by governmental authorities in connection with the use of such parking, as more particularly contemplated below). Tenant shall be responsible for the full amount of any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with the renting of such parking spaces by Tenant or the use of the parking facilities by Tenant. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking spaces is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facilities where the parking spaces are located, including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord, Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations and Tenant not being in default under this Lease (beyond applicable notice and cure periods set forth in this Lease). Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Project parking facilities at any time, provided that Tenant continues to have the right to the same number and type of parking spaces set forth in Section 9 of the Summary, and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, temporarily close-off or restrict access to the Project parking facilities for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord. The parking spaces rented by Tenant pursuant to this Article 28 are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and such spaces may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval.

 

-63-


ARTICLE 29

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

29.1 Terms; Captions . The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

29.2 Binding Effect . Subject to all other provisions of this Lease, each of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

29.3 No Air Rights . No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises is temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

29.4 Modification of Lease . Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Building or Project require a modification of this Lease, which modification will not cause a new or increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way unreasonably adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefor and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following a request therefor. At the request of Landlord or any mortgagee or ground lessor, Tenant agrees to execute a short form of Lease and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following the request therefor.

29.5 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of transfer and such transferee shall be deemed to have fully assumed and be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord, including the return of any Security Deposit, and Tenant shall attorn to such transferee. Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord may assign its interest in this Lease to a mortgage lender as additional security and agrees that such an assignment shall not release Landlord from its obligations hereunder and that Tenant shall continue to look to Landlord for the performance of its obligations hereunder.

 

-64-


29.6 Prohibition Against Recording or Publication . Neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded or otherwise published by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant.

29.7 Landlord’s Title . Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

29.8 Relationship of Parties . Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

29.9 Application of Payments . Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

29.10 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

29.11 Partial Invalidity . If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

29.12 No Warranty . In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits attached hereto. Tenant agrees that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the physical condition of the Building, the Project, the land upon which the Building or the Project are located, or the Premises, or the expenses of operation of the Premises, the Building or the Project, or any other matter or thing affecting or related to the Premises, except as herein expressly set forth in the provisions of this Lease.

29.13 Landlord Exculpation . The liability of Landlord or the Landlord Parties to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the interest of Landlord in the Building (including any sales or insurance proceeds received by Landlord or the Landlord Parties in connection with the Project, Building or

 

-65-


Premises). Neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.13 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord’s and the Landlord Parties’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring.

29.14 Entire Agreement . It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties’ entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto (including, without limitation, any confidentiality agreement, letter of intent, request for proposal, or similar agreement previously entered into between Landlord and Tenant in anticipation of this Lease) or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. None of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

29.15 Right to Lease . Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building or Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Project.

29.16 Force Majeure . Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease and except as to Tenant’s obligations under Articles 5 and 24 of this Lease (collectively, a “ Force Majeure ”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, the provisions of this Section 29.16 in connection with a Force Majeure delay shall apply to Tenant’s performance of any alterations or improvements to the Premises in order to comply with Article 24 , above. In addition, the time periods specified in Section 6.4 and Article 11 shall not be subject to extension for Force Majeure delays pursuant to this Section 29.16 .

 

-66-


29.17 Waiver of Redemption by Tenant . Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant, any and all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

29.18 Notices . All notices, demands, statements or communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing, shall be (A) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (B) delivered personally. Any such Notice shall be delivered (i) to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 10 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord; or (ii) to Landlord at the addresses set forth in Section 11 of the Summary, or to such other firm or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given on the date of receipted delivery, of refusal to accept delivery, or when delivery is first attempted but cannot be made due to a change of address for which no Notice was given. If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of Landlord’s mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor, then Tenant shall give to such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease by registered or certified mail, and, provided that Tenant has received a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement from such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor pursuant to Article 18 above, such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor shall be given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenant’s exercising any remedy available to Tenant. The party delivering Notice shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide a courtesy copy of each such Notice to the receiving party via electronic mail.

29.19 Joint and Several . If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

29.20 Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, trust or partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. In such event, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of such authority and, if a corporation, upon demand by Landlord, also deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of (i) good standing in Tenant’s state of incorporation and (ii) qualification to do business in California.

29.21 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provision of this Lease or for any other relief against the other, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

 

-67-


29.22 Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREFROM, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENT TO (I) THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COMPETENT COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, (II) SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY MEANS AUTHORIZED BY CALIFORNIA LAW, AND (III) IN THE INTEREST OF SAVING TIME AND EXPENSE, TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY. IN THE EVENT LANDLORD COMMENCES ANY SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ACTION FOR NONPAYMENT OF BASE RENT OR ADDITIONAL RENT, TENANT SHALL NOT INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY NATURE OR DESCRIPTION (UNLESS SUCH COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE MANDATORY) IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING OR ACTION, BUT SHALL BE RELEGATED TO AN INDEPENDENT ACTION AT LAW.

29.23 Submission of Lease . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of, option for or option to lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

29.24 Brokers . Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 12 of the Summary (the “ Brokers ”), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall pay the Brokers pursuant to the terms of separate commission agreements. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party.

29.25 Independent Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

29.26 Project or Building Name and Signage . Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name of the Project or Building and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Project or Building as Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

-68-


29.27 Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

29.28 Confidentiality . Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Except as otherwise required by Applicable Laws, Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s financial, legal, and space planning consultants, prospective purchasers, prospective lenders, investors, or any independent auditors, third parties designated to review Direct Expenses as set forth in Section 4.6 , above, its directors, officers, employees, attorneys, and proposed Transferees. Landlord acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Landlord shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Landlord’s financial, legal and space planning consultants, or its directors, officers, employees, attorneys, accountants, prospective lenders, prospective purchasers, and current and potential partners. Moreover, Landlord has advised Tenant that Landlord is obligated to regularly provide financial information concerning the Landlord and/or its affiliates (including Kilroy Realty Corporation, a public company whose shares of stock are listed on the New York Stock Exchange) to the shareholders of its affiliates, to the Federal Securities and Exchange Commission and other regulatory agencies, and to auditors and underwriters, which information may include summaries of financial information concerning leases, rents, costs and results of operations of its real estate business, including any rents or results of operations affected by this Lease. To the extent Tenant is a publicly traded corporation, Tenant may be obligated to regularly provide financial information concerning Tenant and/or its affiliates to the shareholders of its affiliates, to the Federal Securities and Exchange Commission and other regulatory agencies, and to auditors and underwriters, which information may include summaries of financial information concerning leases, rents, costs and results of operations of its business, including any financial obligations set forth in this Lease. This provision shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease for one (1) year.

29.29 Transportation Management . Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future programs implemented by Landlord in its commercially reasonable discretion, or otherwise mandated by governmental authorities, intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Building, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities.

29.30 Building Renovations . It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant and has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, Building, or any part thereof and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant except as specifically set forth herein or in the Work Letter. However, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord is currently renovating or may during the Lease Term renovate, improve, alter, or modify (collectively, the “ Renovations ”) the Project, the Building and/or the Premises including without limitation the parking structure, common areas,

 

-69-


systems and equipment, roof, and structural portions of the same, which Renovations may include, without limitation, (i) installing sprinklers in the Building common areas and tenant spaces, (ii) modifying the common areas and tenant spaces to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including regulations relating to the physically disabled, seismic conditions, and building safety and security, and (iii) installing new floor covering, lighting, and wall coverings in the Building common areas, and in connection with any Renovations, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Building, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Project, including portions of the common areas, or perform work in the Building, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Building. Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations and Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent; provided, however, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to not unreasonably adversely interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use or Tenant’s access to the Premises. Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the Renovations or Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Renovations or Landlord’s actions.

29.31 No Violation . Tenant hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Tenant is bound, and Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from Tenant’s breach of this warranty and representation.

29.32 Communications and Computer Lines . Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any communications or computer wires and cables (collectively, the “ Lines ”) at the Project in or serving the Premises, provided that (i) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), use Landlord’s designated contractor for provision of cabling and riser management services (or, if Landlord does not have a designated contractor, then an experienced and qualified contractor reasonably approved in writing by Landlord), and comply with all of the other provisions of Articles 7 and 8 of this Lease, (ii) an acceptable number of spare Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Project, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, (iii) the Lines therefor (including riser cables) shall be (x) appropriately insulated to prevent excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, (y) surrounded by a protective conduit reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (z) identified in accordance with the “Identification Requirements,” as that term is set forth hereinbelow, (iv) any new or existing Lines servicing the Premises shall comply with all applicable governmental laws and regulations, and (v) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. All Lines shall be clearly marked with adhesive plastic labels (or plastic tags attached to such Lines with wire) to show Tenant’s name, suite number, telephone number and the name of the person to contact in the case of an emergency (A) every four feet (4’) outside the Premises (specifically including, but not limited to, the electrical room risers and other Common Areas), and (B) at the Lines’

 

-70-


termination point(s) (collectively, the “ Identification Requirements ”). Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or immediately following any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall (unless Landlord provides prior written notice to Tenant to the contrary), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove all Lines installed by Tenant, and repair any damage caused by such removal; provided that, if this Lease terminates on the originally scheduled Lease Expiration Date (specifically excluding any extensions or renewals thereof), then Tenant shall have no obligation to remove any Lines installed by Tenant to the extent that such Lines will be usable by the subsequent tenant of the Premises (as determined in Landlord’s reasonable discretion). In the event that Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or fails to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Lines, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises which are installed in violation of these provisions, or which are at any time (1) are in violation of any Applicable Laws, (2) are inconsistent with then-existing industry standards (such as the standards promulgated by the National Fire Protection Association (e.g., such organization’s “2002 National Electrical Code”)), or (3) otherwise represent a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition.

29.33 Hazardous Substances .

29.33.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Lease, the following definitions shall apply: “ Hazardous Material(s) ” shall mean any solid, liquid or gaseous substance or material that is described or characterized as a toxic or hazardous substance, waste, material, pollutant, contaminant or infectious waste, or any matter that in certain specified quantities would be injurious to the public health or welfare, or words of similar import, in any of the “Environmental Laws,” as that term is defined below, or any other words which are intended to define, list or classify substances by reason of deleterious properties such as ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, carcinogenicity, toxicity or reproductive toxicity and includes, without limitation, asbestos, petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel, or any mixture thereof), petroleum products, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea formaldehyde, radon gas, nuclear or radioactive matter, medical waste, soot, vapors, fumes, acids, alkalis, chemicals, microbial matters (such as molds, fungi or other bacterial matters), biological agents and chemicals which may cause adverse health effects, including but not limited to, cancers and /or toxicity. “ Environmental Laws ” shall mean any and all federal, state, local or quasi-governmental laws (whether under common law, statute or otherwise), ordinances, decrees, codes, rulings, awards, rules, regulations or guidance or policy documents now or hereafter enacted or promulgated and as amended from time to time, in any way relating to (i) the protection of the environment, the health and safety of persons (including employees), property or the public welfare from actual or potential release, discharge, escape or emission (whether past or present) of any Hazardous Materials or (ii) the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of any Hazardous Materials.

29.33.2 Compliance with Environmental Laws . Landlord covenants that during the Lease Term, Landlord shall comply with all Environmental Laws in accordance with, and as required by, the TCCs of Article 24 of this Lease. Tenant represents and warrants that, except as herein set forth, it will not use, store or dispose of any Hazardous Materials in or on the Premises. However, notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Landlord agrees that Tenant may

 

-71-


use, store and properly dispose of commonly available household cleaners and chemicals to maintain the Premises and Tenant’s routine office operations (such as printer toner and copier toner) (hereinafter the “ Permitted Chemicals ”). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that any or all of the Permitted Chemicals described in this paragraph may constitute Hazardous Materials. However, Tenant may use, store and dispose of same, provided that in doing so, Tenant fully complies with all Environmental Laws. To the actual knowledge of Landlord’s Senior Asset Manager with respect to the Project as of the date of this Lease, without any duty of investigation or any duty of inquiry, Landlord has not, as of the date of this Lease, received from any applicable governmental agency any written notice of violation or violations (or claim thereof) of Environmental Laws with regard to the Premises or the Building existing as of the date of this Lease.

29.33.3 Tenant Hazardous Materials . During the Lease Term, Tenant will (i) obtain and maintain in full force and effect all Environmental Permits (as defined below) that may be required from time to time under any Environmental Laws applicable to Tenant or Tenant’s operations in, on, or about, the Premises, and (ii) comply with all terms and conditions of all such Environmental Permits and with all other Environmental Laws. “ Environmental Permits ” means, collectively, any and all permits, consents, licenses, approvals and registrations of any nature at any time required pursuant to, or in order to comply with any Environmental Law. On or before the Lease Commencement Date and on each annual anniversary of the Commencement Date thereafter, as well as at any other time following Tenant’s receipt of a reasonable request from Landlord, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord a list of all Hazardous Materials (other than Permitted Chemicals) anticipated to be used by Tenant in the Premises and the quantities thereof. At any time following Tenant’s receipt of a request from Landlord, Tenant shall promptly complete a “hazardous materials questionnaire” using the form then-provided by Landlord. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant agrees to promptly remove from the Premises, the Building and the Project, at its sole cost and expense, any and all Hazardous Materials, including any equipment or systems containing Hazardous Materials, which are installed, brought upon, stored, used, generated or released upon, in, under or about the Premises, the Building, and/or the Project or any portion thereof by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties (such obligation to survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease). Nothing in this Lease shall impose any liability on Tenant for any Hazardous Materials in existence on the Premises, Building or Project prior to the Lease Commencement Date or brought onto the Premises, Building or Project after the Lease Commencement Date by any third parties not under Tenant’s control.

29.33.4 Landlord’s Right of Environmental Audit . Landlord may, upon reasonable notice to Tenant, be granted access to and enter the Premises no more than once annually to perform or cause to have performed an environmental inspection, site assessment or audit. Such environmental inspector or auditor may be chosen by Landlord, in its sole discretion, and be performed at Landlord’s sole expense. To the extent that the report prepared upon such inspection, assessment or audit, indicates the presence of Hazardous Materials in violation of Environmental Laws, or provides reasonable recommendations or suggestions to prohibit the release, discharge, escape or emission of any Hazardous Materials at, upon, under or within the Premises, or to comply with any Environmental Laws, Tenant shall promptly, at Tenant’s sole expense, comply with such recommendations or suggestions, including, but not limited to performing such additional investigative or subsurface investigations or remediation(s) as

 

-72-


recommended by such inspector or auditor, to the extent associated with Hazardous Materials introduced at, upon, under or within the Premises by, or on behalf of, Tenant or the Tenant Parties. Notwithstanding the above, if at any time, Landlord has actual notice or reasonable cause to believe that Tenant has violated, or permitted any violations of any Environmental Law, then Landlord will be entitled to perform its environmental inspection, assessment or audit at any time, notwithstanding the above mentioned annual limitation, and Tenant must reimburse Landlord for the cost or fees incurred for such as Additional Rent to the extent such inspection, assessment, or audit identifies a violation of Environmental Laws by, permitted by, or on behalf of, Tenant or the Tenant Parties.

29.33.5 Indemnifications . Landlord agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Tenant and the Tenant Parties from and against any liability, obligation, damage or costs, including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs, resulting directly or indirectly from any use, presence, removal or disposal of any Hazardous Materials to the extent such liability, obligation, damage or costs was a result of actions caused or knowingly permitted by Landlord or a Landlord Party. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from and against any liability, obligation, damage or costs, including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs, resulting directly or indirectly from any use, presence, removal or disposal of any Hazardous Materials or breach of any provision of this section, to the extent such liability, obligation, damage or costs was a result of actions caused or permitted by Tenant or a Tenant Party.

29.34 Development of the Project .

29.34.1 Subdivision . Landlord reserves the right to further subdivide all or a portion of the Project; provided, however, Landlord shall not unreasonably adversely interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use or Tenant’s access to the Premises in connection therewith. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver, upon demand by Landlord and in the form requested by Landlord, any additional documents needed to conform this Lease to the circumstances resulting from such subdivision.

29.34.2 The Other Improvements . If portions of the Project or property adjacent to the Project (collectively, the “ Other Improvements ”) are owned by an entity other than Landlord, Landlord, at its option, may enter into an agreement with the owner or owners of any or all of the Other Improvements to provide (i) for reciprocal rights of access and/or use of the Project and the Other Improvements, (ii) for the common management, operation, maintenance, improvement and/or repair of all or any portion of the Project and the Other Improvements, (iii) for the allocation of a portion of the Direct Expenses to the Other Improvements and the operating expenses and taxes for the Other Improvements to the Project, and (iv) for the use or improvement of the Other Improvements and/or the Project in connection with the improvement, construction, and/or excavation of the Other Improvements and/or the Project; provided, however, Landlord shall not unreasonably adversely interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use or Tenant’s access to the Premises in connection therewith. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or construed to limit or otherwise affect Landlord’s right to convey all or any portion of the Project or any other of Landlord’s rights described in this Lease.

 

-73-


29.34.3 Construction of Project and Other Improvements . Tenant acknowledges that portions of the Project and/or the Other Improvements may be under construction following Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, and that such construction may result in levels of noise, dust, obstruction of access, etc. which are in excess of that present in a fully constructed project. Tenant hereby waives any and all rent offsets or claims of constructive eviction which may arise in connection with such construction; provided, however, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to not unreasonably adversely interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use or Tenant’s access to the Premises in connection therewith.

29.35 Office and Communications Services .

29.35.1 The Provider . Landlord has advised Tenant that certain office and communications services (which may include, without limitation, cable or satellite television service) may be offered to tenants of the Building by a concessionaire (which may or may not have exclusive rights to offer such services in the Building) under contract to Landlord (“ Provider ”). Tenant shall be permitted to contract with Provider for the provision of any or all of such services on such terms and conditions as Tenant and Provider may agree.

29.35.2 Other Terms . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that: (i) Landlord has made no warranty or representation to Tenant with respect to the availability of any such services, or the quality, reliability or suitability thereof; (ii) the Provider is not acting as the agent or representative of Landlord in the provision of such services, and Landlord shall have no liability or responsibility for any failure or inadequacy of such services, or any equipment or facilities used in the furnishing thereof, or any act or omission of Provider, or its agents, employees, representatives, officers or contractors; (iii) Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for the installation, alteration, repair, maintenance, furnishing, operation, adjustment or removal of any such services, equipment or facilities; and (iv) any contract or other agreement between Tenant and Provider shall be independent of this Lease, the obligations of Tenant hereunder, and the rights of Landlord hereunder, and, without limiting the foregoing, no default or failure of Provider with respect to any such services, equipment or facilities, or under any contract or agreement relating thereto, shall have any effect on this Lease or give to Tenant any offset or defense to the full and timely performance of its obligations hereunder, or entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or additional rent or any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder, or constitute any accrual or constructive eviction of Tenant, or otherwise give rise to any other claim of any nature against Landlord.

29.36 Water Sensors . In connection with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises pursuant to this Lease, Landlord may elect, in its sole and absolute discretion, to install, at its sole cost and expense, web-enabled wireless water leak sensor devices designed to alert Tenant on a twenty-four (24) hour seven (7) day per week basis if a water leak is occurring in the Premises (which water sensor device(s) located in the Premises shall be referred to herein as “ Water Sensors ”). If Landlord elects to install the Water Sensors, the Water Sensors shall be installed in areas in the Premises where water is utilized (such as sinks, pipes, faucets, water heaters, coffee machines, ice machines, water dispensers and water fountains), and in locations as determined by Landlord (the “ Sensor Areas ”). In connection with any Alterations, Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, may require Tenant to install or update Water Sensors (to the extent relating to the

 

-74-


Alterations). With respect to Tenant’s installation of any such Water Sensors, Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), use an experienced and qualified contractor reasonably designated by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of Article 8 of this Lease. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, pursuant to Article 7 of this Lease keep any Water Sensors located in the Premises (regardless of whether installed by Landlord, Tenant or a third party) in good working order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term and comply with all of the other provisions of Article 7 of this Lease with respect thereto. Landlord has neither an obligation to repair or otherwise maintain any of the Water Sensors. Landlord may elect, in Landlord’s sole discretion, to set the Water Sensors to alert Landlord, or certain of Landlord’s employees, agents, or service providers (collectively, “ Landlord’s Water Sensor Designees ”) if a water leak is occurring in the Premises. In connection with the foregoing, Tenant hereby releases Landlord and Landlord’s Water Sensor Designees from any responsibility or liability relating to (i) the Water Sensors, (ii) any damage caused by a water leak in the Premises, (iii) any failure by Landlord or the Landlord’s Water Sensor Designees to respond to any alerts from the Water Sensors, and (iv) the manner in which Landlord or Landlord’s Water Sensor Designees respond to an alert from the Water Sensors, in each case expressly excluding the willful misconduct of Landlord and Landlord’s Water Sensor Designees. In consideration for the foregoing release, Landlord shall endeavor to respond (or endeavor to cause Landlord’s Water Sensor Designees to respond) to any alerts Landlord or Landlord’s Water Sensor Designees may receive from the Water Sensors to attempt to minimize the damage caused by a water leak; provided, however, the parties acknowledge that Landlord and Landlord’s Water Sensor Designees may not have access to certain areas within the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision to the contrary contained herein, Tenant hereby releases Landlord and Landlord’s Water Sensor Designees from any obligation to monitor the Water Sensors and, except in connection with Landlord’s willful misconduct, as set forth above, Tenant hereby releases Landlord and Landlord’s Water Sensor Designees from any obligation to repair or otherwise maintain the Water Sensors. Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or immediately following any earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to remove all Water Sensors installed in the Premises (whether installed by Tenant or a third party), and repair any damage caused by such removal; provided, however, if Landlord does not require Tenant to remove the Water Sensors as contemplated by the foregoing, then Tenant shall leave the Water Sensors in place together with all necessary user information such that the same may be used by a future occupant of the Premises (e.g., the Water Sensors shall be unblocked and ready for use by a third-party); and provided further that in no event shall Tenant be obligated to remove any Water Sensors installed in the Premises by, or on behalf of, Landlord. If Tenant is required to remove the Water Sensors pursuant to the foregoing and Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or fails to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Water Sensors, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant.

29.37 No Discrimination . Tenant covenants by and for itself, its heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and all persons claiming under or through Tenant, and this Lease is made and accepted upon and subject to the following conditions: that there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of any person or group of persons, on account of race, color, creed, sex, religion, marital status, ancestry or national origin in the leasing, subleasing, transferring, use, or enjoyment of the Premises, nor shall Tenant itself, or any person claiming under or through Tenant, establish or permit such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection, location, number, use or occupancy, of tenants, lessees, sublessees, subtenants or vendees in the Premises.

 

-75-


29.38 LEED Certification . Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, elect to apply to obtain or maintain a LEED certification for the Project (or portion thereof), or other applicable certification in connection with Landlord’s sustainability practices for the Project (as such sustainability practices are to be determined by Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, from time to time). In the event that Landlord elects to pursue such an aforementioned certification, Tenant shall, provided it is at no more than a de minimus cost or expense to Tenant, promptly cooperate with the Landlord’s efforts in connection therewith and provide Landlord with any documentation it may need in order to obtain or maintain the aforementioned certification (which cooperation may include, but shall not be limited to, Tenant complying with certain standards pertaining to the purchase of materials used in connection with any Alterations or improvements undertaken by the Tenant in the Project, the sharing of documentation pertaining to any Alterations or improvements undertaken by Tenant in the Project with Landlord, and the sharing of Tenant’s billing information pertaining to trash removal and recycling related to Tenant’s operations in the Project).

29.39 Utility Billing Information . In the event that the Tenant is permitted to contract directly for the provision of electricity, gas and/or water services to the Premises with the third-party provider thereof (all in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), Tenant shall promptly, but in no event more than five (5) business days following its receipt of each and every invoice for such items from the applicable provider, provide Landlord with a copy of each such invoice. Tenant acknowledges that pursuant to California Public Resources Code Section 25402.10 and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto (collectively the “ Energy Disclosure Requirements ”), Landlord may be required to disclose information concerning Tenant’s energy usage at the Building to certain third parties, including, without limitation, prospective purchasers, lenders and tenants of the Building (the “ Tenant Energy Use Disclosure ”). Tenant hereby (A) consents to all such Tenant Energy Use Disclosures, and (B) acknowledges that Landlord shall not be required to notify Tenant of any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. Further, Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities relating to, arising out of and/or resulting from any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. The terms of this Section 29.39 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

29.40 Green Cleaning/Recycling . To the extent a “green cleaning program” and/or a recycling program is implemented by Landlord in the Building and/or Project (each in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, comply with the provisions of each of the foregoing programs (e.g., Tenant shall separate waste appropriately so that it can be efficiently processed by Landlord’s particular recycling contractors). To the extent Tenant fails to comply with any of Landlord’s recycling programs contemplated by the foregoing, Tenant shall be required to pay any contamination charges related to such non-compliance.

29.41 Shuttle Service . Subject to the provisions of this Section 29.43 , so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease, and so long as Landlord, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, permits a shuttle service (the “ Shuttle Service ”) to operate at the Project, Tenant’s employees (“ Shuttle Service Riders ”) shall be entitled to use the Shuttle Service operated at the Project. The use of the Shuttle Service shall be subject to the reasonable rules

 

-76-


and regulations (including rules regarding hours of use) established from time to time by Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, and/or the operator of the Shuttle Service. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the use of the Shuttle Service by the Shuttle Service Riders shall be at their own risk and that the terms and provisions of Section 10.1 of this Lease shall apply to Tenant and the Shuttle Service Rider’s use of the Shuttle Service. The costs of operating, maintaining and repairing the Shuttle Service shall be included as part of Operating Expenses. Tenant acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 29.43 shall not be deemed to be a representation by Landlord that Landlord shall continuously maintain the Shuttle Service (or any other shuttle service) throughout the Lease Term, and Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s sole discretion, to expand, contract, eliminate or otherwise modify all Shuttle Services provided by it. Landlord or the operator of the Shuttle Service shall have a right to charge a fee to the users of the Shuttle Service. No expansion, contraction, elimination or modification of any or all Shuttle Services, and no termination of Tenant’s or the Shuttle Service Rider’s rights to the Shuttle Service shall entitle Tenant to an abatement or reduction in Rent, constitute a constructive eviction, or result in an event of default by Landlord under this Lease.

[ Signatures follow on next page ]

 

-77-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”:

KILROY REALTY, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:  

Kilroy Realty Corporation,

a Maryland corporation,

General Partner

  By:   /s/ Mike L. Sanford
  Name:   Mike L. Sanford
  Its:   SVP - NORCAL
  By:   /s/ John T. Fucci
  Name:   John T. Fucci
  Its:   Sr. Vice President Asset Management
“TENANT”:

VERSARTIS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Jeffrey L. Cleland
Name:   Jeffrey L. Cleland
Its:  

CEO

By:   /s/ Joshua T. Brumm
Name:   Joshua T. Brumm
Its:   CFO

* NOTE:

If Tenant is a California corporation , then one of the following alternative requirements must be satisfied:

(A) This Lease must be signed by two (2) officers of such corporation: one being the chairman of the board, the president or a vice president, and the other being the secretary, an assistant secretary, the chief financial officer or an assistant treasurer. If one (1) individual is signing in two (2) of the foregoing capacities, that individual must identify the two (2) capacities.

(B) If the requirements of (A) above are not satisfied, then Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord that the signatory(ies) is (are) authorized to execute this Lease.

If Tenant is a corporation incorporated in a state other than California , then Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord that the signatory(ies) is (are) authorized to execute this Lease.

 

-78-


EXHIBIT A

MENLO CORPORATE CENTER

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A

-1-


EXHIBIT B

MENLO CORPORATE CENTER

WORK LETTER

This Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the improvements in the Premises. This Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise during the actual construction of the Premises. All references in this Work Letter to Articles or Sections of “this Lease” shall mean the relevant portion of Articles 1 through 29 of the Office Lease to which this Work Letter is attached as Exhibit B and of which this Work Letter forms a part, and all references in this Work Letter to Sections of “this Work Letter” shall mean the relevant portion of Sections 1 through 6 of this Work Letter.

ARTICLE 1

IMPROVEMENTS

Landlord has established or may establish specifications for certain Building standard components to be used in the construction of the “Improvements” (as that term is defined below) in the Premises. The quality of the Improvements shall be materially consistent with the quality of such Building standards, provided that Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, require the Improvements to comply with certain Building standards. Landlord may make changes to said specifications for Building standards from time to time.

Using Building standard methods and, except as specifically set forth in the Approved Working Drawings (as that term is defined below), Building standard materials, components and finishes, Landlord shall cause the installation and/or construction of those certain improvements which are permanently affixed to the Premises, as set forth in the Approved Working Drawings (the “ Improvements ”). With respect to the electrical specifications in connection with the Improvements, the Building standards include, without limitation, those certain electrical standards attached hereto as Schedule 1 ; provided that those items specifically referenced in Schedule 1 as “Non-Standard” are not part of the Building standard. The term “ Approved Working Drawings ” shall mean that certain TT Review Set dated February 20, 2014, prepared by Korth Sunseri Hagey Architects and containing twelve (12) pages. Tenant shall make no changes, additions or modifications to the Improvements or the Approved Working Drawings or require the installation of any “Non-Conforming Improvements,” as defined in Article 2 , below without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it shall be deemed to be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any such changes, additions or modifications or Non-Conforming Improvements if the same (i) are structural or adversely affect any Building Systems, (ii) affect the exterior appearance of the Building, (iii) affect the certificate of occupancy issued for the Building or the Premises, (iv) unreasonably interfere with any other occupant’s normal and customary office operation, or (v) violate any

 

EXHIBIT B

-1-


code or Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any contrary provision of this Lease, all Improvements shall be deemed Landlord’s property under the terms of this Lease. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Work Letter, in the event that the cost to design and construct those certain aspects of the Improvements which are specifically set forth under the heading “Alternates” in the Approved Working Drawings (which costs shall include a coordination fee in an amount equal to the product of (i) three percent (3%), and (ii) the total costs of the design and construction of the Alternates, in consideration for Landlord’s supervision of the same) exceed a total amount equal to Sixteen Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($16,000.00) in the aggregate (the “ Landlord Contribution Amount ”), then all such excess costs (the “ Excess Costs ”) shall be paid to Landlord by Tenant as follows: (a) one third (1/3) of the Excess Costs shall be paid in advance within five (5) days following Tenant’s receipt of a request therefor, (b) one third (1/3) of the Excess Costs shall be paid within five (5) days following Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord that the Improvements are approximately fifty percent (50%) complete, as reasonably determined by Landlord, and (c) the remainder of any Excess Costs which have not then been paid to Landlord by Tenant shall be paid within five (5) days following the Substantial Completion of the Improvements and Landlord’s notice to Tenant thereof. In addition, if any Excess Costs are incurred by Landlord in connection with the performance of any punch list items following the Substantial Completion of the Improvements, then such Excess Costs shall be paid to Landlord by Tenant within five (5) days following Tenant’s receipt of a request therefor. All such funds provided by Tenant shall be disbursed by Landlord and exhausted prior to disbursement of the Landlord Contribution Amount. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Lease or this Work Letter, in no event shall Landlord be obligated to pay for (A) any moving costs or expenses related to Tenant’s move-in/occupancy of the Premises, and (B) any costs or expenses associated with the purchase, installation or maintenance of any furniture (including, but not limited to, the cost of any reception desks, credenzas or chairs (whether identified on the Approved Working Drawings or not)), fixtures, equipment, art, cabling, audio/visual equipment, telecommunications systems, access controls, security systems and equipment and office signage related to Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises.

ARTICLE 2

OTHER IMPROVEMENTS

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of any Improvements not identified on the Approved Working Drawings and/or any items requiring other than Building standard methods, or, except as specifically set forth in the Approved Working Drawings and in connection with the Alternates, Building standard materials, components or finishes (collectively, the “ Non-Conforming Improvements ”). In connection therewith, any costs which arise in connection with any such Non-Conforming Improvements shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord in cash, in advance, upon Landlord’s request. Any such amounts required to be paid by Tenant shall be disbursed by Landlord prior to any Landlord provided funds for the costs of construction of the Improvements.

 

EXHIBIT B

-2-


ARTICLE 3

CONTRACTOR’S WARRANTIES AND GUARANTIES

Landlord hereby assigns to Tenant all warranties and guaranties by the contractor who constructs the Improvements (the “ Contractor ”) relating to the Improvements, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord relating to or arising out of the design and construction of the Improvements and/or Non-Conforming Improvements.

ARTICLE 4

TENANT’S AGENTS

Tenant hereby protects, defends, indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless for any loss, claims, damages or delays arising from the actions of Tenant’s space planner/architect and/or any separate contractors, subcontractors or consultants on the Premises or in the Building.

ARTICLE 5

COMPLETION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS;

LEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE

5.1 Ready for Occupancy . The Premises shall be deemed “Ready for Occupancy” upon the Substantial Completion of the Improvements. For purposes of this Lease, “Substantial Completion” of the Improvements shall occur upon the completion of construction of the Improvements, with the exception of any punch list items and any tenant fixtures, work stations, built-in furniture, or equipment to be installed by Tenant or under the supervision of Contractor.

5.2 Delay of the Substantial Completion of the Premises . Except as provided in this Section 5.2 , the Lease Commencement Date shall occur as set forth in Section 2.1 of the Lease and Section 5.1 , above. If there shall be a delay or there are delays in the Substantial Completion of the Improvements or in the occurrence of any of the other conditions precedent to the Lease Commencement Date, as set forth in Section 2.1 of the Lease, as a direct, indirect, partial, or total result of (each, a “ Tenant Delay ”):

5.2.1 Tenant’s failure to timely approve any matter requiring Tenant’s approval;

5.2.2 A breach by Tenant of the terms of this Work Letter or the Lease;

5.2.3 Tenant’s request for changes in the Approved Working Drawings or the Improvements;

5.2.4 Any Non-Conforming Improvements;

5.2.5 Tenant’s requirement for materials, components, finishes or improvements which are not available in a commercially reasonable time given the anticipated date of Substantial Completion of the Premises, as set forth in the Lease, or which are different from, or not included in, Landlord’s Building standards;

5.2.6 Any failure by Tenant to pay for in cash in advance any costs for Non-Conforming Improvements;

 

EXHIBIT B

-3-


5.2.7 Changes to the base, shell and core work of the Building required by the Improvements; or

5.2.8 Any other acts or omissions of Tenant, or its agents, or employees;

then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease or this Work Letter and regardless of the actual date of the Substantial Completion of the Improvements, the date of the Substantial Completion of the Improvements shall be deemed to be the date the Substantial Completion of the Improvements would have occurred if no Tenant delay or delays, as set forth above, had occurred; provided, however, that if Landlord contends that a Tenant Delay has occurred, then Landlord shall provide written or e-mail notice (the “ Delay Notice ”) to Tenant regarding such Tenant Delay.

ARTICLE 6

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Tenant’s Entry Into the Premises Prior to Substantial Completion . Provided that Tenant and its agents do not interfere with the construction of the Improvements, Tenant shall have reasonable access to the Premises at least fourteen (14) days prior to the Substantial Completion of the Improvements for the purpose of Tenant installing overstandard furniture, equipment or fixtures (including Tenant’s data and telephone equipment) in the Premises. Prior to Tenant’s entry into the Premises as permitted by the terms of this Section 6.1 , Tenant shall submit a schedule to Landlord and Contractor, for their approval, which schedule shall detail the timing and purpose of Tenant’s entry and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the policies or certificates evidencing Tenant’s insurance as required under the terms of Section 10.3 of the Lease. Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and indemnify, protect and defend Landlord against any loss or damage to the Building or Premises and against injury to any persons caused by Tenant’s actions pursuant to this Section 6.1 .

6.2 Tenant’s Representative . Tenant has designated Diana Miller as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter (whose e-mail address for the purposes of this Work Letter is dmiller@versartis.com), who, until further notice to Landlord, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Work Letter.

6.3 Landlord’s Representatives . Landlord has designated Scott Halfwassen and Rich Ambidge as “Project Managers” (whose respective e-mail addresses for the purposes of this Work Letter are, respectively, shalfwassen@kilroyrealty.com and rambidge@kilroyrealty.com), who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Work Letter.

6.4 Tenant’s Agents . All subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers retained directly by Tenant shall all be union labor in compliance with the master labor agreements existing between trade unions and the Northern California Chapter of the Associated General Contractors of America.

 

EXHIBIT B

-4-


6.5 Time of the Essence in This Work Letter . Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days. In all instances where Tenant is required to approve or deliver an item, if no written notice of approval is given or the item is not delivered within the stated time period, at Landlord’s sole option, at the end of such period the item shall automatically be deemed approved or delivered by Tenant and the next succeeding time period shall commence.

6.6 Tenant’s Lease Default . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Work Letter, if any default (beyond the applicable notice and cure period set forth in this Lease) by Tenant under the Lease or this Work Letter (including, without limitation, any failure by Tenant to fund in advance the costs for any Non-Conforming Improvements) occurs, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to cause the cessation of construction of the Improvements (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the Substantial Completion of the Improvements and any costs occasioned thereby), and (ii) all other obligations of Landlord under the terms of the Lease and this Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

6.7 Electronic Approvals . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Work Letter, Landlord and Tenant may transmit or otherwise deliver any of the approvals required under this Work Letter via electronic mail to the other party’s representative identified in Section 6.2 or 6.3 of this Work Letter, as applicable, or by any of the other means identified in Section 29.18 of the Lease.

 

EXHIBIT B

-5-


SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT B

MENLO CORPORATE CENTER

ELECTRICAL STANDARDS

Electrical Standards for Tenant Improvement Projects

Large Conference Room

¨ 2 circuits*

¨ 2 quad receptacle per room

Small Conference Room

¨ 1 circuit*

¨ 2 duplex receptacles, one on two separate walls as applicable

Large Executive Office

¨ 1 circuit*

¨ 1 quad receptacle, and one duplex receptacle on wall, placement based on shape and design of office

Regular Office

¨ One circuit shared for two offices*

¨ 1 quad receptacle placed on adjoining office wall to share single circuit

Break Room

¨ Landlord to provide the number of circuits necessary for standard kitchen equipment (Refrigerator, Coffee Maker, Microwave, dishwasher, garbage disposal)

¨ Non-Standard: If additional equipment is desired by tenant, each additional device would need a dedicated circuit, and Tenant will be responsible for such additional cost. Others as required by tenant will be designed as appropriate (GFI or standard)

¨ 1 non GFI receptacle for refrigerator, 2 GFI receptacles at countertop.

Cubicles

¨ 1 circuit per 3 cubicles*

 

SCHEDULE 1

TO EXHIBIT B

-1-


¨ 2 duplex receptacles per cubicle

¨ Power poles for feeding power

Server/Network Room

¨ Landlord to provide an industry standard number of circuits and receptacles for a space the size of the Premises

Copy Room

¨ 1 dedicated 20 amp circuit for copier

¨ 2 additional circuits for peripheral equipment

¨ 2 quad receptacles placed strategically for layout of equipment

Other

¨ Non-Standard: Any scenario not covered here will be on a case by case basis and tenant is responsible for design and cost of supporting such room.

¨ Any work areas not adjacent to a wall will be supplied with power via a power pole.

 

* One circuit is 20 amps.

 

SCHEDULE 1

TO EXHIBIT B

-2-


EXHIBIT C

MENLO CORPORATE CENTER

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

 

To:       
      
      
      

 

  Re: Office Lease dated              , 20          (the “ Lease ”), by and between              , a              (“ Landlord ”), and              , a              (“ Tenant ”), for              rentable square feet of space commonly known as Suite              (the “ Premises ”), located on the              (      ) floor of that certain office building located at              ,              ,              (the “ Building ”).

Dear                      :

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease, this letter is to confirm and agree upon the following:

 

  1. Tenant has accepted the above-referenced Premises as being delivered in accordance with the Lease, and, to Tenant’s actual knowledge, there is no deficiency in construction.

 

  2. The Lease Term shall commence on or has commenced on              for a term of              ending on              .

 

  3. Rent commenced to accrue on              , in the amount of              .

 

  4. If the Lease Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a pro rata adjustment. Each billing thereafter shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in the Lease.

 

  5. Your rent checks should be made payable to              at              .

 

  6. The rentable square feet of the Premises is 12,943.

 

  7. Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses with respect to the Premises is 28.4768% of the Building.

 

EXHIBIT C

-1-


  8. Capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning when used herein. Tenant confirms that the Lease has not been modified or altered except as set forth herein, and the Lease is in full force and effect. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that to each party’s actual knowledge, neither party is in default or violation of any covenant, provision, obligation, agreement or condition in the Lease.

If the provisions of this letter correctly set forth our understanding, please so acknowledge by signing at the place provided below on the enclosed copy of this letter and returning the same to Landlord.

 

“Landlord” :
                                                                                         ,
a        
By:        
  Its:    
By:        
  Its:    

Agreed to and Accepted

as of                      , 20__.

 

Tenant ”:
                                                                                     ,

a

       

By:

       
 

Its:

   

By:

       
 

Its:

   

 

EXHIBIT C

-2-


EXHIBIT D

MENLO CORPORATE CENTER

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Project. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.

1. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Two keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable cost to be established by Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices, and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant and in the event of the loss of keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such changes.

2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises.

3. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in the Menlo Park, California area. Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the doors to the Building are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. Landlord will furnish spaces to persons for whom Tenant requests same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests spaces and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. The Landlord and his agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building or the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

 

EXHIBIT D

-1-


4. No furniture, freight or equipment of any kind shall be brought into the Building without prior notice to Landlord. All moving activity into or out of the Building shall be scheduled with Landlord and done only at such time and in such manner as Landlord designates. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. Any damage to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant.

5. No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except between such hours, in such specific elevator and by such personnel as shall be designated by Landlord.

6. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office for the Project or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

7. No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle, or canvass any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and its agents of Landlord to prevent same.

8. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have caused same.

9. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, nor mark, drive nails or screws, or drill into the partitions, woodwork or drywall or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall not purchase spring water, ice, towel, linen, maintenance or other like services from any person or persons not approved by Landlord.

10. Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machine or machines other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.

11. Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Building, or the Project any kerosene, gasoline, explosive material, corrosive material, material capable of emitting toxic fumes, or other inflammable or combustible fluid chemical, substitute or material. Tenant shall provide material safety data sheets for any Hazardous Material used or kept on the Premises.

12. Tenant shall not without the prior written consent of Landlord use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

 

EXHIBIT D

-2-


13. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or interfere with other tenants or those having business therein, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonograph, or in any other way. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or down passageways.

14. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Building or the Premises any firearms, animals, birds, aquariums, or, except in areas designated by Landlord, bicycles or other vehicles.

15. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

16. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the use of the Premises provided for in the Summary. Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics, or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau without the express prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises except those actually working for such tenant on the Premises nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises.

17. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

18. Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, courts, halls, stairways, elevators, vestibules or any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.

19. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls. Tenant shall participate in recycling programs undertaken by Landlord.

20. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in Menlo Park, California without violation of any law or ordinance governing such

 

EXHIBIT D

-3-


disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate. If the Premises is or becomes infested with vermin as a result of the use or any misuse or neglect of the Premises by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors, visitors or licensees, Tenant shall forthwith, at Tenant’s expense, cause the Premises to be exterminated from time to time to the satisfaction of Landlord and shall employ such licensed exterminators as shall be approved in writing in advance by Landlord.

21. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

22. Any persons employed by Tenant to do janitorial work shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, and while in the Building and outside of the Premises, shall be subject to and under the control and direction of the Building manager (but not as an agent or servant of such manager or of Landlord), and Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons.

23. No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, and no curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord standard drapes. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and a warm white bulb color approved in advance in writing by Landlord. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage to the window film on the exterior windows of the Premises and shall promptly repair any such damage at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall keep its window coverings closed during any period of the day when the sun is shining directly on the windows of the Premises. Prior to leaving the Premises for the day, Tenant shall draw or lower window coverings and extinguish all lights. Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings which are attached to the windows in the Premises, if any, which have a view of any interior portion of the Building or Building Common Areas.

24. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills.

25. Tenant must comply with requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.

26. Tenant must comply with applicable “ NO-SMOKING ” ordinances and all related, similar or successor ordinances, rules, regulations or codes. If Tenant is required under the ordinance to adopt a written smoking policy, a copy of said policy shall be on file in the office of the Building. In addition, no smoking of any substance shall be permitted within the Project except in specifically designated outdoor areas. Within such designated outdoor areas, all remnants of consumed cigarettes and related paraphernalia shall be deposited in ash trays and/or waste receptacles. No cigarettes shall be extinguished and/or left on the ground or any

 

EXHIBIT D

-4-


other surface of the Project. Cigarettes shall be extinguished only in ashtrays. Furthermore, in no event shall Tenant, its employees or agents smoke tobacco products or other substances (x) within any interior areas of the Project, or (y) within two hundred feet (200’) of the main entrance of the Building or the main entrance of any of the adjacent buildings, or (z) within seventy-five feet (75’) of any other entryways into the Building.

27. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and guests, and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, whether or not Landlord, at its option, elects to provide security protection for the Project or any portion thereof. Tenant further assumes the risk that any safety and security devices, services and programs which Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to provide may not be effective, or may malfunction or be circumvented by an unauthorized third party, and Tenant shall, in addition to its other insurance obligations under this Lease, obtain its own insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against losses related to such occurrences. Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by law.

28. Any office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature which disturbs or annoys Landlord or any of the other occupants, tenants or third parties at the Project, shall be placed by Tenant in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise and annoyance.

29. Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halls of the Building, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards.

30. No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

31. No tenant shall use or permit the use of any portion of the Premises for living quarters, sleeping apartments or lodging rooms.

32. Tenant shall not purchase spring water, towels, janitorial or maintenance or other similar services from any company or persons not approved by Landlord. Landlord shall approve a sufficient number of sources of such services to provide Tenant with a reasonable selection, but only in such instances and to such extent as Landlord in its judgment shall consider consistent with the security and proper operation of the Building.

33. Tenant shall install and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, an adequate, visibly marked and properly operational fire extinguisher next to any duplicating or photocopying machines or similar heat producing equipment, which may or may not contain combustible material, in the Premises.

Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, Building, the Common Areas and the Project, and for the

 

EXHIBIT D

-5-


preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.

 

EXHIBIT D

-6-


EXHIBIT E

MENLO CORPORATE CENTER

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

The undersigned as Tenant under that certain Office Lease (the “Lease”) made and entered into as of              , 20      by and between              as Landlord, and the undersigned as Tenant, for Premises on the              floor(s) of the office building located at              ,              , California              , certifies as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Lease and all amendments and modifications thereto. The documents contained in Exhibit A represent the entire agreement between the parties as to the Premises.

2. The undersigned currently occupies the Premises described in the Lease, the Lease Term commenced on              , and the Lease Term expires on              , and the undersigned has no option to terminate or cancel the Lease or to purchase all or any part of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project.

3. Base Rent became payable on              .

4. The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as provided in Exhibit A .

5. Tenant has not transferred, assigned, or sublet any portion of the Premises nor entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto except as follows:

6. Tenant shall not modify the documents contained in Exhibit A without the prior written consent of Landlord’s mortgagee.

7. All monthly installments of Base Rent, all Additional Rent and all monthly installments of estimated Additional Rent have been paid when due through              . The current monthly installment of Base Rent is $              .

8. To the best of Tenant’s actual current knowledge, all conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied and Landlord is not in default thereunder. In addition, the undersigned has not delivered any notice to Landlord regarding a default by Landlord thereunder.

9. No rental has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance and no security has been deposited with Landlord except as provided in the Lease.

 

EXHIBIT E

-1-


10. To the best of Tenant’s actual current knowledge, as of the date hereof, there are no existing defenses or offsets, or, to the undersigned’s knowledge, claims or any basis for a claim, that the undersigned has against Landlord.

11. If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, each individual executing this Estoppel Certificate on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Estoppel Certificate and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

12. To the best of Tenant’s actual current knowledge, there are no actions pending against the undersigned under the bankruptcy or similar laws of the United States or any state.

13. Other than in compliance with all applicable laws and incidental to the ordinary course of the use of the Premises, the undersigned has not used or stored any hazardous substances in the Premises.

14. To the undersigned’s knowledge, all improvement work to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed in accordance with the Lease and has been accepted by the undersigned and all reimbursements and allowances due to the undersigned under the Lease in connection with any improvement work have been paid in full.

The undersigned acknowledges that this Estoppel Certificate may be delivered to Landlord or to a prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser, and acknowledges that said prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser will be relying upon the statements contained herein in making the loan or acquiring the property of which the Premises is a part and that receipt by it of this certificate is a condition of making such loan or acquiring such property.

Executed at                      on the              day of              , 20      .

 

“Tenant”:
                                                                                         ,
a        
By:        
  Its:    
By:        
  Its:    

 

EXHIBIT E

-2-


EXHIBIT F

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

EXHIBIT F

-1-


EXHIBIT G

MENLO CORPORATE CENTER

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

(Letterhead of a money center bank

acceptable to the Landlord)

 

FAX NO. [(___) ___-____]

SWIFT: [Insert No., if any]

   [Insert Bank Name And Address]
   DATE OF ISSUE:                                 

BENEFICIARY:

Kilroy Realty, L.P.

c/o Kilroy Realty Corporation

12200 West Olympic Boulevard, Suite 200

Los Angeles, California 90064

Attention: Legal Department

 

Fax: (310) 481-6530

  

APPLICANT:

[Insert Applicant Name And Address]

   LETTER OF CREDIT NO.             

EXPIRATION DATE:

                     AT OUR COUNTERS

  

AMOUNT AVAILABLE:

USD[Insert Dollar Amount]

(U.S. DOLLARS [Insert Dollar Amount])

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                       IN YOUR FAVOR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF [Insert Tenant’s Name], A [Insert Entity Type], UP TO THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF USD[Insert Dollar Amount] ([Insert Dollar Amount] U.S. DOLLARS) EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY AND EXPIRING ON (Expiration Date) AVAILABLE BY PAYMENT UPON PRESENTATION OF YOUR DRAFT AT SIGHT DRAWN ON [Insert Bank Name] WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENT(S):

1. THE ORIGINAL OF THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY.

 

EXHIBIT G

-1-


2. BENEFICIARY’S SIGNED STATEMENT PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF [Insert Landlord’s Name], A [Insert Entity Type] (“LANDLORD”) STATING THE FOLLOWING:

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT THE LANDLORD, EITHER (A) UNDER THE LEASE (DEFINED BELOW), OR (B) AS A RESULT OF THE TERMINATION OF SUCH LEASE, HAS THE RIGHT TO DRAW DOWN THE AMOUNT OF USD                      IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS THE SAME MAY HAVE BEEN AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), OR SUCH AMOUNT CONSTITUTES DAMAGES OWING BY THE TENANT TO BENEFICIARY RESULTING FROM THE BREACH OF SUCH LEASE BY THE TENANT THEREUNDER, OR THE TERMINATION OF SUCH LEASE, AND SUCH AMOUNT REMAINS UNPAID AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT WE HAVE RECEIVED A WRITTEN NOTICE OF [Insert Bank Name]’S ELECTION NOT TO EXTEND ITS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.               AND HAVE NOT RECEIVED A REPLACEMENT LETTER OF CREDIT WITHIN AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE PRESENT EXPIRATION DATE.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.               AS THE RESULT OF THE FILING OF A VOLUNTARY PETITION UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE BY THE TENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS THE SAME MAY HAVE BEEN AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.               AS THE RESULT OF AN INVOLUNTARY PETITION HAVING BEEN FILED UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE AGAINST THE TENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS THE SAME MAY HAVE BEEN AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

 

EXHIBIT G

-2-


OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.              AS THE RESULT OF THE REJECTION, OR DEEMED REJECTION, OF THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS THE SAME MAY HAVE BEEN AMENDED, UNDER SECTION 365 OF THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE.”

SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

PARTIAL DRAWINGS AND MULTIPLE PRESENTATIONS MAY BE MADE UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT EACH SUCH DEMAND THAT IS PAID BY US SHALL REDUCE THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT.

ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED WHETHER INDICATED BY BLANKS, BRACKETS OR OTHERWISE, MUST BE COMPLETED AT THE TIME OF DRAWING. [Please Provide The Required Forms For Review, And Attach As Schedules To The Letter Of Credit.]

ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE MANUALLY EXECUTED IN ORIGINALS.

ALL BANKING CHARGES ARE FOR THE APPLICANT’S ACCOUNT.

IT IS A CONDITION OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT THAT IT SHALL BE DEEMED AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED WITHOUT AMENDMENT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE PRESENT OR ANY FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE, UNLESS AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU NOTICE BY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE THAT WE ELECT NOT TO EXTEND THIS LETTER OF CREDIT FOR ANY SUCH ADDITIONAL PERIOD. SAID NOTICE WILL BE SENT TO THE ADDRESS INDICATED ABOVE, UNLESS A CHANGE OF ADDRESS IS OTHERWISE NOTIFIED BY YOU TO US IN WRITING BY RECEIPTED MAIL OR COURIER. ANY NOTICE TO US WILL BE DEEMED EFFECTIVE ONLY UPON ACTUAL RECEIPT BY US AT OUR DESIGNATED OFFICE. IN NO EVENT, AND WITHOUT FURTHER NOTICE FROM OURSELVES, SHALL THE EXPIRATION DATE BE EXTENDED BEYOND A FINAL EXPIRATION DATE OF              (120 days from the Lease Expiration Date).

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE TRANSFERRED SUCCESSIVELY IN WHOLE OR IN PART ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT IN FAVOR OF A NOMINATED TRANSFEREE (“TRANSFEREE”), ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE U.S.

 

EXHIBIT G

-3-


LAWS AND REGULATIONS. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S) IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM (AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST) AND PAYMENT OF OUR CUSTOMARY TRANSFER FEES, WHICH FEES SHALL BE PAYABLE BY APPLICANT (PROVIDED THAT BENEFICIARY MAY, BUT SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO, PAY SUCH FEES TO US ON BEHALF OF APPLICANT, AND SEEK REIMBURSEMENT THEREOF FROM APPLICANT). IN CASE OF ANY TRANSFER UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, THE DRAFT AND ANY REQUIRED STATEMENT MUST BE EXECUTED BY THE TRANSFEREE AND WHERE THE BENEFICIARY’S NAME APPEARS WITHIN THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, THE TRANSFEREE’S NAME IS AUTOMATICALLY SUBSTITUTED THEREFOR.

ALL DRAFTS REQUIRED UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT MUST BE MARKED: ‘‘DRAWN UNDER [Insert Bank Name] STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.               .”

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH YOU THAT IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO [Insert Bank Name] UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AT OR PRIOR TO [Insert Time – ( e.g. , 11:00 AM)], ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS PRESENTED CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO [Insert Bank Name] UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AFTER [Insert Time – ( e.g. , 11:00 AM)], ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS CONFORM WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE SECOND SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. AS USED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, “BUSINESS DAY” SHALL MEAN ANY DAY OTHER THAN A SATURDAY, SUNDAY OR A DAY ON WHICH BANKING INSTITUTIONS IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA ARE AUTHORIZED OR REQUIRED BY LAW TO CLOSE. IF THE EXPIRATION DATE FOR THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL EVER FALL ON A DAY WHICH IS NOT A BUSINESS DAY THEN SUCH EXPIRATION DATE SHALL AUTOMATICALLY BE EXTENDED TO THE DATE WHICH IS THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY.

PRESENTATION OF A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE MADE ON OR PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE HEREOF BY HAND DELIVERY, COURIER SERVICE, OVERNIGHT MAIL, OR FACSIMILE. PRESENTATION BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION SHALL BE BY TRANSMISSION OF THE ABOVE REQUIRED SIGHT DRAFT DRAWN ON US TOGETHER WITH THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TO OUR FACSIMILE NUMBER, [Insert Fax Number – (                       -              ], ATTENTION: [Insert Appropriate Recipient], WITH TELEPHONIC CONFIRMATION OF OUR RECEIPT OF SUCH FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION AT OUR TELEPHONE NUMBER [Insert Telephone Number – (                       -              ] OR TO SUCH OTHER FACSIMILE OR TELEPHONE NUMBERS,

 

EXHIBIT G

-4-


AS TO WHICH YOU HAVE RECEIVED WRITTEN NOTICE FROM US AS BEING THE APPLICABLE SUCH NUMBER. WE AGREE TO NOTIFY YOU IN WRITING, BY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE, OF ANY CHANGE IN SUCH DIRECTION. ANY FACSIMILE PRESENTATION PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL ALSO STATE THEREON THAT THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH SIGHT DRAFT AND LETTER OF CREDIT ARE BEING REMITTED, FOR DELIVERY ON THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY, TO [Insert Bank Name] AT THE APPLICABLE ADDRESS FOR PRESENTMENT PURSUANT TO THE PARAGRAPH FOLLOWING THIS ONE.

WE HEREBY ENGAGE WITH YOU THAT ALL DOCUMENT(S) DRAWN UNDER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED IF DRAWN AND PRESENTED FOR PAYMENT AT OUR OFFICE LOCATED AT [Insert Bank Name], [Insert Bank Address], ATTN: [Insert Appropriate Recipient], ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS CREDIT, (Expiration Date).

IN THE EVENT THAT THE ORIGINAL OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS LOST, STOLEN, MUTILATED, OR OTHERWISE DESTROYED, WE HEREBY AGREE TO ISSUE A DUPLICATE ORIGINAL HEREOF UPON RECEIPT OF A WRITTEN REQUEST FROM YOU AND A CERTIFICATION BY YOU (PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY YOUR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE) OF THE LOSS, THEFT, MUTILATION, OR OTHER DESTRUCTION OF THE ORIGINAL HEREOF.

EXCEPT SO FAR AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE “INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES” (ISP 98) INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (PUBLICATION NO. 590).

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Name of Issuing Bank)

By:    
 

 

EXHIBIT G

-5-


EXHIBIT G-1

MENLO CORPORATE CENTER

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT FROM SILICON VALLEY BANK

BENEFICIARY:

KILROY REALTY, L.P.

C/O KILROY REALTY CORPORATION

12200 WEST OLYMPIC BOULEVARD, SUITE 200

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90064

ATTENTION: LEGAL DEPARTMENT

FAX: (310) 481-6530

AS “LANDLORD”

APPLICANT:

VERSARTIS, INC.

275 SHORELINE DRIVE, SUITE 450

REDWOOD CITY, CA 94065

AS “TENANT”

AMOUNT: US$284,278.00 (TWO HUNDRED EIGHTY-FOUR THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED SEVENTY-EIGHT AND NO/100 U.S. DOLLARS)

EXPIRATION DATE:                       , 2015

LOCATION: SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF              IN YOUR FAVOR. THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS AVAILABLE BY SIGHT PAYMENT WITH OURSELVES ONLY AGAINST PRESENTATION TO SILICON VALLEY BANK OF THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

 

  1. THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENT (S), IF ANY.

 

EXHIBIT G-1

-1-


  2. YOUR SIGHT DRAFT DRAWN ON US IN THE FORM ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT “A”.

 

  3. A DATED CERTIFICATION PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED OFFICER OR REPRESENTATIVE OF THE BENEFICIARY, FOLLOWED BY HIS/HER PRINTED NAME AND DESIGNATED TITLE, STATING ONE OF THE FOLLOWING WITH INSTRUCTIONS IN BRACKETS/PARENTHESIS THEREIN COMPLIED WITH:

 

  (A) “THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT THE LANDLORD, EITHER: (A) UNDER THE LEASE (DEFINED BELOW), OR (B) AS A RESULT OF THE TERMINATION OF SUCH LEASE, HAS THE RIGHT TO DRAW DOWN THE AMOUNT OF US$ [ INSERT AMOUNT IN NUMERALS AND WORDS ] IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [ INSERT DATE ], AS MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), OR SUCH AMOUNT CONSTITUTES DAMAGES OWING BY THE TENANT TO BENEFICIARY RESULTING FROM THE BREACH OF SUCH LEASE BY THE TENANT THEREUNDER, OR THE TERMINATION OF SUCH LEASE, AND SUCH AMOUNT REMAINS UNPAID AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

OR

 

  (B) “SILICON VALLEY BANK HAS NOTIFIED US THAT IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF              WILL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND THE CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE AND THE UNDERSIGNED HAS NOT RECEIVED A REPLACEMENT LETTER OF CREDIT WITHIN AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE PRESENT EXPIRATION DATE.”

OR

 

  (C) “THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF              AS THE RESULT OF THE FILING OF A VOLUNTARY PETITION UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE BY THE TENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [ INSERT DATE ], AS MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

OR

 

EXHIBIT G-1

-2-


  (D) “THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF              AS THE RESULT OF AN INVOLUNTARY PETITION HAVING BEEN FILED UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE AGAINST THE TENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [ INSERT DATE , AS MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

OR

 

  (E) “THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF              AS THE RESULT OF THE REJECTION, OR DEEMED REJECTION, OF THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [ INSERT DATE ], AS MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, UNDER SECTION 365 OF THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE.”

THE LEASE MENTIONED ABOVE IS FOR IDENTIFICATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED THAT SAID LEASE BE INCORPORATED HEREIN OR FORM PART OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

PARTIAL AND MULTIPLE DRAWINGS ARE ALLOWED. THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MUST ACCOMPANY ANY DRAWINGS HEREUNDER FOR ENDORSEMENT OF THE DRAWING AMOUNT AND WILL BE RETURNED TO THE BENEFICIARY UNLESS IT IS FULLY UTILIZED.

WE AGREE THAT WE SHALL HAVE NO DUTY OR RIGHT TO INQUIRE AS TO THE BASIS UPON WHICH BENEFICIARY HAS DETERMINED THAT THE AMOUNT IS DUE AND OWING OR HAS DETERMINED TO PRESENT TO US ANY DRAFT UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, AND THE PRESENTATION OF SUCH DRAFT IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, SHALL AUTOMATICALLY RESULT IN PAYMENT TO THE BENEFICIARY.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED FOR AN ADDITIONAL PERIOD OF ONE YEAR, WITHOUT AMENDMENT, FROM THE PRESENT OR EACH FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE UNLESS AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE WE NOTIFY YOU BY REGISTERED MAIL/OVERNIGHT

 

EXHIBIT G-1

-3-


COURIER SERVICE AT THE ABOVE ADDRESS (UNLESS A CHANGE OF ADDRESS IS OTHERWISE NOTIFIED BY YOU TO US IN WRITING BY RECEIPTED MAIL OR COURIER.) THAT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND THE CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE. BUT IN ANY EVENT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND NOVEMBER 30, 2017 WHICH SHALL BE THE FINAL EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

THE DATE THIS LETTER OF CREDIT EXPIRES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ABOVE PROVISION IS THE “FINAL EXPIRATION DATE”. UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF THE FINAL EXPIRATION DATE THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL FULLY AND FINALLY EXPIRE AND NO PRESENTATIONS MADE UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AFTER SUCH DATE WILL BE HONORED.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE SUCCESSIVELY IN ITS ENTIRETY BY US, AT THE REQUEST OF THE BENEFICIARY, ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT IN FAVOR OF ANY NOMINATED TRANSFEREE (“TRANSFEREE”), ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE WOULD BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THEN APPLICABLE LAW AND REGULATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE U. S. DEPARTMENT OF TREASURY AND U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US AT OUR ADDRESS INDICATED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TOGETHER WITH OUR LETTER OF TRANSFER DOCUMENTATION AS PER ATTACHED EXHIBIT “B” DULY EXECUTED. APPLICANT SHALL PAY OUR TRANSFER FEE OF  1 4 OF 1% OF THE TRANSFER AMOUNT (MINIMUM US$250.00) UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT (PROVIDED THAT BENEFICIARY MAY, BUT SHALL NOT BE OBLIGATED TO, PAY SUCH FEES TO US ON BEHALF OF APPLICANT, AND SEEK REIMBURSEMENT THEREOF FROM APPLICANT). ANY REQUEST FOR TRANSFER WILL BE EFFECTED BY US SUBJECT TO THE ABOVE CONDITIONS. HOWEVER, ANY REQUEST FOR TRANSFER IS NOT CONTINGENT UPON APPLICANT’S ABILITY TO PAY OUR TRANSFER FEE. ANY TRANSFER OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY NOT CHANGE THE PLACE OR DATE OF EXPIRATION OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT FROM OUR ABOVE SPECIFIED OFFICE. EACH TRANSFER SHALL BE EVIDENCED BY OUR ENDORSEMENT ON THE REVERSE OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT AND WE SHALL FORWARD THE ORIGINAL OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT SO ENDORSED TO THE TRANSFEREE. IN CASE OF ANY TRANSFER UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, THE DRAFT AND ANY REQUIRED STATEMENT THEREAFTER REQUIRED BY THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT MUST BE EXECUTED BY THE TRANSFEREE, AND WHERE THE BENEFICIARY’S NAME APPEARS WITHIN THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, THE TRANSFEREE’S NAME SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY SUBSTITUTED THEREFOR.

DRAFT(S) AND DOCUMENTS MUST INDICATE THE NUMBER AND DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

 

EXHIBIT G-1

-4-


WE HEREBY AGREE THAT DRAFTS DRAWN UNDER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE DULY HONORED UPON PRESENTATION TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK, 3003 TASMAN DRIVE, 2 ND FLOOR, MAIL SORT HF210, SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA 95054, ATTENTION: GLOBAL FINANCIAL SERVICES – STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT DEPARTMENT (THE “BANK’S OFFICE”). PRESENTATIONS MAY BE MADE IN PERSON OR BY OVERNIGHT COURIER DELIVERY SERVICE OR BY FACSIMILE ON OR BEFORE OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS CREDIT.

SHOULD BENEFICIARY WISH TO MAKE PRESENTATIONS UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT ENTIRELY BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION (IT NEED NOT TRANSMIT THE LETTER OF CREDIT). IT MAY DO SO IN LIEU OF PRESENTING THE PHYSICAL DOCUMENTS OTHERWISE REQUIRED FOR PRESENTATION UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT. PROVIDED HOWEVER, SHOULD IT ELECT TO DO SO, EACH SUCH FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION SHALL BE MADE ON A BUSINESS DAY AT FAX NO. (408) 496-2418 OR (408) 969-6510; AND SIMULTANEOUSLY UNDER TELEPHONE ADVICE TO: (408) 654-6274 OR (408) 654-7127 OR (408) 654-7716 OR (408) 654-3035 AND, ON THE DAY OF SUCH TRANSMISSION, BE IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWED BY BENEFICIARY’S SENDING TO US ALL OF THE ORIGINALS OF SUCH FAXED DOCUMENTS TOGETHER WITH THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BY OVERNIGHT MAIL OR COURIER SERVICE TO THE BANK’S OFFICE AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, WE WILL DETERMINE TO HONOR OR DISHONOR ANY SUCH FACSIMILE PRESENTATION PURELY ON THE BASIS OF OUR EXAMINATION OF SUCH FACSIMILE PRESENTATION, AND WILL NOT EXAMINE THE ORIGINALS.

PAYMENT AGAINST CONFORMING PRESENTATIONS HEREUNDER PRIOR TO 10:00 A.M. CALIFORNIA TIME, ON A BUSINESS DAY SHALL BE MADE BY BANK DURING NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS OF THE BANK’S OFFICE ON THE NEXT SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. PAYMENT AGAINST CONFORMING PRESENTATIONS HEREUNDER AFTER 10:00 A.M. CALIFORNIA TIME, ON A BUSINESS DAY SHALL BE MADE BY BANK DURING NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS OF THE BANK’S OFFICE ON THE SECOND SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY.

AS USED HEREIN, THE TERM “BUSINESS DAY” MEANS A DAY ON WHICH WE ARE OPEN AT OUR ABOVE ADDRESS IN SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA TO CONDUCT OUR LETTER OF CREDIT BUSINESS. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION TO THE CONTRARY IN THE ISP (AS HEREINAFTER DEFINED), IF THE EXPIRATION DATE OR THE FINAL EXPIRATION DATE IS NOT A BUSINESS DAY THEN SUCH DATE SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED TO THE NEXT SUCCEEDING DATE WHICH IS A BUSINESS DAY.

 

EXHIBIT G-1

-5-


WE HEREBY ENGAGE WITH YOU THAT DRAFT(S) DRAWN AND/OR DOCUMENTS PRESENTED UNDER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE DULY HONORED UPON PRESENTATION TO SILICON VALLEY BANK, IF PRESENTED ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS CREDIT.

IF ANY INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST THAT PAYMENT IS TO BE MADE BY TRANSFER TO YOUR ACCOUNT WITH ANOTHER BANK, WE WILL ONLY EFFECT SUCH PAYMENT BY FED WIRE TO A U.S. REGULATED BANK, AND WE AND/OR SUCH OTHER BANK MAY RELY ON AN ACCOUNT NUMBER SPECIFIED IN SUCH INSTRUCTIONS EVEN IF THE NUMBER IDENTIFIES A PERSON OR ENTITY DIFFERENT FROM THE INTENDED PAYEE.

IN THE EVENT THAT THE ORIGINAL OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS LOST, STOLEN, MUTILATED, OR OTHERWISE DESTROYED, WE HEREBY AGREE TO ISSUE A CERTIFIED TRUE COPY OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT UPON RECEIPT OF A WRITTEN REQUEST FROM THE BENEFICIARY OR TRANSFEREE TOGETHER WITH A DULY EXECUTED INDEMNITY LETTER DULY EXECUTED AND SIGNED BY YOUR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE/

EXCEPT SO FAR AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE “INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES” (ISP 98) INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (PUBLICATION NO. 590).

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK,    

(FOR S V BANK USE ONLY)

 

   

(FOR S V BANK USE ONLY)

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE     AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

EXHIBIT G-1

-6-


EXHIBIT “A”

 

SIGHT DRAFT/BILL OF EXCHANGE

 

DATE:             

      REF. NO.             

AT SIGHT OF THIS BILL OF EXCHANGE

PAY TO THE ORDER OF                                                                                           

US$                             

        U.S. DOLLARS

 

 

“DRAWN UNDER SILICON VALLEY BANK, SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA, IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER NO. SVBSF              DATED                      , 20         

 

 

TO:  SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

SANTA CLARA, CA 95054

  

 

 

(INSERT NAME OF BENEFICIARY)

 

 

Authorized Signature

    

GUIDELINES TO PREPARE THE SIGHT DRAFT OR BILL OF EXCHANGE:

 

1. DATE              INSERT ISSUANCE DATE OF DRAFT OR BILL OF EXCHANGE.

 

2. REF. NO. INSERT YOUR REFERENCE NUMBER IF ANY.

 

3. PAY TO THE ORDER OF:              INSERT NAME OF BENEFICIARY

 

4. US$             INSERT AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN NUMERALS/FIGURES.

 

5. U.S. DOLLARS              INSERT AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN WORDS.

 

6. LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER              INSERT THE LAST DIGITS OF OUR STANDBY L/C NUMBER THAT PERTAINS TO THE DRAWING.

 

7. DATED              INSERT THE ISSUANCE DATE OF OUR STANDBY L/C.

 

NOTE: BENEFICIARY SHOULD ENDORSE THE BACK OF THE SIGHT DRAFT OR BILL OF EXCHANGE AS YOU WOULD A CHECK.

IF YOU NEED FURTHER ASSISTANCE IN COMPLETING THIS SIGHT DRAFT OR BILL OF EXCHANGE, PLEASE CALL OUR L/C PAYMENT SECTION AT (408) 654-6274 OR (408) 654-7127 OR (408) 654-3035 OR (408) 654-7716 OR (408) 654-7128.

 

EXHIBIT G-1

-1-


EXHIBIT H

MENLO CORPORATE CENTER

MARKET RENT DETERMINATION FACTORS

When determining Market Rent, the following rules and instructions shall be followed.

1. RELEVANT FACTORS . The “ Market Rent ,” as used in this Lease, shall be derived from an analysis (as such derivation and analysis are set forth in this Exhibit H ) of the “Net Equivalent Lease Rates,” of the “Comparable Transactions” (as that term is defined below). The Market Rent, as used in this Lease, shall be equal to the annual rent per rentable square foot, at which tenants, are, pursuant to transactions consummated within twelve (12) months prior to the commencement of the Option Term, provided that timing adjustments shall be made to reflect any changes in the Market Rent following the date of any particular Comparable Transaction up to the date of the commencement of the applicable Option Term, leasing non-sublease, non-encumbered space comparable in location and quality to the Premises containing a square footage comparable to that of the Premises for a term of three (3) years, in an arm’s-length transaction, which comparable space is located in “Comparable Buildings” (transactions satisfying the foregoing criteria shall be known as the “ Comparable Transactions ”). The terms of the Comparable Transactions shall be calculated as a “Net Equivalent Lease Rate” pursuant to the terms of this Exhibit H , and shall take into consideration only the following terms and concessions (collectively, the “ Concessions ”): (i) the rental rate and escalations for the Comparable Transactions, (ii) the amount of parking rent per parking permit paid in the Comparable Transactions, if any, (iii) operating expense and tax protection granted in such Comparable Transactions such as a base year or expense stop (although for each such Comparable Transaction the base rent shall be adjusted to a triple net base rent using reasonable estimates of operating expenses and taxes as determined by Landlord for each such Comparable Transaction); (iv) rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space, (v) any “Renewal Allowance,” as defined herein below, to be provided by Landlord in connection with the Option Term as compared to the improvements or allowances provided or to be provided in the Comparable Transactions, taking into account the contributory value of the existing improvements in the Premises, such value to be based upon the age, design, quality of finishes, and layout of the existing improvements, and (vi) all other monetary concessions (including the value of any signage), if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such Comparable Transactions. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, in determining the Market Rent, no consideration shall be given to (A) any period of rental abatement, if any, granted to tenants in Comparable Transactions in connection with the design, permitting and construction of improvements, or (B) any commission paid or not paid in connection with such Comparable Transaction. The Market Rent shall include adjustment of the stated size of the Premises based upon the standards of measurement utilized in the Comparable Transactions; provided, however, the size of the Premises shall, notwithstanding the foregoing, be at least equal to the greater of: (i) the square footages set forth in this Lease, and (ii) the square footage of the Premises determined pursuant to the standards of space measurement used in the Comparable Transactions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this Section 1 , if there are not a sufficient number of Comparable Transactions with comparable

 

EXHIBIT H

-1-


lease terms to the Option Term to determine the Market Rent of the Premises for a lease of such duration, then the Market Rent for purposes of this Section 1 shall be equal to that of Comparable Transactions with terms of five (5) years, provided that the Concessions shall be appropriately adjusted to account for the difference between the Option Term and the lease terms of the Comparable Transactions.

2. TENANT SECURITY . The Market Rent shall additionally include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as an enhanced security deposit, a letter of credit or guaranty, for Tenant’s Rent obligations during the Option Term. Such determination shall be made by reviewing the extent of financial security then generally being imposed in Comparable Transactions from tenants of comparable financial condition and credit history to the then existing financial condition and credit history of Tenant (with appropriate adjustments to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of Tenant and such other tenants, and giving reasonable consideration to Tenant’s prior performance history during the Lease Term).

3. RENEWAL IMPROVEMENT ALLOWANCE . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Exhibit H , once the Market Rent for the Option Term is determined as a Net Equivalent Lease Rate, if, in connection with such determination, it is deemed that Tenant is entitled to an improvement or comparable allowance for the improvement of the Premises, (the total dollar value of such allowance shall be referred to herein as the “ Renewal Allowance ”), Landlord shall pay the Renewal Allowance to Tenant pursuant to a commercially reasonable disbursement procedure determined by Landlord and the terms of Article 8 of this Lease, and, as set forth in Section 5 , below, of this Exhibit H , the rental rate component of the Market Rent shall be increased to be a rental rate which takes into consideration that Tenant will receive payment of such Renewal Allowance and, accordingly, such payment with interest shall be factored into the base rent component of the Market Rent.

4. COMPARABLE BUILDINGS . For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Comparable Buildings ” shall mean first-class multi-tenant occupancy office buildings which are comparable to the Building in terms of age (based upon the date of completion of construction or major renovation), quality of construction, level of services and amenities (including, but not limited to, the type (e.g., surface, covered, subterranean) and amount of parking), size and appearance, and are located in the “ Comparable Area, ” which is the “Lower San Francisco Peninsula to Upper Silicon Valley submarkets.” The “Lower San Francisco Peninsula to Upper Silicon Valley submarkets” shall be the area containing Comparable Buildings which have reasonably comparable freeway access to the Project.

 

EXHIBIT H

-2-


5. METHODOLOGY FOR REVIEWING AND COMPARING THE COMPARABLE TRANSACTIONS . In order to analyze the Comparable Transactions based on the factors to be considered in calculating Market Rent, and given that the Comparable Transactions may vary in terms of length of term, rental rate, concessions, etc., the following steps shall be taken into consideration to “adjust” the objective data from each of the Comparable Transactions. By taking this approach, a “Net Equivalent Lease Rate” for each of the Comparable Transactions shall be determined using the following steps to adjust the Comparable Transactions, which will allow for an “apples to apples” comparison of the Comparable Transactions.

5.1. The contractual rent payments for each of the Comparable Transactions should be arrayed monthly or annually over the lease term. All Comparable Transactions should be adjusted to simulate a net rent structure, wherein the tenant is responsible for the payment of all property operating expenses in a manner consistent with this Lease. This results in the estimate of Net Equivalent Rent received by each landlord for each Comparable Transaction being expressed as a periodic net rent payment.

5.2 Any free rent or similar inducements received over time should be deducted in the time period in which they occur, resulting in the net cash flow arrayed over the lease term.

5.3 The resultant net cash flow from the lease should then be discounted (using an 8% annual discount rate) to the lease commencement date, resulting in a net present value estimate.

5.4 From the net present value, up front inducements (improvements allowances and other concessions) should be deducted. These items should be deducted directly, on a “dollar for dollar” basis, without discounting since they are typically incurred at lease commencement, while rent (which is discounted) is a future receipt.

5.5 The net present value should then be amortized back over the lease term as a level monthly or annual net rent payment using the same annual discount rate of 8.0% used in the present value analysis. This calculation will result in a hypothetical level or even payment over the option period, termed the “Net Equivalent Lease Rate” (or constant equivalent in general financial terms).

6. USE OF NET EQUIVALENT LEASE RATES FOR COMPARABLE TRANSACTIONS . The Net Equivalent Lease Rates for the Comparable Transactions shall then be used to reconcile, in a manner usual and customary for a real estate appraisal process, to a conclusion of Market Rent which shall be stated as a “NNN” lease rate applicable to each year of the Option Term.

An example of the application of the process set forth in this Exhibit H to arrive at the Market Rent is attached hereto as Schedule 1 .

 

EXHIBIT H

-3-


SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT H

MENLO CORPORATE CENTER

DETERMINATION OF MARKET RENT – EXAMPLE

As an example of the determination of the Market Rent, assume that there is a 10,000 rentable square foot Comparable Transaction with a five (5) year term, Base Rent of $75.00 per rentable square foot with One Dollar ($1) annual increases, an improvement allowance of $25.00 per rentable square foot, three (3) months of free rent, and Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses of $12.00 per rentable square foot. Based on the foregoing, the Net Equivalent Lease Rate analysis would be as follows.

1. The contractual rent payments for each of the Comparable Transactions should be arrayed monthly over the lease term. See Column 2 in the attached spreadsheet.

2. From this figure, the initial lease year operating expenses (from gross leases) should be deducted, leaving a net lease rate over the lease term. See Column 3 in the attached spreadsheet.

3. This results in the net rent received by each landlord under the Comparable Transactions being expressly as a monthly net rent payment. See Column 4 in the attached spreadsheet.

4. Any free rent or similar inducements received over time should be deducted in the time period in which they occur, resulting in the net cash flow arrayed over the lease term. See the amounts set forth in months 1, 2 and 3 of Column 2 in the attached spreadsheet.

5. The resultant net cash flow from the lease should be then discounted (using an eight percent (8%) annual discount rate) to the lease commencement date, resulting in a net present value estimate. The net present value of the amounts set forth in Column 4 of the attached spreadsheet is $2,479,851.66.

6. From the net present value, up-front inducements (improvement allowances and other concessions) should be deducted. These items should be deducted directly, on a “dollar for dollar” basis, without discounting, since they are typically incurred at lease commencement, while rent (which is discounted) is a future receipt. The net present value amount set forth in number 5, above, less the improvement allowance, is $2,229,851.66.

7. The net present value should then amortized back over the lease term as a level monthly net rent payment using the same annual discount rate of eight percent (8%) used in the present value analysis. This calculation will result in a hypothetical level or even payment over the option period, termed the “Net Equivalent Lease Rate” (or constant equivalent in general financial terms). The net present value amount set forth in number 6, above, amortized back over the term at eight percent (8%) results in a net monthly rent payment of $45,213.35.

8. The net monthly rent payment set forth in number 7 above must then be converted to a rentable square foot number by dividing the amount by the rentable square footage of the space ( i . e ., 10,000 rentable square feet). This results in a net monthly rent payment per rentable square foot of $4.52.

 

SCHEDULE 1

TO EXHIBIT H

-4-


9. The net monthly rent payment per rentable square foot must then be multiplied by the rentable square footage of the Premises (for purposes of this example, assume the rentable square footage of the Premises is 12,943 rentable square feet), resulting in a net monthly rent payment for the Premises during the Option Term of Fifty-Eight Thousand Five Hundred Two and 36/100 Dollars ($58,502.36).

 

SCHEDULE 1

TO EXHIBIT H

-5-


SCHEDULE 2 TO EXHIBIT H

MENLO CORPORATE CENTER

DETERMINATION OF MARKET RENT – EXAMPLE

 

Premises (RSF)

  

     10,000   

Initial Annual Rental Rate per RSF

  

   $ 75.00   

Annual Escalation

  

   $ 12.00   

Abatement (months)

  

     3   

Improvement Allowance per rsf

  

   $ 25.00   

Period

   Monthly
Base Rent
     Monthly
Operating Expenses
     Monthly
Net Rent Payment
 

1

   $ —         $ 10,000.00       $ (10,000.00

2

   $ —         $ 10,000.00       $ (10,000.00

3

   $ —         $ 10,000.00       $ (10,000.00

4

   $ 62,500.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 52,500.00   

5

   $ 62,500.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 52,500.00   

6

   $ 62,500.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 52,500.00   

7

   $ 62,500.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 52,500.00   

8

   $ 62,500.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 52,500.00   

9

   $ 62,500.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 52,500.00   

10

   $ 62,500.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 52,500.00   

11

   $ 62,500.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 52,500.00   

12

   $ 62,500.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 52,500.00   

13

   $ 63,333.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 53,333.33   

14

   $ 63,333.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 53,333.33   

15

   $ 63,333.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 53,333.33   

16

   $ 63,333.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 53,333.33   

17

   $ 63,333.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 53,333.33   

18

   $ 63,333.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 53,333.33   

19

   $ 63,333.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 53,333.33   

20

   $ 63,333.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 53,333.33   

21

   $ 63,333.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 53,333.33   

22

   $ 63,333.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 53,333.33   

23

   $ 63,333.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 53,333.33   

24

   $ 63,333.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 53,333.33   

25

   $ 64,166.67       $ 10,000.00       $ 54,166.67   

26

   $ 64,166.67       $ 10,000.00       $ 54,166.67   

27

   $ 64,166.67       $ 10,000.00       $ 54,166.67   

28

   $ 64,166.67       $ 10,000.00       $ 54,166.67   

 

SCHEDULE 2

TO EXHIBIT H

-6-


29

   $ 64,166.67       $ 10,000.00       $ 54,166.67   

30

   $ 64,166.67       $ 10,000.00       $ 54,166.67   

31

   $ 64,166.67       $ 10,000.00       $ 54,166.67   

32

   $ 64,166.67       $ 10,000.00       $ 54,166.67   

33

   $ 64,166.67       $ 10,000.00       $ 54,166.67   

34

   $ 64,166.67       $ 10,000.00       $ 54,166.67   

35

   $ 64,166.67       $ 10,000.00       $ 54,166.67   

36

   $ 64,166.67       $ 10,000.00       $ 54,166.67   

37

   $ 65,000.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,000.00   

38

   $ 65,000.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,000.00   

39

   $ 65,000.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,000.00   

40

   $ 65,000.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,000.00   

41

   $ 65,000.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,000.00   

42

   $ 65,000.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,000.00   

43

   $ 65,000.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,000.00   

44

   $ 65,000.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,000.00   

45

   $ 65,000.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,000.00   

46

   $ 65,000.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,000.00   

47

   $ 65,000.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,000.00   

48

   $ 65,000.00       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,000.00   

49

   $ 65,833.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,833.33   

50

   $ 65,833.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,833.33   

51

   $ 65,833.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,833.33   

52

   $ 65,833.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,833.33   

53

   $ 65,833.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,833.33   

54

   $ 65,833.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,833.33   

55

   $ 65,833.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,833.33   

56

   $ 65,833.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,833.33   

57

   $ 65,833.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,833.33   

58

   $ 65,833.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,833.33   

59

   $ 65,833.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,833.33   

60

   $ 65,833.33       $ 10,000.00       $ 55,833.33   
        

 

 

 

Net Present Value @ 8%

  

   $ 2,479,851.66   

Up-front inducements (Improvements & Other)

  

   $ 250,000.00   
        

 

 

 

Net Present Value net of inducements

  

   $ 2,229,851.66   
        

 

 

 

Monthly Amortization @ 8%

  

   $ 45,213.35   
        

 

 

 

Net Monthly Rent Payment pre rentable square foot

  

   $ 4.52   

Rentable Square Footage of Premises

  

     12,943   
        

 

 

 

Net Monthly Rent Payment for the Premises during the applicable Term

  

   $ 58,502.36   
        

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

TO EXHIBIT H

-7-


EXHIBIT I

MENLO CORPORATE CENTER

APPROVED BANKS

 

1. J.P. Morgan

 

2. Bank of America Merrill Lynch

 

3. Wells Fargo

 

4. PNC Bank

 

5. Union Bank

 

6. US Bank

 

7. Bank of the West

 

8. Royal Bank of Canada

 

9. Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation

 

10. Comerica Bank

 

11. Key Bank

 

EXHIBIT I

-1-

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Versartis, Inc. of our report dated February 17, 2014, except for the effects of the reverse stock split described in Note 16 as to which the date is March 6, 2014, relating to the financial statements of Versartis, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

March 6, 2014

Exhibit 24.2

POWER OF ATTORNEY

John Varian, Director, Versartis, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby authorizes and appoints Jeffrey L. Cleland and Joshua T. Brumm, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to act in his name, place and stead and to execute in the name and on behalf of him, individually and in the capacity stated below, and to file any and all amendments to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, as originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on February 18, 2014 (the “ Registration Statement ”), including any and all post-effective amendments and amendments thereto, and any subsequent registration statement relating to the same offering as the Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing, ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

 

Signature

   Title    Date

/s/ John Varian

  

Director

Versartis, Inc.

   March 5, 2014

John Varian